4 hqtetteene tin ee oe hte ee: oe Ain atone oe A Arr rN te ticna even cone ao ete nk gute an Foti, Se ae eng fina Speen 2 tt ieee tee, OS eh cae, He A eM at ig wa, Atel ae metas SEE te ei Ae ws Coie: Poor aaraaas nee . ~ wet ee mie te ee we 4 7 8 Pow Pe pe me ee oe, Ne pmames o o eat. des Sere SS MET 2 hs orm seiy ao ata es we oes > - We anh oma = = wee te ‘ SF SY ptaa sm, by Nera ~ a he ee a aa aed! oo ae an Ree ~ Clee nate, OS msi . a; Sm sel, = : : : 7 A. 7 : 7 ‘ ar te 7 os 7 ee ae > war " et ame ain 5 a oN Wp et ak W i) Ge 0 Ab els at yar 22,9 - at ed r a . a ae » wide che ee — “~ oe da 7 - wis be : : “ ” 2 . * | z aie | — ; | - ‘ ¥ PS ho eee . | 7 7s - Zoe : — = = a 7 : : - fo nh Mees tie ee 3 . 7 BEA gid oh oer ee tase I, 0 heel aa eae ty I sh aa SS SS JOURNAL — OF THE Academy 0 Natural Sciences | : ’ OF PHILADELPHIA. : VOL. I. PART I= 7/ ) As “yy : Set 2 Cw CX" PHILADELPHIA: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY D. HEARTT, And sold by THOMAS DOBSON & SON, No. 41 South Second Street, and CALEB RICHARDSON, No. 1 North Fourth Sireet. 181%. JQIG 2) ind CONTENTS | oF VOLUME I.—PART I. INTRODUCTION. .- ; : : ; 9 Paget Description of six new Hidcies of the genus Firoxa, observed by Messrs. Le Sueur and Péron in the Mediterranean Sea, sn the months of March and April, 1809. By C. A. Le Sueur. ‘ ‘ . : Account of a North deyoniten Casukheigied tappued to be- long to the genus Ovis. By G. Ord. ; ; Descriptions of seven species of American Fresh-water and Land Shells, not noticed in the systems. By Thomas Say. The same, concluded. A ‘ : , ; Descriptions of several new species of North American In- sects. By Thomas Say. : aig Observations on the genus Erioconum, and ihe Nitaral Order Potycones of Jussieu. By Thomas Nuttall. Notice of the late Dr. Waterhouse. ‘ ‘ : Observations .on the genus Errocoyum, &c. concluded. Characters of a new Genus, and descriptions of three new Spe- cies upon which it is formed; discovered in the Atlantic ocean, in the months of March and er 1816; lat. 22° 9’. By C. A. Le Sueur. Description of three new species of the genus Rds By C. Pa Le Sueur. ; : . j , Some Account of the Insect known ie ie name of Hessish Fly, and of a parasitic Insect that feeds on it. By Thomas Say. On a new genus of the Crustacza, and the species in which it is established. By Thomas Say. ‘ ‘ 3 : An eaeet of an American species of the genus TanraLus ‘or Irs. By George Ord. ; . An Account of the Crustacza of the United Suites By Thomas Say. : An Account of the Gauebieeh of the United States; cienthised’ iv CONTENTS. A short description of five (supposed) new species of the genus _ Murena, discovered by Mr. ‘lee Sueur, in the year 1816. _ es ByC.A.LeSueur. ; ; ; Description of two new species of ie genus Gapus. By the same. . : : : ‘ Description of a new species of the genus Cyprinus. By the same. . : : : , : ‘ d b : An Account of an American species of TorTOoIsE, not noticed in the systems. By the same. ; : : : A new genus of Fishes, of the order Ah tceninaleh proposed un- der the name Carosromus, and the characters of this ge- nus, with those of its species, indicated. By the same. An Account of the Crustacea of the United States, continued. Catosromus, a new genus of Fishes, concluded. . : : An Account of two new genera of Plants; and of a species of TiiL@a, and another of Lrmose.ta, recently discovered on the banks of the Delaware, in the vicinity of Philadel- phia. By Thomas Nuttall. . ; ; ; Descriptions of new species of Land and Pics -wnee Shells of the United States. By Thomas Say. . A . < Descriptions of four new species, and two varieties, of the ge- nus Hyprareira. By C. A. Le Sueur. ; : Observations on the Gzonocy of the West India Islands, from Barbadoes to Santa Cruz, inclusive. By Wm. Maclure. Observations on several species of the genus Actin14; illus- trated by figures. By C. A. Le Sueur. ; ; ; An Account of the Crusracea of the United States, continued. Observations on several species of the genus AcTINIA, con- tinued. j ; ; . Description of ee anew genus of Plants. By Thaenes Nuttall. Act of Incorporation. Constitution. Catalogue of the zdhoseaae List of Donors to the Library, List of Donations to the Museum. List of Donations to the Apparatus. > 6 ° 7 .- « ° ° 8i 83 85 86 88 oT 102 134 149 155 169 189 19$ 197 203 212 213 219 SO A TT ‘JOURNAL OF THE .. ; Academy of Natural Sciences OF 3 PHILADELPHIA. No. 1. MAY, 1817. Vor. I. _ THE members of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, desirous of acquiring knowledge themselves, and extending it among their fellow citizens, have for some years been accustomed to meet at leisure hours for the purpose of communicating to each other such facts and observations, as are calculated to promote the views of the society. By degrees, a collection of subjects in na- tural history was made, and has increased until a museum has been formed, which is already very valuable, and which is daily increasing. In further pursuance of the objects of their institution, the Society have now determined to communicate to the public, such facts and observations as, having appeared interesting to them, are likely to be interesting to other - friends of natural science. They do not profess to make any periodical communication; but well knowing how de- sirable it is, that persons engaged in similar pursuits, should be made acquainted as early as possible with what has been done by their fellow-labourers in the fields of science elsewhere, they mean to publish a few pages whenever it appears to them that materials worthy of pub- Vol, I. A lication have been put in their possession. In so doing, " they propose to exclude entirely all papers of mere theo- ry,—to confine their communications as much as possi- ble to facts—and by abridging papers too long for publi- cation in their original state, to present the facts thus pub- lished, clothed in as few words as are consistent with per- spicuous description. ‘Well aware that much leisure and superfluous wealth are not always found in company with an ardent love of science, they mean their proposed publication to be as cheap and as unostentatious as the nature of the subjects will admit; so that it need not encroach unnecessarily on _the funds of the society, or of those who may wish to pur- chase it. In short, they are desirous of contributing their share to the mass of knowledge, as early in all cases, and with as little show, and as small expense as possible. The present publication will be a specimen of what they pro- pose in future. They invite the lovers of science generally, and par- ticularly all those who are anxious for its encouragement in the United States, to aid in promoting the objects of this institution, and to encourage the present publication, so long as the contents of it shall prove deserving of pub-- lic approbation. All papérs intended for publication in this Journal, must be post paid, and directed, under the proper signa- tures of the authors, to the Academy of Natural seins ; No. 35 Arch-street, Philadelphia. “Description of size new plsteice of the genus Frroxa, 0b- served by Messrs.Le Sueur and Peron in the Mediter- - ranean Sea, in the months of March and April, 1809 By CA: Le Sueur. With a Plate. MOLLUSCA PTEROPODEAt. Character. Body free; furnished with fins for swim- ming; head distinct. A. .PTEROPODES NAKED. Character. Destitute of a gelatinous, horny, or cal- careous shell, * No TENTACULA. Genus.—FrRowa. Char. Jaws horny; eyes two; fins 1, 2, 3; branchia plumose, floating freely beneath the body, and grouped with the heart, around an = nucleus at the base of the tail. The body is elongated, cylindrical, of a gelatinous, diaphanous consistence, and of a pale colour. Tail dis- tineuished from it by a groove, one fourth the length of the body, compressed, more or less carinated, and laterally serrated, terminated by a lobed fin, and. sometimes with a moniliform, elongated appendage. Eyes composed of a brilliant hyaline globule, supported by a small peduncle, which arises from a black concave or convex cup, placed at the junction of the rostrum with the body. Several small gelatinous points, before and above the eyes, scry- ing probably to assist in retaining the molluscous prey in { Vid. Anna. du Museum @HA&t, Nat. T. 14 and 16. GENUS FIROLA. x order that it may be the more easily davoured: when pres= sed between them and the jaws, — . | Rostrum one fourth the length of the bavi acirewhat contractile, moveable in every direction, enlarged at the tip to receive the retractile jaws; which are opposite, and armed with a series of horny curved points ranged upon each jaw like the teeth of a comb, with a row of smaller ones be- tween them, and furnished at the base with a longitudinal fip. Immediately behind the jaws, on the interior, are two capitate threads connected by nerves; adjoining these are two palpiform biarticulate processes; first joint very short, oblique; second elongated, recurved; probably used by the animal as interior palpi. Nervous System. A nervous ganglion of four roupi ed lobes is situated between the eyes and the cesophagus, giving rise to several nervous filaments; the four princi- pal ones, arise each from the extremity of a lobe; two of them terminate in the jaw, and the other two are directed backwards to the tail, but interrupted at the base of the dorsal fin by a double, oblong, lobated, ganglion. The centre of the first ganglion furnishes two nerves for each eye, of which one terminates at the base of the peduncle, and the other, much smaller, at the pupil. Nu- merous smaller nerves arise from each of these nervous ganglions, directed to different parts of the body. Viscera. Nucleus oblong, pyriform. Colour irides- cent, when.at the depth of three, four, or five feet in the water, it is resplendent, diamond-like. A large cylindri- cal canal, more or less dilated, attached to the throat at the anterior, extremity, supported near and above the eyes by a membranous diaphragm, passing loosely through a large cavity of the body, and embracing at its termination GENUS FIROLA. 5 : ther upper part of the chen, with which it communicates by means of two apertures, one of which is sais aa and the other double. Besides the above mentioned apertures in the nucle- us, another oblong one is placed on the right side for the passage of the oviduct; and another on the opposite side, probably serving for excretioms Oviduct filiform, includ- ing small remote globules. Vascular System. Composed of a heart, branchia, and artery. The heart is placed between, and in contact, with the branchia and artery. Branchia with from twelve to sixteen perfoliated appendages. Artery extended from the heart to its termination near the jaw, where it is surroun- ded by four tubercles; in its course it passes through the interstice of the double ganglion. A branch arises from this principal artery, immediately before the last mention- ed ganglion, furnishing the dorsal fin with blood ,by means of numerous smaller anastomosing branches, ex- hibiting, in that fin, a reticulated appearance. Oxs. In some species of this genus a lateral vermiform organ is superadded; when this occurs, a second branch arises from the principal artery to supply it with blood. Generative Organs. A vermiform organ is attached to the left side of the body composed of.three parts; of which, one is placed above, and seems intended to pro- tect the others; the second is short, cylindrical, straight; the third, elongated, vermicular, attached to the base of the second. his is probably the generative part of the male, ‘The species furnished with an oviduct may be fe- males, as this part is placed on the side opposite to that of the vermiform organ, so as to facilitate the connection between the sexes. 6 — '° ~GENUS FIROLA. Organs of Locomotion. Fins two; dorsal one large, rounded, moved by twenty pair of compressed muscles, each terminating in a bifurcated point, and united in that part of the opposite muscle, confluent at base, and fur- nished with two radicles, which penetrate the body be- tween the peritoneum nd the exterior gelatinous sub- stance. Caudal fin very gmail, lobated or, rounded, in- cluding small. ramose vessels, and moved by three pairs of muscles, at their extremities filiform and united in a common point. I have not been able to perceive any dis- tinct muscles in other parts of the body, excepting those already mentioned, and numerous oblique ones between the peritoneum and the gelatinous exterior. Amongst a great number of individuals which I have examined, the number and situation of the organs or appendages, the presence or absence of either of them, havs furnished me with good specific characters. Of these I have availed myself to establish the following six species. 1. F. mutica. No vermiform organ; no cup on the. dorsal fin; no caudal appendage. Plate I. fig. 1. Substance firm, diaphanous, tuberculated, rosaceous; tubercles irregularly placed, and of a deeper colour. Dor- sal fin nearer the nucleus, placed in a groove, Trunk wrinkled, and with the region of the dorsal fin spotted with white. Gelatinous points six, disposed by 2. kage pairs in two longitudinal lines. 2. F. gibbosa. Body furnished with a vermiform or- gan; no cup,or caudal appendage. Plate I. fig. 2. Body gibbose above the nucieus, narrowed behind ihe eyes, and emargimate at the base of the dorsal fin. ae ee i J oe bo . TITAN, * sey. eee? eee evr? -_ GENUS FIROLA. ise 9 Gelatinous points disposed in a single semicircular row. Colour pale blue, with two lateral fillets of rosaceous tubercles; base of the dorsal fin yellow. 3. F. Forskalia. Body with a vermiform organ; and ~acup on the dorsal fin. No caudal appendage. Plate I. fig. 3. represented in the act of devouring a species of the genus Cymodora of Peron and Le Sueur. Body cylindrical, subequal, with a dorsal groove. Colour pale violaceous, a lateral row of rosaceous tuber- cles, double before. Cup resembling a small basket, with four radical threads passing between the muscles of the fin; fin somewhat elongated behind. Gelatinous points, disposed as in the first species. 4, F, Cuviera. Body destitute of the vermiform organ and cup. Tail with an appendage. (J’. Cuviera. Peron and Le Sueur; Annales du Museum d’Histoire Nat. t. 14. p. 218, and t. 15. p. 57. Pl. 2. fig. 8.) Plate I. fig. 4. Body subequal, larger and transversely wrinkled bee fore; with a dorsal groove. Colour pale violaceous; tu- bercles rosaceous, irregularly disposed; one on each side of the dorsal fin larger and transverse, with two longitu. dinal ones placed upon the tail. Gelatinous points eight; four in a transverse line, surmounted by four others in two transverse lines. < 5. I. Frederica. A cup on the dorsal fin, and caudal appendage. Vermiform organ none. Plate I. fig. 5. Body very much resembling that of 7’. Cuviera. 6. £. Peronia. A vermiform organ, cup on the dor- sal fin, and caudal appendage. Gelatinous points none. Plate I. fic. 6, —§ | ROCKY-MOUNTAIN SHEEP Body cylindrical, diaphanous, spotted with white at the base of the dorsal fin; tubercles none. : — +e Account of a North American Quadruped, supposed to be- long to the Genus Ovis, by George Ord. ROCKY-MOUNTAIN SHEEP. OVIS MONTANA. In the Journal of Lewis and Clark, there is an ac- count of a quadruped which appears to have not excited that attention which it merits. The following extracts are made from the above mentioned work: “ Saw the skin of a mountain sheep, which the Indians say lives among the rocks in the mountains: the skin was covered with white hair, the wool long, thick*and coarse, with long coarse hair on the top of the neck and the back, resembling somewhat the bristles of a goat”? Vol, Il. p. 49. “‘ The sheep is found in ‘many places, but mostly in the timbered parts of the rocky mountains. They live in greater numbers on the chain of mountains forming the commencement of the woody country on the coast, and passing the Columbia between the falls and rapids.” Vol. II. p. 169. The latter passage was written while our travellers wintered at the mouth of the Columbia river. But on ‘their return, at Brant Island, an Indian “ offered two sheep skins for sale: one, which was the skin of a full- grown sheep, was as large as that of a common deer; the second was smaller, and the head part, with the horns re- maining, was made into a cap, and highly prized as an ornament by the owner. The Clahelellahs informed us Se eee BS v: Ve sewn as - pyen ha . Poa. sf be aia ¥. ' i eae no wd a “7's weeny ah Wed + yh _* sis et ‘Vai 5 a , a wae te pnt eee ta A “I i TY A ee a Bere i ty aed a } Fer droite see tees Me s Bs ea erage. eeu wy i temet ‘ROCKY-MOUNTAIN SHEEP. 9. that the sheep are very abundant on the heights, and among’ the cliffs, of the adjacent mountains; and that these two had been lately killed out of a herd of thirty-six, at no great distance from the village.” Vol. ii. p. 233. “¢ The Indians assert, that there are great = ae of the white buffalo or mountain sheep, on the snowy heights of the mountains, west of Clark’s river. They generally inhabit the rocky and most inaccessible parts of the moun- tain, but as they are not fleet, are easily killed by the hunters.”” Vol. ii. p. 331. In the above passages we are made acquainted with the important fact, that, besides the Argali or Big-horned sheep, we have another species in North America of the genus Ovis. The smaller of the two skins, which the Indian offered to sale at Brant Island, was purchased by captain Lewis, and was presented by him to the museum. of Philadelphia. It is undoubtedly the skin of a young animal: it measures three feet from the insertion of the tail to the neck, its breadth is twenty-six inches; the tail is short, but it was probably not skinned to the end; along the back there runs a ridge of coarse hair, about three inches in length, and bristled up in the manner of that of the common goat, this ridge is continued up the neck, forming a kind of mane, and is thicker, coarser, and longer there than that of the back; the whole of the skin is closely covered with short wool, of an extreme fineness, surpassing in this quality that of any breed with which I am acquainted, not excepting the wool of the Me- rino lamb—a coat of hair conceals this wool, but on divid- ing the former with the hands, the latter lies so thick that the hairs are scarcely visible; the ears are narrow, and taper to a point, they are nearly four inches long; the 10 ROCKY-MOUNTAIN SHEEP. whole is white; the horns appear to have stood on the top of the head, somewhat in the manner of those of a soat, or of those on the figure of Shaw’s Pigmy Antelope, Gen. Zool. vol. ii. plate 188, and vignette on the title- ' page. But one* horn is now attached to the skin, and that measurés three inches and three quarters in length, on the fore part; it is slightly recurved, cylindrical and acumina- ted, its base is somewhat tumid, and, with its lower half, is scabrous, its upper part smooth, obsoletely striated, and of a black colour. | A cut of this horn, of the size of nature, accomnanies this account, by which figure it will be evident to the naturalist, that the above described sheep is a distinct species. It is true that the animal was young, and we have no positive evidence that when full-grown or old the horns do not Jncrease in size, so as to resemble those of some well-known species or varieties of the genus. One of Lewis and Clark’s men informed them that he had seen the animal in the Black ‘Hills, and that the horns were /una- ted like those of the domestic sheep. The Indians asserted that the horns were erect and pointed. The latter ac- “count is the more probable, as it has - been remarked by travellers, that, in describing those na- tural productions with which they are conversant, our In- dians seldom deviate from the truth. * The other horn is in Peale’s Museum. ’ ROCKY-MOUNTAIN SHEEP. n We would incite the attention of our citizens ta this important discovery; for although the Spanish missiona- aries, in 1697, made mention of this sheep, and it is again noticed in Venegas’ History of California*, yet these ac- counts were discredited. It is to captain Lewis to whom belongs the honour of having been the first to assure his countrymen, by the exhibition of a genuine specimen, that the animal does exist. How subservient to the wants and pleasures of mankind it may be rendered by domes- tication, we cannot at present declare; but there is room for conjecture, that the introduction of this new species ~ of a race of quadrupeds immemorially ranked among the most valuable of the gifts of the Creator, will confer a lasting benefit upon the agricultural and manufacturing interests of the community. Since writing the foregoing, I have seen the three first volumes of the Nouveau Dictionnaire d’ Histoire Na- turelle, which work is now publishing in Paris; and in the article Antelope I find a description of an American quadruped, ‘which is in the collection of the Linnean society of London. This description appears to have been extracted from a memoire, read before the Philomatique society of Paris, by M. de Blainville, wherein the author propos¢s a new arrangement of the ruminants with hollow and persistent horns, and a subdivision of the Genus Anti- lope; and classes the above animal under the name of Ru- picapra Americana. (Bulletin de la Societe’ Philomatique, 1816, p. 80.) As Ihave not the satisfaction of seeing the Bulletin, I must be content with the information conveyed in the article in the Vouveau Dictionnaire. The specimen is said to be of the bigness of a middling sized goat; the * Vol. i. p. 36. English translation, London, 1759. 12 _ ROCKY-MOUNTAIN SHEEP. body is entirely covered with long pendent hair, silky and totally white, but not curled; the head is elongated, with- out a muzzle or naked part, the ears of a middling size; the forehead not protuberant; the horns are short, to- ferably thick, black, slightly annulated, they are round, almost straight, bent backwards, and terminated in a blunt point (fointe mousse); the legs are short, stout, and supported on short and thick hoofs; the tail is hardly perceptible, perhaps on account of the length of the hair. M. de Blainville inclined to the opinion that this animal is the same as the Pudu of Molina, Shaw’s Gen. Zool. vol, il. p. 392, It is probable that the specimen helonging to the Lin- nean Society is of the same species as that brought by cap- tain Lewis; and it is further probable that M. de Biain- ville was not permitted to examine his subject as closely as was requisite, otherwise the important circumstance of the thick coat of wool, beneath the outer covering of straight hair, would not have escaped his attention. As to the horns being obtuse, this may have arisen from an accident, or some other cause. It is much to be wished that some traveller would bring a living specimen of this singular quadruped, or at. least a dead specimen in such a state as should enable the ‘naturalist to determine, with precision, its characters. From the information derived from captain Lewis, and from the descriptions above, we cannot, with propriety, arrange this animal with the Antelopes; and if it should not prove to be a true Ovis, it will, probably, constitute a new genus, and take its station, in the systems, between the sheep and the goat. on — tpg kan nies NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 43 Description of Seven Species of American Fresh Water and Land Shells, not noticed in the systems. By Lho- mas Say. ~— Genus CYCLOSTOMA. A subdiscoidal or conic univalve. ‘The aperture orbi+ cular, with a circularly continued margin, often suddenly and widely reflected. SPECIES. _ C. tricarinata. Shell with three volutions; three re- volving, carinate, prominent lines, giving to the whorls a quadrate, instead of a cylindric appearance. Suture cana- — liculate, in consequence of the whorls revolving below the second carina and leaving an interval. Spire convex, apex obtuse. Umbilicus large. Carina placed, one on the up- per edge of the whorl, one on the lower edge, and the third on the base beneath. Breadth one-fifth of an inch. Inhabits the river Delaware. Rare. | Found by Mr. Le Sueur, ‘whose proposed name is here adopted. C. lapidaria. Shell turreted, subumbilicate, with six volutions, which are obsoletely wrinkled across. Suture impressed. Aperture longitudinally ovate-orbicular, oper- culated, rather more than one-third of the length of the shell. Length about one-fifth of an inch. Collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Inhabitant not so long as the shell, pale; head elon. * gated into a rostrum as long as the tentacula, and emar- ginate at tip; tentacula two, filiform, acuminated at tip, . short; eyes prominent, situated at the external or poste- 4 NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. rior base of the tentacula; base or foot of the animal dila- ted, oval, obtuse before and behind. Found under stones, &c. in moist situations, on the margins of rivers. Like those of the genera Lymnea and Planorbis this animal possesses the faculty of crawling on the surface of the water, in a reversed position, the shell downward, Genus LYMN A, Shells subovate, oblong or somewhat tapering. Aper- ture entire, longitudinally oblong, the right lip circularly joined to the left at the base and folded back on the pular. SPECIES. LL. columella. Shell thin, fragile, horn-colour; whorls four, longitudinally wrinkled. Spire prominent, acute. Suture not much impressed. Aperture dilated, ovate. Columella much narrowed near the base, so that the view may be extended from the base almost to the interior apex of the shell. Length seven-tenths of an inch nearly; the spire one-quarter of an inch. Inhabits stagnant waters and miry places. Collection of the Academy. . Jinimal aquatic, base not so long as the aperture; dusky, with small whitish spots; tentacuda broad, pyrami- dal, compressed; eyes small, black, placed at the inner base of the tentacula. This species is allied to L. Catascopium of the Ame- rican edition of Nicholson’s Encyclopedia, but the revo- lution of the whorls is more oblique, the shell thinner, the aperture much more dilated, and the columella differently eT: NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. formed. For several specimens of this shell I am in- debted to Mr. Titian Peale. Genus SUCCINEA. JDrap. Shell oval or oblong; aperture large, oblique; columel- Ih narrowed. SPECIES. - S. ovalis. Shell suboval, pale yellowish, diaphanous, very thin and fragile, with nearly three oblique volutions. Body very large. Spire small, but little prominent, somewhat obtuse. Aperture longitudinally snbovate, large. Columella much narrowed so as almost to permit the view of the interior apex, from the base of the shell. Scarcely any calcareous deposit on the pillar lip. Length nine-twen- tieths of an inh, aperture seven-twentieths, Inhabits marshy grounds in shaded situations. Com- mon. wid “ Collection of the Academy. Animal longer than its shell, furnished with four ten- tacula? the two superior ones longer, cylindrical, support- ing the eves; inferior ones, short, conic. Colour pale with minute black points, which are assembled into fascia on fhe sides and fillets on the neck above; neck granulate above, a black line passes each side on the neck, from the tip of the oculiferous tentacula, gradually disappearing un- der the shell. Front truncate, quadrate. When the animal is living, so vitreous is the shell, that all the markings of its body are plainly discernable. So that although the shell is of a straw-colour, immaculate, it appears of a dusky hue, with a remarkable white, flexu- ous, longitudinal vitta on the back, arising from the su- . 16 |. NEW SPECHES OF SHEELS. ture and terminated about mid way to the base, often with two or three obsolete white spots near its tip. The characters of the inhabitant are widely distinct from the animal of the Lymnza, and are somewhat allied to those of the inhabitants of the Helices; it cannot how- ever be referred to Helix with propriety, as will be evident from the specific description. I have for the present con- sidered it as of Draparnaud’s genus Succinea, though it’ somewhat resembles a Bulimus, particularly in its habitat,. being a terrestrial species, and in this respect it differs oe from Succinea. It may perhaps belong to Lamarck’s ge~ nus Amphibulimus. (To be contiaued.)} Jn pe : J bik ee oe + Dee) It is hardly necessary to invite naturalists to make use of this Journal for the securing of their discoveries, as it must be obvious that a sheet, printed at short intervals, with the design of being) disseminated amongst the learn- ed at home and abroad, is a far more eligible record than a bulky volume, of limited circulation, to the completing and publishing of which, years are commonly devoted. ‘s By withholding individual information,”’ says Montagu, «© veneral knowledge is suspended. Science is materially advanced by the promulgation of the sentiments of mdi- viduals, and poor indeed must be the resources of those from whom nothing is to be learned.” PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, BY D. HEARTT, And sold by THOMAS DOBSON AND SON, No. 41 South Second-Street, ‘and CALEB RICHARDSON, No. 1 North Fourth-Street: rae ae JOURNAL OF THE ‘Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA. No. 2. | JUNE, 1817.. | Vox. I. Description of Seven Species of American Fresh Water and Land Shells, not noticed % in the systems. BY Lho- mas. Say. siuidinans Genus HELIX. . Shell subglobose, suborbicular, broader than long; spire convex; aperture wider than long, diminished above by the convexity of the penultimate whorl. SPECIES. H. Hirsuta. Shell subglobose, brownish, imperfo- rated, covered with short, numerous, rigid hairs; whorls five, but little rounded; suture distinct; aperture very narrow, almost closed by an elongated, lamelliform tooth, situated on the pillar-lip, and circularly joined to the outer-lip at the base. Outer-lip reflected back upon the whorl, and incorporated with it near the base, with a deep sinus in the middle. Breadih one-fourth of an inch. Lister. Tab. 93. f. 94? Inhabits moist places. Common. - Vol. I. B- 184” NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. In the collection of the Academy. This species appears to be somewhat allied tothe H. | hispida, but is wae oA distinct. Found by Mr. Lard- ner Vanuxem, H, perspectioa. Shell very much depressed, with about six whorls; whorls striated across, with raised, pa- rallel, acute lines, forming strongly impressed sulcz be- tween them. Umbilicus very large, resembling an in- verted spire, in diameter at least equal to the breadth of ‘ the body whorl, and exhibiting distinctly all the volus tions. Diameter three-tenths of an inch. _ Found by Mr. Le Sueur, near Lake Erie. | Hf, lineata. Shell very much depressed, somewhat discoidal. Whorls about four, each longer than broad, with numerous, raised, parallel, equidistant, regular, re- “volving lines. Suture impressed. Umbilicus very large, diameter at least equal to the breadth of the body whorl, and exhibiting all the volutions distinctly. Aperture longer than wide, lunate. Diameter three-twentieths of an inch, nearly. Collection of the Academy. _. Found by Mr. Robert E. Griffith, near Philadelphia. Somewhat resembles the last, but is more depressed, and’ the striz are transverse, not longitudinal as in that shell; . the cavity beneath also, though of equal proportional di- ameter, is not proportionally deep. NEW SPECIES OF INSECTS. «19 Descriptions of several New Species of North American Insects. By Thomas Say. Onper.—COLEOPTERA. Genus.—CICINDELA. Lin. Fab. &e. Antenne inserted into the anterior margin of the eye. Palpi filiform, the intermediate and posterior ones nearly equal, penultimate joint of the latter hairy. Thorax short. Elytra flat, rounded at the tip. C/ypeus shorter than the labrum. SPECIES. 1. C. formosa. Red-cupreous, brilliant. Elytra with a three-branched broad white margin. C. formosa. American Entomology, Plate VI. Inhabits the sandy alluvions of the Missouri, above the confluence of the river Platte. Front hairy. Labrum large, pale, three toothed. Ely- tra with a broad white border; anterior and posterior branches short, intermediate one flexuous, nearly reach- ing the suture; edge of the elytra green. Body beneath green or purple-blue, very hairy. Length seven-tenths, breadth one-fourth of an inch. ‘A large and very beautiful species, taken by Mr. T. Nuttall. 2. C. decemnotata. Green, above tinged with cu- preous. Elytra margined with bright green or blueish, four white spots and an intermediate refracted band. C. 10-notata, American Entom. Plate V1. Inhabits with the preceding. ee & 20 NEW SPECIES OF INSECTS. Lip three-toothed, white; mandibles black, white at the base. E/ytra with a white spot on the shoulder; a se- cond one equidistant from. the first and the band, which is broad, arising from the middle of the margin, refracted at the centre of the elytron and terminated near the suture in a line with the tip of the third spot ; third spot large, orbicular, and placed near the external tip of the terminal one which is transverse and triangular. Body beneath ~ green: fail and. trochanters purple.—Length three-fifths of an inch nearly. | » The specimen from which this description, was taken is a female, it was found by Mr, T. Nuttall. 3. C. dorsalis. Brassy: Elytra white; two curved lines on each, suture and curved branch near the base _ green: lip and tail pale. Inhabits New Jersey. Head brassy, naked, with green edges. Labrum, man- dibles and palpi white ; tips of the mandibles and terminal joint of the palpi-dusky. Thorax brassy, varied with green, margin and back longitudinally hairy. Scuéel green. Elytra white, irregularly punctured; suture ereen, a lunated branch on each elytron terminating at the middle — ‘of the base; disk with two abbreviated lines, of which the anterior is curved outwards and the posterior one in- wards, respectively terminating at one of the exds-eppo- site the centre of the other. Lody beneath hairy on the sdes; hair short, prostrate, cinereous ; last segment of the abdomen and tail yellowish, On the sea beach of New. Jersey; numerous, 4. C. hirticollis. Dull brownish-cupreous, beneath green; trunk and head with cinereous hair; lip white ; 9 — “ NEW SPECIES OF INSECTS: 2) & outer margin of each elytron white, with two abbreviated ‘bands, and an intermediate refracted one; trochanters purple. Inhabits North America. | _ Head coppery, varied with green and, blue. Labrum and base of the mandibles white. Zhorax very hairy, impressed lines blue. E/ytra punctured irregularly with green, a marginal lunule at base, the extremities of which are almost, equally prominent; the band is divaricated on the margin so as to join the anterior lunule, but is inter- rupted before the terminal lunule, abruptly refracted at the centre of the elytron and curved near its termination, towards the suture. Body beneath green, very hairy. Length rather more than half an inch. S _ Common in Pennsylvania, very much resembles C. trifaciata, for which it is probable it has generally been mistaken. 5. C. pusilla. Above black, obscure; elytra with two lunules and a recurved band, white. Body beneath black- blue, or greenish, ‘Trochanters testaceous, Inhabits with the first. Elytra with a marginal lunule at base and another at the tip, both very narrow and white; an intermediate band, divaricate on the margin, recurved at the middle of the elytron and terminating near the suture behind. L- brum and base of the mandibles whitish; the four basal joints of the antenne purple. ‘a ~ Length not quite half of an inch. Found by Mr. Nuttall. The band is often obsolete, or only detached portions of it are visible, the enlarged marginal part is permanent. - | ) e 22 NEW SPECIES OF INSECTS. . Genus NEMOGNATHA. Tiger, Zonrt1s of Fabr. and Latr. Maxillz very much elongated, inflected, filiform. SPECIES. | N. Immaculata. Lemon yellow, immaculate. Ely- tra with scattered punctures. Maxilla not longer than the thotax, and with the antenne and palpi black. ° NV. Immaculata, American Entom. plate III. Inhabits the plains of the Missouri. Antenne black, basal joint pale testaceous. Eyes, _ maxilla, palpi, tips of the thighs and tarsi black. ra i irregularly punctured, naked, polished. Comes near to the description of Zonitis palida of an bricius, but that insect is said to be large, and may pro- bably be a true Zonitis. Our specimens are not more than half the size of NV. Vittata. Found on thistles (Cardui) by Mr. Nuttall; numerous, Genus ZONITIS. Fabricius and Latreille. Maxille not elongated. Antenne with the first and third joint of the same length, the second a little shorter, the third and following cylindric, the last one fusiform, terminating abruptly in a short point. SPECIES. Z. bilineata. Ferruginous. Elytra pale neat with a black fillet. Scutel black. Inhabits with the preceding on thistles,—-Nottall, é NEW SPECIES OF INSECTS. — 23 - Antenne black, the two basal joints ferruginous. Lyes black. /ytra naked, punctured, the fillet occupies the middle of each elytron and is abbreviated at the base and apex. Seutel black. Tibia fuscous. Less than the pre- ceding insect. In its colour and ARDSARNCE, except as to size, it resembles .V, Vittata. Orper DIPTERA. Genus DIOPSIS. Head furnished with two inarticulate, immoveable. horns, Eyes situated at the extremities of the horns. Antennz small, placed beneath the eyes. . D. brevicornis. Black, pedicels short, not so long as the interval between their bases. Inhabits Pennsylvania. © Head rufous; vertex brown, thorax blackish, a little blended with cinereous, a lunate impression on each side before, an impressed band on the middle interrupted on the back; and an impressed, angulated one behind. Lateral spines short, black; posterior ones longer, rufous. Wings fasciated with brown near the apex. eet rufous, thighs, and tibia towards the tips, blackish, anterior thighs thickened. Poisers white. Abdomen black immaculate. Length rather more than three-twentieths of an inch. Extremely rare; I found buta single individual in May last seated on a leaf of the Skunk Cabbage, (Pothos Fetida) near the Wissahickon Creek a few miles from this city. This insect will be considered as a most inte- resting addition to the American Fauna. The insects above described I believe to be new, at least. they are not noticed in any book to.which I have access, a - ON THE GENUS ERIOGONUM. , , Observations on the genus Eriogonum, and the Natural Order Polygonee of Jussieu. By Thomas Nuttail. The present genus, which appears to have escaped the observation of Walter in hiss Flora Caroliniana, was discovered about 20 years ago by the late Andre Mi- chaux, and afterwards published by him in his « Flora Boreali-Americana,”” accompanied by an_ indifferent figure.* The Eriogonum tomentosum, like the Mitchella, the Cephalanthus, the Sanguinaria, or the Padophillum, remained for about 15 years at once a genus and a species, and though at “the present time at least 5 other species are known ‘to exist on the great plains of Upper Louisi- ana and the North-West Coast of America; the Erivgo- num of Georgia and South Carolina possesses a peculia- rity of habit, sufficient to establish it as the type of a se- parate section of the genus. In a natural arrangement, though; with some striking singularities, the Eriogonum directly associates with the Polygonee of Jussieu, and approximates considerably to the genus Rheum; so important in medicine, it appears also from popular opinion as well as familiar experi- ment in those countries where the Zriogonum tomentosum is indigenous, to be possessed in some measure of simi- lar medicinal virtues, for which reason in somé parts of Georgia it is called “ Wild Rhubarb.”’ As the generic characters of Rheum and Lriogonum now stand, it is not impossible, as I know by experience, but that even bota- nists may be led to confound them. Near, however, as these two genera may appear to be allied by a few ob- * Vol. 1. page 246. plate 24. ON THE GENUS ERIOGONUM. | 95 secure and artificial characters, the great dissimilarity of habit which they constantly present, strongly indicates a radical diversity of constitution, and of how much im- portance this habitus or constitution itself may often prove in studying the intricate affinities of the vegetable kingdom, the example before us adduces an additional evidence. It is a fact somewhat singular, that all the genera of the order Polygonea hitherto known except ELriogonum, _ are furnished with alternating leaves, sheathing the stem at their base, or with distinct stipulz rising considerably above the base, and also embracing the stem; cylindrical- ly in the genus Polygonum, and are then called ochrea. In the Eriogonum, however, as in the rest of the order, the laminze of the leaves before their developement, are on either side rolled under towards the mid-rib, or cen- tral vessels. The seeds are also furnished with a farina- ceous perisperm which «surrounds the corculum or em- bryon; we shall likewise perceive in the course of our examination of this genus, that though the leaves of the stem and the general involucrum of the scape are con- stantly verticillate and destitute of stipule, yet in the two recently discovered and almost stemiless species, the leaves are alternately disposed upon the elongated caudex, and that at a particular season of the year, the leaves then im- perfectly developed or rather restrained in their growth, produce sheathing petioles. In the present order, the Koenigia of Iceland, the terminal leaves, or those which subtend the fascicles of flowers are verticillate- in fours, while the rest of the leaves are alternate and furnished with intrafoliaceous stipule. 4 It would still, perhaps, be better in assigning the li- mits of this very natural order, to add to the assigned ha- Sy oe z 26 ON THE GENUS ERIOGONUM. bitus, in order to prevent the possibility of excluding the present genus, “ Leaves generally alternate,. rarely ver- ticillate, furnished at their base with sheathing stipulz, (in Eriogonum obsolete or none!) laminz of the younger leaves rolled under, stem for the most part herbaceous, sometimes arborescent.’’* The better to understand the genus Eriogonum I shall now proceed to the description of the 3 species which have, to the present time, been exclusively discovered * This order now contains the following genera. Ist. Coceoloba,—all the species trees or shrubs. The Coccoloba pubescens of the tropics becomes 2 tree from 60 to 80 feet high, with extremely hard wood and enormous orbi- cular leaves. 2d. Atraphaxis, of which there are two species, both shrubby, one with spiny branches, in Media and Siberia, the second a native of the Cape of Good Hope, Sd. Polygonum, of which there are two shrubby species, and upwards of fifty others which are herbaceous, and several with twining Stems. 4th. Polygonella of Michaux, a small: and extremely branching shrub, no where in the United Sates more abundant, and occurring, indeed, in scarce- ly any other place but the sterile sand hills round Wilmington, i in North Caro- lina. It is referred to the genus Polygonum as P. polygamum by Ventenat, but appears to be a distinct genus, having almost the seed and fruit calix of Ru- mex. Sth. Brunichia cirrhosa a single species, being a scandent shrub, com- mon to the Bahama islands, and the Southern parts of the United States, its northern limits as far as I have been able to ascertain, appear to be the south- ern border of Savannah river.. 1 have found it near Ebenezer bridge, 25 miles above Savannah in Georgia, further to the south, and particularly around New Orleans, it is extremely abundant. The flowers are produced in branch- ing panicles, disposed in numerous fasciculi, the calix is tubular and. ventri- cose, 5-parted, rather ringent, and angular, membranaceously complanate, and. attenuated towards the peduncle, which is extremely slender. The seed, which ‘is solitary, as in the rest of the order, is inclosed by the persistent calix, which becomes coriaceous, and suberose, with the lacinie then a little reflected.— There is no capsule, as described by Persoon, a simple seed with a double coating as in all the Polygonee, terminated by three short styles, each having a 2-lobed stigma, the seed is conic and triquetrous, the angles acute above, ob- | iterated below. - The perisperm is farinaceous, distinctly 3-lobed, and the | Jobes again semibifid, the corculuwm is inverted, the seed lobes are flat and erect, linear-oblong, generally immersed in the perisperm, sometimes. only re- garding one of the lobes; the radicle is exserted beyond the perisperm, touching the base of the styles. The character of an inverted corculum, given as one of the generic distinctions of the present genus, is consequently of no importance, ON THE GENUS ERIOGONUM. OF within the limits of the United States and its territories; of the tivo species briefly noticed by Mr. Pursh, disco- vered by Mr. Bradbury and myself, scarcely any thing is as yet distinctly known. In consequence of these and other accessions, it appears necessary to modify the genus with more precision. as it appears common to the whole order of Pojygonee. 6th. Rumex, contain © - ing at least forty-five species, all herbaceous. 7th. Rheum, containing eight Species, all herbaceous except R. Aybridum. The Rheum Rhaponticum, indige- nous to Thrace; the #. undulatum, to China and Siberia; the #. palmatum, to China; the R. compactum, also to Chinaand Tartary; the #. tataricum, with ex- tremely large leaves, to Lesser Tartary; the #. fides inhabits Persia, Lebanon, and Carmel; the R. hybridum belongs to Northern Asia, and is a shrub; lastly the R. leucorhizum, discovered by Pallas, indigenous to the mountainous de- serts of Songarica in Siberia. 8th. Eriogonum, containing about five or six species, herbaceous or suffruticose, chiefly inhabiting the desert plains of North America, on either side the Northern Andes. 9th. Triplaris, two species, both trees; the J. Americana, native of the woods of Carthagena and Guianne, a tree forty feet high, with a dense pyramidal summit, the second species grows also in the forests of Carthagena. A revisal of the generic character of this genus is also absolutely necessary, in order to separate it effectually from the genus Eriogonum, there being at present as this order is now understood, not a single . artificial generic character given in the genus Triplaris, except its being a dio- ecious plant, but what equally applies to Eriogonum, although there can be no doubt of the existence of a distinct generic character, when we for a moment consider the great disparity of habit. Jussieu, however, remarks that the seed of this genus is anut. 10th. Callizgonum, of which there are three species with the C. Pallasia, which has been considered as a distinct genus, all shrubs nearly destitute of leaves, with dichotomous and articulated brancheg; the C. Polygonoides, was tound by Tournefort on Mount Arrarat; the C. comgsum is a native of Egypt and Barbary; the C? Pailasia was discovered. by him whose name it bears, in the deserts towards the Caspian sea. 11th. Koenigia iglandica® a small and rather succulent plant, peculiar to the isle of Iceland. To these we may perhaps venture to add the Plegzorhiza adstringens of Molini, a plant of Chili, which, as far as the description extends, appears to be almost a species of Eriogonum, possessing in every respect its habitus. By Jussieu, for the want of a correct description it was necessarily placed among the “ Plante In- certe sedis,” with an indication that it ought to be compared with this order, or the Lauri. From this statement, it appears, that America possesses eight out ef the twelve genera of the order Polygonezx. Most of the plants of this order | are more or less astringent and bitter. The most astringent of medicines, the: gum Kino, is the produce of the Coccoloba. 28 ON THE GENUS ERIOGONUM, :, ERIOGONUM. Artificial Chass and OrpeEr. ENNEANDRIA TRIGYNIA. Generic Character. _ Calyx subcyathiformis, basi tubulosa, limbus sexfidus Inzqualis, extus villosus. Corodla nulla, semen unicum, triquetrum, immarginatum, calyce tectum. (Flores in- volucrati. Stipula nulla.) Observation.—Mode of growth proliferous; stems, leaves, and flowers persistent; with an imperfect pros- trate or cespitose stem or gaudex, the peduncles. or scapes then umbelliferous; when with a distinct stem, erect, and dichotomous; leaves connate and verticillate, on the caudex alternate, always more or less tomentose. Flowers upon articulated peduncles, produced in cup- shaped, campanulate inyolucres, the znvolucri many flow. ered, simply producing flowers or peduncles mixed. with ‘setaceous appendices, which are simple or plumose. Calix. unequal, 6-parted, subcyathiform, externally villous, covering the seed, the 3 exterior segments reflected in the fruit. Stamens 9, filaments villous at the base, longer than the calyx, disposed by 3s, (as in Rheum) on the base of the larger calycine laciniz; base of the calyx tu- bular to the circular articulation. Styles.3, simple, ob- tuse, long as the stamina, villous below as well as the germ. Seed acute or obtuse triangular, acuminate above, at length, in germination, bursting below, sced com- pressed? ovate, acute. ~Perisperm small, farinaceous; gorculum inverted. Seed-lobes erect, flat, oboval; radi- gle straight, exserted. + 99 6. 1. Caule erecto dichotomo; Joliis verticillatis. — “1. Tomentosum. Micu. E. Caule dichotomo, nodoso; glomerulisfloriferis terminalibus axillaribusque; involucris cylindraceo-campanulatis, angulatis, solitariis, sessilibus; calicibus fructiferis valde inzequalibus, extus villosiuscu- lis; seminibus angulis acutis; foliis subternis, supremis’ connatis, oblongo-ovalibus, supra glabris subtus ferrugi- neo tomentosis; involucris receptaculis plumoso-piliferis- Description. Root fusiform, perpendicular, rarely divi- ded below, nearly destitute of fibres, of a brittle consis- tence, and of a brownish red colour, sensibly bitter and astringent to the taste. Stem herbaceous, cylindric, somewhat tomentose, obsoletely striate, of a rigid and almost woody texture. Branches dichotomous, erect, subdivided 7 or 8 times. Radical Leaves petiolate, al- ternately disposed upon the caudex, rather long, oblong obovate, obtuse, somewhat coriaceous, opaque, smooth on the upper surface, covered with a short and dense fer- ruginous white tomentum on the under side. Leaves of the stem verticillate, mostly by threes, rarely by fours, al- most connate at the base, seated around the joints of the stem, generally of an oblong-oval figure, destitute of sti- pulz, decreasing in size towards the summit, they the? become ovate lanceolate and acute, and more distinctly growing together at their common base form a general in- volucrum to the fasciculi of flowers. Inflorescence, flow- ers disposed in dichotomous terminal panicles, several (15 to 20) produced (after the manner of compound flowers) | jm a partial campanulate involucrum er involucellum, each seated upon asmooth, recurved setaceous pedicel, articulated to the tubular base of the calyx. Jnvolu- crum sessile, solitary, generally terminal, sometimes in the - angle of the dichotomous {ower branches (in specimens 80 ON THE GENUS ERTOGONUN 3 jmaperfectly developed axillary,) pentangular, with a four or five toothed border, producing intermingled with the pedicells plumose filaments a little longer than the involu- crum, most conspicuous in fruiting specimens. Calyx subcyathiform, 6-parted, persistent, unequal, pubescent around the exterior nerve, acute, and tubular at the base; 3 of the interior laminz longer than the exterior, erect and connivent, enlarging after infloresence, then cordate, oval, and enveloping the seed; the three exterior segments shorter, in fruit reflected, cuneate-oval, obtuse, and con- cave. Stumina 9, disposed by 3’s, on the base of the larger divisions of the calyx. //daments a little longer than the calyx, pubescent towards the base. Anthers short, ob- long, oval, two celled. Germ conoid-ovate, acute. Styles 3, filiform, simple, a little longer than the stamens, pubes-- cent towards the germ. Stigmata minute, obtuse. Sved conic, acuminate, acutely triangular, smooth, shining, and of a testadcous colour; in a marcescent state, at the period. of germination, partly opening at the base like a trivalvular capsule, seed within the proper integument compressed _ only on two sides? oval, acute, of a dark brown colour. Corculum inverted, flat and erect. adicle exserted, straight, obtuse, in a direction contrary to the peduncle, Cotyledones large, oboval, green. Perisperm small, farina. ceous, extremely white, scarcely covering the seed lobes, Stature. Stem about three feet high, oot-leaves four to six inches long and one inch broad. Conspicuous stem leaves about an inch long, extreme involucrate leaves scarcely half an inch. It begins to flower the second year in July and August, the flowers are whitish; it does not appear to endure more than from seven to ten years, and is perfectly proliferous. never sending off surculi or Fateral stems, 2 Se a DR. WATERHOUSE. — ar Habitat anc ographic limits. Tt abounds throughout the sandy and sterile forests of Georgia and South Caro- lina, always beneath the shade of the Pinus australis, from the banks of the river St. Mary’s in West Florida to the immediate neighbourhood of Orangeburgh (Orangeburgh county, S. Carolina) where it suddenly disappears, no. where appearing to have crossed the Santee to the north, In the direction of its longitude 1t does not descend so low towards the sea coast as Savannah in Georgia or the city. of Charleston in S, Carolina, neither is it on the other hand. to be met with beyond the terminating line of the ancient maritime soil, so exactly defined by the natural limits of the long leaved pine, which the Eriogonum con- stantly accompanies in all its western limits; thus it dis- appears above Augusta in Georgia, where hills of decidu-. ous trees (oaks, hickories, &c.) and primitive soil com- mience, and only again very transiently appears in insulated portions with the Pinus australis. (To be continued.) eS > Se NOTICE OF THE LATE DR. WATERHOUSE. Diep on the 18th of May, 1817, at Charleston, S. C. Dr. Joun Fornercirt WATERHOUSE, aged 26 years. He was born at Cambridge, Massachusetts, and received his classical, and the rudiments of his medical education, at Harvard university. The preeminent reputation of the Medical School in this city, induced him to complete his medical education in the university of Pennsylvania, where he graduated as Doctor of Medicine in the spring of 1813. Upon the completion of his studies, and at the solicitation of his friends, he fixed his permanent residence in this city, . and soon after became a member of this Society, Under the auspices. of, the Acad Sciences, he delivered, in conjunction with Dr. Barnes, during the spring of 1814, and the succeeding spring of 18.5, two courses of popular Lectures on Botany.* Dr. Waterhouse’s exertions were not confined to bo- tanical pursuits; in the winter of 1815 he delivered in the museum of the Academy, a short elementary course of lectures on comparative Osteology, and during the follow- Ang season, a like course on Ichthyology. | His active exertions in the other departments of natu- ral history, also contributed to advance the interests of this, then infant institution, and much of its present re- spectability may be ascribed to his individual efforts. An enthusiastic attachment to natural history, and an anxious solicitude for honourable distinction, prompted him to intellectual exertions, incompatible with his deli- cate constitution, naturally disposed to pulmonary disease. * Unable to sustain the pressure of persevering applica- tion, he was attacked in the spring of 1816 with Hoemop- tysis, which was succeeded by symptoms of pulmonary consumption. Relieved by the exertions of his medical friends, from the severer symptoms of his disease, he was - advised to avail himself of the mild winter of a southern climate, and accordingly departed—never to return. It has been frequently and justly remarked, that life should not be computed by the number of years an indi- vidual has lived, but by the labours he has performed; considered in this light, Dr. Waterhouse has lived. to mature age—he has fulfilled the duties of life in the short period ofa youthful career. This brilliant dawn promised a meridian of splendid —usefulness—but in the language of his affectionate father, ‘¢ where are now the fruits of his learning, his rare talents and his matchless industry!” * These were the. first popular lectures on Botany deleerea: in this city. Upwards of two hundred ladies, besides a considerable number of gentlemen, attenced the first course, and the audience to the second was sill more nu. merous. ; vn . PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, BY D. HEARTY, And sold by THOMAS DOBSON AND SON, No. 41 South Second-Street, and CALEB RICHARDSON, No. 1 North Fourth-Street. 4 _ JOURNAL OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences OF PHILADELPHIA. isan JULY, 1817. Veni Observations on the genus Eriogonum, and the Natural | Order Polygonee of Jussieu. By Thomas Nuttall. (Concluded.) §. 2. Humifuso, subacaule, scapo umbellifero. 2. Flavum, E. herbaceum, czspitosum, acaule; caudex multiplex indivisus; scapo umbellato subquinquepartito, involucrum tri vel tetraphyllum, involucellum subtereti- campanulatum multiflorum; calycibus extus sericeo villo- sis; seminibus teretiusculis; foliis spathulato-obovatis, su- pra villosis, subtus lanato-tomentosis albidis; involucellis receptaculi nudis. Eriogonum flavum. T. Nuttall in Fraser’s Catalogue, 1813. . sericeum. Pursu, hr Americe Septentrio- nalis. Vol. 1. p. 277. Description. Root somewhat fusiform ; long and perpen- dicular, of a reddish brown colour, destitute of fibres, and usually coated with numerous thin sphacelate brownish black integuments, apparently the remains of so many an- nual increments. True stem none. Caudex many-parted, unbranched, in old plants profusely cespitose. Leaves radix Vol, I. © 34 ON "THE GENUS ERIOGONUI cal, circularly fasciculate , persistent, spathulate-ob¢ rate, en- tire, obtuse, attenuated downwards about half their length, on the upper side softly villous, and of a pale green; be- neath lanuginously tomentose and nearly white; distinct sti- pula none! (autumnal foliage very short, and oblong-oval, not attenuated, the petiole extremely villous and much di- lated, entirely embracing, and by their imbrication closing and protecting the summit of the caudex, throughout the winter, after the manner of the genus Rheum.) Scape round, villous, umbellate at its extremity. Umbelluli $——5, about an inch long. Jnvolucrum consisting of three or four connate, linear-oblong leaves. . Znvolucellum cya- thiform-campanulate, round, very many flowered, (20—30) about five-toothed, and destitute of plumose setaceous ap- pendices on the receptaculum. Ca/yx cyathiform, 6-part- ed, tubular and acute at the base, circularly articulated upon the pedunele, externally covered with a silky villous; lamine nearly equal in inflorescence, oblong-oval, and obtuse, the three interior segments a little larger, all of a bright yellow. Stamina 9, filaments longer than the ca- lyx, villous below. Anthers short, oblong-oval, two- celled; sty 3. divaricate above and below, filiform, villous at the base. Stigmata very minute, obtuse. Germ sub- cylindric ovate, extremely villous. Seed immarginate, cy- lindric-ovate, obtusely triquetrous, acute; colour testa- ceous. Corculum? Obs. The lamine of the younger leaves are revolute, when full grown from two to three inches long and from five to ten lines wide; length of the scape from six to twelve inches. . It begins to flower the second year, continuing through July and part of August. Flowers without any re- markable odour. From the exfoliations of the root, and G: =NUS ERIOGONUM. 85 ? of th s leaves upon the elongated cau- dex, 3 some ‘verffiold plants might be of from ten to fifteen years duration. Habitat. On arid denudated argillaceous hills and broken soils; from the Arikare village to the northern Andes? or the mountainous sources of the Missa Medicinal virtues. Probably very similar to those of rhubarb, in common with the Lriogonum tomentosum. Root to the taste sensibly bitter and astringent. 5. Parviflorum, E. caule suffruticosa subcespitosa 7 Scapo umbellato plerumque nudo; involugellis subcylindraceis, angulatis, sessilibus, floribus nudis se- pius intermixtis, omnibus parvulis, extus puberulis; foliis spathulato- oboyatis, basi promisse attenuatis utrinque sub- escentibus; involucellis receptacull setige- tomentosis cal ris, sctis nudis. © LE. pauciflorum; Poursu. Flor. Am. Sept. in ids ® mentum, vol. ii. p. 735. Description. Root somewhat fusiform, ligneous, branch- ing below and without fibres. Stem prostrate, proliferous, suffruticose, considerably divided, roundish, covered with a downy white tomentum almost’ equally spread upon every part of the plant, furnished at the base of the branches with autumnal gemmaceous scales, or the vestigiz of abortive leaves. Leaves alternate! narrow, spathulate-obo- vate attenuated three fourths of their length, entire, two to three inches long, and scarcely a quarter of an inch wide. Scape umbellate, round, rather short (four to six inches long;) invelucrum, generally none, or of one or two short setaceous leaves. Jnvolucellum sessile, many flowered, subcylindric-cyathiform, angular, with a border of five or 36 : ON THE GENUS ERIOC times intermixed with the tvotuceli™ Flowers| small, whitish, short cyathiform, seated upon articulated pedun- cles; lamina little pubescent externally, oval, unequal. Stamina 9. Styles 3, longer than the stamina, pubescent towards the base, apex obtuse. Receptaculum of the in- volucelli producing whose set nearly the lenieth of ae peduncies. Habitat. On high and arid argillaceous hills from Fort Mandan, or the great northern bend of the Missouri, to the mountains? with the former. Flowers in Aug st. O% the same alpine habit (viz. furnished with prostrate or cespitose stems, and umbellated peduncles t x scapes} are two other species of this genus collected on ‘the north- west coast of America by Mr. Archibald Menzies and now deposited in the Herbarium of Sir J. Bank s. They appear to be described in Rees Encyclopedia under the names of E. parvifolium and £. latifolium, and are said to be shrubby; probably suffruticose. Thus the genus Hriogonum, as yet peculiar to North America, approximating so nearly to Rheum, may pro- > bably form a numerous genus, whenever the great, plains of California, the Columbia, the Missouri and the Arkansa shall be explored. To distinguish these two approximating gencra with more precision, we shall add the following description of the seeds of Rheum Rhaponticum, or officinal rhubarb. Calya 6-parted, persistent, smooth, very small, unequal, and closely investing the base of the seed, the three larger -oblong-oval segments appressed to the fruit, the three smaller divisions reflected; stamens disposed by 3’s oppo- site the larger laciniz of the calyx. Seed acutely triangular, SENUS FIROLOIDA., | 37 é se lobed, i. F coke with ‘broad curved and reticulated membranaccous. ‘margins, i when mature greatly enlarged beyond the calyx, external integument closely adonate, interior obsolete, charged with the peculiar colouring matter of the root. (“ Szy/e 0. stig- mata 3.” Jussrev.) deciduous, or obsolete in the membra- naceous lobes of the fruit; perisperm farinaceous, almost three lobed; corculum immersed, inverted, erect and flat; radicle exserted through the perisperm; seed lobes ovate. The seeds of R. undulatum and R. compactum are sa very similar to those of the R. Rhaponticum that the same description answers to the three, excepting that the seed lobes of the two former appear a little more acute. From what we can discover then it appears that the Eriogonum ought to be placed in the class Exneandria and the order 7rigynia of Linnzus instead of Monogynia where it was placed by Michaux, by Persoon, and where it still. remains in Mr. Pursh’s Flora of North America, and is generically distinguished from Rheum as follows: Rueum. Lnneandria trigynia. Calysz sexfidus, glabris, persistens Semen unicum : triquetrum, alatum, nudum. EE + Gre Characters of a new Genus, and descriptions of three new Species upon which it is formed; discovered in the At- lantie ocean, in the months of March and April, 1816; Lat. 229. By C, A. Le Sueur.x—Read April 15th, 1817. : I now proceed to the description of a series of animais heretofore unknown; they belong to the extensive family. of Pteropode mollusca; and may be arranged near to the genus Wifota:: to which they pincee vA he form tHieie body, their habit, their manners, and by being inhabitants of the same temperate climates. The anatomical characters are very similar to those of that genus, but the simple examination of their figures will exhibit obvious distinctive traits, These differences consist, in the position of the nucleus, the heart, and the branchia. In the Firolz, these organs are placed in a’ cavity at the base of the tail, by which they are protected from all danger; but in the beings under consideration, they are situated at the posterior extremity of the body; very slightly attached; exposed to every danger; and con- stantly hable to be separated, in consequence of their un- guarded position. These differences are, I believe, sufficiently great, to authorize the establishing of a new genus, for the recep- tion of the three new species, which are here described; possessing, as they do, a common form of body, and simi- larity of habits, but at the same time presenting distinct specific characters, by which, on examination, we shall be able readily to recognize them. For this genus, I propose the name of Frroztorpa under the following characters : Genus FIROLOIDA. Generic Characters. Tentacula none; jaws horny; eyes two; one fin, placed on the back; branchia grouped with the heart, around an oblong nucleus, situated at the posterior and terminal — part of the body; tail none. Body gelatinous, cylindrical, glabrous, very sik to that of the Firole; like them they have a preboscis, two points, ‘arranged ie a i, Renhcr 6 ak -ganglions, ene above the eyes and the other at the base of the dorsal fin, united by nervous threads, and furnishing numerous smaller ones, extended to various parts of the body. _. The intestinal tube in the first species, is reddish, and exitnided from the jaws to the nucleus, without any sen- sible enlargement. In the second species it is abruptly enlarged near the nucleus, and in the third, the intestine is filiform before that part. The branchia, are proportionally much smaller than ° in the Firolz, and the nucleus shorter and more spherical, and of a pale colour. : | I have not observed the vata organ in the ani- mals under consideration, but in the first and second spe- cies a long filiform appendage appears to me to be the oviduct, including small globules resembling eggs; this part is very probably elongated by receiving the eggs» and when these are exhausted it is perhaps detached tirely, and the body then resembles the species fig. a SPECIES. : z 1, #. Demarestia. Body long, glabrous, hyaline, acuminated at each extremity; no gelatinous points. Plate 2, fig. 1. 6. position of the eyes and nervous ganglion between them; a. oviduct, magnified. Inhabits the ocean near Martinique, taken in March 1816. Dorsal fin rounded, nearer to the eyes than to the nu- cleus. Length o. the body two inches. 2. I’. Bluinviliana, Body sort, glabrous, posterior :Aibentyle eine. sail trungate 1s OI between the eyes and the nucleus. Plate 2, fig. 2. a. small specimen; 4. nucleus and ovi- duct magnified. Inhabits near Martinique, taken in March 1816. Oviduct shorter, perhaps broken, thicker; posterior part of the nucleus furnished with small oviform globules. Length of the body seven lines to one inch and a half. 3. F. aculeata, Body subequal, glabrous, hyaline, wrinkled above the eyes. Dorsal fin equidistant from the extremities, longer behind. Plate 2, fig. 3, magnified. Taken April 26, 1816. Nucleus suboval—eyes conspicuous; one elongated, gelatinous point beneath the eyes, and another, much shorter, before them—oviduct none, I here add some anatomical explanations, accompanied ' with figures of a species of the genus Firola, described in he preceding number. | Tate 2, fig. 4. represents a firola magnified and opened ne Side. a. a. a. gelatinous, exterior substance of the ly, which at g remains entire. 6. 0. 6. peritoneum opentd, and entire at g. ¢.diaphragm. d. anterior gang- lion.’ ¢. posterior ganglion. ff nucleus; it is laid bare of the peritoneum, to exhibit a granulated appearance, on its superior part; very like grains of Indian corn (Zea). . branchia, A. A. artery. 7@ 2 branch of the artery. i. intestine, 2 22 caudal muscles. 2. muscles of the dorsal fin, 2. cup of the dorsal fin. 0. o. radicles of the dorsal fin. 7.7. two small filiform tubes, opening into the posterior part of the peritoneum, and connected with * why o> pat. Satine oT ye os aaah Ad 2 eM edeisrdle SN sabndane haw rea ee saat eal : a Roney 3 sisictnem baba adse essa Se pate i Cth Praesens : * ue le a eee ee Se. US RAJA. . «AL tremity of the tail; these, per- haps, serve to eject a . portion of the air which may be ad- — By, mitted by the branchia in this larger cavity, so as to enable the animal to preserve a proper equilibrium with the water. Observation. The connection of these tubes with the cavity of the peritoneum was ascertained by injecting blue coloured water. Fig. 5. Position of the heart and branchia on the oppo- site side of the nucleus. c¢. heart. d. branchia. 6. artery. a. intestiue. e. vermiform organ and branch of the artery. Fig. 7. Retracted jaw. a. artery. 4. intestinal tube, ¢. ¢. nerves. e. capitate threads. dd. interior palpi. Fig. 8. Eye. Pua Fig. 6. Jaw exserted, front view pe lateral and cen- tral teeth. cc. lip. | Fig. 10. Two pairs of weinetes of the dorsal fin. a La ee ‘J Fone: ay ae ENUS CECIDOMYIA. 43 - phial ape - obliquely ‘behind the mouth, on an ob- : liquely curved ne gradually decreasing in breadth to the terminal one, which is small and more distant; ventral fins narrow, a little elongated and obliquely truncated. Zaz attenuated, very slender, a little longer than the body, with a small triangular fin at base, preceding the spine. Breadth two feet, length sixteen inches exclusive of ~ the tail; taken at Egg Harbour, New Jersey, Some account of the Insect known by the name of Hessian Fly, and of a parasitic Insect that feeds onit. By Tho- mas Say.—ZRead June 24th, 1817. Orpver DIPTERA. Genus CECIDOMYIA. Genus Tripura, of Linne and Degeer. Cutrono- mus, of Fabr. ‘Vricuocera, of Lamarck. Cerci- DOMYIA, of Latr. and Meigen. 4 7 7 : re ~ 4 Antenne filiform, joints subequal, globular, hairy. § Proboscis sallient. Wings incumbent, horizontal. DESCRIPTION. . j C. destructor. Head and thorax black; wings black, ~ fulvous at base; feet pale, covered with black hair. Inhabits the northern and middle states. | Body clothed with short black hairs; Aead black; ‘% antenneé shorter than the body, somewhat smaller toward ie the up, verticillate, joints moniliform, separated by a hya- line filament. Doran gibbous, black kK, glabrous and polished. Sceute/, prominent, colour of the thorax, round- ed behind. /Vimgs ciliate, rounded at tip, blackish, the fulvous colour of the base is sometimes extended upon the nerves of the wing, paler and gradually disappearing before the middle; longer than the abdomen, eet long, 46 > INSECTS.—GENUS CECID. slender, thighs fulvous at base, furnished at the tip with: several very acute claws. Poisers pale, nearly as long as the thorax, witha suboval capitulum. Breast sometimes fulvous. Abdomen brownish. | Famaxe. Antenne longer than the thorax, the joints somewhat oval, not separated by filaments. Abdomen elongate-oval, above rectilinear, beneath somewhat ventri- cose, fulvous, with a dorsal and ventral black vitta widely interrupted by the sutures. Zaz/ more or less acute in the dead specimen in proportion as the oviduct is exserted. Length rather more than three-twentieths of an inch. £gegs elongated, linear, pale, fulvous. Larva. Body somewhat fusiform, whitish; tai/ acute, rather abruptly attenuated; Aead incurved, and attached by the mouth; above hyaline, exhibiting an internal, ab- breviated, visceral, green line; beneath with opaque white clouds, which in the young animal are perfectly separate and about nine on each side, with an intermediate series of smaller ones; as the larva advances to its full stature, these unite so as to exhibit the appearance of regular transverse segments; near the anterior extremity are the rudiments of feet resembling obsolete tubercules, or cre- nulz; when taken from the culm it is almost inert, exhi- biting very little motion to the eye. Length three-twen- tieths of an inch, breadth one twentieth. Pupa—resembles the mature larva, but is of a dark reddish brown colour; and appears perfectly inert. This well known destroyer of the wheat has received the name of “ Hessian fly,” in consequence of an errone- ous supposition, that it was imported in some straw with the Hessian troops during the revolutionary war. But the truth is, itis absoiutely unknown in Europe, and is a spe- cies entirely new to the systems—being now for the first time described. ‘The insect described by Mr. Kirby in the Trans. Lin. Soc. of Lond. vol. iv. p. 232, and named by him Zipula Tritici, is without doubt of the same ge- nus with this, but specifically distinct. ee oe eae (site pe ash 47 ~The history of the changes of this insect, is probably . briefly this—The eggs are deposited by the female in different numbers from one to eight, and perhaps more, © upon a single plant of wheat, and in so doing the parent exhibits another instance of that provident care for the welfare of her offspring, which is so strongly evinced by many of the insect race. The egg is not placed at the axilla of either of the leaves indifferently, but displaying some portion of botanical knowledge, the fly carefully in- sinuates her elongated oviduct between the vagina of the inner leaf and the culm nearest to the root of the plant, where the larva when excluded from the egg will be in immediate contact with the culm, from which alone its nourishment is derived. In this situation with the body inverted, the head being invariably towards the roots, or if above, towards.the first joint, the infant larva passes the . winter. The pressure and puncture of the insect in this state of its being, upon the culm, produces a longitudinal groove of sometimes sufficient depth to receive almost one half of the side of its body. When several of them are contiguous on the same plant, the pressure on the body of the larva is unequal, and an inequality:in the form of the body is the consequence, as well as the destruction of the plant which is subjected to their attack. ‘The perfect fly appears early in June, lives but a short time, deposits its eggs and dies; the insects from these eggs complete the history by preparing for the winter brood. Orpvper HYMENOPTERA. Genus CERAPHRON. Jair. Antennz infracted, moniliform, ten or twelve jointed, basal joint long, cylindrical. Abdomen subovate. Infe- rior wings without apparent nerves. Superior wings with a costal nerve, and a single branch, forming an incom- plete radial cellule. SPECIES. ¢. destructor. Black, granulated; abdomen glabrous, polished; feet, and base of the antennz, whitish. ’? 48 INSECTS.—GENUS cE ; In the Larva of Cocilamijia ‘destrictor. © Head black, opaque, sometimes brassy, granulated over its entire surface; eyes not prominent, rounded in compliance with the curve of the head, and with the stem. mata, red-brown; antenne pale brown, furnished with short cinereous hairs, the two basal joints pale yellowish; the terminal ones in the male, a little dilated and approxi- mated so as to form an obvious ovate, acute mass. Tyho- rax with the granule equal to those of the head; black, usually brassy before the line of the base of the wings; nerve of the wings pale brownish; feet whitish with black apophysis. Abdomen ovate-acute, perfectly black, highly ‘polished and furnished with a few short hairs; the segments of the base are sometimes pale yellowish or testaceous. Length one-tenth of an inch. This is often mistaken for the Hessian fly, in conse- quence of being found in wheat. fields in vast numbers during the devastation committed there by that, insect, and many have been deceived by the specious cireum- stance of its evolution from the pupa itself of the destroy- ing larva, under their own observation. But the truth is the Ceraphron belongs to that vast tribe of insects includ- ed by Linne under the Genus Ichneumon. ‘True to the manners of its kind the parent deposits her eggs within the bodies of the larve of the Cecidomyia destructor, through a puncture made by her acute oviduct for the purpose; the young when disclosed from the egg, feeding securely within the body of the larva, at length kills it, but not in general until after its change into the pupa state. Protected by this indurated covering, the parasite undergoes its change, and appears in the perfect state, about the latter part rof June. It seems probable that this insect prevents the total loss of our wheat crops, by re- straining the.increase of the Cecidomyia, within certain bounds. “The Jchneumon Tipule of Mr. Kirby is con- generic with this, but is doubtless specifically. distinct. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY D. HEARYT, And sold by THOMAS DOBSON AND SON, No. 41 South Second-Street, and CALEB RICHARDSON, No. 1 North Fourth-Street. 5 aye eee: yk 25 + . : ae - 4 iL Se, ae ere AR tf r¢ yT R } y ; ' OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences é OF . PHILADELPHIA. No. 4. | AUGUST, 1817. Vou. 1. Ona New Genus of the Crustacea, and the Species on which it is established. By Thomas Say. Read July, 8, 1817. ee i ~ Orver MACROURI. Genus CERAPUS*, Essential Character.—Thumb of the second pair.of feet biarticulate; Interior anténne four jointed, exterior ones five jointed. HO. fap Artificial Character—Antenne subequal, interior ones 4-jointed, exterior one 5-jointed. Two anterior pairs of feet monodactyle, the second pair with a two jointed: thumb. hf! Natural Character.—Body semicylindrical, somewhat linear, decreasing towards the tail, ten-jointed. Head distinct from the first joint and larger, quadrate, a little elongated into an angle near the base of the interior anten- nz, each side, for the reception of the eyes, which are hardly prominent. Antenne nearly equal, very large, interior ones with the first joint thicker, second and third * From xepas,a horn, and ous, a foot, in allusion to the animal em- ploying its aniennz as feet. Vol. I. D BO GENUS CERAPUS. —_ i | ii ia Ss _ nearly equal; exterior antenne five-jointed, the first joint placed ina deep sinus beneath the eye, short, not pro- jecting beyond the margin of the head above, second joint hardly longer than the first, third and fourth equal to the second and third of the interior antenne. Ante- rior pair of feet moderate, with a small ovate hand and moveable naif, not closing on the hand, attached to the first segment of the body; second pair with the basal joint attached to the edge of the body (as in Cymothoa, &c.) second joint broad, compressed with an insisure near the base before, third small, medioliform, carpus cylindrical, narrower than the preceding joint; hand very large, compressed, subtriangular, attached to the carpus by the inferior edge of the acute angle, which is a little curved, tip emarginate and armed with a strong, acute spine on the anterior angle, thumb. two-jointed, first joint incurved, linear, second acute, closing on the spine of the ~ hand. ‘Third and fourth pairs of feet equal, similar to each other, first joint dilated, equal to that of the preced- ing feet, remaining joints small, nearly equal to each other, submoniliform; two posterior pairs of feet reflected above the back; tail incurved, furnished each side near the tip with a pedunculated bifid process, and a minute, conic, acute,, papilla. iced k. C. tubularis. Head with a mucronate carina before; eyes oval, black. Hand and first joint of the thumb of the second pair of feet with one or two obtuse teeth within. Body above blackish, with irregular paler spots; antenne and feet white, joints tipped with blackish; two hind pairs of feet and, tail white, Inhabitsa tube. Length about one quarter of an inch. This curious animai, for which I have constructed a 4 oe ‘onnus CERAPUS. : ep i new petits, was fouttid amongst fuci on the sea beach at Egg-tlarbour in considerable numbers. In its mode of. life it bears some resemblance to the Pagurii, inhabiting a cylindrical tube; but the circumstance of its inhabit- ing a foreign body is the only point of similarity between | them. ‘To the genus Caprella it approximates by the form and disposition of the head with the antenne; but differs from it in essential particulars, as in the form of the tail, number of joints of the body, and position and form of the feet. With the genera Talitrus, Gamma- rus, &c. it is related chiefly by the incurved tail and re- flected hind feet, but the caudal appendices, as well as many other important parts, are totally dissimilar, these appendices are not rigid and spinose as in Gammarus, but flexible and lateral as in Cymothoa. Its proper situation in the system of Latreille will be with the family Gam- marin and intermediate between the genera Gammarus and Caprella. But in the excellent modifications of Dr. Leach it will be placed in his family Podoceride, next to his recently discovered genus Jassa, to which ihdeed it might be referred, as far as I am able to judge from the brief description that has been given of that genus, but for the nee thumb, and other minor charac- ters. This little animal is very active, running with great facility amongst the branches of fucus, sertularia, &c. although encumbered by its tube, and what is extraordi- nary, making use of its four antenne only as feet; the proper feet are all included within the tube, with the ex- ception of the two anterior pairs, which are only used to seize its prey and convey it to the mouth. Feeds prin- cipally upon the animals of Sertularia? The tube is always proportioned to the size of the $3; GENUS CERAPUS.. oo inhabitant, and appears to invest it ‘cloistlyy nevertheless. when an impediment is presented, in consequence of which the animal is prevented from proceeding onwards, he turns his body immediately, and apparently without any difficulty within the tube, protrudes his head from the opposite extremity, and thus makes use of either end indifferently as the anterior part. When swimming about one half of the body is pro.. jected from the tube, and is suddenly and repeatedly in- flected, so as to proceed forwards by jerks. It very much resembles, at first view, the larve of insects of the family ot Phryganides, for which it must have been hitherto mistaken, Not having the tube before me, I can only say from recollection, that it is cylindric, membranaceous, dia-' phanous, open at each end, and of a. colour somewhat reddish; but of its origin I know nothing, a little obser- vation on the spot might however determine this. ‘To sup- pose it fabricated by the animal, would be supposing an absolute anomaly in the history of the whole race of crabs, and there is no organ belonging to the Cerapus which could be adapted to a function so remarkable. I think it probable the tube will be ascertained, by further and more particular examination, to have been constructed. by one of the annelides; indeed it perfectly resembles in every respect a section of the tube of that species of Tu- bularia which we so commonly find in the cavities of the yarge Alcyonium of our coast. A plate of this animal, with the necessary details, will be given in the succeeding number. he re) ayo . pes Viena = % ‘MEXICAN IBIS. 53 An Account of an American Species of the Genus Tanta- lus or Ibis. By George Ord. Stead July 8, 1817. » MEXICAN IBIS, Tantatus Mexicanus? Mexican Ibis, Latu. Gen. Syn. 3, part I, p. 108.— - Tantalus Mexicanus, idem, Ind. Orn. p. 704. Linn. Gmet. 1, p.652. . L’Acalot, Burr. sit icecbaidid 58, p. 267. On the 7th May, of the present year, Mr. Thomas Say received from Mr. Oram, of Great Egg-harbour, a fine specimen of Tantalus, which had been shot there. It is the first instance which has come to my knowledge of this species having been found in the United States. I was since informed that a recent specimen of this bird. was, likewise in the month of May, presented to the Bal- timore Museum; and that two individuals were killed in the District of Columbia. So large and so beautiful a bird as the present is, has, certainly; not escaped the eye of the naturalists of Europe, especially those who have travelled in the southern parts of our continent, where, doubtless, this species is indi- genous; and yet in turning over the pages of the most celebrated works on ornithology, I can find no descrip- tion which corresponds to the subject before us, so as to leave no doubt on the mind of the examiner as to the species referred to. The descriptions of the Glossy Ibis, the Green Ibis, and the Bay Ibis, by the late George Montagu of England, in his excellent, Ornithological Dictionary, all of which birds he, considers as constituting only one species, form 54 | MEXICAN IBIS. a whole which should seem to authorize us to class the present under his adopted triviai denomination, igneus; but not one of the most celebrated authors represent America as the habitat of the Glossy Ibis. From Dr. Latham’s account of the Tantalus Mexi- canus, | have conjectured that this species is the same; notwithstanding, | must confess that there is somewhat in his description of the Brazilian Whimbrel, Numenius Guarauna, which likewise approximates to the present. In this place a remark of Montagu is not unworthy of note. ‘‘ The Tantalus genus,” says this intelligent natu- ralist, ‘has a long hind toe affixed to the heel; a com- plete continuation of the foot for bearing on the ground its whole length, in order to support the body.” This distinctton between the’ Numenius and Tantalus genera, though omitted in the generic characters, is of importance, inasmuch as errors have arisen in the classification of these birds, when the bare space between the bill and eyes was so small as to occasion its being overlooked. ‘Uhe _ hind toe of Curlews has its origin above the heel of the foot. This distinction obtains, I believe, as far as our discoveries extend. Although Brisson makes the 7: igneus a Numenius, yet I can hardly suppose that the acute Latham, if he described autoptically, would have comm tted a like error with respect to his Brazilian Whimbrel. ‘The characters of the bird under review are sufficiently strong to preclude doubt as to the genus to” which it belongs, although its face is not so naked as is that of the Scarlet Ibis. Bee In the following description I have aimed at perspicu- ous detail, in order that those ornithologists who have access to specimens of the Tanta mentioned above a ae) ee. oh gees je IS ee MEXICAN IBIS. 55 may be incited to re-examine the subject. I may be in error in supposing our bird to be the A/exicanus of the nomenclators; but as I cannot make a coniparative exa- mination of individuals themselves, Latham’s description approaches too near the present subject to allow me to refer it to any other species than that chosen. Lengthirom the tip ofthe bill tothe end of the tail, thirty- " oneinches, breadth thirty-nine inch«s; billtothe angle of the mouth five inches anda quarter, not quite so muchdeflected as is that of the Scarlet Ibis, of a lead colour, changing to green olive after death, the edges of the mandibles bending inwards; from the nostrils, which are linear, a furrow runs ‘to the extremity of the upper mandibie, which projects beyond the lower upwards of one tenth of an inch; the lower mandible is canaliculated below to the end, and there is an obsolete furrow on the top of the upper man- dibie near the tip; the bill is six tenths of an inch thick at the base, measured horizontally, and seven tenths of an inch thick vertically; the tongue is sagittate, and eleven sixteenths of an inch from its tip to the acute point of its lateral lobe; the jugular pouch is dusky; the bare skin on the forehead is a trifle more than one tenth of an inch in breadth, it thence extends round to the posterior angle of the eyes, and descends to the jugular pouch along the base of the lower mandible, this skin is white; the eye lids and lores dusky; eyes dark; the hind head, neck, upper part of the back, upper scapulars, shoulders of wings, whole lower parts and thighs bright brownish red, that of the upper scapulars and interscapular region is vivid and shining, being dashed. with v:naceous; head changeable purple; throat below the naked pouch dusky, freckled with red, and with g.cen reflections; the back. igen . 56 MEXICAN IBIS. rump, wings above and below, tail, its. upper and under coyerts, with the vent, are of resplendent colours, composed of purple, bronze and golden green, the purple predomi- nating on the scapulars and tail; sperious wing and pri- maries golden green, the latter reach to the end of the tail, which is nearly even, or, when closed, subcuneiform, and composed of fourteen feathers; the plumage of the head and neck separates in the manner of that of the domestic goose, presenting an obliquely striated appearance; legs from the body to the end of the middle toe nail thirteen inches; length of leg from the insertion ot the toes to the knee nearly four inches; length of middle toe to the end of the nail three inches, of the back toe one inch and a half; the legs are bare for two inches and three quarters above the knee, and with the feet are of a lead colour, changing to dusky after death; the outer toe is connected to the middle one, as far as the first joint, by a deeply scol- Joped web, that which connects the inner toe is not so large; the middle claw is slightly curved outwards, and is dilated on the inner side to a thin edge, which is irregu- larly pectinated; the claws truncate, and of a dark horn colour; bottom of feet lined with a thick granulated membrane. ~The above is a splendid bird, and is a considerable acquisition to the Ornithological Synopsis of the United States. Whether or no it migrates to the north in the vernal, or breeding, season, as the European igneus is said to do, I cannot determine. ‘The other American species of this genus, whose histories have been elucidat- ed, are known to breed in the southern parts of ovr con- tinent, where they are constant residents, and where there are extensive tracts cf low marshy lands, productive of es PY GENUS CANCER. 57. the food of which they are fond, and which afford them a safe retreat during the periods of incubation and nutri- tion. Our specimen was considered a curiosity at Egg- harbour, and was unknown there even by name. Ihave often been on the coast of New Jersey, in the spring and autumn, and was equally unacquainted with this bird. The sex of this specimen could not be ascertained, as its intestines had been removed before it was forwarded to Philadelphia, and the sexual parts were obliterated. —. +e An Account of the Crustacea of thie United States. By Thomas Say. Read Aug. 5, 1617. The consequence of the discovery of a new genus in this interesting class of the inhabitants of our cousts, has been the revisal of my manuscript descriptions of the Crustacea, and adetermination to publish them without fur- ther delay, in waiting for more considerable accessions of — species. And although the list included in the following paper is not considerable, it may nevertheless form the commencement of a complete account of our crustaceous animals—a very imperfect one it is true, but it may be considered of some importance, in as much as the errors which may be discovered: in it, will, by bemg corrected by competent naturalists, introduce us to a more perfect knowledge of these curious depurators of the ocean. Orpzer BRACHYURA. Genus CANCER. Thorax convergent behind. The second joint of the internal peduncle of the external pedipalpi quadrangular, ae NN Nanette a 58 GENUS CANCER. notched at the apex internally, for the reception of the following joint: all the feet formed for walking. : _ SPECIES. i. C. Panope. Thorax with about three serrate teeth each side, clypeus porrect, truncate, with a deep fissure, anterior feet glabrous, carpus with a thick spine, hands large, subunequal, fingers black. Cancer Panope? Rees’s Cyclop. Inhabits oyster beds, &c. common. Plate 4. fig. 3. Thorax laterally, and on the edge, granulated; three ‘lateral, serrate teeth, and a more or less definite obtuse one, near the posterior canthus of the eye; superior eye- lid with two fissures, and a tooth or prominent angle each side, inferior lid ciliate within and with a more prominent tooth near the middle, middle as in the upper lid occu- pied by a sinus; anterior feet minutely granulated, hands rounded above and beneath, finger perceptibly deflected, and with the thumb strongly toothed within, and. black- brown, with impressed striz#; terminal joint of the ab- domen not abruptly straitened, rounded at tip; the interior antennz are comose eerie of the larger terml- - nal articulated seta. Length one inch and one tenth, breadth one inch and a half. The young of this species are often found on oys- ters, (O. virginica) in our markets, secreting themselves about the hinge of such as are not pericctly divested of the mud in which they had been imbedded. They differ a little in appearance in the different stages of their growth; when very young the cleft in the middle of the clypeus is hardly pereeptible, but it gradually deepens with age, GENUS CANCER. 59 the anterior obtuse tooth also does not exist in the young, but is gradually separated by a sinus from the elevated external angle of the eye as the animal increases in size. 2. C. irroratus. Thorax with nine crenate teeth on each side; Clypeus three-toothed; hands with four or five elevated lines on the external side. Cancer undecemdentatus? Latr. Hist. Crust. et Ins. Inhabits the ocean. Common. Plate 4. fig. 2. Thorax whitish, with crowded small red granules, a whitish dorsai mark behind the middle resembling the let- ter H; on each side, two, parallel curved lines of white dots, nine or ten in each, sometimes obsolete in the old shell; a few hardly raised obtuse tubercles on the disk; poste- rior marginal tooth more acute, but hardly more prom1- nent than the others, with an indentation at its base on the hind edge of the thorax; central tooth of the rostrum de- pressed rather below the line of the two others; Orbits orbicular, two fissures or impressed lines above and two beneath, a little raised into two teeth on each side of the exterior antennz and into one tooth at the posterior can- thus; Thighs ciliate above, and marked by an impressed band near the tips, both joints of the tibia ciliate beneath, tarsi compressed, acute and deeply striate. Carpus abovespotted like the thorax, with an advanced acute spine at the inner anterior angle. Hands moderate, * Mr. Savigny in his ingenious work on the organs of the mouth of 'nsects and Crustacea, has shown that crabs, &c., have in reality sixteen feet; but that six of them are palpiferm and applied to the mouth. J have, |.owever, continu- ed to make use of the old terms, carpus, hand, fin ger, thumb, &e., until the terminology is settled. 60 GENUS CANCER. eq ial, with four or five elevated, granulated lines on theouter side, two of which are continued upon the finger, finger somewhat deflexed and with the thumb brown or black at tip, and furnished with regular crenate teeth; terminal ab- dominal segment triangular, acute at tip. Length one inch and a half, breadth two inches and ~ three tenths. The female differs from the male in some respects so particularly that it would be easy to- mistake her for a distinct species; to prevent this confusion itis proper in this place to point out the differences. The thorax of the female in two specimens before me is destitute of the white H mark and also of the curved lines of white dots; but the most striking dissimilarity is in the form of the lateral teeth of the thorax, these are exactly of the same number as in the other sex, but the form is different, each one being divided at tip into several smaller tuberculous teeth; the abdomen is but little dilated, it is also hairy; the fingers are rather shorter and more of a deep black than are those of the male. Whether or not it would be correct to refer this species to C. undecemdentatus of Fab. and Latr. is not to be positively determined from the very concise description of that crab given by the latter author, but certain it is, it approaches nearer to it than any other with which I am acquainted, but differs from it, as far as I can judge from the description, in not having the “ tho- rax rather dilated behind,’ neither are the “handclaws somewhat hairy.” _ The exuvia of this species is often found on the sea beach cast up by the waves. I have not seen the crabs in bays or inlets, they appear to delight in deep water, and GENUS CANCER. 61 are eaten by the Blackfish, and ‘Sea- basse, being rit found entire in their stomachs. 3. C. granulatus. ‘Thorax granulate, with five lateral teeth, clypeus with three very obtuse ones. Inhabits bays and inlets near the sea. Body and feet spotted with brown and covered with minute, crowded granules, those of the thorax more conspicuous, distant and tuberculiform; spots of the feet and abdomen impressed and placed in more or less obvi- ous lines. ‘Thorax a little uneven, edge all round and teeth granulated; teeth rather large, serrate, hind one a lit- tle smaller, anterior ones forming the canthus of the eye. Orbit subovate, a fissure above, an obtuse tooth beneath the anterior canthus, and a fissure beneath the hind one; Clypeus somewhat advanced, with three obtuse, sub- equal teeth, middle one smaller; Sides of the thorax be- neath, furnished with silky hair; Anterior pair of feet with the second and third joint ciliate before, the latter concave above, not longer than the edge of the thorax, with a very obtuse tooth at tip and impressed transverse line; Carpus acutely spined within, no spine on the oppo- site edge; Hand convex on the back, an elevated line above on the inner side, fingers striate with impressed lines, about four on the thumb, not falcate at tip. Length about one inch and a half, greatest breadth at the hind teeth near, two inches. — ‘The specimen described was afemale, for which I am indebted to Mr. Titian Peale. In the form of the. body, number of the lateral teeth, &c., it has a great resem- blance to Portunus pictus. I have to regret the loss of this individul before a drawing was made of it. Neither of the three species of Cancer which we have -here described are sought after as food. | 62 GENUS PORTUNUS. Genus PORTUNUS. ‘Terminal joint of the hind feet formed for swimming. Peduncles of the eyes short, not reaching the anterior angles of the shell. ‘Thorax transverse with five (rarely six) teeth on each side. | ey SPECTES. 1. P. pietus. Thorax with five prominent, acute teeth, each side; Clypeus one-toothed; Carpus two- spin- ed and one on the anterior angle of the hand above; ter- ininal joint of the hind feet rounded at tip. Inhabits sandy shores of the sea. Common. Plate 4. fig. 4. 10.8 ‘Thorax with minute granule, white, with very nu- merous red points; four lateral, equal, acute, spiniform teeth, and a similar equidistant one at the hind anyle of the orbit of the eye; Orbit oval, with a strong, advanced tooth on the inferior edge, and a perceptible fissure or mpressed line above; second joint of the peduncle of the external pedipalpi deeply emarginate at the inner tip; tooth of the clypeus longer than those of the interior canthus of of the eyes, which are aiso prominent; Thighs silvered above near the tips, second jomt of the tibia with an impressed line each side, tarsi compressed, with two impressed lines behind, and one before, posterior ones oval, rounded at tip; Carpus silvery above and spot- ted with red, two-spined, the inner spine larger and very acute, external one flattened above; Hands equal, almost linear, above silvery, spotted with red, outer edge prominent, and with the inner one granulate, an acute spine at the inner anterior angle, thumb silvered above, edges prominent, and with the finger somewhat linear, hooked at tip, and furnished with irregular teeth; penul- GENUS PORTUNUS. 63 timate joint of the abdomen deeply emarginate at tip, for the reception of the terminal, pentagonal, small one. Length one inch and a fifth, breadth one inch andtwe fifths. . The exuvia of this beautiful species is extremely com- mon on the sea beach. It is known to the inhabitants by the name of Sand Crab, and is not used for food. It seems to be closely allied to P. depurator and lividus of the European seas. ‘The clypeus, strictly speaking, 1s not three-toothed, those which appear to be lateral teeth are in reality the anterior angles of the orbits of the eyes, elevated. This species does not perfectly agree in all its characters with the genus Portunus as defined by Doctor Leach; this very acute naturalist says, that in this genus there are two fissures in the hind margin of the orbits of the eye, whereas in the species here described there is but one; yet there.is no doubt but the situation we have here assigned to it is perfectly correct; the fissures may perhaps serve as good characters by which to separate the “genus into smaller divisions. (To be continued.) EP SE We are indebted to the friendship of Mr. C. A. Le- Sueur for the plate of the Cecidomyia destructor (Hessian- fly) with its parasite, which accompanies the present num- ber. , I forgot to mention in its proper place that the parasitic insect, Ceraphon destructor, which is so commonly mis" taken for the Cecidomyia, after the business of propaga- tion is performed, throws off its wings as a useless incum- brance, in this réspect resembling some species of the ge. 64 _ SS HESSIAN-FLY. nera Formica, Termes, &c., to which also it bears some re- Semblance in point of form and appearance; this has led many to suppose that the Hessian-fly is 1n reality no. other than a species of pissmire in the apterous state. TJ. Say. Explanation of the Plate. Plate 3. Fig. 1. Cecidomyia destructor at rest, natural size, + icseaeia : ? Fig. 2, Do. with the wings extended, natural size. Fig. 1. 6. Do. Female magnified. Fig. 2. a. Do. Male do. Fig. 3. Antenna. a. Antenna of the male. 6. Antenna of the female. Both magnified. — : Fig. 5. A plant of wheat with the culms cut off near the root; the vagine of the leaves of two of them are stripped down to show the situation of the pupa and larve just above the root. a. a. Larvz and Pupa, the three.cen- tral stalks are represented as punctured by the Ceraphron to deposit her eggs in the larva within. 3 Fig. 6. A section of the culm with two of these in- sects in the pupa, or, as it is usually termed, flax-seed state, magnified. Fig. 7. The Ceraphron. destructor at rest, natural size. ; Fig. 8. The same flying. Fig. 9. Male do. magnified. Fig. 10. Female do. do. ys 11. Antenne. a. that of the male, 4. that of the fe’ male, both magnified. PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY D. HEART, And sold by THOMAS DOBSON AND SON, No. 41 South Second-Street, and CALEB RICHARDSON, No. 1 North Fourth-Street, “x ni in 2 ne A A aE. y ; H POET es 1 es rh 4 ob aah age IR JOURNAL OF THE Academy of Natural Sciences PHILADELPHIA. a. ‘No. 5. - SEPTEMBER, 1817. Vox. I. An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. by Thomas Say. Read Aug. 5, 1817. (Continued.) Genus LUPA. Leach. Terminal joints of the posterior feet formed for swine» ~ming. Anterior feet equal, arms spinous before; Pedun- cles of the eyes short, thick; Orbit above with two fis- sures, beneath at the onter angle with one. Fourth seg= ment of the abdomen of the male elongated, narrower than the preceding. ‘Thorax transverse, nine toothed on each side, the posterior tooth largest. SPECIES. 1. L. hastata. Thorax equal, with distant era- nulz; clypeus three-toothed; arms three-spined; carpus unarmed. Inhabits bays, &c, Very numerous. Vol. I. K wa - Se cd ; ‘ gh. * % ; : 5 2 a 66 GENUS LUPA? Granules of the thorax scattered unequally, obsolete behind, arranged in four lines, two dorsal, and one on each side at the elongated tooth; Clypeus with two equal teeth, and a smaller, but equally prominent conic one connected with the labrum, between the interior antennz; anterior feet with the third joint three-spined before and one spined at the outer tip; carpus with two elevated lines, the outer. one sometimes extended into an obtuse spine; hands some. what linear, with five or six raised, granulate lines, and a strong spine at base, fingers linear, a little hooked at tip, with impressed lines, and furnished with somewhat regu- lar teeth, about four in each, teeth rounded, compressed, each with a supplemental smaller one at the base each side; fourth joint of the three following pairs of feet, with two short spines at the tip above. The edible crab is known to every one by the name of “Crab.” It is brought to our markets in great quanti- ties, from all the bays and inlets of the sea coast, and is a very acceptable food. Feeds on dead animal matter in its various stages of putrescence, and is one of the many de- purators of the ocean. In addition to the particulars already stated by naturalists of its manners, I will observe that it often buries itself in the sand so that no part is visi- ble but the eyes and interior antennz, these last are then in continual motion, the bifid terminal joint acting as forceps to seize and convey to its mouth the small molus- cous animals for food. They are so numerous that the sein fishermen often reject them. The shell is cast annu- ally, generally in the spring, and they are then known by the name ofsoft-shell crab, are very delicate, and in particu- lar request for the table: in this state the crab is incapable of any defence against its enemies; the male usually re- : ee ke. a. 6 og ee s * GENUS PINNOTHERES. 67 tires to a secluded situation for security, but the adult fe- male is protected by a male, whose shell is hard, they are — then called double crabs. It is sometimes infested by a small worm resembling an Ascaris, in considerable num- bers; these have occurred to the number of two between each of the lanielle of the branchia. I have seen them “confined to the branchia of the left side only, those of the opposite side were perfecily free in one instance. Worm short, filiform, a little attenuated and flattened before, pale yellowish, extremities rounded, body silvery above and spotted with red. | Genus PINNOTHERES. Exterior antenne short, the three basal joints longer, terminal one setaceous, arising from under the interior canthus of the eye;peduncles of the eyes very short, dilated, spherical. . Interior antenne larger, arising from a hemis- pherical base, and placed beneath the clypeus. External pedi-palpi with the outer division concealed, internal divi- sion with the peduncle of one subincurved joint, rounded at tip and incumbent on the mentum, terminal foint bifid, intermediate one subcylindrical, attached behind the ex- ternal tip of the peduncle. feet formed for walking. SPECIES. ‘1. PB. Ostreum. Thorax rounded before and on each side, somewhat truncate behind, clypeusa little advanced, entire; hand gibbous above near the base of the thumb. Inhabits the common oyster (O. Virginica.) Plate 4. fig. 5. ; | Thorax with minute distant hairs, punctured, pune- 63 ' GENUS PINNOTHERES. tures minute, distant, an impressed, abbreviated, transverse line near the middle; Clypeus sometimes perceptibly emarginate at tip; Sides of the thorax rounded, without a margin or edge; Orbits rounded, eyes composed of minute, red, approximate, punctures; hands clothed with short white hairs, abruptly gibbous above the origin of the. thumb; fingers hairy, rectilinear, shorter than the hand, , toothed at the bas¢ within, and terminated by an abrupt, Short, acute hook; penultimate joint of the first pair of feet a little dilated. Abdomen as large as the thorax. Length seven twentieths of an inch, breadth two fifths of an inch, A very common inmate of the oyster of our markets, and of more frequent occurrence in that variety called Fresh Oyster. Though small, it is excellent food, and those who eat oysters seldom reject it. Where the fresh oyster is opened in considerable numbers, the crabs are often collected and served apart, for the palates of the luxurious. It isa curious fact, that although the female of this species is so very often found occupying the Oys- ter, the male is absolutely unknown. This is supposed, by those who are not conversant with natural history, to be the young of the common Crab (Lupa hastata.) 2. P. depressum. Thorax flat, rounded, somewhat truncate behind, edged on each side by a raised line; cly-_ peus adyanced, truncate; penultimate joint of the feet dila- ted; eyes conspicuous. Inhabits the common Oyster? ‘Thorax flat, polished, with a marginal raised line of very short dense hair, which is broader behind, straitened ever the eyes and almost extinct on the clypeus; eyes pro- oe, portionably larger and more prominent than im the pre- ceding species; Carpus with a linea little elevated on the upper side within; hands suboval, an elevated, obtuse line on the exterior upper side; fingers short; penultimate joint of all the feet dilated, compressed, with minute crenae on the inner edge; tarsi incurved at tip, very acute; Abdo- men gradually attenuated, joints transverse, terminal one much smailer than the preceding, rounded. Length not quite one tenth of an inch, breadth a little more than one tenth. This description is taken from a male specimen in my cabinet, procured at Ege Harbour several years ago; having taken no note at the time I cannot state decidedly in what shell it was found. It is possible it may prove to be the male of the preceding species. | GENUS OCYPODE. Genus OCYPODE. Lair. Peduncles of the eyes elongated, inserted into a cen- tral and anterior projection of the thorax, and extending ina groove along the front to the lateral angle; Shell rhomboidal or cordate; feet formed for walking. SPECIES. 1. O. arenarius. Thorax transverse, quadrate, finely granulated, edges minutely crenate. Anterior margin sinuate; hands compressed, serrate; feet very hairy. Cancer arenarius, Catesby, vol. 2. tab. 35. Ocypode albicans? Latr. Hist. des Crust. et Ins. from Bosc. Inhabits sandy beaches of the sea, in holes of consi- derable depth, 70 » GENUS OCYPODE. ‘Thorax entirely covered with granule, edge with small crenate teeth, which are obsolete on the base and near the clypeus; about one sixth part of the front elonga- ted, rounded at tip, inflected and adpressed to the face, remaining portion of the front sinuated, anterior angles sallient, acute, lower eye-brow with larger crenate teeth, and on the cheeks each side of the mouth the granule resemble short obtuse spines, a curved line arises from ‘a * fissure in the middle of the lower eye-lid and terminates at the inferior inner angle; feet compressed, very hairy, sur- face smooth, sometimes grantlate in the females; thighs margined above, the posterior ones with a marginal line beneath also, last joint with an impressed longitudinal line each side, tarsi acute, striate with elevated lines; Ante- rior feet beneath glabrous, on each side dentate, above somewhat rugose; wrist scabrous, with a spine on the in- ner angle; hands suboval, compressed, scabrous, above dentate, and on the edge beneath serrate, fingers nearly as long as the hand, with elevated lines; last segment of the abdomen and. tail in the male longer than broad. Breadth of thorax one inch and two-fifths. This species excavates holes for its dwelling of the depth of three or four feet in the sand of the sea beach, just above the influence of the surf, whence it makes occasional sorties, principally at night, in pursuit of food; runs with considerable swiftness when surprised or dug out of its ~ hole, holding up its arms ina menacing attitude, 3 Thelatter end of October or early in November, ac- cording to the state of the weather, they leave their resi- dence near the water, and retirea distance from it, where they may hybernate in security; having found a suitable situation, they form a hole of similar appearance to that bs oa & & Pio Abi r he es & ‘@ GENUS OCYPODE. , a which they have just Jeft, and having closed up the en- trance, so that it is undistinguishable from the general sur- ~ face, they retire to the bottom to pass the winter in a state of inactivity. : This species is figured by Catesby. in such a manner as to leave no doubt as to its identity with the individual here described. In the West Indies, whence his speci- ‘ men was obtained, this Ocypode arrives at a size rather more considerable than in this country, but in no other respect, that I know of, does it differ. The species des- eribed by Mr. Latreille from Mr. Bosc’s work, under the name of albicans, seems to agree in some measure with this, but.as he does not refer to Catesby’s figure, I am not prepared to say it is the same; this uncertainty has in- duced me to insert the description in this place, notwith- standing the certainty of its having been noticed before. 2. O. pugilator. Thorax transverse quadrate, gla- brous, a little straitened behind; one of the hands in the male very small, the other very large. Ocypode pugilator? Latreille, Hist. Crust. et ins, Inhabits bay shores and salt marshes. Thorax, when closely examined, covered with minute eranule; about one third of the front elongated, deflected ~ and rounded at tip, remaining anterior margin rectilinear, the angles not sallient but acute, and without sinusbehind ~ on the lateral edge; lower eye-lids regularly dentate; cheeks scabrous; feet almost naked (there are “however a few scattering hairs,) somewhat scabrous or rugose; one of the hands remarkably large, longer than the feet, a little _ granulate, equal above and beneath, fingers nearly straight, with very small tuberculate tectb, thumb distant from * @ | F2 _.. GENUS OCYPODE. the finger, forming an oval interval, curved near the tip, se as to extend over the tip of the finger, and like it furnishe éd with very small and numerous teeth, both smooth and polished on the inner side; the other hand very small with nearly equal fingers; abdominal segments broader than Jong; hands of the female small, equal,.a little bearded on the inner side of the tip; the fingers of the smaller ois of the male are also bearded at tip. a ‘This is the animal so well known to ‘the inhebltarts of 7 the sea coast under the name of “ Fiddler,’ an appellation — almost universal, and probably derived from a supposed © similitude betwéen the large hand ‘of the male and the fid- dle or violin. A- have never heard them utter any cry. ~ The pugilator digs a hole in the’ éarth, where the sind is‘ not too abundant, choosing usually a situation on the margin of a bay, or other salt water, in which the earth possesses some tenacity, that the walls of its cell may be ¢he more permanent, and not liable to cave in upon him. In such situations the Fiddlers are extremely numerous. . During ‘the day: they seldom venture far from their dwel- ling, but upon the slightest appearance of danger whole troops of them disa»pear immediately, taking refuge in - their holes, sometimes when the danger is imminent an in- dividual will seek security in a dwelling not his own; in this a the ibid as paently submits to the intru- mn. | Mg ba Re claw is sometimes on the left eile and some- times on the right, mdifferently. . | The species vocans of Linnzus seems to have inclu- : ded several perfectly distinct animals, and great is the con- ~ fusion in the synonyma of-different authors i in relation to it. Mr. Latreille has. been able to distinguish three Sete Pod Sucun D k i) CA. f GENUS OCYPODE. 73 distinct species, referred by authors to this one; these he has accordingly separated under the names vocans, maracoani and pugilator, the last of which, judging from the very short description of that author, appears to be the same with the one here described, although he gives, as its habitat, the American ocean. In manuscript J had named it Citharoedicus, but averse from an unneces- sary multiplication of names, I have adopted the above, notwithstanding the cbjection stated. It belongs to the Genus Uca of*Dr. Leach. 3. O. reticulatus. Thorax quadrate, a little transverse, with oblique, hardly elevated rugz on each side behind; hands rather large, equal, ovate, punctured, fingers smooth; tibia of the four hind feet, thickly clothed with fine incum. bent hair; body laterally reticulated. Inhabits muddy ‘salt marshes. Plate 4. fig. 6. ‘Thorax with numerous, minute, irregular punctures, an impressed pyriform line on the middle, which is narrow- ed and more deeply impressed on the clypeus, behind this is a transversely oval one, from which proceeds two lines to the base of the thorax, a line arises from the interior orbits of the eye and curves to the pyriform one; clypeus trun- cated, with an abbreviated, longitudinal line each side; a lateral obtuse sinus more or less distinct near the anterior angles of the thorax each side, anterior angles acute; tip of the clypeus and labrum granulated, the granules of the latter much larger; cheeks and sides of the body, with numerous, parallel, longitudinal lines of granules, granules in pairs and surmounted at regular distances by perpendicular, equal hairs, which are inflected and_hori- fil al GENUS OCYPODE: ~ zontal before their tips, with the most perfect regularity, giving to the whole surface a reticulated appearance; be- neath the lateral edge of the thorax are about six short ciliate curves, disposed in a longitudinal series; no elevated lateral line; feet rather short: thighs mucronate above near the tip, with minute aculez behind, which are wanting on the posterior ones; tibia clothed with fine, dense, incumbent, hairs; tarsi short, acute, striate with six ciliated lines; ante- rior feet rather large, thick, scabrous with minute abbre- viated, moniliform lines; carpus unarmed, hands rounded beneath, with a moniliform edge above, which becomes al- . most serrate on the thumb; second peduncular joint of the external pedipalpi, with a strong, elevated line on the in- ner margin. - Jnhabits the banks of creeks, &c. in salt. marshes, where it digs a hole fora habitation in the manner of the Fiddler, with which it associates by dwelling in the same vicinity. . The small reticulate divisions of the sides of the body, are either perfectly square, rhomboidal, or hexago- nal, according to the direction in which they are viewed, they may also resemble right lines by a perpendicular view, which shall bring the inflected portion of the seta paraliel over the granulated line. Fearful of multiplying genera without full and sufficient grounds, I have retained the genus Ocypode in the compres hensive sense of Mr. Latreille, in order to place under it the present animal. Doctor Leach has divided Ocypode into — several genera, but perhaps the'characters are not sufficiently noted, or, which is more probable, the division must be still further extended. With this view all the characters possible ought to be given, in order to enable naturalists to GENUS OCYPODE. 7h ae decide without loss of time. A’very good character may be drawn from’the lateral line; this line, which does not ex- ist in the present species, arises from near the middle of the _edge of the thorax, passes obliquely across the side of ‘the body, and terminates at the penultimate hip joints; inthe two preceding species, this part 1s as prominent as the edge of the thorax. A second good character may be derived from the form and proportion of the second pe- duncular joint of the external pedipalpi, in the two pre- ceding species, and their congeners, this part is formed, as it were, by a prolongation of the lines of the basal joint, of which it is not more than half of the size; but in the present species the form is altogether different, and ap- proaches to that of the same part in Grapsus, and perhaps Gecarcinus of Leach; it is nearly oval, a little emarginate at tip for the insertion of the palpi, and inelined inwards, so as to form an angle with the preceding joint, thereby leaving. a considerable interval in the middle of the mouth, in’ size also it is nearly equal. The very dense brush of hair, which is attached to the inside of the third and fourth pairs of hips, may furnish another character. It is not con- spicuous in the species under consideration. In this spe- cies also the tibia and tarsi are not spinose as in Grapsus and Gecarcinus, neither are the tarsi dilated so as almost toresemble a third joint of the tibia as in the former. The reticulatus in the rigid arrangement of Dr. Leach cannot be referred to the Ocypodes of which the type is O. cera- taphthalma; neither will it agree with Uca, of which the ane terior feet are very unequal, nor with Goneplax, in which they are very much elongated. By its cubical body and general habit, it certainly ap- proaches the Ocypodes, &c. but by its oral and other arti- i 16 GENUS LIBINIA. ficial characters it seems to claim proximity to the genus Grapsus, notwithstanding its diverse mode of life. These considerations and comparisons have induced me to indicate the characters partially, of a new genus for this animal, under the name of Sesarma (from ca:pe, the act of gaping,) this genus of course can be adopted or re- _ jected, by those who have an opportunity to examine a more numerous list of species of its neighbouring genera, than I can obtain access to. Genus SESARMA, Antennz short, inserted in a right line between the eyes, under the clypeus; seta of the interior ones shorter than the preceding joint; second joint of the peduncle of the exter- nal pedipalpi, oval, as large as the first, and forming an angle with it on the inner edge; palpi attached to the outer tip, first joint compressed, rather longest, second and third near- ly equal, not reaching the base of the second joint of the pe- duncle; body somewhat cubical; arms equal; no oblique la- teral line, or prominent dense hair between the third and fourth hips; tarsi simple, conic, acute. Genus LIBINIA. Leach. Maya. abr. and Latr. Thorax rounded, spinose, with dense hair; rostrum entire: eyes hardly thicker than their peduncles: ordi¢ with a fissure above and one beneath exterior antenne as long as the rostrum, the first joint longer than the second, the third slender: eaternal double pedipalpi with the second joint of their internal peduncle, abruptly and deeply emar- ginate, for the insertion of the palpi, and with its interior . GENUS LIBINIA. 77 side, near the base, emarginate for the reception of the pro- Jongation of the first joint: anterior feet not much thicker than the others, which are similar to each other, and not very long. SPECIES. 1. L. canaliculata. ‘Thorax densely hairy, with about. seven lateral spines, and a few usually shorter ones on the back; Rostrum emarginate at tip, canaliculate between the eyes; anterior feet unarmed, granulated, hands elongated; fingers white at tip. Inhabits bays and inlets of the coast. Plate 4. fig. 1. 7 - Rostrum beneath glabrous and white, a deep notclt at tip; Orbits orbicular, with a spine before, and three smaller ones beneath, a fissure above near the poste- rior canthus, and one opposite beneath; Labrum deeply impressed in the middle; anterior angles of the mouth prominent, forming an irregular tubercle, behind this tu- bercle, and the posterior spine beneath the eyes, is a pro- found puncture like an aperture, from which arises a deep groove, that curves before the anterior lateral spines and joins an impressed, abbreviated, transverse line which is on the middle of the thorax, the above line is confluent before its termination in the transverse line with a less deeply im- pressed one which meets the fissure, then curves over the orbit of the eye, and terminates at the base of the rostrum; two of the anterior lateral spines of the thorax are placed lower than the others, appearing to be interrupted con- tinuations of the margin or. edge of the thorax; a series of four or five tubercles placed longitidinally on the back behind the impressed line of the middle, and two ed 78 GENUS LIBINIA. often obsolete ones before it; several other spines more or less conspicuous, “but of which about four are always more prominent, are placed on the back between the dor- sal and lateral rows. Feet long, covered with short dense hair, second and third pairs rather longest; tarsi long, co- nic, incurved, without striz, furnished at tip with a yel~. owish glabrous nail, which is perceptibly a little eleva- ted at its origin above the common surface of the tarsus of which it is a little more than one fourth of the length, ‘grooved with a line each side and one beneath to a level with the general surface of the tarsus; anterior feet granulated, wrists unarmed, or with an obsolete tubercle on the inner angle, hands subcylindrical, a Iit- tle compressed, linear, hardly smaller near the base, con- dyles of the base prominent; fingers about half as long as the palm, with regular obtuse teeth, and an impressed lateral line on each. Length about two inches and a half, breadth more than two inches. _ Known on many parts of the coast of the United States by the name of Spider Crab, Sea Spider, &c. is very commonly brought ashore by the nets of the fisher- men, but is not used as food. Walks with a wary, mea- sured step, as if fearful of making a noise. Comes near to the description of M. hircus, Gmel. but differs in not having the ‘“‘arms muricated;”’ to J. emarginata of the Zool. Miscel. vol. 2. tab. 108, it is closely related, but the arms are much longer. GENUS LISSA. ae Genus LISSA. Leach. Maya of Labr, andLatr. Thorax tuberose, with a fissile rostrum: rostrum with the laciniz meeting; eyes rather thicker than their pedun- cles; orbit with one fissure below and another behind. Ha- ternal antenne wiih the basal joint thicker and longer than the next. External double pedi-palpi with the second joint of their internal peduncle, half as large as the first, and trun- cate; emarginate. Anterior feet hardly thicker than the others (of the male, as long as the body: of the female, shorter than the body;), which are similar to each other and of moderate jength; tarsi simple. 1. L. fssirostra. Rostrum depressed, fissile, taper- - ing to the tip; thorax verrucose; terminal joint of the ab- domen transversly eliptical. Inhabits the coast of Long Island. Thorax destitute of spines, unequal, a little verrucose, gradually tapering from behind to the orbits, sides rather abruptly deflected not decurved, impressed above the inser- tion of the anterior feet, edge of the thorax verrucose, edge ‘ of the shell uninterrupted; orbits of the eyes round and equal before, without any spine or tooth in front, poste- rior canthus with a large, triangular, prominent, depress- ed tooth, distinguished from the orbit by a profound fis- sure above and sinus beneath; rostrum much depressed, broad at base, diminishing by a line somewhat curved, to an obtuse tip, and cleft to the base; body beneath im- pressed between the anterior feet; anterior feet slightly verrucose, carpus without any spine, hands equal, punc- 80 GENUS LISSA. tured, linear, not elongated; fingers nearly as long as the hand, punctured above, with an impressed punctured line each side, and white tip, may tecth within; terminal joint of the abdomen transversely eliptical. Length one inch and three fourths, breadth one inch and one fifth. This curious, and, as I believe, new species, was found by Mr. C. A. Le Sueur, on the coast of Long Island, and kindly communicated by him to the author. It isa male. Upon the body, rostrum, and feet are a num- ‘ber of hooked, short, stout, yellowish hairs, arising from pores, andcurving in various directions, but generally back- wards: they are not unlike in appearance to a young vege- table production: these arrest and entangle the loose por- tions of fucus, or other marine plants, amongst which ihese animals are found, so as to conceal them from their prey, that they may the more readily surprise it; so completely are they sometimes covered as to appear like a moving mass of various kinds of marine plants, no portion what- ever of the animal being visible; this habit is not peculiar to the individual here described, but is most probably common to the species of this and the cognate genera, such as the genus Pisa. Mr, Le Sueur informs me, that he has seen Crustacea in New Holland, with the same habit; the fucus, in some instances, was so much entangled with the hooks, feet, &c., as to be with difficulty removed. (Te be continued.) - GENUS MURANA. $i A short description of five (supposed) new species of the genus Murena, discovered by Mr. Le Sueur, in the year 1816.—by C.A. Le Sueur. Read August 1, 1817. Genus MURENA. La Cepede. Generic Characters. Pectoral, dorsal, caudal and anal fins; xostrils tubular; eves covered by the common skin; body serpentiform and mucous. 1. Murana rostrata. Snout elongated, pointed and strait; eyes large, and situated very near the angle of the mouth; body tumid in the centre, and narrowed to a point at both extremities; upper parts varied with gray and olive, sometimes ofa slate blue, lower parts white; dorsa/ and anal fins reddish, which colour deepens as it ap- proaches the tail; pectoral fins small, acute and bluish. Length from eighteen to twenty-four inches. Inhabits the lakes Cayuga and Geneya, in the state of Newyork; is esteemed for the table. 2.M. Bostoniensis. Jaws acute and short; pectoral Jins short and subovate; dedy subequal, above ofa dark - olivaceous brown, throat and abdomen grayish, region of the anus yellow ochre, towards the tail reddish, Length about twenty-four inches. This Murzna is sometimes brought to market in the town of Boston, Massachusetts; it is not much valued as an article of food. Its vulgar name is Snake Eel. 3. M. serpentina. Pectoral fins very large and subo- - ate; head large, snout short; anterior part of the body Vol. I. F 82 GENUS MURANA. larger than the posterior part, the size diminishing gra- dually to the tail; colour a dark copper brown, which is lighter on the sides and belly; the fins of the colour ‘of the body, though paler; the dorsal fin has its origin nearer the pectoral ones than that of the preceding species. Inhabits the harbour of Newport, Long Island. Itis_ generally taken with a gig, whilst swimming under the bridges, and thoroughfares of the wharves. It is much -esteemed. ‘This species is likewise named Snake Eel by common observers. 4, M. argentea. Upper jaw short, elevated, at the point, above the centre of the eye; body short; pectoral Jins very near the head; spiracles large, and as long as the - base of the pectoral fins; colour silvery-gray, with some- times a dash of yellow: cheeks yellowish white; body very much compressed. Inhabits Boston Bay. Its common name is Silver Eel. It is an edible fish. 5. M. macrocephala. Snout short; lower jaw reflect- ed; head very large and elevated; eyes large and promi- “nent; pectoral and anal fins reddish; dorsal and anal fins terminated in a point; colour above olivaceous yellow; from the angle of the mouth a golden band extends be- yond the pectoral fin; the lower parts pure white. The common name of this species is Bull-head Eel. It inhabits the waters of Saratoga, in the. state of New- york. Ihave seen, in the markets of Philadelphia, a Murzna which very nearly resembles the above, so much so that I am unwilling to consider it a distinct species. . The Bull-head Eel is a good table fish. Mr. Noel of Paris has informed me that a German GENUS GADUS. 83 naturalist, who had travelled in North America, published some years ago, in Europe, an account of some of the fishes of the United States. This work I have earnestly desired to see, but my friends here have not been enabled. to procure it for me. It is possible that some of the above described fishes, as well as others which I at pre- sent consider as nondescripts, may have been noticed ny the German naturalist. anna} Give Description of two new species of the genus Gadus. By Mr. Le Sueur.. Read August 26, 18i7. _In the fresh water lakes and rivers of North America, there have been found two species of the Cod family, which species I have classed in the third subgenus of | the table of La Cepede, the characters whereof are, ‘“* Two dorsal fins; one or many beards at the end of the snout.” The two species in question have a general resemblance to the Gadus molva of Linne, the Asellus longus of Wil- lughby, p. 175, mem. 2, cap, 2, tab. L. ed. 1686; and likewise the G. Danicus, of which Muller gave the first description. ‘This resemblance consists in the lengthen- ed form of their body, and the conformation of their fins; ‘but the following specific characters indicate an impor- tant difference. ; » | 1. Gapus maculosus. Jaws equal, lower one with a single cirrus; ground colour of the ody reddish, marbled with brown, with roundish white spots scattered through- out; head large, long and depressed; eyes oblong, in a vertical line with the angle of the mouth; nosfri/s double, 84 GENUS GADUS. anterior one elongated into a small barbel; pectoral fins long, subtriangular, placed horizontally; jugular fins pointed, falciform and whitish; enal fins shorter than the _ dorsal, and marked with pale spots; caudal fin large and -rounddd; ody mucous, covered with small roundish scales, resembling depressed tubercles; /ateral dne in the middle of the body; teeth small, sharp, and disposed in\- twelve or fifteen ranges, resembling those of a wool-card; the palate and throat are equally furnished with teeth. Branchie 7.. P. 18. D.10—71l. Jug. 6. A. 70. C. 44 rays. The above described species I discovered in Lake , Erie, on the 10th of July,.1816. It is an esteemed fish, and is commonly known under the names of Dog-fish, and Eel-pout. My specimen was two feet four inches in length. | 2. G. compressus. Head short, upper jaw longer than the lower, which has one cirrus or beard; the body is short- er in proportion than that of the preceding species, the | back more elevated at the base of the dorsal fins, and much ~ more compressed at the gai, which tapers regularly to the caudal fin; colour of the body amber, marked with spots of the same; dorsa/ and anal fins equal; the first dorsal fin has seven or eight rays, the second dorsal fin ornamented “with two rows of umber spots; pectoral fins rounded; cau- dal fin more elongated than that of G. maculosus; the skin of the fins is so thick and mucous, that the rays can- not be distinguished; the nostrils, teeth, scales, and jugu- lar fing resemble those parts of the foregoing species. Length of specimen eight inches. | This species was discovered, and politely communi< - GENUS CYPRINUS. ES cated to me, by Dr. Hunt, of Northampton, in the state Connecticut. It inhabits the river Connecticut; is rare, and, in consequence of its insignificant appearance, is held in no esteem as an article of food. It is said to affect so- litary situations, and to be a suspicious, wary fish. > oa + Bes Description of a new species of the genus Cyprinus. By Mr. Le Sueur. Read August 19, 1817. Cyprinus mazxillingua. Colour of the back brownish olive, sides blue, with a brownish band; a. black spot at the base of the caudal fin; lower parts silvery gray; the body is thick; on the back, near the head, the sea/es are very small, they are larger on the sides; the snout is very short, broad and convex; the mouth is not furnished with lips, in the manner of some others of the genus: the upper jaw is large, fixed, and covers the lower jaw, which, on a superficial view, appears to want the os mazillare, but on a close examination it will be found that this bone is enclosed in a kind of cartilaginous, unretractile tongue, which projects from the mouth in a subarcuate manner; on each side of this tongue there is a muscular lobe, which admits of the free expansion of the mouth; the true tongue is not apparent; the head is large, and, with the opercula branchwstega, is deprived of scales; the eyes are of a mid- dling size, pupil black, iris yellowish white: the dateral fine has its origin at the upper part of the gill-cover, curves regularly to the middle of the body, and descends thence, in nearly a straight line, to the tail; the dorsal fin is large, quadrangular, and situate in the centre of the body, oppo- site to the ventral, the roundish extremity of which ex- / 86 _ LAKE. ERIE TORTOISE. tends as far as the base of the anal fin; the Ni | is short, strong, and terminated by a forked fin. einen of speci- men nearly four inches. Mem. bran. 3.—P. 18. mon. a—A. » peat 9.—C. 9” principal rays. This singular-fish I discovered in Pipe-Creck, Mary- land, where it is called Little Sucker, in June, 1816. From the description of its mouth it will be seen that it is not properly a Cyprinus, and I have reason to conjecture that it will constitute, hereafter, a separate genus; but until the discovery of another similar species, I shall content myself with its present arrangement. — | D+ An account of an American species of Tortoise, not no- “ticed in the systems. By C. A. Le Sueur. Read Sep- tember 23, 1817. ; LAKE ERIE TORTOISE, Testupo GEOGRAPHICA. — Plate V. “In the summer of the year 1816, I idee’ ina marsh, on the borders of Lake Erie, a Tortoise, which I have reason to believe is a nondescript. - This species, which, at the first view, appears to resemble the 7. reti- culata of Bosc, and likewise the 7. serrata of Daudin, is nevertheless distinct, as will be evident from a compari- son of the figures and descriptions of the above named Tortoises, in Daudin’s ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Repiiles,’" | with mine. Sie. Me), ss e* : 2eOeS “ PL.V. LAKE ERIE TORTOISE. 87 Description. Back elevated before, sloping to a point behind, where the shell is deeply emarginate, subcarinate; shield suboval, the sides pressed in; lower shell nearly as long as the upper; ead triangular, snout obtuse; mandibles sharp, and without denticulations; fore feet five-clawed, hind feet four-clawed, all the feet palmate. The vertebral scutella are of a hexagonal form, the - posterior one wider than long; the two centre damine, on each side of the disk, almost quadrangular; the scutella of the margin are sharp, the three anterior pieces large, some- what oblique, those in front sinuate, falling in on the co/lar scutellum, and projecting beyond the next—from the fourth to the seventh they are narrow, and reflected, the remainder subquadrangular, oblique, flat, sinuate, and emarginate at their commissures; the lower collar plates furnished with small eminences: she// below smooth, and covered with a thin epidermis, of a bay colour; shield smooth, of a yellowish brown colour, mixed with ches- nut, and ornamented with pale sinuous stripes, irregularly intersecting each other, these stripes approximating on the vertebral scutella; the marginal pieces are bordered above with black and yellow, below they are marked with semiconcentric lines of yellow, black and red; the colour of the head, neck, tail and feet is dusky, with yellow markings; the broadest part of the shie/d is at the eighth marginal plate; ana/ seutella largely emarginate. _ Length of the upper shell eight inches; width across the pectoral plates five inches—the greatest width six inches; height of the animal three inches. __ The stripes or markings on the disk, presenting the ap- pearance of a geographical map, gave rise to the trivial name which I haye bestowed on this Tortoise. * 38 GENUS CATOSTOMUS. A more particular description is not thought necessary, " asthe figure accompanying this article will convey a better idea of the animal than can be given by any verbal detail. A new genus of Fishes, of the order Abdominales, propo- sed, under the name of Catostomus; and the characters of this genus, with those of its species, indicated, By C. A. Le Sueur. Read September 16, 1817. The genus Cyprinus of Linne, included a considera-. ble number of fishes, of supposed congenerous habits and conformation; and it has since his time been enlarged by important additions; hence it has become necessary to the advancement of the ichthyological student, to form new genera from this increasing family. Recently Mr. Cuvier proposed as the type of a subgenus, the Cyprinus barbus of Europe; and notwithstanding this division, there still remains a species which will form the basis of ano. ther division, or of a separate genus. This was de- scribed and figured by Forster, under the name of Cy- prinus catostomus; (Phil. Trans. vol. 63.) and is the only (certain) species of the kind recorded by La Cepede, and Shaw. A second was described and figured by Mr. Peck, in the Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences of Boston, vol., 2, part 2, p. 55, pl. 2, fig. 4, likewise under the name of catostomus. Dr. Mitchill,. in the. Transactions of the Newyork Historical and Phi- losophical Society, describes two species, one under the name of ob/ongus, and the other under that of teres, which last’ he conjectured might prove the catostomus of ~ ‘GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 89 Forster. But as far as I am enabled to determine, the whole four are specifically distinct. | Since the publication of the above, I have been made acquainted, by ocular testimony, with the existence of eleven (supposed) new species, of similar characters, which, with the above named four, will form a group of fifteen species. The common characters of these fif- teen species are sufficiently striking to distinguish them from the rest of the Cypriniu; and would justify one, either in subdividing the genus, or, which would be more scientific, in creating anew genus, of which I here propose the establishment, under the name of Catostomus, the ap- pellation which Forster gave to the species he described, and which was said to have been discovered at Hudson’s Bay. Genus CATOSTOMUS. Characters. Back with a single fin. Gill-membrane three-rayed. Head and opercula smooth. Jaws toothless, and retractile. Mouth beneath the snout, lips plaited, lobed, or carunculated, suitable for sucking. Throat with pectinated teeth. The species which are here described are all possessed of the following general characters: Body. The body, in general, is-elongated, and va- ried in its form. iu Scales. The scales in.almost all the species are marked with radiated lines, and fimbrigted on their edges; their form more ar less rhomboidal, or roundish. = 90 _ GENUS CATOSTOMUS. Gill-covers. The gill-covers are large, and composed of three pieces: the anterior piece small in some, as is ex- emplified in the C. macrolepidotus, and in others large, as in the C. communis; opening or expansion wide. Nostrils. The nostris are double on each side, and separated by a membrane: the largest aperture near the eye. ; Eyes. The eyes in general are pretty large, a little oblong, without nictitating membrane, pupil black and roundish, irides yellowish, sometimes brown, as in the C. gibbosus. , | Teeth.’ No teeth in the jaws; but those of the throat, on each side, are composed of a range of bones, generally blunt, and thick at their summits, placed in a pectinated form, on an osseus, arcuated base, of which they are a ¢omponent part; and sometimes terminated in a hooked point, as in the C. maculosus: these teeth are enveloped in a thick mass of a whitish substance, which covers the throat, and supplies the place of a tongue. Mouth. The mouth is generally lunated; to the palate is attached a membrane. Viscera. The intestinal canal is very much deyeloped, and it has its origin near the throat: the stomach, which is simple, and without plaits and curvatures, being a continua- tion of this canal, and appears to be confounded with it. ‘The intestines make a number of circumvolutions; in a specimen of the C. macrolepidotus, of sixteen inches long, they were three feet five inches in length. The diver is deliquescent, and soon passes into oil after exposure to the atmosphere. The air-b/adder is subcylindric, and di- | vided, in most species, into two parts; in the C. macrole- pidotus’ it is separated into four parts. I have remarked es eS Wer rrr ELLOS Nee AAAS CNY see LN OF eH Aide NO SSNs NO eS clin Oe (J Se aoe —— 5 VOC ie Fie CRY See 4 ? Jee CA, Seta Bele tines & tmare ; C.CYPRINUS “\ ae Ags agen rey ey GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 9] in the intestines of these fishes, river shells of the genera Lymnea, Bulimus, &c. which dwell on aquatic plants, and on the rocks at the bottoms of rivers: these shells the Catostomi are enabled to take with their lips, which are . protruded forward by means of their jaws. Jt is necessary to remark, that in all the species, which I have examined, there is a line which runs from the nape, beneath the eyes, and another along the head, above the eyes, of small orifices, for the passage of mucous} which lines are well defined ‘after the fish is dead and desic- cated, but not so conspicuous when recent: these lines Forster improperly terms sutures. I will add, that some species, in a dried state, have also a tuberculated appear- ance on the head, which tubercles are not discernible when the animals are living. Observation. These fishes are not in general estima- tion, the flesh of the major part being soft and insipid. The C. Cyprinus appears to be more valued than the rest; it becomes very fat, and is common, at certain seasons, in the markets of Philadelphia. ‘Their habits, and the mode of taking their food, preserve them from being taken with the hook, in common, though it is said that some of them may be thus caught by the allure of a peculiar bait; those which are brought to market are taken in seines, but they are not the object of a particular fishery. Some of the species are seen in market the whole year; and others are only brought in September, November, and the be- ginning of spring. In the winter, the greater part retire to deep water. 1. Carosromus Cyprinus. Body compressed, ellip- tic, sharp at the base of the dorsal fin, which is very long, and falciform on its anterior part, and low behind. 92 GENUS CATOSTOMUS. Head declivous; snout short, rounded, projecting be- yond the jaw; anal fin lunated; caudal fin forked, with ‘ pointed lobes; pectoral and anal fins small; all the fins of a gray-blue colour; eyes somewhat oblong; the scales are very large, semirhomboidal, and variegated with blue, yellow and green reflections; the Jateral line has its origin near the upper part of the operculum, and passes down the centre of the body: ips a little less developed than in the remainder here described. P. 18.—D. 31.—V. 9.—-A.40,—C. 184 rays. This is the stoutest species of the genus yet known: it arrives to the length of twenty inches. Its vulgar ap- peliation is Carp, a name which I have preserved, in con- sequence of its resemblance to the Common Carp of Eu- rope. Inhabits the fresh water tributary streams of the Chesapeake Bay, particularly. Elk river, which app ies the markets of Philadelphia. ~ 2, C. gibbosus. Back elevated in front of the dorsal Jin, which is almost as high as DOA and rounded; anal jin bilobated. Head nearly as high as long; snout short, roundish; tail strait; caudal fin semilunated, lobes roundish, the in- ferior one longer than the upper; scales very much crowded, transversely, a short distance from the opercula, but more developed on the rest of the body; the colour-of the back is a deep blue, with golden reflections; pectoral, ventral and anal fins of a fine reddish orange colour; caudal fin - tinted with carmine and violet: dorsal fin bluish green; abdominal scales red at their base; /ateral line hardly per- ceptible; dody marked with four or five taint, transverse bands. Length of specimen eleven inches. Fie ? WS WM) TON C. GUBRBOSWS. ate Ts RO make *SMLILW TO Maa ° GENUS CATOSTOMUS. | 93 P.16.—D. 17.—V. 9.—A. 9.—C. 18 rays, This species I discovered in the river Connecticut, iiear Northampton, where it is named Chub Sucker, Dr. Mitchill’s description of the Cyprinus oblonzus. approaches to this; but there are important characters in my species, not noticed in that of the former, which pre- clude a conclusion that they are the same; therefore, as the matter now stands, I must consider the above a nondescript. 3. C. tuberculatus. Snout furnished with three tuber- cles, placed in a triangular form, on each side; caudal fin lunated, lobes rounded and equal. The body of this species resembles much that of the pre- ceding, but it is less elevated on the back, and more thick: the scales are more equal, are more rounded on the back, and do not crowd on each other near the ‘opercula, as in the preceding; body with seven or eight faint transverse bands; back of a bluish brown colour, sides yellowish or cream colour, abdomen whitish; all the fins brownish; above the anal fin, the tail is more inflated than that of the gibbosus. ‘Length of specimen five inches. P. 16.—D.—15.—V. 8,—A. 8.—C. 18 rays. The existence of this remarkable species was first made known to me by Mr, Titian Peale, the youngest son of Mr. Charles Wilson Peale, the venerable proprie- tor of the old Philadelphia Museum: a young gentleman whose zeal in the study of Natural History does him much honour. It inhabits the small inland streams of Pennsylvania. The individual described was taken at the country seat of Mr. C. W, Peale, situated near German- 9A GENUS CATOSTOMUS. town, within six miles of Philadelphia, and presented to me by my friend Mr, Ord. : I have since seen a fish which resembled the above, but it wanted the snout tubercles. Perhaps it may be the opposite sex. On this question I am not at present pre- pared to decide. After the foregoing description was in type, I had the satisfaction of meeting in the market of Philadelphia, several large specimens of this species, one of which I procured, and it measured from the end of the snout to the extremity of the caudal fin twelve inches, three inches deep at the base of the dorsal fin, and one inch and a half | in thickness; its scales were distinctly radiated, and re- fiected brilliant iridesent colours, resembling those of the neck of some varieties of the house Pigeon; the colour of the pectoral, abdominal and anal fins was of a pale orange; the bands, which in the first described individual were dis- tinct, were hardly perceptible i in the present; the snout tu- bercles appeared to have fallen off, leaving a pale spot, en- circled with brown, and a larger ring of yellow; irides ‘brown, pupil black surrounded with a reddish ring. P. 16,—D, 15.—V.9.—A. 10.—C, 184 rays, 4. C. macrolepidotus. Dorsal fin short, greatly hollow- ed, upper lobe elevated and pointed, lower lobe rounded. - Body a little compressed and fusiform, elevated on its anterior part, rounded near the nape; ead somewhat de- clivous, and, longer than deep; anat fin strait, long, and passing the base of the caudal; pectoral and abdominal fins small; eaudal fin forked, with pointed lobes, and of a gray colour; dorsal, anal and ventral fins tinted with blue and yellow; seales large, and disposed m a lozenge form; colour « tS bs, 0 coi as as Mw Dah Steno Rae em 77 es: ae Ey, aaa G W iY i ry) RY Wy \ ; wi * / NN "Wie MH a Di x) aK} SK By MN RANK yi ay ah = \ SN me | AX aa o MACROLEPIDOTUS 5 ee ie ii A Wy A fe YY Ne %, Speech yna a, ATREOLUS ee ana aE il th (nyo E J Cl ie Rete ccs be f GENUS CATOSTOMUS, 98 of the back dark blue, base of the’ scales brown; : sides whitish, with yellow reflections; opercula yellowish; head reddish brown; the /ateral Line rises at the nape of the neck, descends along the gill-cover, and thence to the tail in a line with the centre of the eye. Found in the river Dela- _ ware. | 3 a : P. 18.—D. 16.—V. 9.—A. 9,—C. 18 rays. 5. C. aureolus. Anal fin long, pointed, and passing considerably beyond the base of the caudal fin, which is forked, with pointed lobes, the inferior of which is the largest; abdominal fin truncated. Body subcylindric, elevated at the nape: head quad- rangular, gibbous above the eye, almost as high as long; the rays of the anal fin are very strong and large; scales rhomboidal, equal; body of a beautiful orange colour, which is deepest on the back, the base of the scales dark red; the sides are heightened with golden reflections; pecto- ral, ventral and anal fins of a fine red orange, caudal fin of a deep carmine colour—the dorsal fin is paler than the rest; the /ateral line is nearly straight, and commences in a line with the eye. Length of individual described sixteen inches, its depth three inches, and its thickness two inches and a half. | ss P. 18.—D. 14.—V. 9.—A. 8.—C. 18 rays. This beautiful species I discovered near Buffalo, on Lake Erie. 3 6. C. communis. Dorsal fin quadrangular: anal fin. narrow, and extends as far as the base of the caudal fin, which is somewhat lunated, with rounded lobes, the infe- _ rior lobe rather the longest; eyes situated nearer the poste- rior part of the opercula than the tip of the snout; mouth very large. 96 GENUS CATOSTOMUS. Body subcylindric; snout and head more lengthened than those of the foregoing; head depressed; scales roundish, regular, of a medium size; general colour of the head and back a reddish brown, in some specimens darker than in others; sides reflecting golden tints; abdomen whitish; pee- toral, ventral and anal fins reddish brown; caudal fin of _a reddish violet colour; dorsal fin blue and yellow; the fateral line, after its base curve, descends to the tail below the parallel of the centre of the eye. Length of specimen sixteen inches. P.18.—D. 14.—V. 10.—A. 9.—C. 24, rays. This species is taken in the Delaware, and is very com- mon in the markets of Philadelphia. The fishwomen commonly exhibit them to sale in bunches, strung on the pliable branches or twigs of the Willow. Asan article of food they are not esteemed, and they ern fall to the lot of the poor, me (To be continued.) a > Re It j is with pleasure that we acknowledge our obliga- tions to Mr. Le Sueur for the plate, No. 4, which accom- panies the present number. The figures from 1 to 6 are referred to in Mr. Say’s account of the Crustacea of the United States; the remain - der will be here explained. Fig. 9, represents the Cerapus tubularis, in its tube, of the natural size. Fig. 7, the same magnified. ’ Fig. 8, the animal, divested of its habitation, magni- fied. Fig. 10, a foot ofthe second pair. Fig. 11, the tail. | PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY D. HEARTT, And sold by THOMAS DOBSON AND SON, No. 41 South Second-Street, and CALEB RICHARDSON, No. 1 North Fourth-Street. — A ERT AAR y BRECON, AAAS ‘i \j ORIN, } uy A} uy a ite v9.9 “ CA eet Aed rade inpres : : # oe is. "he f ~ JOURNAL OF THE ee Academy.of Natural Sciences oF . PHILADELPHIA. No. 6. OCTOBER, 1817. Tonk ES -Y An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. By Thomas Say. Read October 7, 1817. (Continued.) Since the preceding part of this paper was put to press, Captain James Hamilton presented to the Academy seve- ral crustaceous animals collected by himself in the Gulf Stream; amongst these were some specimens of Lupa pelagica, of which I have inserted a description in order to exhibit the difference between it and the L. hastata which it resembles considerably. Lupa pelagica. Clypeus four-toothed; third joint of the anterior feet four-spined; carpus two-spined; hands cilia- ted on the interior upper edge. - Inhabits the Gulf-Stream. Portunus pelagicus. Fabr. and Latr. . Thorax variegated, with minute granule; seven of the - lateral teeth equal, equidistant, one at the posterior can- thus of the eye larger, posterior tooth much larger, spini. form; clypeus four-toothed, and the anterior canthus of the eye elevated, the two middle teeth rather smaller, third Vor. I. : G 98 GENUS GRAPSUS. C October. joint of the anterior feet four-spined on the anterior edge, posterior spine smailest, and nearer to the next; carpus two- spitied; hand with six or seven elevated lines, the upper one terminating in a-spine at the base of the thumb, a short, thick spine at the base of the hand and the anterior angle of the carpus; fingers hooked at tip, with impressed lines, each armed within by about four teeth, which are furnished with lateral, accessory, smaller ones; remaining fect annulate with dusky. Length of the omnes three fourths of an inch. from this description of the pelagica, compared with that of the Aastata, it appears, that the principal dif. ference consists in the number of teeth of the clypeus, of the number of spines on the third joint of the anterior feet and carpus, and the elevated thoracic lines; the ha- bitat also indicates a difference, the former being pelagic, and the latter littoral; the colour of the hastata is olive- green on the thorax and feet above, beneath white, anterior feet within bright blue, fingers of the male tipped with pur- ple, of the female red, with purple tips; condyles and spines of all the feet more or less red, remaining feet bluish green on the sides. _. The pelagica is generally found amongst floating fu- cus, &c. it is subject to the attack of a parasitic worm, which may be seen through the shell, resembling a small, oval, yellowish spot; these are frequent on various parts of the animal, and may readily be mistaken for maculz on the shell. Genus GRAPSUS, _ Thorax subquadrate, depressed; eyes not larger than the peduncle, which is short and placed at the anterior an- gles; abdomen, in each sex, seven-jointed; éarsi dilated, and, 1817.4 GENUS GRAPSUS. ) 99 with the second joint of the tibia, armed with moveable spines; hands equal. SPECIES. G. cinereus. Thorax rugose, with a -sinus be. hind the anterior angle; e/ypeus entire; third joint of the first pair of feet serrate within, and dentate at the tip; car- pus one-spined; hands granulate beneath. Found in the Gulf-Stream, common. Grapsus cinereus? Latr. hist. nat. Crust. et Ins. from Bosc. Cancellus marinus minimus quadratus, Sloane’s lok. vol. 2. tab. 245, fig. 1. Thorax cinereous, varied with brown, anterior angles acute, with a sinus behind them on the edge, between the eyes are two impressed, abbreviated lines; c/ypeus entire, hardly undulated at tip; third joint of the anterior feet ser- rate on the inner edge, at the tip four-toothed; carpus with an obtuse tooth within; ands rather large, granulate be- neath; fingers dentate within, teeth conspicuous: all the remaining feet, except the last, dentate at the hind tip of _ the third joint, that of the second pair with a much larger tooth; all rugose above, and, with the exception also of the posterior pair, armed with two moveable, short spines, at the tip of the third joint, whichare separated by an impress- ed line, which is obsolete on the last pair; eyes sanguineous. Length two fifths of an inch. Taken by captain Hamilton in the Gulf-Stream, and by him presented to the Academy. Sloane, in his history of Jamaica, calls it Cancellus marinus minimus quadratus, and observes that it is found on Sargaso and other sea plants. We also learn that Columbus, in his celebrated voyage which discoyered the West Indies to the civilized 100 GENUS PLAGUSIA. ['October. world, concluded that he was approaching land, in con- sequence of finding this animai alive on some floating ma- rine plants. To a specimen under examination a Spirorbis is attached. 7 Genus PLAGUSIA. Lair. Thorax a little narrowed before; anterior feet short; mouth nearly closed; Intermediate antenna reflected inte two profound longitudinal fissures of the front, which di- vide the clypeus above. SPECIES. a ie P. depressus. Thoraz leprous, three-toothed on each side; carpus with an impressed line above, and prominent, emarginate, angle within, Inhabits Gulf-Stream. Grapsus depressus—Latr. Gen, Crust. et ie Cancer depressus of Authors. Cabinet of the Academy. Thorax with numerous distant punctures, and ah biting the appearance of being covered with scales, each af which is bounded before by a line of impressed points, furnishing hairs; dorsal foramine* rather large, oval, trans- yerse, open; mouth closed; recipient grooves of the interior antenne, terminating nearly in a line with the hind margin of the orbits, separating the. clypeus into three parts, of which the intermediate division is largest, emarginate at tip, * Not knowing what term has been made use of by Naturalists to express these parts, I have applied this for the present; they consist of two small aper- tures situate near each other, transversely, about the middle of the thorax, just before the abbreviated transverse line; they might furnish characters, drawn from their form and relative position; sa! are sometimes parallel, sometimes oblique, round, oval, &c. i Nn bees Nagle Lb ao a / 1817.) GENUS PLAGUSIA, 101 with an elevated margin, longitudinal impressed line on the middie, and two small tubercles above; lateral divisions less than half as large as the preceding, margin suddenly raised behind the exterior antenne; exterior antenne with the first joint dilated before near the tip; three serrate teeth each side of the thorax, hind one smallest and placed about the middle, second and third equidistant and proportion- ally larger, the posterior canthus of the eye elevated into a tooth, with a small tubercle within its base; core with two elevated, somewhat comose, scales, of which the anterior one is acute, obsolete on the four anterior feet, and the posterior one obtuse; carpus with a depressed spine within, which is emarginate at tip, above with distant, small tubercles, and a double, darker, impressed, submarginal line above, inter. rupted behind; Aands granulate, above with smail tuber- cles, and two impressed lines: fingers deflected, with obtuse teeth, tip flattened and brown within; remaining feet with two ciliate lines, second joint of the tibia with three; tarsi with but one ciliate line, aad a double line of moveable spines beneath; tip of the preceding joint about five-spined beneath; spine, near the tip of the thighs, large; colour va- riegated, tibia darker, spotted; beneath white immaculate. The very peculiar situation of the intermediate antennee, in longitudinal recipient grooves, together with the closed mouth, &c., certainly justifies the separation of this, and its neighbouring species, from the genus to which it has hitherto been referred. I have here described it, that it may be compared with its analogue of the Mediterranean, which is most probably distinct. } Taken in the Gulf-Stream, and presented by Captain Bartlin s (To be continucd.) 102 _. GENUS CATOSTOMUS. [October. Al new genus of Fishes, of the order Abdominales, propio- sed, under the name of Catostomus; and the characters of this genus, with those of its species, indicated. By C. A. Le Sueur.. Read September 16, 1817. (Concluded.) 7. C. longirostrum. Dorsal fin deeper than broad, quadrangular; the extremity of the anal fin does not reach the base of the caudal fin; head horizontal, terminated ina long snout : Body subcylindric, strait, deli:ate; head flat; eyes large, irides yellowish white; aperture of the mouth greatly arcuated, and large; scales very small and roundish; colour of the dody above reddish, paler on the sides; abdomen white, with a bluish tint; the /ateral line is curved above the pectoral fin. Length of individual described five inches. P. 16.—D. 12.—V. 9.—A. 7.—C. 18 rays: This fish I discovered in the state of Vermont; I have not seen it in any other state. 8. C. nigricans. Head large, quadrangular; anal fin strait, its extremity reaching the base of the caudal fin; eyes oblong: the dateral line runs in a straight course irom the branchial opening, below the range of the eye, to the ‘tail. ae Body subquadrangular near the head; ¢az/ strait, short; caudal fin forked, with pointed lobes; dorsal fin quadran- gular. and small; sca/es roundish; colour of the back black- ish, sides and abdomen reddish yellow, with dusky blot: ches; pectoral, abdominal, and anal fins reddish; caudal fin eee A emer Las ut 4 re en Sey Leulp. (ueuAa? 2 ¢ Hel i817.) | GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 103 and dorsal fin dashed with black. Length of pe described thirteen inches, P.18.—D. 11.—V. 9.—A. 8.—C. 18 rays. I discovered this new species in Lake Erie, where it is known by the names of Black Sucker, and shoemaker. >. .C. a i? Head large, quadrangular, ais. vous; eyes small, roundish; the /atera/ line is straight, and runs from the operculum in a line with the eye. The fead in this species is more pointed, the anterior _ part of the body thicker,the posterior part ‘straiter, the ¢aif longer, the dorsal fin larger, and more elongated, than those parts of the C. nigricans; the caudal fin is also larger, but the anal fin is shorter, than in the last; the scales are round- ish; colour of the Jody reddish, with irregular blotches of black; pectoral and veniral fins reddish, dashed with black; anal fin and caudal fin reddish white; dorsa/ fin blue ish, with black marks on the rays. ey of specimen eight inches. | | P, 16.—D. 12.—V.9,—A. 9.—C. 18 rays. | This fish is likewise called Black Sucker. I disco- vered it in Pipe-Creek, Maryland. Perhaps it may be only a variety of the C. mgricans; but as there is a con- siderable difference observable between them, I have ven- tured to arrange it as a distinct species. 10. C. elongatus. Body subcylindric, very long; dorsal fin very long; low, its anterior part high, and falci- form. | Head very small, cuneiform above, breadth between the eyes one inch and a half; snout strait, round, and fur- nished, as are likewise the opfercu/a, with small tubercles; pectoral fins as long as the head, placed very low; abdo- ~*~ 104 GENUS CATOSTOMUS, [October, minal fins almost as long as the pectoral; anal jin very small and truncated; caudal fin large and bifurcated, with pointed lobes;' the dorsal fin is about one third the length of the whole animal; scales large, flexible on the flanks, and a little quadrangular towards the tail; /ateral line al- most straight; the skin beneath the great rays of the pec- toral fins is callous. In an individual of two feet long, the head measured three inches to the tip of the snout. The colour of the specimen described could not be ascertained, in conse- quence of its being in a dried state: it forms a part of the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia. » - PS 16,—V.10.—D. 32,—A. 8.—C. 18 rays. With the exception of the C. Cyprinus, this’is the largest species that I have seen. It was discovered in the tiver Ohio, by Mr. ‘Thomas Say. 11. €. wittatus. A black stripe passes from the snout, through the eye, to the caudal fin, dividing the body equal- ly; dorsal fin quadrangular; tail forked. - Body very small, slightly compressed, elevated in the centre above; back pale yellowish red, abdomen and lower fins white; m@uth small, lower Jip very easily pro- truded forward, as if by means of a spring, when the ani- mal takes its food; scales very small, rounded. Length of Specimen two inches. | P.16.—D. V.9.—A. 8.—C. 18 rays. This remarkable little species was found in Wissa- hickon Creek, near Philadelphia, by Reuben Haines, cor- responding Secretary of the Academy of Natural Sci- €nces. & i A! Ninn ) RY Bk QO ‘ ma ELK 5 Ni é ij Ey 1817.) GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 105 Io, & ee Bod large and long; mouth wide; scales large, subtrilobate: dorsal fin quadrangular; the anal. jin extends as far as the base of the caudal fin, which is greatly forked; lateral line arched at the centre of the body. Rare | Body long, a alittle compressed: snout strong; the mouth is furnished with thick, plaited, and very large lips; pecto- ral fins pretty large; the scales are strong, greatly radiated, and as wide again as long—they are of nearly an equal size on the whole body; the /ateral line forms a long cur- vature towards the back; lobes of the caudal fin pointed, the upper lobe somewhat the largest; length from the snout to the extremity of the caudal fin nineteen inches; depth three inches and a half; thickness two inches; the head measures about one fifth part of the whole fish. P, 17.—D. 14.—V. 10.—A. 9.—C. 18+ rays. This new species is so strongly marked that it will be easily distinguished from the foregoing. It inhabits the Ohio; and was discovered at Pittsburg, the ancient Fort Duquesne, by Mr. Thomas Say. It was not until the publication of the first part of this Monograph, that I noticed the above described spe- eimen in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sci- ences of Philadelphia. * Of the above twelve species, and likewise of the Bos- toniensis, I have drawings; and part of them are already engraved for my projected work on the Fishes of the United States of America. But in order to facilitate a com-. parison of those species described by others with mine, and chiefly to incite to a re-examination of the subjects themselves, I have concluded to append to this paper the descriptions which follow. The reader by this means will : \ ‘ 106 GENUS CATOSTOMUS. | October. ’ have at one view before him all the American* species, hitherto ascertained, of this new genus. Hence my paper assumes the character of a Monograph of the aoe Catos- fomus of North America, : S.C: Bistontenteg Caudal fin greatly forked, lobes equal and pointed; mouth very small, lunated; the Jateral line proceeds, with a wPegular curve, from the nape to the tail. This species has a great resemblance to the common sucker of the Delaware, C. communis, in the form of its body, but it is somewhat shorter; and its very forked tail, with equal lobes, distinguishes it from that species; the -seales are round, equal, and smallish on the back; near the nape; the dack is of a reddish brown colour, (1n some spe- cimens darker than in others) as is likewise the head; the sides and abdomen are whitish; pectoral, ventral, and anal Jins of a reddish yellow colour; eyes large, roundish, and placed about midway between the posterior part of the gill- covers, and the end of the snout; the anal fin is pointed, and runs to the base of the caudal fin. P. 18.—D. 13.—V. 10.—A. 9.—C. 18 rays. This fish inhabits the waters of Massachusetts, in the neighbourhood of Boston. I obtained my specimen in the Boston market. On mature reflection, I have concluded that this is the species described and figured by Peck, as before stated, though this author is censurable for intermingling Forster’s description with hisown, But I cannot join Mr. Peck in wore! say American, for it is doubtful whether two or three reign species may not be classed with this genus. oo fs a WE Deli. att, Sp ompres. ‘ G., IB () Ss Tr ) NW | if NS i S > ‘RP aay 1817.] GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 107 the determination of the identity of te catostomus and his Piscataqua fish. 14. C. Hudsonius. Cyprinus Catostomus. Pinna ani radiis 8; labio imo caruncula bilobata papillosa, cauda bifida. Pinnz D.12.—P. 17—V. 10—11.—A. 8.—C. 17. Habitat in Sinus Hudsonis fluminibus copiose, sugendo pascitur. | ? Anglis the Sucker. eee Society Trans. vol. 63, page 155, tab. 6. Head broader than the body, gradually decreasing to- wards the nose, full of elevations and tubercles, nearly quadrangular; mouthnot far fromthe extremity of the snout; eyes large; on the snout are about five round prominent tubercles; the head has several sutures; over each eye, in a cavity, are two longitudinal sutures, joined opposite the nostrils by a still shorter transverse one; on the covers of the gills are two, on each side one, beginning near the ‘lobes of the caruncula of the under lip, and’ going up arched towards the eye. Near the extremity of the snout begins on each'side a longitudinal one; it passes under the eye, and mounts in a curvature behind it, then it goes straight to the end of the head, where it again gets down- wards, and joins the lateral line; the sca/es are small near the head and back, increasing in size towards the middle and tail, close to which they are again smaller; dorsal fin rhomboidal; pectoral fins \anceolated, fixed under the covers of the gills, and measure in length a fourth part of the fish, estimated from the setting on of the head to the _ base of the caudal fin; body pale silvery; caudal fin concave or lunated. Length sixteen inches. 108 GENUS CATOSTOMUS. -TOctober. Weighs about two pounds and a half. Not deemed a palatable food. This is the description of the first species, which: was made known to naturalists, of the present genus; extracted from the sixty-third volume of the Transactions of the Royal Society of London, I have never yet seen a fish to which Forster’s description would apply; and I do not hesitate to assert that this species is distinct from all those recorded in this Monograph. It possesses a remarkable character in its long pectoral fins, which are longer than those of any of my species, with the exception of the elon- gatus of the Ohio. 15. C. teres. Fresh-water Sucker. (Cyprinus teres.) With elongated round body. Low, soft, puckered mouth, and tail nearly even. : Mouth under, toothless, and with a soft and oe ge orifice. Head rather small. Back thick and round, (eylin- drically.) Back and sides a speckled black and white. Belly whitish. Pectoral, abdominal, and anal fins TOE ish. Dorsal and caudal dark brown. Lateral line straight. Abdomen large and frequently flabby. Rays of the fins coarse. ‘Tail almost even. _ Inhabits fresh brooks, ponds, and rivers, and in many of them is taken very abundantly.. Grows to the size of twelve and fifteen inches. Is, perhaps, the C. eatostomus. The swimming bladder is divided into two sacks or cells, having connection by a small tube. . P.17.—V. 9.—A. 8.—D. 13,—C. 19 rays. 16. C. oblongus. Chub of Newyork. (Cyprinus ablongus.) Mouth under, small, puckered, and toothless. aire) GENUS CATOSTOMUS. ee Head somewhat depressed and smooth. Eyes rather small. Gill-openings rather narrow. Pectoral fins very far forward on the neck. Back arched, and approaching to gibbous. Body thick, but may be rather termed deep than round. ‘ Back deep brown, inclining to black, with whitish scales. The lines between the scales, dark and decussat- ing ‘each other so as to leave rhombic spaces between them. The lines are darker coloured than the spaces they define. Belly a pale cream colour, with golden spots or tints, particularly between the pectoral and ventral fins, and near the anal, Pectoral and ventral fins dusky, with a reddish me a anal, caudal, and dorsal, dark brown. ° * Lateral line obscure. Tail rather concave, » P. 15.—V. 9.—D. 14.—A. 8.—C. 19 rays. Lives in fresh streams and lakes, like the Sucker. These two last descriptions are extracted from an ac- count of the Fishes of Newyork, by Samuel L. Mitchill, M. D., published in the Transactions of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Newyork, 1815. 17. C. sucetta. (Cyprinus sucetta. La Cépéde.} Head compressed and flat; the opening of the mouth semi- circular; lower /ip very thick, crenated, and curved out- wardly; dedy and. tail compressed; scales semirhomboidal; erides yellow; fins and back of a brown colour; sides sil- very, with brown spots at the base of the scales. P. 13.—D. 12.—V. 9.—A. 9.—C. 18 rays. In the introduction to this article, I asserted that the €. catostomus is the only (certain) species of the kind 110 GENUS CATOSTOMUS. [ October. recorded by La Cépéde. Ona review of the extensive and valuable work of this celebrated author, to whom science is so much indebted, I have found that I was in error, and I hasten to publish my acknowledgment. The descrip- tion of the C. sucetta was taken from the manuscripts o— Monsieur Bosc, formerly Consul of France at Charleston, South Carolina. This species is said to be very common in the rivers of South Carolina; it seldom arrives to the length of four décimetres, or about two feet; and it is not an esteemed food. ADDENDA. In the cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences, there is a specimén of Catostomus which approaches in its form to the C. Cyprinus of the Chesapeake. It dif- fers’ from the last mentioned in its gi/l-covers, which are stronger; in its back, which is a little less elevated; in its dorsal fin, the two first rays of which are longer than the total length of the fin, and extend as far as the base of the — caudal fin. This individual resembles in its other parts, ie also. in the number of the rays of its fins, the Chesapeake species. According to the observation of Mr. T. Say, who disco- yered this fish in the Ohio, and who examined and pre- pared two recent specimens, the colour v was the same as that of the C. Cyprinus. The difference, noted sain: which exists a the Catostomi in question, does not appear, sufficient to authorize me to record them. as distinct species, though I must admit that the uncommon length of the first rays of the dorsal fin, of the Ohio fish, if universal, would sug- gest’ a specific discrimination. They certainly have a ee "hey Se / 1817) ‘NEWGENERAOF PLANTs. — ‘il very close affinity to each other; both are accounted good food; and attain to about the same size. In the early part of the present month, I procured seve- ral individuals of the C. macrolepidotus, in the markets of Philadelphia; they had not the dorsal fin hollowed, but ‘it was raised in a point before, and truncated in a very ob- lique line, which diminished the fin towards | its posterior part. One of these specimens was a male, and it did not differ in other respects from the specimen described, No. 4 of this article, which I omitted to: mention was a fe- “male. This additional notice is necessary, in order to put the naturalist on his guard when he turns his observa- tion on this species. An account of two new genera of Plants, and of a species of ‘Tituaa and Limose wa, recently discovered on the banks of the Delaware, in the vicinity of Philadelphia, By Thomas Nuttall. Read September 16, 1817. In July last, while collecting specimens, near Kensing- ton, of the Jsoctes lacustris which grows so abundantly on. the mirey and gravelly banks of the Delaware, subjected to the flowing of the tide, I happened, almost inadvertent- ly, to discover a very small succulent plant, somewhat re- _ sembling a Sedum, which on examination, proved to be a species of Till@a. I at first, as well as my friend Mr. Collins, supposed it to be the 7. connata of the Flora Pe- ruviana, but on examining the plate, and description in that * Ps 4 é 112 NEW GENERA OF PLANTS. [October work, we were soon assured of its distinction; the same > ambiguity respecting this plant, and the 7° aquatica of Eu- rope, I have not been able to solve with equal satisfaction; bat as the J. aquatica and 7. prostrata, are considered the same species; after an illustration by Schkuhr, in Us- teri’s Annals of Botany, ,(vol. 2. plate 3,) we are inclined to believe the American plant a distinct’species. Nearly in the same moment of finding the Til/a ap- peared a second unnoticed plant, in this very peculiar soil and situation, and still more minute than the first; it wasa species of Limosella, and so nearly related to the ZL. tenu- tfolia of Germany, as to admit of no specific distinction, deciding at the same time without either plate or speci- men. In general habit, however, it approaches so near to what we have seen of the L. aquatica as to leave but little doubt of its affinity to that species, of which the Z, tenuifolia is considered by Persoon only a variety, but in America no other plant than this supposed variety has yet been discovered, Amongst the numerous specimens of T%//a that I had collected, appeared something which I supposed to be creeping shoots of that plant; I did not in consequence take any further notice of it, but revisiting the place a day er two after, I met with this plant in exclusive masses, and in such abundance as instantly to convince me of its distinction from the 7i//ea. It is perhaps the minutest phznogamous plant in North America, if we except the Lithophila muscoides of the West Indies, to which it also bears some affinity. Greatly as it differs from the genus Peplis, 1 have been led to suppose that it might be the ~~ P. Americana of Mr. Pursh; but it belongs neither:to the | same class nor order in any existing system of Botany. — om AT} NEW GENERA OF PLANTS. 113 Its affinity to Montia arranges it with the PorruLaces of Jussieu, rather than the Car YoPHILLEA, to which order it has at the same timeconsiderable relation, as will be seen in the description. It bears aflower which never expands, and of such extreme minuteness, as to require the assistance of a common lens to ascertain itsexistence; it appears to be constantly restrained in its functions (as in the Orobanche Virginiana, &c.) by the rapid enlargement of the ovarium. How well it is at the same time calculated to withstand the action of the element in which it is periodically im- mersed must be sufficiently evident. ‘To this plant, from the singular concealment of its inflorescence, I have at- tempted to apply a name (Crypts) expressive of this circumstance, Revisiting this slit spot in company with pro- fessor Barton, we at the same instant detected another minute -phznogamous plant, of which I had the pre- ceding day obtained a single specimen destitute of flow- ers. Its affinity to the Adicranthemum of Michaux is such, that itis only after a comparative analysis of the plants themselves that I have been induced to. consider them as. generically distinct. This plant, like the pre- ceding, and equally subaquatic, has likewise a flower very singularly constructed to withstand the submersion of the tide, The corolla, whichis monopetalous and irregular, consists apparently only of an under lip, almost after the manner of Yeucrium, but divided only into three parts; the central portion is. ligulate,. and apparently to obviate the minuteness of the upper lip, and to shelter the interior. of the flower, it is constantly incurved, with the extremity generally retained in. the tube, the spreading of the two jateral dentures affording as much light and said aided by You. I. H OR cn ea 114 NEW GENERA OF PLANTS. —_[Octobier. the white colour of the corolla, as seems necessary for the. purposes of the flower. In consideration of this singulat stracture, I propose to call this plant Hemianthus, de- rived from two Greek words gniev, half, and ets, a fiower; the corolla being halved, or consisting, as it were, ofa single lip. - I shall now proceed to describe these plants in the or- der in which they were discovered. Linnean Crass and OrnpeEr. TETRANDRIA.—TeErTracrnia. Natural Order. SEmMPERIVEe—Jussieu. Genus TILLEA. 'T. simplex, caule erecto, simplici; foliis connatis, ob- Yongo-linearibus, acutiusculis; floribus alternis, sessilibus; petalis erectis, calyce duplo longioribus. Description—Annual. Stem generally simple, erect and terete, (2 or 3 inches high) sometimes decumbent near the base, and sending out whitish ‘radical fibres, tinged with red, similar to the proper root. “Ledves con- nate, succulent, convex on the under side, fragile, very entire, and without visible nerves or veins (3 or 4 lines Jong, and about a line wide.) Sowers sessile, axillary, - solitary, and alternate. Calyx four-toothed, segments al- ternating with the petals, two of the exterior dentures somewhat larger and obtuse. Petals four, ovate, erect, and persistent, never apparently expanding, whitish and membranaceous, embracing the capsules with which they 1eh7.Jo NEW GENERA OF PLANTS. 115 are almost exactly equalinlength. Stamina four, fertile, alternating with the petals, a little shorter than the germs; anthers very small, roundish; four minute infertile fila- ments opposite the petals. Styles none. Stigmata four, like so many minute points. Capsules four, oblong, com- pressed, somewhat divergent at the points, six to eight seeded, opening internally and longitudinally, remaining connected at the base, so as to resemble a single capsule of four valves. . Seeds, oblong-cylindric, brownish, at- tached in two rows to the margins of each capsule. Habitat.—On the miry and gravelly banks of the Delaware, subject to the overflowings of the tide, in New. jersey and Pennsylvania, near Kensington, in the suburbs of Philadelphia. Found also more recently near Newhaven, in Connecticut, by Dr. Ives. Time of flowering from July to September. DIDYNAMIA.—AnciosPErMia. Natural Order. PRIMULACEA, ° Genus LIMOSELLA. L. tenuifolia, foliis Vinearibus, vix apice dilatatis, scapis foliis zqualibus, brevioribus. Worr. Hoffman’s Flora ‘Germanica, vol. ii. p. 29. , | in locis humidis. (Minutissima, vix uncialis plan- tula, folia angustissima. Calyx 5-fidus. Stamina 4.) Flor. Aug.—HorrMan. . L. aquatica. varietas tenuifolia. Persoon’s Synop- . sis, lil, p. 167. 3 : Description.—Root surculose. Leaves radical, succu- t 4 : 116 NEW GENERA OF PLANTS. __[ October. lent and somewhat fragile, erect, subcylindric-filiform, a little compressed and obtuse towards the point, mem- branaceously sheathing and radicant at the base, radical _ fibres white, compressed, and flaccid. Scapes or peduncles shorter than the leaves, one-flowered, radical, axillary, terete, at first erect, in fruit deflected. Calya cylindric- campanulate, border four and five-toothed, dentures acute. Corolla monopetalous, tubular, white, shaded with gray- ish blue outside, tube yellowish and glandular within, border.spreading four and five-lobed, lobes oblong-oval, or oval, obtuse. Stamina four, approximating by pairs, included in the tube of the corolla: filaments short; an- thers pale blue, two-celled. Style included, stigma capi- tate. Capsule nearly spherical, smooth, bursting the calyx, bivalve, subbilocular, many-seeded. Seeds nu- merous, angular, somewhat gibbous, attached to a large and rounded receptacle, compressed at its base, and dila- ted on two sides, producing imperfect dissepiments,. which are continued to the margin of the vaives, hence the capsule is bilocular near its base, and only one-celled above. id Does this plant with a lateral mode of growth and al- fernate leaves, germinate with two cotyledones? Halitat.—With the above, also in Connecticut;—Dr. Ives, in a letter to Z. Collins, Esq. with the preceding. Flowering from July to September. ; 1817.] NEWGENERA OF PLANTS. — 117. DIANDRIA.—Dicrwra. ede Sats . PS By ; t Natural Order. Porturace®. Allied to Montia. FE OS genie WERVPT Act Calyx diphyllus inferus, Corolla 2 aut 3-pe- tala, arcte incumbentia, clausa. Styl nulli: stigmata 2 aut 3 minutissima, punctiformia. Capsuia 2 aut 3 -valvis, 2 aut 3-locularis, loculis 4 ad 5-spermis. _ Semi- na subcylindracea incurva, longitudinaliter striato-punc- tata. si Herbula paludosa, minima, succulenta. Folia oppo- sita, integra, stipulacea.. Flores minuti, sessiles, alterni, inaperti. | C. minima. Description.—Plant smooth and. succulent. . Root fibrous. Stem numerously and dichotomously branch- ed, decumbent, radicant, thick, and cylindric, mark- ed with about six to eight vertical lines, internally divided into as many compartments, with the dissepi- ments diverging from a common filiform axis; branches assurgent. Leaves cuneate-oval, or obovate, opposite, sessile, entire, and lucid, marked on the upper surface with elevated pappillose punctures, (visible only through a lens) furnished with but a single visible nerve, bistipu- _ late at the base; stipules membranaceous and acuminated. Flowers axillary, solitary, sessile, and alternate, extreme- ly minute, rapidly displaced by the enlargement of the germ. Calya two-leaved, leaves oblong-oval each usual- ly terminated by a brownish sphacelate point. Corolla +From xsvarra, 1 hide, or conceal. 118 NEW GENERA OF F PLANTS. = FOtebes: of two and sometimes three petals, never appearing to eX pand. Petals oval, con¢ave, closely incumbent over each other, whitish, somewhat rosaceous and subdiaphandus or membranaceous, closely covering the’stamens. Sta- mina two, sometimes three; seated upon the base of the petals; filaments incumbent on the germ, and about the same length; anthers roundish, two-celled, colour some- what rosaceous. Styles none. Stigmata two, or three, like so many minute points, which are only visible through a strong lens. Germ turbinate. Capsule naked, globu- lar and. depressed, subturbinate, umbilicate, membrana- - ceous, two or three valved, two or three celled; cells four or five seeded; seeds attached to a small basilar and com- mon receptacle, marked with excavated punctures; disse- piments very thin, arising from the receptacle, and un- connected with the valves, Seed cylindric, the whole length of the capsule, obtuse at either extremity, the base furnished with a minute funiculus, the point incur- ved, longitudinally marked with about ten striz, and traversed by rows of impressed punctures; episperm brown and fragile. Perisperm none. Lmbryon erects flat; radicle cylindric, large, descendent. Cotyledones two, small, subovate. ‘4 Probably Peplis Americana of Mir. Pursh, Flor. Am: Septent. vol. i. p. 238? The flower never appears to open, and is with so much difficulty developed, artificially, as to seem to most observers destitute of stamens. This plant possesses con- siderable aflinity with the Caryophyllee, but differs in the insertion of the stamens; and more materially in the struc- ture of the seed, which does not, also, altogether agree with that of the Portulacee, its singular integument, how- i817.) | | NEW GENERA OF PLANTS. 119 ever, is so, very similar to that of Portulaca as well as to Montia, though destitute of a distinct perisperm, in con- nection with other characters, as to leave scarcely any doubt of the propriety of arranging it with the Portulacee of Jussieu. | | - Hab. On the gravelly banks of the Delaware over- flowed by the tide, in Pennsylvania and Newjersey; also discovered in Connecticut by Dr. Ives. : DIANDRIA.—Monocyrwra. “Vatural Order. LystMacuia&. (*ANAGALLIDEZ.) *HEMIANTHUS.+ Calyx tubulosus, apice quadridentatus, deorsum fis- sus. Corolla monopetala, labiata, labio superiore obso- leto; inferiore tripartito, lacinia intermedia longiore, arcte incurva, apice truncata. Stamina, filamentis bi- fidis, stipiti laterali antherifero. Stylus bifidus. Capsule unilocularis, bivalvis, polysperma. Semina on ovata. Herbula paludosa, repens; folia integra opposita et verticillata; flores alterni pedicellati minuti. H, Micranthemaides. Description.— Root fibrous, annual. Stem. dicho- tomous, filiform, repent, crowded with leaves. Leaves sessile, subelliptic, or oblong-elliptic, entire, oppo- site and ternate, obsoletely three-nerved, rather suc- culent,, smooth, and of a light green. Flowers axil- lary, solitary, alternate, erect while flowering, deflec- ted in fruit; peduncle very short, Calyx oblong, and t From auicus, half, and avées, a flower. pes Lae 120 NEW GENERA OF PLANTS. T October. tubular, somewhat compressed, attentiated: towards ‘the peduncle, cleft on the under side, border four-toothed, dentures obtuse, and very short. Corolla monopetalous, bilabiate, tube gibbous, upper lip obsolete, minute, and truncate, (not visible without a lens;) lower: lip three- parted, rarely expanding, (apparently only after perfect inflorescence) the two lateral segments dentiform, the central segment elongated, linear-ligulate, truncate, and crenate at the apex, curved inwards in an arch, the point remaining mostly within the tube of the corolla, (appa- rently to. protect the parts of fructification from the ad- mission of the water in which the plant. is periodically immersed, the two lateral dentures then diverging so as to admit sufficient light and air for the functions of the flower.) Stamina, séated upon the lower lip, filaments bifid, the lateral stipes bearing the anthers; anthers somewhat obcordate, two-lobed, two-celled. Style one, declinate, bifid half way down; stigmata small, capitate. Capsule round, one celled, many-seeded, two-valved, re- ceptacle large and globular with impressed favulose punc- tures. Seeds ovate, shinee, perfectly smooth, acute at the pa ‘Habitat-—On the gravelly banks of the Dasairare, overflowed by the tide, near Kensington, with the above; flowering from August to the close of September. ida: ers white, scarcely a line long, the plant, which is creep- - ing, seldom more than one or two inches high. May this be the Herpestis micrantha of Pursh, vol. ii. p- 418? Certainly not Gratiola repens of ith which he quotes as a synonym. It is in consideration ‘of the son Se affinity of this + verre: NEW G \ OF PLANTS, 42) plant to the genus ‘“Micranthemum, that I have been in- duced to place it in the natural order Lysrmacur® of Jussieu, to which it decidedly belongs, notwithstanding the sing lar irregularity of the corolla. From Micranthe- mum it differs materially in several circumstances; in that genus the calyx is divided down to the base into four spathulate laciniz, the corolla is somewhat campanulate with a four-lobed border, the segments nearly equal; the stamina, however, as in Hemianthus, seated upon the lower segment of the corolla; the appendage also described as existing at the base of the filaments, is, in fact; the rudi- ments of an infertile stipe in the form of a minute lateral denture. In J&cranthemum the style and stigma is sim- ple, or, with the capitulum, merely bilobed; the capsule is membranaceous and somewhat inflated, the seminal re- ceptacle small; the seeds also oblong and four-sided, marked with four longitudinal furrows, and. transversely striated. Nearly the whole of these remarksare so manv lines of distinction which separate Micranthemum from Hemianthus. In Lindernia, to which this genus is in- deed very distantly ailied, there exists a five-parted calyx; a distinctly bilabiated corolla, with the upper lip, how- - ever, much shorter than’ the lower. Stamina two fer- tile and two Sterile, the sterile filaments bifid. Stigma bilabiate or bilammellate. In its capsule of one cell, and smooth ovate séeds, it resembles Hemianthus, and _ seems to indicate that the absence or presence of a capsular dissepiment, is not indeed of insurmountable importance’ in the sum of natural affinities, hence we might no doubt be justified in placing Hemianthus with the An riRRHINEA, did not its strii ing affinity to Centunculus, and the genus with which we have more particularly compared it, for- 422 NEW GENERA oF PLANTS. - (Cetober. bid. There appears then to exist no constant limits. in, the order of nature, all its beings approximating to each other by such innumerable and minute gradations as to forbid the advantage of a compendious system. Still let us rather follow tke devious footsteps of Nature, replete with instruction, than sedulously attach ourselves to the support of imperfect theories. ee Explanation of the Plate. Figure 1, Cripta minima, (natural size.) a, Calyx and corolla cpened,(much magnified.) _ 6. c. The corolla containing the capsule. — ia Figure 2 d. The calyx opened, showing the Position of the stamina. e. The two stamina with the ovarium. J. One of the stamens. g. h. Views of the capsule. 72 The same opening, k, The seed, greatly magnified. i, The corculum. — m. The stem with a pair of leaves, magnified to exhibit the stipula. n. A transverse section of the stem. Hemianthus Micranthemoides. (natural size. ) a. A lateral view of the flower seated on the stem. (much eaguie &, The calyx. c The same, exhibiting, the cleft on the jai der side. , ae i> ® Observations on several species of the genus AcTINIA; illustrated by figures. By C. A. Le Sueur, Read November 18, 1817. : In the course of my observations on the Mollusca, I had ooserved that several animals, of different genera, par- ticularly the Hyanting, were possessed of a series of small » Pras . 150 te GENUS ACTINIA. (November. vesicles, very symetrically disposed and joined: together, . tow hich they were.attached by a true limaciform foot; and I was not astonished to meet, in other animals, with parts” of similar conformation... Several species of that genus known under the popular names of Sea- -anemonies, Animal- : flowers, &e, (Actiuma, Linn. Acalc:phes, Cuy.) are equally provided, at their base, with a disc, composed of small air-bladders.. Until lately the Actiniz were regarded as altogether littoral, it is now ascertamed that some species . are pelagic, and, furnished with: the above mentioned or- gans, float freely at the surface of the ocean. Before proceeding to the history ofthe latier, I will Pe here indicate the different species that I have observed, i in % which it appeared evident to me that one could distinedy. trace them down to the madrepores. And first, I will mention those that are free, and have the faculty of floating — at the surface of the sea. A second species attach them- selves to floating fuci, or other moving bodies, We. may see a third travelling edly at the bottom of bays, adhe- rent to the shell which is tenanted by the Pagurus or Her- mit Crab, Dredging in the bays of St. Vincent and Bar- badoes. I noticed several instances of this kind, Other species, preferring a more solitary life, are attached to. stones, situate at a certain depth in sand, where.the ani-. - mals retire, and conceal themselves by contraction. Others, again, equally solitary, prefer large broken shells, or the eavities of rocks. Others, more. social, appear 1m groups upon rocks,, which. they cover in part, choosing tranquil places, and su pporting themselves ata pretty great depth,.in order.that they may not be incommoded by the waves. Others, resembling 1 the preceding, extend their tentacula, so as to. appear like flowers, and carpet, the hot. ae 1817.) , GENUS) ACTINIAL _ tom near shores, or raise between rocks their radiated discs; if one removes these rocks, one will find the ani- mals united by their long peduncles. If we proceed far- ther we shall find others, less fearful, united’in close groups, joined together by the base of their peduncles, and ex- , posed to the action of the waves upon the rocks, and the’ marine plants to which they fix themselves. From the last species we pass to other animals, which, whilst they” are perfectly expanded, equally present the aspect of Ac- tiniz, though in miniature: their peduncles being very short, the animals, when contracted, résemble mamme of three or four lines long, crowding one against another’ on the same base, which may be likened to thick smooth leather, ‘Thesé are found covering the base of the rocks of the entry of the ports of St. Vincent, and Guadaloupe, and exposed to the action of the waves. It should seem that by their large expansion they are intended to protect: the rocks from the attrition of the waters, which good. office their unctuous liquor may subserve, by soothing the force of the waves. If we carry our researches fur-: ther, we shall find others, analogous to the last, and equally exposed with them on the rocks, but endeavouring to dis- guise or conceal themselves by assuming the appearahce of the rocks, which is effected by forming their base, and envelope, of very fine sand, agglutinated together by’ means of mucous, with which the animal is copiously sup-: plied. This species shut themselves up in this kind of: crust, and only permit an orifice to each cell. The en- crustation, when dry, is pretty hard, and resembles a madrepore in the disposition of the cells; the animal, like- wise, assuming the appearance of a madreporic animal, justifies us in. considering the latter, to a certain point, as Pd GENUS ACTINIA [ November. -actiniform animals, furnished with a calcarious crust or habitation. Judging from external appearance, the’ pas- P*8e of the Actiniz from their free state, by regular — tions, to the madrepores, is very evident. — ” After this hasty sketch of an interesting series of ani- ' mals, recently observed by mysecif in the West Indies, ‘Eshall give an account of those of the first division of my table, of which species no descriptions have yet been published. The first of these was discovered by Péron and myself in our voyage to Australasia. But before proceeding to their description, I will iii the observations made on a species, during a passage from Europe to the West Indies, in company with Mr. Ma- ~elure. On the 12th December, 1815, a short time before our arrival at Barbadoes, being then in lat. 21° :0'—long.. 32° ‘59’, the temperature of the sea, at noon, being at 19° of Reaumur, I discovered several individuals of a very small species, to which I gave the name of Actinia minu- tissima. ‘Their bodies were soft, cylindric, of a very ' white colour, and opaque, with no visible tentacula; their base was contracted. These individuals took diffe- rent forms:: sometimes they lengthened themselves, at _ other times they assumed the appearance of a Doris, for which they might be mistaken by a superficial observer. This species being very diminutive, I shall re it over . the above brief notice. | , On the 24th December, in lat. 13°.7’ 30”.. long. de 25’. the temperature of the sea being 20.5, Reaumur, I had the satisfaction of taking a fine specimen of a new species, on which I made the following observations: Actinra olivacea. (Plate VII. fig. 1.) ‘The body of this species when taken was contracted, hard, of the form of | : ee 1917.] | GENUS ACTINIA. a J a melon, and was divided into twenty-two equal lobes, re- sembling those of the pulp of an orange, plaited in a zigzag manner, the extremities being closed, by the junction of their borders, like a purse which shuts at both ends. When the animal begins to dilate, one perceives, at its superior part, a white coloured disc, which is composed of small air- vessels, that serve to support the animal at the surface of the water, and is always uppermost when it floats, the mouth being situated in the lower extremity. This vesicular disc is surrounded with tubercles, corresponding to each lobe or division, The plaits of the divisions, and the black points of their extremities, are furnished with small suckers, by means. whereof the animal has the faculty of adhering, pretty strongly, to any body. The opening of the mouth is central, linear, surrounded by small plaits, whence those divisions have their origin which serve as the base ef the tentacula, which are short and tuberculated, simple and — very small near the centre, trilobated and multilobated. to- wards their extremities—these tentacula are disposed in rays,-alternately great and small. The most conspicuous tuberculated lobes have a small linear depression at their summit. I did not remark that the tentacula were fur- nished with suckers or fasteners, which one observes on _ those of several other species of Actinia. This species, in common with many others, can as- sume different forms: sometimes it resembles a reversed vase, the base being more or less expanded, and the other extremity more or less contracted; it can also lengthen itself until the zigzag plaits of the divisions disappear. On the 29th December we arrived at Barbadoes.. I took my Actinia ashore, in a glass vase, and, after having given ita change of water, it remained contracted m a GENUS. ACTINIA: [Novernber. eo 2 ; pr ts subglobular form, without any appearance of a disposition to dilate.» The great heat of the weather induced me to darken the chamber wherein the animal was kept; and I walked out to continue my researches on the shores of the island: On my return, which was in about two hours, I found my Actinia expanded, and adhering to the bottom of the vessel, in the manner of other species of the genus; whilst its air-bladder was detached, and floating on the surface of the water. Its tentacula assumed the appear- ance of a white flower, and formed a fine contrast with the green-olive ground of the body, and the yellow band of the border. I will here remark, that every time that I wished the animal to dilate itself, 1 was obliged to darken the place wherein it was kept, either on board the ship, or on shore; and that it contracted itself in proportion as the light was let in upon it. It should seem, from the above remark, that the organs of sensation of these animals are’ very delicate, since the light so soon affects them. | They prefer the evening, or the night, to perfectly unfold them- selves, and display their flower-like tentacula. The negligence of the person to whom J had entrusted the care of my Actinia, (in not changing the water daily, as [had been accustomed to do,) during the time that we made an excursion to the famous Animal flower Grotto, situate in the north end of the island, occasioned the death of this fine specimen, that I had carefully preserved alive for the space of ten days. This was amortifying circum- stance, as I wished to ascertain whether or no the animal — possessed the faculty of reproducing its air-bladder, which was detached as before mentioned. ht wY, Cro be continued.) “Tomas Si ' Read Noo pember 4, 18 ar : . sie ry, she Sahay we ee ty % ety es Azra by Ve ‘ hate 4 pri “ Continued.) 6 panes esc | “The t two a folio! ing undescribed es possess: wee racters : so. distinct from any genus hitherto established, that pS have thought proper to Connect them under a new genus. “By the conformation of their. organs of locomo- tion, they will serve to approximate still more closely the orders Brachyura and Macroura,. than has been done by the genus Porcellana. To this genus I have applied the name of Mo NOLEPIS,f; from. the Greek, words signify ing one and scale, i in, allusion to the conformation of, the tail. I shall here lay. down its ‘characters, at. length, dis- tinguishing them i into essential, natural, and artificial, and finally note the affinities of the genus. P os © Ordér MACROURA. 5 Head intimately united with the thro feet ten; ole domen beneath furnished with five pairs of nafatory inate tail, with dateral foliaceous lamelle. «Genus MONOLEPIS. * Essential Character. | “Hind. feet very small, folded on the posterior angle 8 the thorax; caudal lamelle simple on each side. sass ait ... Artificial Character. ~ Thorac. oblong, narrowed before, equal, ‘ernarginate’ over thei insertion of the abdomen; eyes very large, tems lateral; external pedipalpi dincurved, joints subequal, the: +From poyos, one; and ial a Miteatde in allusion to the caudal Jamelle.. G ‘ *® - \GENUS MONOLEPIS.: [ November. terminal one abruptly straitened, internal peduncle with, the radical joint somewhat dilated on the inner edge, second joint half as large as the preceding, suboval, entire, rounded at tip; anterior feet didactyle; second, third, and fourth pairs simple; fifth pair much smaller and generally terminated by sete; abdomen not longer than the thorax; tail furnished with a single lamellz on each side. Natural Character. THorax convex, equal, longitudinally oblong, gra- dually a little narrowed before, so as to pass between the eyes, terminating before in a short rostrum, pos- terior margin of greatest breadth, emarginate over the insertion of the abdomen, posterior lateral angles, with an abbreviated, slightly impressed groove above, for the reception of the posterior feet, sides of the body ab- ruptly deflected, vertical, slightly grooved to receive the feet; eyes remarkably large, rather thicker than their pe- duncles which are short, inserted on each side of the an- terior part of the thorax, and destitute of prominent or- bits; antenne four, placed between the eyes, external ones eleven-jointed, inserted between the anterior angles of the mouth and the base of the peduncles of the eyes, folded upon themselves at the third joint when at rest, first and second joints nearly equal, the former cylindric, the latter a little dilated beneath, with a few hairs, third rounded half as large ds the preceding; fourth and fifth very short, subequal, e7ghth as long as the two preceding ones con- junctly, terminated by two setz which extend to the apex of the antenna, terminal joint minute, tipped with a seta; interior antenne thick, bifid at tip, folded and concealed on each side of the rostrum, and attached to a large, round- ed, conspicuous peduncle; body beneath (pectus) with an i317.) GENUS MONOLEPIS.’ > abrupt, profound fossula for the repose of the shideaniit feet moderate, anterior ones didactyle, second, third, and fourth pairs equal, simple, posterior pair very small, fold- ed on the lateral angles of the thorax, and terminated by elongated sete. | ABDOMEN semicylindric, not longer than the thorax, ‘ of six segments, first segment very short, concealed by the thorax, second, third, fourth, and fifth equal, consimilar, transverse, convex, with acute posterior lateral angles, ‘sixth segment very short, depressed; natatory feet large, prominent, internal division of the bifid tip, very small; tail as broad at base as the terminal segment of the abdo- - men, rounded at tip, simple, concealing the lateral folia- ceous appendages; Jateral lamelle composed each of a single, small, membranaccous, suboval piece, ciliated with long hair, and supported by a short peduncle. ‘SPECIES. 1..M. inermis.* Tarsi simple; hind feet very small, terminated by three sete; a large truncate tubercle be- hind each eye; rostrum deflected. Inhabits the eastern shore of Maryland. — Cabinet of the Academy. Thorax olivaceous- -green, with minute darker spots, an impressed circle between the posterior recipient grooves, two small, geminate, deeply impressed punc- tures, on the middle of the thorax, before which on each side is an oblique, irregular, impressed line; e/ypeus un- equal, extended into a short rostrum, which is deflected, adpressed to the face, margined, and furnished with a tooth on each side near the eyes; a large truncate tuber- cle behind each eye, upon the lower-edge of the body, as long as the peduncle of the eye; anterior feet rather small, ae setze; rostrum deflected. » be ' GENUS MONOLEPIS. (November. shorter than the others, hand gibbous above and furnished with a tubercle at the base ‘within; tarsi simple as long as the precéding joint, those of the posterior feet furnished — with three, elongated sete at the extremity; pectoral ge with the margin elevated, interrupted, unequal 7 » Length of the thorax one fourth ofan inch. PY Of this interesting animal I found ‘several specimens on the eastern shore of Maryland, which had been cast on the beach by the refluent tide. They appeared desir- ous to protect’ themselves from the dashing of the surf, and the influence of the sun, by burrowing in. the sand, invorder to wait'the return of the tides but their efforts had no further effect on the compact sand, than to’ raise a small portion of the surface, which, by the action of the waves was spread over them so as to be distinguishable # from the ase apron by a small’ elevation. ” WS eH" “ahiavigrinee : —Tarsi spinose nell tabetsbe behind the eyes obsolete; hind feet terminated A) three | Inhabits South Carolina. ‘Cabinet of the Academy. Clypeus rather prominent between the eyes; rostrum "deflected, and adpressed to the face; _ tubercle of the \ side of the body obsolete; tarsi armed beneath with about seven, ‘rigid, acute spines, of which the fifth one is largest, and the sixth one smallest, tip incurved, acute; - pectoral groove with the margin simple, equal; hind Jeet smallest, terminal sete longer than the. tarsus, and! insert- ed near the tip. Length of the thorax rather more ethan j "of: an inch, This description i is drawn from two specimens in the possession of the academy which were found about thirty. ~ - , = se : tes GENUS MONOT .EPIS. years ago, on the coast of South Carolina; they had. i preserved in spirits, but were lately sxken out, to be more conveniently arranged i in the cabinet, by exposure to the air and the evaporation of the liquid, they had become considerably contracted, but the striking character of the spinous tarsi, even if the other traits were deceptive, from desiccation, is very sufficient to distinguish it from the preceding species. il The characters of the obmnetodhs animals of which I have here thought proper to construct a new genus, widely differ in essential particulars, from those of all other gene: ra, as defined by naturalists. From a transient view, or slight examination, we would be disposed to refer this genus to the first order of Brachyura, in consequence of the great similarity of habit, which its species bear to that of the individuals of that order. But however closely it may be allied to the Brachyure in point of external figure, it is very certain that the character, drawn from the con- formation of the caudal lamellz, is of itself sufficient to exclude it absolutely from that natural -group of the Crus- tacea, in which the tail is invariably simple, or destitute of lateral appendices of any kind. | The precise situation it ought to occupy in the order to which I have assigned it, may perhaps be, with more difficulty, determined, T his difficulty does not arise from any proximity, which Monolepis can claim, with any of the existing genera, but, in consequence of its remoteness from either of them. ‘Chere is no genus of the “genuine Macroura which is furnished with a less number than two foliaceous appendices on each side of the tail, and but one (Porcellana) that has the abdomen inflected into a groove beneath the body. The resemblance of this last genus _ GENUS HIPPA. to the Brachyura is so imposing, that it is but ie it has been referred to its true place in the system, yet it is _wortlry of remark that the lateral processes are very con- spicuous, crustaceous, and never withdrawn under the middle division. In Monolepis, on the contrary, the lameliz of the tail are minute menybranaceous, hyaline, and entirely concealed beneath the middle division, to which they are so closely applied that the unassisted eye would not detect their presence. These differential characteristics, by which‘the genus under consideration is distinguished, combined with the form of the antennz, which it must be confessed is very closely allicd.to that of the Brachyuvra, seem to indicate its true situation in the systern. It would indeed appear to supply an intermediate shade, a more closely connecting link in the gradation, by which the two orders to which I have referred, are approximated. Hence in an arrange- ment perfectly natural, it would be the first of the order, but in the artificial system it will precede the genus Por- cellana, forming of itself a division of the Macroura. Genus HIPPA. Hands simple, compressed and oval; the tarsus of the second and third pairs of feet lunated, of the fourth trian- gular. Eyes supported upon a filiform peduncle. SPECIES. 1. H. talpoida.* Body conyex, oval; four anterior segments of the abdomen not inflected and having the natatory appendices of the tail, reflected on their sides; tail elongated, more than half as long as the body, sublanceolate; _ elypeus with two sinuses forming three teeth; eyes minute. — > “GENUS: HIPP. Asi) isin, x Inhabits the coast of the United States; common. Cabinet of the Academy. ‘ Thorax imbricately rugose before, rugz saseneaiiadl undulated on their edges; an impressed, abreviated, trans-— verse line, near the anterior teeth, and a curvelinear one be- fore the middle; deflected margin dilated and ciliate be. hind the middle, and subserrate before the middle: eaters nal antenne as long as the thorax, with the second joint of the pedicel largest, of the colour of the thorax, and two spined at tip: at the base before, of the anterior spine, a deep fissure, forming almost a third tooth: third joint convex above, witha fissure near the exterior tip; fourth joint cy- lindrical, attenuated at base to receive an elongation of the preceding one; eyes very small, pedicels filiform, promi- nent; feet and dilated basal joint of the external pedipalpi ciliated; anterior feet with the third joint dilated, andtra- versed by impressed, interrupted lines of ciliz; fourth joint mucronate at the exterior tip: fifth triangular, mar-., gined within with reflected. ciliz: hand margined on the outside; fai/ and last segment of the body reflected under the thorax, nearly reaching the base of the palpi, attenu- ated, sublanceolate, margined, with reflected ciliz above, and inflected ones on the edge, with two short rR lines at base. Length from the clypeus to tip of tail two-inches, greatest breadth near three-fifths of an inch. Known generally on the coast by the name of Sand- bug, and may be found burrowed in the sand of the beach, at the recess of the tide; its exuvie is frequent on the line formed by the extreme wave. This species certainly — approaches very closely to the A. emerita of authors, but’ Mr. Latreille observes of that animal, that the atennz are Vou. I. : Ia GENUS PAGURUS. [December. half as long as the thorax; this character, if constant, and not a sexual difference, is very sufficient to distinguish that from our specimen, in which the antennz are equally long with the thorax. In other respects this Hippa agrees very well with the excellent detailed description of the H. emerita, by Mr. Latreille, in the Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. It may not be superflous to observe, however, that all the descriptions I have seen of that species, with the exception of the detailed one above-mentioned, represent the last segment of the tail as oval; and although under the generic head. Mr. Latreille’s words are, ‘‘ son dernier segment est alongé, triangulaire,”” yet under tle descriptions of spe- cies, we have ‘‘ Caudz ultimo segmento oyato.”’ ~ Genus PAGURUS. Interior antenne short and bifid at tip: exterior ones setaceous and longer; body oblong, thorax crustaceous; abdomen vesicular, naked, soft and furnished at tip with hooks or holders. SPECIES, 1. P. pollicaris.* Thorax, with the first segment, depressed, rounded and broader before; right hand larger, | granulate, almost tuberculate, subspinous above on the wrist: thumb above elevated into a prominent angle, Aand and finger crested and denticulated beneath. Inhabits the coast of the United States. Cabinet of the Academy. — . Anterior segment of the thorax subcordate, truncate behind; posterior segment gradually dilated to the base, where it is emarginate for the reception of the abdomen; small scales at the base above of the pedicels of the eyes 1817.J GENUS PAGURUS. small, simple, somewhat concave on the disk, and termi- nating in a rather obtuse point; /ands unequal, the right one larger, covered with large and conspicuous granule, _beneath crested, and dentated to the tip of the finger; thumb above projected almost into a right angle; wrist with scattered but larger tubercles than those of the hand, subspinous above; thumb of the smaller claw not angu- lated; thighs of the second and third pairs of feet, glabrous, above rugose, two following joints glabrous, above spi- nous, somewhat hairy; tarsi mucronate, nearly equal to the two preceding articulations conjointly, ciliate with hair, compressed and strongly marked by an impressed line on each; appendice to the pedicel of the exterior an-. tennze as long as the eyes. _ Length of the thorax one inch and one fourth, A large species; it is often cast ashore during the pre- valence of heavy north-east winds, otherwise it is not often found. Inhabits our largest species of shells, such as Na- tica rugosa, Pyrula cameculata, Pyruly (Fulgur, De Mon- fort) eliceans, &c. : 2. P. longicarpus.* Right hand larger and longer than the left: wrist and hand rather long, linear and granu- late; fingers short, white, equal. Inhabits bay shores. . Cabinet of the Academy. First segment of the thorax rounded, narrowed be- hind, and truncate at tip; second segment gradually dila- ting behind, emarginate at base for the reception of the abdomen: small scales at the base above of the pedicels of the eyes simple, concave on the disk, and terminating in a rather obtuse point; anterior feet somewhat elongated; GENUS PAGURUS. {| December. wrist linear, beneath ventricose, as long as the hand, sca- brous, with a light groove above, formed by two lines of granules; Aand linear, granulate, with a moniliform edge beneath, and raised line on the exterior side: second and third pairs of feet elongated, glabrous, with a few haits, two penultimate joints punctured, and above serrate, tarsi scabrous, cylindrical, incurved, as long as the two preceding joints conjunctly: feet annulate. Length of the thorax three tenths of an inch. Very common in our estuaries are generally seen near the edge of the water, running actively about seeking food, ora more commodious or elegant shell, than that with which they are already furnished; they are very quarrelsome and approach each other with great caution. When two of them unexpectedly meet, they immediately and rapidly recede from each other, to a safe distance, in order to consider their respective strength: a combat sometimes ensues, which consists of a variety of movements, the object of which is to drag the adversary out of his dwelling. I have seen a large and powerful individual, whose shell was old and broken, attack one of inferior size, with the obvious inten- tion of plundering him of a shell superior to his own. They take possession of a Nassa and a Turbo, which are very numerous on our coast; but they may be found in: almost every different univalve, regardless of the species; they take possession of any one, that is of a commodious size, but never, as far as I could observe, do they destroy, or offer violence to, the original inhabitant cr fabricator of the shell. When recent, the feet are annulated with red- dish-brown and whitish. al ee ae a aS py ee Ae SS ae oh ee Aan Te ee Genus ASTACUS. ae Antenne inserted in nearly the same horizontal line; six anterior feet didactyle; the anterior pair largest; mid- dle division of the caudal lamellz broader at base; exter- nal division biparted. SPECIES. 1. A. marinus. Rostrum two or three-spined; each side, a smaller simple one each side of the base, one more distant on the thorax, one usually beneath near the tip; carpus above five-spined; hand six or nine-spined on the inner edge. Astacus marinus americanus.—Seba tom. 3, tab, 17. fig. 3. Inhabits the rocky parts of the coast. Cabinet of the Academy. Body with numerous, small, unequal, excavated dots; thorasx with a dorsal, linear, cicatrice, drawn from near the tip of the rostrum to the base of the abdomen, the last joint of the abdomen with two re uote fascicles of hairs at tip, lateral angle duplicate beneath; ¢az/, middle division _ simple, one-spined each side near the tip, a fascicle of hair near the base above, inner latterai lamella one-spined atthe external angle, external one with rather acute spines at the junction of the accessory plate, outer margin rugose; colour, when recent, olivaceous-black, with darker spots, and varied with vellowish bands, beneath and tips of the spines orange-red. Caudal cilia fulvous. ; Length Seba appears to have been the only naturalist who has considered this species as distinct from the very prox- [ December. opean one. Under the trivial name here adopt. ed he has figured it in his large work. ‘There is no doubt but they are exceedingly similar, and it is probable that at the first view no one would suppose them distinct; but if we may rely on the laconic descriptions which have been given of the gammarus, there are certain traits of diffe-- rence, sufficient to authorize a separation of the species. The gammarus is said to havea double tooth or spine each side of the base of the rostrum, the rostrum itself has four or more teeth each side, the bands have four, five, or six spines on the inner edge; in our species the teeth at the base of the rostrum, are small and simple, the rostrum is two or three toothed each side, and the inner edge of the bands six to nine spined. The Linnzan name gammarus was rejected by Fabri- cius, and marinus was substituted in its stead. Notwith- standing this authority, Dr. Leach has, and, I think with great propriety, restored the name applied by Linné, inas- much as it was given and published priorto that of the Entomologist of Kiel, and this reason, if the word be any- wise admissible, according to the rules of the science, is I ' should conceive, ample of itself. The term marimis, as applied to the uropean species, being thus rejected, I have adopted it agreeably to the intention of Seba, for the | one here described. This is the Lodster of our markets; it is brought in considerable numbers to Philadelphia, in the fish wag- ons, from Long-branch, part of the coast of New-Jersey, in excellent preservation, and generally alive; they are much esteemed as food, and are sold at 18 cents per. lb. They are taken pretty much in the same manner as at the fisheries on the coast of Great Britain, by means of pots or traps, made of slats or osiers, ll sohaawreat e the e of a mouse-trap, baited with garbage, &c. attached toa cord and sires ion and sunk by means of a weight. 2. A. Bartonii. Rostrum mucronate, concave; tho- rax unarmed; hand short, destitute of spines; fingers moderate. A. Bartonii, Latr. Gen. Crust. -et Ins. y. 6, p. 240, from Bosc’s Hist. des Crust. Inhabits the small streams of fresh water of the United States, Cabinet of the Acoiediatn Body and extremities with esdnrill very visible punctures, more conspicuous on the hands and fingers; rostrum rather short, attaining the tip of the second joint of the peduncle of the inner antenna, suddenly attenuated into an acute termination, without any appearance of late- ral spines; spines behind the eyes obsolete, no vestige of spines on the thorax; anterior feet, third joint with short spines beneath, above unarmed; carpus armed with astrong spine within, near the middle, behind which, near the base, is usually a smaller one, on the disk above is an abbreviated deeply indented groove; hands short, with large punctures, distance from the inner hind angle to the thumb joint, hardly equal to one half the length of the thumb, beneath rounded or without an edge; fingers with large punctures, caudal lamelle ciliated, first segment of the middle one two spined each side at tip. | Length from the tip of the rostrum to that of the tail, two inches. This species is very common in rivulets and small streams of fresh water, under stones, &c, it is familiarly with “many it is epincenaea asa age rate food, scat nat much sought after, but in some parts of the country, chil- dren eat them alive, or only their claws. It was first de- scribed as distinct from the fluviatilis by Mr. Bosc, who named it in honour of the late professor B. S. Barton. -) 8. A. affinis.* Rostrum mucronate, subcanaliculate, two-spined; a spine behind each eye, and a larger gemi- hate one, on each side of the thorax; Aand and thumb on the inner edge scabrous. Inhabits the river Delaware. Cabinet of the Academy. _, Body and extremities with scattered distinct saiictihin which are not conspicuously larger on the hands, all fur- nishing hairs, from one to four in each; thorax with a double, prominent, acute spine each side, behind the transverse arcuated band, which is deeply impressed, and terminated on the anterior lateral edge, at an acute spine; a spine on the peduncle of the base of the scale, and a moveable one at the base of the second joint of the pedun- cle of the exterior antenna; interior antenna with a pro- minent spine on the first joint of the peduncle beneath; a group of four or five spines between the base of the exte- rior attenna and the double spine; rostrum acutely spinose each side near the tip, tip attenuated into an acute spine, which rather surpasses the tip of the third joint of the pe- duncles of the interior antenne, abbreviated carina each side of the base, elevated, and terminated behind the eye ‘in a spine; anterior feet, third jomt with a double series of spines beneath, two above placed obliquely, two smaller enes at tip, and one behind the outer condyle; carpus MBE 608 of snide polishes is situate o re middle, one behind each condyle, and one ‘beneatll an indented line above; Aands moderate, punctures hardly larger, but more hairy, than those of the thorax, distance from the inner hind angle to the thumb joint exceeding half the length of the thumb; inner edge, with that of the thumb, scabrous, with short spines; fingers equal, fasciate with green near the tips; caudal famelle deeply ciliated, first segment of the middle one two-spined each side at tip, lateral ones with an elevated longitudinal line. Length from tip of the rostrum to the tip of the tail, nearly three inches and three tenths—breadth of the tho- rax nine tenths. © This inhabitant of our rivers does not appear to have been noticed as a distinct species; it is larger than the preceding, and very different in the form of the rostrum, and in other characters, which will be obvious frem the above descriptions; it approaches much nearer to the 4. fluviatilis of Europe, to which indeed I should be induced. to refer it, but that the hands are not tuberculated as those of that species are described to be. It is known to fish- ermen by the name of ‘‘Craw-fish,” not being distin- guished by them from the preceding. = + eee Observations on several species of the genus Act1n1A; illustrated by figures. By C. A. Le Sueur. Read December 9, 1817. (Conclided.) 2, A. ultramarina. P. and L., (Plate Vil. fig. 5.) Twenty segments; tentacula short; colour a fine ultrama- This species, nw it Sasi assumes wn form of the A. olivacea; the colour constitutes the greatest diffe- rence between them. The figure, in the plate, represents it in the act of expanding; and gives it of its natural size. Inhabits the Southern ocean; discovered in lat. 36° 30’. lip 28° west. ~]t was the specimen here described on which Mr. Cuvier constituted his genus Minyas, of Le Régne Ani- mal, tome 4, p. 24, pl. xv. fig. 8; but the observations of this author were made on the animal preserved in alco- hol; my description and figure were taken from the ving animal, on board the corvette Geographe, at the place indicated above. | 3. A. flava. P.and L.. (Plate VII. fig. 8.) Body narrow, the base expanding in a form resembling a tur- ban; furrows numerous and. narrow; tentacula open at their extremity, and diaphanous. . One cannot perceive, in this species, the punctured tu- bercles which are conspicuous in the preceding. The body is of a yellow colour; the dise is white, reddish at its summit, and conic. The figure in the plate is of the size of nature. Inhabits the Southern ocean; discovered in lat. 34° 30’. long. 6° west. 4, A. hyalina. Body diaphanous, soft, with several lon- gitudinal lines; tertacula longer than the body, of a red- dish colour, deeper. in the centre, and furnished with verrucose annulations, four lines in length. _ Inhabits the Atlantic ocean; and attaches itself to fuci. perforated tubercles; periphery of the mouth with a circle of blue, and another of orange. © Tentacula diaphanous, unequal, conic, shorter than the body, placed equidistant, in five ranges, the shortest on the border, the longest in the centre, furnished with four or five rows of small tubercles, and brown oblong spots, alternating with the oval yellow ones; this mouth is surrounded with tubercles. The *young of the species are more diaphanous than the old; size about an inch in diameter. Inhabits the island of Barbadoes; and attaches itself to those shells which are icipoaeaes by the se ermit Crab. 6. A. bicolor. Body divided longitudinally by brown and white bands; the centre tentacula pointed, with a row of white spots on the superior part. The body is fleshy, softs base extended, furnished with several rows of tubercles; the mouth reddish; the brown bands of the body are ornamented with small white lines; tentacula unequal, placed in four rows, alternating with each other, the smallest at the margin; height and diame. ter about six or seven lines. Inhabits the bay of the island of St. Vincent; and is found adherent to shells. 7. A. rapiformis. Tentacula short, cylindric, equal, disposed in four rows; body fleshy, very contractile, as- suming different forms, and frequently those of a turnip, and a pear, the former of which it also resembles in its dull, opaque, white colour; when contracted, it is of a subglobular form. ‘Uhe young.are more transparent than the old, and are sometimes of a darker colour. colour; mane pera furnished with several ranges of Unite States; i raises ifs head el the « common sur- | fed” forthe purpose of displaying its tentacula; when contracted, in its habitation, it is concealed below the sur- face. The individual described was an inch and a half in diameter, and four or five inches in length. Disco- vered. at Egg-harbour, on the coast of Newjersey- It is necessary to observe that this Actinia is frequently dis- turbed in its habitation by the waves of the ocean, and is found washed on the sands; in this event, a common ob- server would take it for a rotten pear, or something similar. 8. A. marginata. Eight or nine rows of tentacula, which are short, slender, equal, placed on a large expan- sion, the plaits whereof present ten or twelve large lobes; the border of the upper extremity of the body is large, and encloses the tentacula when contracted, which are disposed in a quincunx order, and smooth, pointed, and ofa pale reddish colour; the mouth is plaited. The animal, when unfolded, presents a branchial disc; the colour of the body is burnt terra de siena; in diameter and /ength about one inch and a half. Inhabits Boston- Bay, in the cavities of rocks, below fuci. 9. A. annulata. Tentacula pointed, unequal, divided by eight or nine rings, which are white, and elevated like embossment, they are disposed around a narrow disc. Body tubulous, long, straight, very contractile, assum- ing different forms; the centre ¢entacula are about six or eight in number, and very long, the remainder of the ten- tacula, as they approach the margin, diminish to about half the length of those of the centre; Jength about two or / 1817.] three inches, diameter about two or three lines; | diaphanous, Inhabits the shores of the island of petadoims in the hollows formed in madrepore rocks. 10. A. solifera. Tentacula very long, unequal, pointed; pressed together in five or six rows, around a straight disc, these tentacula are ornamented with white, semispiral spots, terminated in a point at the end. Body very much elongated, cylindric, very contractile, fleshy, marked with longitudinal striz, of a reddish colour; mouth large, plaited, ornamented with two yellow bands, placed opposite to each other, but not surrounding it, its circumference is white; tentacula very transparent, those of the centre longer than those of the margin. Indabits Guadaloupe, in old shells, particularly in those of the Turbo vesicolor? The body, when dilated, is about nine or ten lines in diameter, and about four inches in length. ll. A. granulifera. Body covered with verrucose tubercles; four rows of tentacula, equal, narrow and point- ed; border of the margin furnished with tubercles, which are surmounted with small white pedunculated warts, Body equal, cylindric, contractile, of a red colour, with longitudinal bands of a pale red; tentacula smooth, the third part of the length of the body, of a violet brown, annulated with white, and with white roundish spots, which have sometimes a white spot in their centre; the margin is bordered with white tubercles, in the form of a festoon, the base of these tubercles black; diameter of specimen described one inch, length two inches. : Inhabits the rocks at Martinico. [ Decembet. 1 cies ome Tentacula crowded together in three rows, placed midway between the mouth and the margin of the disc; margin furnished with several rows of tubercles, surmounted with small warts; dody fleshy, contractile, smooth, with several series of pores, separated by small lines. Margin and centre of the disc, and tubercles, of an um- ber colour; tentacula of the same colour, but paler, ‘fur- nished with several oblong white spots, with a blackish brown point in the centre of each spot. Inhabits the shores of the island of St. Thomas, in the sand; it is likewise found in the crevices of ene Dia- meter about two inches. 13. A. denticulosa. Tentacula very short, obtuse, disposed in contiguous lines, in the form of rays on the disc, the largest at the margin, the smallest very near the mouth. Body soft, of a feeble contraction; dise very large, va- ried with fine blue, yellow, red and violet colours, -inter- mingled, and ornamented with several series of tentacula, of the same colour as the disc, the longest of which tenta- cula are about eleven in number, the intermediate ones are five or six, and shorter; the mouth is not plaited, its circumference is of a greenish yellow colour; diameter three or four inches, height about two inches. ~ Inhabits amongst the marine plants, in the sand, at the -island of Barbadoes. 14, A, crucifera. Tentacula, at the margin, very nu- merous, in a simple row, furnished with several transverse 1g Hawa” GE ae ae he #* tubercles; centre of the dise covered with numerous. tubercles. seh . Body very soft, of a weak contraction; dise very large, of a yellow colour, and reflected, bordered with white, and greenish in the centre; tentacula pointed, smooth, entire. below, the transverse tubercles enlarged at their extremi- ties, sometimes bilobated; base of the tentacula black, fur- nished with ranges of tubercles, larger than those which cover the disc, placed in the form of rays; tentacula red- dish brown; transverse tubercles white; exterior margin furnished with several rows of perforated tubercles. : Inhabits in the midst of marme plants, attached to stones, on the sand banks of the island of Barbadoes. Diameter two inches and a half. 15. A. osculifera. Disc furnished with five principal rows of tubercles,: and other intermediate ones, sur- rounded by a large margin, which is smooth, and termi- nated by short, unequal tentacula; mouth small, plaited and produced. Body short, with several rows of perforated tubercles, of a burnt-umber colour; five yellow lines passing from the mouth to the margin; the disposition. of the tubercu- culated rays of the disc is as follows: five principal ones, five shorter intermediate, ten still shorter between the last; each large tentaculum of the margin ornamented with a yellow line. This species, like the preceding, ejects water through the exterior perforated tubercles; tubercles of the disc. surmounted with several small pedunculated warts; colour of the body reddish, which varies in different specimens; diameter one inch and a half. ee ae G . U 9 £Y | December. ~ Inhabits the madrepore rocks, at the bottom of the bay of St. Thomas, united in large groups. It was my intention to class all the animals described in this paper under the generic title of ctinia; but I have since thought it expedient to arrange the three following species under the genus Zoanthus, instituted by the Che- valier Cuvier, in his excellent work, recently published, Le Regne Animal. The following are the characters laid down by this author: Genus ZOANTHUS. The animals of this genus have the same fleshy skin, the same disposition of mouth and tentacula, as those of the Actinia; they have likewise an organization nearly similar; but they are united innumbers more or less con- siderable, on a common base, sometimes in the form of creeping roots, sometimes spreading over a large surface. 1. Z. sociata. Tentacula numerous, yellow, short; dise greenish; peduncle very long and slender, and of a violaceous brown colour. | The body of this species is smooth, slightly striated longitudinally, and transversely, by the muscles; the ten- éacula are smooth, placed in two rows, and about sixty in number; mouth smail, linear. ; The animals of this species reside in communities, united by the base of their peduncles, on a tube or root, which penetrates below rocks; and they extend their discs. in the interstices, on a line withthe common surface. _ Inhabits Guadaloupe. Perhaps this species is the -4. sociata of Ellis and Solander, page 5, pl. 1, fig. 1. ‘args Phe a» , ¥ rile inte Boy eet aos ee orate Mek £ cy aOweins hoe af TG, > ae ‘vl a / ~ 7 "iz GaN ZOANTHUS. qr 2. Z. Solandri. (Plate Vill. fig. . ) Dise of a ddd reddish brown colour; tentacula short, sixty in number; peduncle of a reddish yellow; when the animal is contract- ed the summit is marked with deep blue angular spots, and white lines. : This species is also united in groups, by the base of their peduncles, amid the sand, at the surface of which they raise their discs. Length about two inches. ‘Tenta- cula about sixty in number. Inhabits St. ‘Thomas. 3. Z. dubia. Centre of the dise green; tentacula and mouth yellow. Tentacula placed in two rows, and very numerous; Jody cylindric, pedunculated, reddish. This species differs from the sociata chiefly in its £4 which is about one third part less, and by its habitudes, being found in bunches, closely united, attached to vari- ous marine bodies, such as fuci, &c. and is constant! exposed, in all its parts, to the action of the water, whilst the former conceals itself in the crevices of rocks. ‘These circumstances have induced me to record it as a distinct species. : oh) Inhabits Guadaloupe. The characters of the genus Zoanthus, as laid down by Mr. Cuvier, embrace the two following animals; but it is necessary to observe that they differ as much from the Zoanthi, as these differ from the Actiniz. J shall propose a new genus, under the name of Mamumilli:. jera. Vou. I, M 178 GENUS CORTICIFERA: { December. Genus MAMMILLIFERA. A large cuticular expansion, serving as the base of numerous animals, which, when contracted, assume the form of mamme. 1. M. Auricula. (Plate VIII. fig 2.) Dise greenish, tentacula 26 to 30 in number, reddish; mouth small and. whitish, of a deep green colour. Body short, cylindric, of a reddish colour; the expan- sion of the base, and of the body, is fleshy, and covered with mucus. | These animals cover, by their large expansion, the rocks at the entrance of the ports of St. Vincent and Do. minica. | 2. M. Nymphaea. Dise yellowish, a green circle at the base of the tentacula, which are placed in two rows, and about fifty in number, of alight brown; mouth rosa- ceous. Body yellowish red, short, fleshy, and contractile, as in the preceding species; the mouth is divided, on each side, by four or five plaits, and rises in the form of a button. The habits of these animals are similar to those of the foregoing species. Found at the island of St. Christopher. The animals of the genus Corticifera are distinguished from the preceding, inasmuch as the former are enclosed in cellules of sand, agglutinated, the cellules are likewise agglutinated their whole length, and form a corticiferous expansion. 1, CorricrrEeRa glareola, (Plate VIII. fig. 6, 7.) Disc deep violet, whitish at the centre; tentacula twenty- 1817.] GENUS CARYOPHYLLIA. 179 four in number, of a grayish red; cellules very short, and as long as broad. This species covers the volcanic rocks of Pointe noir, at Guadaloupe. 2. C. flava. (Ellis and Solander; page 180, n. 6, Alcyonium ocellatum?) Tentacula yellow; centre of the dise yellowish; cellules three times as long as broad. When the animal is contracted, one distinguishes several radiated lines proceeding from the aperture; when the animal is expanded it presents the same aspect as the foregoing. Inhabits the island of St. Thomas. One may easily perceive that the foregoing described animals, which I have thought it advisable to class under four genera, may be collected into one family, under the common name Actinia. It is thus that I have arranged: them in a table, which, at present, I want room to publish, I shall now give a description of three madreporic ani- mals, of different genera, in order to show their affinity to the preceding. Caryopuy Lita solitaria, (Plate VIII. fig. 10.) Cel- lules cylindric, generally insulated, radiated in the centre, furrowed on the exterior; animal diaphanous, ornamented with twenty-two tentacula, which are thick and short, and covered with white spots, twelve of these tentacula are annulated with red at their extremity; aperture of the mouth linear, marked with three black bands on each side, those of the middle largest. Whilst the animal is expanded, it rises partly out of its habitation, and elevates its mouth beyond its tentacula. Inhabits the madreporic rocks of Guadaloupe. 180 ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTIONS. [December. Meanoprina labyrinthica. (Plate VIEL fig. 11.) A calcatious mass, deeply and irregularly furrowed, consti- tutes the dwelling of this species. The animals are found at the bottom of the furrows; mouth with six plaits on each side, encircled with red and yellow, mingled with green; the tentacula are from eigh- teen to twenty in number, long, red, with small white spots; the membranaceous expansion, which covers the furrows of each side, are brownish red. Inhabits the island of St. Thomas. Astrea dichotoma. (Plate VIII. fig. 12.) A calca- tious mass, divided ina dichotomous mianner, thick, irre- gular, bearing at its summit the last stratum of cellules, which are small, hexagonal, irregular; animal reddish, furnished with twelve tentacuda, of a middling size, and white; mouth small, oval; centre of the dise, and the body, reddish; the animal, as in the foregoing, when expanded, rises greatly beyond its cellule. Inhabits the island of Nevis. rr ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTIONS OF SEVERAL OF THE FORE- GOING ANIMALS. Actima ultramarina. (Plate VII. fig. 4, 6.) A sec- tion of this animal, cut vertically, whilst it is contracted, presents a half sphere, flattened at its extremities. . Its skin, though not thick, 1s strong and coriaceous, and forms several cavities. If one takes the animal in its swimming position, the first cavity is that which contains the air-bladder disk; this cavity is smooth, without any other appearance of an opening than the upper one, which is capable of being dilated or contracted. I was notiena- 1817.) ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTIONS. 181 bled to see in the interior of this cavity any small mucous . orifices, for the purpose of furnishing the pellucid sub- stance of the air-bladder; or whether at had any commu- nication with the other cavities, from which the superior one jis separated by a thick skin. ‘The second cavity is divided by twenty ,or twenty-two pairs of membranes, situated at each junction of the .exterior division, which membranes pass:from one extremity tothe.other, and sup-- port in.theymiddle of this,cavity a cylindric, plaited organ, open atits extremities, appearing to be destined to supply the functions of the stomach, and forming compartments between it and the internal side. Each membrane is fur- nished|with a thick, opaque, arcuated organ, curved at its sides, one extremity prolonged in,the manner of rays, | on ‘the bettom of the cavity of the dise, and the other attached to the base ofthe stomach. Some.of these organs bear the ovaries, which are-opposed to.each other like two c’s placed thus co. » These ovaries are ample, very much plaited, and divided into deep lobes, which are themselves also lobed at their extremities, on which. lobes one distin. _ guishes granulations, similar to. eggs. We may regard as a third cavity, that, comprehended, between the central aperture, which is named the mouth, and the exterior border; this cavity serves to secure the tentacula, which are drawn in when the animal contracts itself. The mouth, in several species, remains -contracted, when the ovaries: are slightly expanded; but in this species the ovaries are very, much expanded, and expelled without the body, by its contractions, after having passed the two openings of the stomach, and give.a false appearance of tentacula. At the opening of the mouth one remarks several fleshy appendices, some united, and others simple and separated. 182 ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTIONS. [December. The circumference of this last cavity is furnished with | strong cylindric muscles, which act, like strings to a a purse, in drawing the borders together. . The exterior tubercles, which are very apparent on the divisions, seem to establish a communication between the internal and external parts, and admit the water into the cells formed by the interior membrane. I had an op- portunity of observing, in several species of Actinia, the water ejected through similar apertures, when the animals contracted themselves. The air-bladder disc is formed of a multitude of small membranes, placed one on another, the largest at the upper part, the rest diminishing in size to the point where this disc is in contact with the bottom of the cavity; its membranes in this place are solid, and pressed together, particularly towards the centre, where is a small conic, hard, opaque nucleus, whence these membranes seem to have their origin, and form the disc. This air-bladder disc is easily separated from the cavity which encloses it. Actinia flava. (Plate VII. fig. 9.) The interior or- ganization of this species resembles somewhat that of the preceding. The ovaries are attached equally to the strong organ of longitudinal fibres, they are folded on the same, and when they open one perceives numerous small trans- verse fibres, with a yellow substance which fills them. On their borders rise a very plaited membrane, whereon one can distinguish small granulations, resembling eggs. The stomach is equally surrounded, and supported, by this organ and its membranes, forming as many cells, which are prolonged as far as the end of the tentacula, which have at their points a small aperture; these small apertures are analogous to those which are situate on the 1817.] ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTIONS. 183 sections of the other species. At the opening of the mouth one distinguishes several pairs of fleshy appendages; be- tween those of the interior are several plaits. The interior aperture of the stomach is furnished with small membranes. The air-bladder disc resembles much that of the A. ultra- marina, but it rises conically, and is yellow at its summit; in the other species this disc is flat. Zoanthus Solandri. (Pilate VIII. fig. 1.) The body of this animal is conic, and long, and hollowed through its whole extent, its base being in the form of a root. This body is composed externally of a strong coriaceous tunic, which becomes finely wrinkled by the contraction of the muscles; beneath this there is a second tunic, weaker and transparent; and beneath this last a third tunic, which is membranaceous, and presents towards the superior region a vascular reticulation. To this last tunic are attached about sixty pairs of white filaments, each pair united by straight membranes, twenty of which bear ovaries, which are brown and very short. ‘These ovaries appear to rise from as many thick, arcuated organs, striated in annula- tions, folded on each other, and divided, through their whole length, by a small canal. The colour of this organ is opaque yellowish white; it is attached, by its upper part, to the base of the stomach, which is plaited, and very short, compared. with the length of the animal; it is placed in the centre, and supported by the membranes which form the cells, as in the preceding species. It is equally furnished with two apertures, the upper one is the mouth, and the other communicates with the internal parts of the body. Mammillifera Auricula. The body of this species is short, conic, soft, and covered with a smooth skin. The 184 ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTIONS. [Decerbet. interior conformation of this animal js similar té that Gf the preceding; one equally remarks a stomach, plaitéd longitudinally, and transversely, supported in the centre by a great number of membraries, which are prolonged from the summit to the base, twenty-seven Of Which ate ‘entire, and support the serpéntiform ovaries, Which hive their origin at a thick, cylindric, striated, arcuated organ: ‘this organ is prolongated, and attached to the iferior aper- ‘ture of the stomach. A section of this animal, cut hori- zontally, presents us with the peculiar disposition of the interior membranes, which will be ‘better ‘comprehended ‘by a reference to the figure in the st than by ‘a verbal ‘detail. Corticifera glareola, (Plate VIII. fig.'8, 9.) ‘One'ob- ‘serves in this species an analogous organization fo that of the foregoing. This organization is encloséd ‘in cel- Yules, which are short, cylindric, composed ‘of ‘sand, ‘agglutinated by a gelatinous substance. These cellulés are slightly contrictile ‘at their aperture, ‘which ‘Is situate at a small button in'the centre. ‘The base, Whetcon these ‘cellules are ‘placed, is composed of sand, ‘About ‘ore third ‘part of the height of the cell. The interior ‘of the cell is ‘divided by cightéen or twenty white filatierits, Which ex- tend from the summit to the base. They adhere’ to a'trans- ‘parent membraiie , which ‘euards the ititerir ‘of ‘the ¢éll, Tn the centre is a‘ cylindric, plaited ‘organ, open’ at both ends, supported by'the membrane Which bear's the ovariés. From the lowér aperture of ‘this organ, ‘extefds another, which is thick, striatéd in‘annulations, and’arcuated. The ovaries are very conspicuous, and united at their base; they are protected by white filaments, Which ‘border the membrane of the interior, towards ‘the ¢éntre of the ‘ani- 1317.) . ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTIONS. 185 gal. Oh dhe Of the sides of the stomach, one distin etishes ‘a small expaiision, the object of which = tion Ihave nét Been enabled to discover. The eras whereof these animals form their habita- tions, appéars ‘to’be constructed ‘of successive layers of sand, ‘the base of which is augmented in proportion as the animal advaricés in its labours. This species is that which ‘approaches nearest to madre madrepores, not only in its’external form, but in the per- jmaneney of its Envelope, and its large expansion. — After ‘the examination that I have made of the animals above miéitioned, we ‘perceive ‘that they are furnished with‘a skin Or ‘Covering, more Or less stisceptible ‘of con- traction or dilatation, enclosing an organization construct- éd onthe same System, but modified ,accordingto theirpar-— ticular habits, We perceive that'they areall provided with tentactila, anilogous to aris, fit to -seize and 'rétain their prey; With an alimentary ‘sack, open at both’ extremities, ‘giirtoutided “tits ‘base with several arcuated organs, which ‘may be-consideted as performing the functions of the liver. “The ineimbranes which intérséct-the interior of the body, may be equally compared ‘to gills, which receive the water admitted by the two openings of the ‘stomach; :this water ‘may pass out through the same openings, or by the exte- ‘rior tuberclés, as in the 4. olivaéea, and the A. altramea- ‘rina, or at the extremityof the tetacula, as ithe 4. flava. The white filameiits which support the mterior mem- ‘branes, are-analogcus to those considered as ‘nerves, by ‘Dr. ‘Spx, in'the A. coriacea of Europe. | (Ann. des Mu- ‘seuim, tome 13, p. 443.) “These‘nerves have equally their . origin inthe base of the animals described above. ‘It is easy to conceive that the stomach, having apertures at its 186 ANATOMICAL DESCRIPTIONS. [December. two extremities, has the power of closing one, whilst the other remains open, or keeping both open in order that the eggs or young may be excluded, when the animal contracts itself, Several naturalists have observed that the young are excluded ina perfect state; but further © their observations have not extended. We owe to Dr. Spix some interesting details on this subject; and my own observations will throw, perhaps, some additional light on it. I will still remark, that the ovaries, being greatly multiplied in these animals, fill the cavity which contains _ them. If one tears or separates an individual, to the _ parts thus separated will adhere more or less ova, which, at a certain period of their growth, will be productive of young; and one ought to be well assured of the total ab- sence of eggs, before adopting the opinion that parts of these animals possess a reproductive faculty, as was main- tained by the abbé Dicquemare, in the Journal de Phy- sigue. But I think that the experiments of this author de- serye to be repeated, as this is a subject exceedingly in- teresting. The ingenious memoir of Dr. Spix being often cited by Messrs. Cuvier and Lamarck, induced me -to believe that the history of the Actiniz was tolerably complete; and hence, I neglected to examine the interior of . the large species which inhabit the West Indies. But in consequence of the observations recorded above, there is reason to believe that the Actiniz described by Dr. Spix, and those described by myself, have a similar conforma- ‘tion of the stomach. ‘That the form and the disposition of the exterior parts of the Actiniz, taken in succession, ‘present an approximation to the Madrepores, will be evi- -dent from an examination of the figures 2, 4, 6, 7, plate a CA SeSaur be Deal, 1817.] EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 187 vili. compared with the figures 10, 11,'12, which represent the madreporic animals, Caryophyllia solitaria, Meandrina _labyrinthica? and Astrea dichotoma. ee a — a EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES VII. ANB VIII. PLATE VII. Fig. 1. Actinia olivacea, expanded, as it swims. Fig. 2. The disc of the same. Fig. 3. Tentacula, magnified, of the same. Fig. 5. Actinia ultramarina, beginning to expand. Fig. 6. Vertical section of the same: a, cavity of the air- bladder disc; 4, air-bladder disc; ¢, great cavity containing the ovaries; d,d, the stomach; e¢,e, the tentacula contracted; f§ section of lateral organ. Fig. 4. Horizontal section of the same: a, chamber which separates the great cavity; 5, extremity of late- ral organ; c, the ovaries; d, point of junction of the interior organs with the exterior furrows; _ ff; striz of the plaits of the divisions. Fig. 7. a, Portion of the mouth viewed above, Fig. 8. Actinia flava, in its natural position, when swim- ming. | Fig. 9. Profile of the same, opened on the side: a,a,a, ova- ries turned over the air-bladder disc; 8, trans- verse strize of the interior longitudinal organs; ec, section of a tentaculum; d, stomach. Fig. 7. 5, Portion of the mouth and stomach of the same, magnified. 0 32 Speers ~~ see 188 EXPLANATION OF PLATES. [December. PLATE Vit. Fig. AL Mienthus Solandri: three individuals united to- | - gether. In a section of one of them one sees -at.6, the cavity in which the tentacula.are | con- tracted; @, cavity of the stomach; ¢, the ova- ries; ‘the foregoing letters a, 6, are placed on one of the membranes uch forms the interior chamber. ‘a ae eM Fig. 2. A group of. ‘Mammillifere Auricula. Fig. 3. Horizontal section of the same, which shows the - comparative.size, and the number of the inte- rior membranes. Fig, 4. Oblique section of the same. | Fig. 5, A detached ‘part of the same: a, lower aperture; 6, one of the interior membranes; c, arcuatec organ; d, nervous filaments; e, upper aperture or mouth; /, ovaries. Fig. 6. A group of the Corticifera glareola. Fig. 7. Thisfigure represents two individuals of the same, one seen in front, the other in profile. Fig. 8. Vertical section of the same. Fig. 9. A detached portion of the same: a, lower aper- | ture; 4, interior membrane of the chamber; c, arcuated organ;. d, appendix of the stomach; 4, filaments or nerves. sMadretionie wba Fig 10. Caryophyllia solitaria: a, animal.seen in prbfile and expanded; 4, the expanded animal viewed ~ from above, magnified. €, mouth; f, horizontal section; £; ovaries; 2 — “2 7- =? Wy 4 tl ih “ANNI 4g Whe istry GENUS COLLINSIA. 189 Fig. 1. Meandrina labyrinthiea: a, several expanded ani- mals united, of the natural size; tae view of an animal, magnified. Fig. 12. Astrea dichotoma: a; expanded animal, seen in profile; 6, the same viewed from above, both — greatly magnified. Description of Coitinsi1a, a new genus of plants, By Thomas Nuttall. In the spring of 1810, during the course of an extensive journey into the north-western interior of the territories of the United States, I first became acquainted with the very singular and interesting plant which forms the subject of the present memoir. The specimens which I then obtained on the alluvial soils of the Alleghany and on the borders of lake Erie were finally lost.. On arriving at St. Louis, near the confluence of the Missouri and Mississippi rivers, I found that Mr. John Bradbury, a botanist, had also detected this plant about the same time, on the banks of the Missouri and Mississippi, but I saw no specimen. In the spring of last year (1816), having undertaken a tour to the wes- tern states, I determined, if possible, again to collect this neglected plant, but after a journey of more than a hun- dred miles, {for scarcely any other purpose, I arrived at Pittsburgh disappointed of my object. On descending the Ohio, however, nearly to Galiopolis, I at last recog- nised it on the more open alluvions of the river, withered and nearly ‘past affording seed, accompanied by the Hes- perts pinnatifida and the interesting Phalangium esculen- tum: from these seeds [have been at last fortunate enough = 190 GENUS COLLINSIA. [December. to obtain the plant from which the accompanying drawing was taken by my friend, Mr. C. A. Le Sueur. This, plant has for several years been known to Dr. Drake of Cin- cinati, in whose collection I saw specimens of it, and also with Dr. Short of Lexington, Kentucky, two gentle- men, who, amidst the avocations of an irksome profession, have still found leisure to cultivate some of the branches of natural science. : I have dedicated this genus to the name of Zaccheus Collins, Esq. of Philadelphia, a gentleman, whose talents as a botanist and a mineralogist are deservedly acknow- ledged. Linneaan Crass and ORDER. DIDYNAMIA ANGIOSPERMIA. Natural Order. ANTIRRHINEA. Genus COLLINSIA. Calyx quinquefidus. Corolla bilabiata clausa; labio superiore bifido, inferiore trifido; lacinia intermedia, ca- rinato-saccata genitalia arcte tegens. Capsu/a rotunda, subunilocularis, subquadrivalvis. Semina duo vel tria. Planta annua; folia opposita et verticillata, integra; pe- dunculi verticillati axillares, uniflori. CoLtiNSIA verna. ' Description. Root fibrous, annual. Stem often sim- ple or branched towards the base, terete, nearly smooth, about twelve inches high. Radical leaves petiolate, round- ish, or obovate-spathulate, denticulate; stem leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, sparingly denticulate and somewhat scabrous on the margin, sessile, and subamplexicaule, sometimes a little pubescent, but usually smooth; floral 1817.] ” GENUS COLLINSIA. 19} leaves verticillated in threes, fives, or sixes, ovate-lanceo- late or linear-lanceolate acute and mostly entire, diminish- ing upwards to the size of mere bractes. Peduncles 1-flowered, axillary, commencing usually to appear with the third pair of leaves, filiform, nearly erect and somewhat pubescent, about an inch in length. Calyx subcampanu- late, cleft more than half way down and membranaceous at the base; segments greenish, semi-lanceolate, acute, the two lower laciniz horizontally divergent. Corolla nearly in the form of a violet, bilabiate, closed; upper lip white, spirally reflected, bilobate with a small, prominent arched palate of a yellow colour spotted with saffron; all the lobes of the flower obovate and emarginate; lower lip trifid, bright azure blue, lateral segments horizontally deflected, coalescing with the central lobe, which appears in the form of a closed carinated sacculum including the stamina and style, and rarely opening except for an instant when irri- tated apparently by heat, as with many of the Hedysarums; tube of. the corolla short and gibbously curyed, forming with the sacculum an oblong canal. Stamina didyna- mous, all arising from the lower lip; anthers yellow, hori-” zontal: the rudiment of a fifth stamen at the base of the corolla tube. Style long and capillary; stigma scarcely any. Germ 4-seeded. Capsule round, acute, shorter than the persistent calyx by which it is inclosed; partly 1-celled, and 4-valved, by abortion 2 and 3-seeded; valves opening rather more than half way down, where undivided, uniting with the small and imperfect receptacular dissepi- ment; only about a third part of the capsule is divided by a partition. Seed brownish, oval, or elliptic, convex on the outer side, inner side umbilicately perforated; exter- nally a little rugose and reticulately punctured; (about the ¥ « aa GENUS COLLINSIA. [December. size of mustard seed.) Corculum flat, and erect, greens 3h; radicle inferior. Perisperm cartilaginous, including _ the corculum, perforated in the centre on the inner side, by which orifice the seed is attached to the receptacle. Time of flowering, about May. ‘The definite number ‘of seeds, about 3, or primarily 4, as is observable on ex- a amining the germ, the indistinctness of the capsular valyes also the same number, and the obliteration of the dissepi- ments, are circumstances, independent of the extraordinary form of the corolla, which deviate remarkably from the genuine character of the ANTIRRHINE#, and approxi- mate this plant ina manner towards the Lasrat®. Not- withstanding the situation which it appears thus to hold betwixt these two orders, its place appears to be imme- diately after the genus 4narrhinum of Persoon’s Synopsis. mf EXPLANATION OF PLATE Ix. | COLLINSIA. >a. A view of the flower in profile (natural size.) _ 6. The same seen in front. | ~ ¢. The same opened and somewhat magnified, exhibit. ing the disposition of the stamina in the sacculum when expanded. : ~ dand e. The anther. fand g. Views of the capsule. tand k, The seed. d. “The corculum. : | AN ACT . . TO INCORPORATE THE “ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHLA. WHEREAS it is represented to the legislature that a number of persons have formed a society in Philadelphia for the encouragement and cultivation of the sciences, by the name of ‘“‘ The Academy of Natural Sciences of Phi- ladelphia,”’ as a society devoted entirely to the advance- ment of useful learning, and in order that the purposes thereof may be carried into better effect, Therefore, Section l. BE it enacted by the senate and house of representatives of the commonwealth of Pennsylvania, in general assembly met, and it is hereby enacted by the authority of the same, 'Yhat all such persons as now are members of said society, according to its rules heretofore adopted, or that hereafter may become members of the same, agreeably to its rules and regulations, be, and they are hereby incorporated into a society by the name of “©The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,” and by that name shall have perpetual succession, with power to have a common seal, and change the same at pleasure, to make contracts relative to the said institution, to sue and be sued, and by that name and style be capable, in law, of purchasing, taking, holding, and conveying, any estate, real or personal, for the use of said corporation: Provided, that the annual income of,such estate shall not exceed in value eight thousand dollars, nor be applied to any Vou. I. N 4: other purposes than ‘those for which this corporation is formed. Sect. 2. And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That the society may establish by-laws and orders for its government and regulation, and for the pre- servation and application of the funds thereof: Provided the same be not repugnant to the constitution and laws of the United States, or of this Commonwealth. Sect. 3. And be it further enacted by the scthordty aforesaid, ‘That the society shall consist of members and correspondents, and candidates for admission shall be elect- ed under such rules, and upon such terms, as the society shall establish, aliens shall enjoy the full rights of members, or correspondents in the society, but members only shall haye the right of voting, of holding offices, and of transact- ing business, and correspondents shall have the privilege of attending the meetings, and visiting the museum. | Sect. 4. 4nd be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, Thatthe officers of the society shall be a president, - two vice-presidents, a corresponding secretary, a recording secretary, a treasurer, a librarian, and four curators, whose respective duties may be assigned by the by-laws of the said society, and they shall be elected at the last stated meeting of the society in December, in each year, and if any office should become vacant, it may be supplied by a special elec- tion, until the annual election then ensuing; and until the next annual election for officers in the month of December one thousand eight hundred and seventeen the present ofh- cers are hereby vested with power to perform the duties prescribed by the existing rules of the society, unless there be intermediate vacancies, and then the officer or officers. 6 to be elected, shall have the full power of his, or their pre- decessors. Sect. 5. And be it further enacted by the authority aforesaid, That if the annual election for officers shall not be held at the stated day, the said corporation shall not be thereby dissolved, but the officers shall continue in office until a new election. REES HILL, Speaker of the House of Representatives. ISAAC WEAVER, Speaker of the Senate; Approved, the twenty-fourth day of March, one thou- sand eight hundred and seventeen. SIMON SNYDER. Office of the Secretary of the Commonwealth, Harrisburg, April 25th, 1817. I certify that the above and foregoing is a true copy of the original law remaining on file in this office. Witness my hand and seal. JAMES TRIMBLE, [1.s.] Deputy Secretary. CONSTITUTION OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. CHAPTER T. Art. 1. THE society shall be called “ The rate of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia.”’ Art. 2. The society shall consist of members and correspondents. Art. 3. Candidates for admission into the society, whether as members or correspondents, must be pro- posed, in writing, at least one meeting before their election, and be chosen by three fourths of the members present. Art. 4. No person residing in Philadelphia can be cho- sen a correspondent; nor shall any correspondent continue such, after having removed permanently to Philadelphia. Art. 5. The right of voting, of holding offices, and of transacting business, resides solely in the members; correspondents have only the privilege of attending the meetings, and visiting the museum. Art. 6. Every member, on his admission into the so- ciety, shall sign the following declaration: “In becoming a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, I promise to conform myself -toits constitution, laws, and regulations; and in tes- timony of this declaration I do hereunto subscribe my name.”” S CHAPTER It. Art. 1. The officers of the Academy shall be a presi- dent, two vice-presidents, a corresponding secretary, a recording secretary, a treasurer, a librarian, four curators, and three auditors. 3 ) Art. 2. The election of officers shall be held on the last stated meeting in December. Art. 38. The duty of the president is, to occupy the chair, and regulate the order of the society during its meetings. Art. 4. The duties of the vice-presidents, are the same as those of the president, in his absence. Art. 5. The duty of the corresponding secretary is to maintain and conduct the correspondence of the Aca- demy. Art. 6. The duty of the recording secretary is to take and preserve correct minutes of the proceedings of the Academy, and to notify members of their election. Art. 7. The duty of the treasurer is to take charge of the funds of the society, and to attend to the collection and payment of monies; he shall give, if required, secu- rity for the faithful performance of his duties. Art. 8. The duty of the curators is ta take charge of the museum, and apparatus, belonging to the company. Art. 9. The duty of the librarian is to take charge of the books belonging to the society. | Art. 10. The auditors shall, in connection with the treasurer, have the superintendance of the monied trans- actions of the Academy. Art. 11. Besides the duties above specified, the ofh- cers are bound to perform all such other duties, naturally : ay OQ a belonging to their respective stations, as are referred to in the constitution and bye-laws, ‘or may be prescribed from time to time whe the pig CHAPTER Ill. - Art. 1. The stated meetings of the Academy shall be held on Tuesday evening of every week, at such hour as shall be agreed upon from time to time. Art. 2. Special meetings may be convened by resolu- tion of the society, or by public notice from the president. Art. 3. The last stated meeting in the month shall be called a mecting for business, and shall be appropri- ated to the elections, the enacting and’ altering of laws, the fiscal arrangements, and, in general, to all such busi- ness as does not belong to the scientific transactions of the society. vi Art. 4, All the stated Silactinies: except the last in the month, shall be called onpINARY MEETINGS, and shall be devoted to scientific pursuits, such as written and ver. ‘bal communications, lectures, discussions, and the receiv- ing of donations for the museum, apparatus, or library. In cases of urgency, however, other business may be called up by special resolution. Art. 5. Six members shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. CHAPTER IV. Art. 1. Lecturers, to deliver public courses, on any of the subjects of natural science, shall be appointed by the society. The lectures shall be given under regulations to be-specially made by the society for each. particular course. 40 | | Art. 2. Members shall be appointed by the president, from time to time, to give private lectures before the Academy in their hall of meeting. Art. 3. When written communications are made to the Academy, they shall be referred to a committee, with directions to report thereon at the succeeding meeting. Art, 4. Verbal communications and remarks from the members shall always be invited, and attended to, provid- ed they be confined to the subjects for which the Aca- demy was instituted. CHAPTER V. Art. 1. Every member elect, before his admission into the society, in full standing, shall pay to the treasurer, an initiation fee of ten dollars, unless he shall be already in the society as a correspondent. Art. 2. Every member shall be subject to a quarterly contribution of three dollars, payable at the last stated meetings in March, J une, September, and December. Art. 3. Any member who shall pay into the hands of the treasurer the sum of fifty dollars, shall receive from hima receipt in full for all future quarterly contributions, and be thenceforward exempt from these payments. Art. 4. In cases in which the society confer the honour of membership, as a mark of distinction, upon any person eminent for his acquirements in natural science, such per- son may be exempted, by resolution, from all pecuniary obligations. ie Art. 5, The curators shall be exonerated from the pay- ment of their quarterly contributions. Art. 6. No pecuniary contributions shall be required of the correspondents. Art. 7 No member shall be entitled to vote, at the annual elections, unless he exhibit to the tellers a receipt — from the treasurer for all arrearages due to the society. Art. 8. No money shall be paid by the treasurer, un- less where a bill has been regularly presented, examined, and accepted by the auditors. | Art. 9. The treasurer shall keep a regular account of his receipts, and expenditures, which shall always be ready for the inspection and examination of the auditors, who shall report the state of the funds to the Academy when required. CHAPTER VI. Art. 1. The order of business, at the ordinary meet- ings of the society, shall be as follows: First, Miuntes of the last ordinary meetings. Second, Donations. Third, Written communications. Fourth, Lectures. Fifth, Verbal communications. Sixth, Any other business, if called up > by resolution of the Academy. Seventh, The rough minutes read. Eighth, Adjournment. Art. 2. The order, at the meetings of business, shall be as follows: : First, The minutes of the last meeting of business. Second, Reports of committees. Third, Deferred business. Fourth, New business. Fifth, Elections. Sixth, The rough minutes. Seventh, Adjournment. a - this constitution, cystoms of other: —- —. Z ’ ~ souk! EAR 35 el * 2 tl ast 4 4 ‘ ‘ ~ ¥ Lee Bit wey > 3 ery + ry i 5 f \ a ; i j - ad > t ¥ tie pr rees i) — = sent Lf + 4 ha a : - i -- *» ‘¥ " * - Mig A ez ‘eek _* “ 1 r vie : 3 $ a par es PDs E ae * 4 : . .. % ~ * = e hereto ater , dase Ch si 8. Peres , ai ae | eke Ades SOE... Rebs OY AG Shi BN PORTE Cok = : ha] Z ¥ »* .* +. , 4 é ‘ Lines vere fll be Aa Fe wa P Pg - . + 4 a -. bite ; be ; > £ : r _ S Cts i : . Es sg 4 Poo ; ‘ ; , ' J 4 ry \ s 4 te 5 ¥ a ‘ f is ~ 5 > Cres ‘ q i, ie ee bag A “ . ‘ 2 ‘4 és ¢ : i t ~~ ~ - : ce ae Peay SRE | 4 ’ 4 ee ar) Oe § Gta ae mn * F i pani f : " as Te Oye. ay iy ‘4 nt cee : fi : 3 ‘ 5 . > 6 bam Hee a : ¥; Eee ye a re x 4 i : * . 4 th ‘ yy CATALOGUE i | oF ty | THE LIBRARY : C OF THE te ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. , 1, Apsor’s (Joel) Essay on the Central ne of Magnetism. Philadelphia, 1814, 8vo. 2. Aikin’s (A.) Manual of ES lle Philad. 1815, 12mo. 3. Albin’s (E.) History of Esculent Fish. London, 1794, 4to. | 4, Audebert (J. B.) Histoire Naturelle des Singes et des Makis. a Paris, an viii. folio. ek 5. Barton’s (Benjamin Smith) Collections for an Essay towards a Materia Medica of the United States, 2: parts. Philad. 1801—4, 8vo. Biss - A Discourse on some of the principal Desiderata i in 6. Natural History. Philad. 1807, 8vo. f. - New Views of the origin of the Tribes and N ations of America. Philad. 1798, 8vo. 8, ——_~ Memoir concerning the Fascinating Faculty which has been ascribed to the Rattle Snake and other American Ser- pents. Philad. 1796, 8vo. 9. Supplement to a Memoir concerning the Fascinating Faculty which has been ascribed to the Rattle Snake, &c. Philad. 1800, 8vo. 10. — Observations on some parts of Natural History. Lon- don, 8vo. 11, ————- Collections for an Bekay towards a Materia Medica of the United States. Philad. 1810, 8vo. 12. — Elements of Botany. London, 1804, 8vo. 13. —- Memoir concerning the disease of Goitre, as it pre- vails in different parts of North America. Philad. 1800, . 8yo. ” | ats. Philad. 1814, 4to. 13; Fragments of the Natural History of Pennsylvania. Philad. 1799, folio. ‘ 16. Barton’s (William P. C. ) Flora Philadelphicee Prodromus. Philad. 1815, 4to. 17. Account of the Holcus Bicolor. Philad. 1816, 8vo. 18. Bauhini ni((Caspari) Theatri Botanici, sive Index in Theophrasti, - Dioscoridis, Plinii, et Botanicorum qui 4 seculo scripserunt opera. Basilez Helvet. 1623, 4to. 19. Baumé (M.) Chymie Pepennciae et raisonné, tome 2. Davis, 1804, 8vo. ‘ 20. Berthollet (C. L. and A. B.) Elements de l’art de la Teinture, 2 tomes, a Paris, 1804, 8vo. 21. Black’s (Joseph) Lectures on the Elements of Chemistry, 3 vols. Philad. 1807, 8vo. 22. Bigelow’s (Jacob) Florula Bostoniensis. Boston, 1814, 8vo. 23. Blanckley’s (T. R.) Naval Expositor. London, 1750, 4to. 24, Blumenbach (A.F.) Memoria Augusti Gottlieb Richter in con- fessu societatis Regie Scientiarum. D. 24 Oct. 1812, com- mendata. Gottingz, 4to. 25. De anomalis et vitiosis =r il Nisus formativi aberrationibus commentatis. Gottingz, 1813, 4to. 26. Boerhaave (Hermanni) Historia Plantarum, que in Horto aca- demico Lugdini Batavorum, crescunt cum earum characteri- bus et medicinalibus virtutibus. Londoni, 1731, 12mo. 27. Bournon (M. le Comte de) Traité de Mineralogie, 3 tomes. London, 1808, 4to. | 28. Brochant (A. I. M.) Traité éleméntaire de Minéralogie, 2d edition, 2 tomes. Paris, 1808, 8vo. 29. Bruce (Archibald) The American Mineralogical Journal, vol, 1. New York, 1814, 8vo. 30. ———— The same. $1. Bulliard (M.) Herbier de la France, ou collection complete des Plantes Indigenes de ce Royaume, avec leurs détails anato- 33. 34, 35. 36, 37. 38. 39. 40. Al, 42, 43, 4A, 45. sitio par | tion! de Posie, @ ex | or ei alphabetique, des preceptes de la Ratanigdl oa et de tous les saenner tant ipesigi que Latins. — gy, ‘folio. - Burckhard (J. H.) apiane ad illustrem excellentissimum virum, Dominum Godofredum Gulielmum Leibnitrum, poly- eye consummatissimum qua ‘Caracterem a . Philad. 1815, 8vo. Haack (G. von dem) Dissertatio inauguralis anatomico, Physio- logica de Intestino Coeco, ejusque processu vermiformis. Gottingz, 1813, 4to. Chaptal (J. A.) Chemistry applied to the Arts and Manufac- tures. 4 vols. London, 1807, 8vo. Commelin (Casparus) Flora Malabarica, sive Horte Malaba- rici catalogus, Lugdini Batavorum. 1696, 6vo.. : Condillac’s ( ) Logic, translated by J. Neef. Philad. 1809, 18mo. Coquebert (A. J.) Illustratio 4 ah tags hides Pa- risiis, Anno vit. 4to. s iad Crantz (H. J. N.) Stirpium Austriacarum, ene 1769, 2 vols. 4to. : Cramer (M. P.) Papillons Exotiques, des tris parties du monde, L’Asie, L’Afrique, et L’Ameriqgue—Amsteldam, 1779—82, 4 tomes, 4to. avec Supplement par M. C. Stoll. 1791, 4to. Cronstedt (A. F.) An Essay towards a System of Mineralogy, 2 vols. London, 1788, 8vo. Curtis (Wm.) Practical Observations on the British Grasses. London, 1805, 8vo. : Cutbush (James) he th: or a treatise on Specific Bai: Philad. 1812, 8vo. Davy (Sir H.) Elements. of Chemical Philosophy. Philad. 1812, 8vo. Delamétherie (J. C.) Lecons de Geologie, donnés au College de France, 3 tomes. Paris, 1816, 8vo. ‘a DOR es eur. 2 tomes. BDe | uc a A.) Recherches sur fication phere, 4 tomes. Paris, 1784, 8vo. 3 ee — Lettres Physiques et Morales, sur histoire de la terre, et de ’homme, 5 tomes. Paris, 1779, 8vo. . .49. Desfontaines (M.) Choix des plantes, du Corollaire des Insti- tutes de Tournefort. Paris, 1808, 4to. 50.” —— the same, plates coloured. 51. Desmarets (M.A .G.) Memoire sur deux Genres de Coquilles _ fossiles, cloisonnées et a Siphon. Paris, 1817, 4to. 52. Doddridge’s (Joseph) Treatise on the culture of Bees. St. Clairsville, Ohio, 1813, 8vo. 53. Drake’s (Daniel) Natural and Statistical View, or picture of Cincinnati, and the Miami Country. Cincinnati, 1815, 12mo. 48. 54, Ellis (J.) Essai sur L’histoire naturelle des Corallines et d’autres productions, marines, &c. 4 la Haye, 1756, 4to. 55. Ernst (M.) Papillons d’Europe, peints d’apres nature, 8 tomes. Paris, 1779, 1792, 4to. 56. Edwards (George.) A Natural History of Birds, most of which have not been figured or described before, &c. London, 1802, folio. 57. Forster (J. R.) Characteres generum Plantarum. London, 1776, 4to. 58. Forster (Thomas) Observations on the Aeneas Retreat of the Swallow. London, 1813. 8vo. 59. - Observations on the Natural History of the Swallow Tribe, &c. London, 1817, 8vo. 60. APATOY AIOZHMEIA. Arati Diosmea, notis et col- latione scriptorum illustravit. Londini, 1815, 8vo. 61. Researches about Atmospheric Phenomena. London, 2d edition, 1815, 8vo. ~ 62, —_— the same, first edition, 1813, 8vo. 63. Sketch of the New Anatomy and Physiology of the Brain and Nervous System of Drs, Gall and Spurzheim, &c. London, 8yo. ee phenomena of N ature 65. —____—. Elements of Ninthivat ilaiieyeed cielo S vols. London, 1790, 8vo. Memoires et eibtaniiiahen de Chimie. Paris, 1784, 66, 8vo. : Elemens d’histoire ieatete et de Chimie, 4me edition, 5 tomes. Paris, 1791, 8vo. 68. Gurlitt (J. D.) Pindars Pythischer Siegsgesange funfter zur Ankundigung der Prufungen und einer aber icdare de | im Jo- hanneum. Hamburg, 1811, 4to. 67. 69. Hornemann (I. W.) Hortus regius botanicus Hafniensis, parti- cula prima continens classesI—-X. Hauniz, 1813, 8vo. 70. Hosack’s (David) Observations on the Laws governing the Com- munication of Contagious Diseases, &c. New York, 1815, 4to. Remarks on the Treatment of the Typhoid State of Fever. New York, 1815, 8vo. 72. Jurine (L.) Nouvelle méthode de classer les Hymenotéres, et les Diptéres. 4 Geneve, 1807, 4to. | 71. 73. Kirwan (R.) Elements of Mineralogy, 2 tomes.. London, 8vo. 74, La Cepede (M. le Comte de) Histoire naturelle des Quadru- pedeés, Ovipares, et des Serpens. Paris 1788—9. 2 tomes, 4to. 75. Histoire Naturelle des Poissons. Paris 1798—1803, 5 tomes, 4to. 76. Histoire Naturelle des Cétacées, Paris, 1804, 4to. 77. La Grange (J. B. B.) Manual of a course of Chemistry. 2 vols, London, 1800, 8vo. 78. Langsdorff, (G. H.) Bemerkungen auf einer Reise um die Welt in dur Jabren, 1803—7, band 1. Frankfurt 1812, 4to. -—— et T. Fischer. Plantes recueillies pendant le voy- age des Russes autour du monde—premiere partie. Tu- bingue, 1810, folio. — 80. Lasius (G. S. O.) Catalogue of a collection of Fossils from the Hartz Mountains. Dublin, 1805, 8yvo. | TF. Lavoisi “ Eesayey'P Physic } ey T. Henry. ‘Loridon, 1776, 8VOP OR, ee _, 88, Leach (W. E.) The Zoological Miscellany, eine dusdhiptions of new or interesting animals. London, 1815, 2 vols. 8vo. 84. Leman (M.) Histoire Naturelle des pointe OE Paris, 1817, 8vo. ; 85. Le Sueur (C. A.) Memoire sur quelques nouvelles espéces _ @animaux Mollusques et radiares, recueillis dansle Medi- terrané, pres de Nice. Paris, 1813, 4to. 86. Extraits de deux Memoires lus a la Societé Philo- matique de Paris en Mars et Avril 1815, sur l’organisa- tion de deux animaux marins (Boryllus et Pyrosoma) Paris, Ato. | 87. Le ‘Sueur et Peron. Histoire générale de Meduses. Paris, 4to. $8. . Histoire de la famille des Mollusques pteropodes. Paris, 4to. 89. Histoire du genre Firole (Firola.) Paris, 4to. 90, \ ————. Notice sur Phabitation des animaux marins. . Paris, 4to. | 91. Lettsom’s (I. C.) Grove Hill, a horticultural Sketch. London, 1774, 4to. Natural History of the Tea Tree. London, 1794, 4to. Naturalist’s and Traveller’s Companion, 3d edition. Loridon, 1799, 8vo. 94. Le Vaillant (F.) Histoire Naturelle des Oiseaux d’Afrique, i2 Livraisons. Paris, folio. | 95. mee — Histoire Naturelle d’une partie D’oiseaux nou- veaux et rares de L’Amerique et des Podge (tome pre- mier.) Paris 1801, folio. 96. L’Heritier (C. L.) Stirpes Novz, aut minus cognite quas de- scriptionibus et iconibus illustravit. Parisiis 1784, folio. 97. Maclure (Wm.) Observations on the Geology of the United States of America. Philad. 1817, 8vo. 98. Macquer (M.) Elements of the Theory and Practice of Che- mistry, 2 vols. London, 1787, 8vo. 100, ‘anayon (N. lila cieesdeiiach Adsbtchritosi Medica sistens prodromum anatomiz Murium. Jenz, 4to. 101. Mitchill (S.L.) Report in part on the Fishes of New York. New York, 1814, 12mo. 102. Muhlenberg (Henry) Catalogus Plantarum Ainiitinn Siitoe- trionalis, huc usque cognitarum ee et cicurum. Lancaster, 1813, 8vo. 103. Muller (O. F.) Hydrachnz, quas in aquis Danie palustibs, detexit, descripsit. Lipsiz, 1781, 4to. 104, Nicholas (P. F.) Méthode de préparer et conserver les ani- maux de toutes les classes pour les cabinets d’histoire natu- relle. Paris, 1801, 8vo. 105. Olivier (M.) Entomologie, ou Histoire secunali des Insects. Paris, 1789-——95, 4 tomes, 4to. 106. Pettus (Sir John) Fleta Minor. London, 1683, folio. 107. Peron (M. F.) Voyage dé découvertes aux Terres australes, _ exécuté par ordré de sa Majesté L’empereur et Roi, sur les Corvettes le Geographe, le Naturaliste, et la Goelette le Ca- suarina, pendant les anneés 1800—4. Paris, {1807, 1816, 2 tomes, 4to. and 2 atlas. | 108. Poerner (M.) Instruction sur Vart de la Teinture, 2 tomes, Paris, 1804, 8vo. — 109. Reaumar (M. de) Memoires pour Servir 4 histoire des In- sectes, 6 tomes, Paris, 1734—42. 110. Redouté (P.J.) Les Liliaceés. Paris, 1802——5, 18 livraisons, folio. 111. Rees’ (A.) New Cytepedis: a9-vols: Philad. 4to. 112. Roemer (J. J.) Genera Insectorum, Linnei et Fabricii iconibus illustrata, Vitoduri Helvetorum, 1789, 4to. 113. Rozier (M. L’abbé) Cours complet d’Agriculture, ou Diction- naire Universel d’agriculture. Paris, 1781—89, 8 tomes, 4to 114, Rush (Benjamin) Medical inquiries and observations upon the Diseases of the Mind. Philad. 1812, 8vo. 115. ——- Three Lectures on Animal Life, delivered in the univer- sity of Pennsylvania. Philad. 1799, 8ve. Vou. I. O oh Savigny (J.C) ets sur rae + Animau sans 9 pane aree: — premier fascicule. Paris, 1816, 8vo. 118. Scheele (C. W.) Chemical Essays. London, 17 86, 4 fai 119. Smith (J. E.) An introduction to Physiological and Systema- _ tical Botany, with notes by Jacob eshte M. D.. Philad. 1814, 8vo. 120, Smith (W.) A Delineation of the alee of England and Wales, - aud part of Scotland, exhibiting the Collieries and Mines, ep MeGs A815. uv 121. Soemmering (S. H.) De Cumberie: ieenaal F suniiiaed Trajecti ad moenum. 1794—1801, 6 vols. 8vo. 122. . Uber einen Ornithocephalus vongelesemt. 27 Dec. 1810, Ato. - . ; 123. — Uber eine neue art wein zu vereedien vongelesen den 27 Junius 1814, 4to. 124. Stackhouse (J.) Nereis Britannica, continens species omnes Fucorum in Insulis Britannicis crescentium, iconibus illus- tratas. Oxonii, 1816, 4to. 125. St. Fond (F. de) Mineralogie des Volcans. Paris, 1784, 8vo. 126. Tilesius (Dr.) Naturhistorische friichte des ersten Kaiserlich Russischen unter dem kommando des Herm v. Krusenstern, gliicklich vollbrachten, ee St. Petersburg, 1813, 4to. 127. Tournefort (J. P.) Institutiones rei Herbariz. rin et 1719, 3 ) vols. 4to. | 128. Vieillot (M. L. P.) Histoire naturelle des isesiit de l’Ame- rique Septentrionale. Paris, 1807, 2 tomes, folio. 129, Watson(R. DD.) Chemical Essays, 7th edition. London, 1800, 12mo. 130. Weinholdt (D.) Dissertatio ticaanghatiatiel sistens Analysin orga- norum corporis humani. Tubinge, 1815, 12mo. 131. Werner (A. S.) A Treatise on the external Characters of Minerals. Dublin, 1805, 8vo. 132, White (Charles) An account of the regular Gradation i in Man, and in different Animals and Vegetables, and from the seemed to the latter. site a. 1799, Ato. ps > Sty see, = nin Ao ge inva ranches of Natural History. rine 1795, 8vo. 134, Wilson’s ( A iétarider} ) American Ornithology; or the Natural History of the Birds of the United States, illustrated with plates, &e. Philad. 1808—14, 9 vols. folio. 35. Willdenow (D. C. L.) Hortus Berolinensis, sive Icones, et descriptiones. Plantarum rariorum vel minus em, &c. Berolini, 1806, folio. 136... —---— The Principles of Botany and of ide ong Physio- logy. Edinburgh, 1805, 8vo. 137. Withering (Wm.) A systematic Se of — Plants. _ London, 1801, 4 vols, 8vo. 138. Annales de Chimie, 7 tomes. Paris, 1789-—90, 8yvo. 140. Plates to the Encyclopedia Londinensis. 141. Transactions of the American. Philosophical Pa Philad. 1804, 4to. ) | 142. Transactions of the Liter ary and Pbilpsenbien. Society. of New York, vol. 1, 1815, 4to. 143, Transactions of the Society for the promotion | ae Useful iia in the State of New York. Albany 1 801—7—14, 3 vols. 4to. 144, Det Kongelige Danske Videnskabers Selskales Skrivter, 1800 » 1810, 10 vols. 4to. ai 145, Epitome entomologiz F abriciane sive N cnsenatiiens entomolo- giciis emendatus, sistens Fabriciani systematis cum Linneano comparatorem. Lipsiz, 1797, 8vo. : 146. Synopsis of the contents of the British Museum, 5th edition. London, !812, 8vo. 147, Notice des principaux objects d’histoire naturelle conservés dans les Galeries du Museum de Jardin des Plantes de Paris. Paris, 1809, 8vo. | 148, Essai, Sur les Montagnes. Amsterdam. 2 tomes, 8yo. 1785. i49. Descriptive Catalogue of the Apparatus and Instruments em- ployed in Chemistry and Analytical Mineralogy, manufac- tured and sold by Accum and Garden. London, 1812, 12mo.- 150.. Enquiries of the Geological Society of London. 8vo, ’ A List or ae ere. Wey LIBR A RY OF THE | amore pete ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, WITH REFERENCES TO THE NUMBERS AFFIXED IN THE FOREGOING CATALOGUE TO THE BOOKS PRESENTED BY THEM RESPECTIVELY. Literary and Philosophical Society of New York, 142. Society for the Promotion of the Useful Arts, in the State of New York, 143. William Maclure, 4, 31, 32,37, 58, 39, 40, 45, 50, 55, 56, 72, 74, 75, 76, 94, 96,97, 103, 105, 107, 109, 110, 116, 120, 128, 135. Zaccheus Collins, 54, 93, 104, 112, 117, 145. Thomas Forster (England) 58, on 60, 61, 63. Jos. R. Paxson, 62. David Hosack, M.D. (New York) 70, 71. R. E. Griffith, Jun. 16, 18, 26, 36, 147. Thomas Gilpin, 91. Archibald Bruce, M.D. (New York) 29. N. Allison, M.D. 127. Wa. Meade, M.D. 150. S. L. Dana, (Boston) 149. George Ord, 113. Daniel Drake, M.D. 58. Mrs. B.S. Barton, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15. C. A. Le Sueur, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90. Richard Harlan, 23. * J. W. Francis, M.D. (New York) 83.. Joseph Doddrige, M.D. 52. Samuel Mitchill, M.D. 101. Wm. P. C. Barton, M. D. 17. Joel Abbot, 1 James Cutbush, M.D. 43. ; John Stackhouse (Oxford, Eng.) 124. Joseph Crukshank, 3, 92, M. A. G. Desmaret, (Paris) 51. P. A. Latreille, (Paris) 81. Leman, (Paris) 84. i ri yN ATIONS- TO THE | MUSEUM ‘OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIEN CES,. asticles presenta “Donors. 420 woh alg canal j ‘ ) 1814. A collection of minerals, from or , neighbourhood of Pittsburgh. Dr. G. Troost. February." Indian axe, from New-Jersey. G. W. Bartram, | May. Hyalin Quartz, from Franklin co. ey ea sah Pennsylvania. , : G. A. Madeira. Vermes, three species. | DT eSeyes: ee es une. Rattle Snake, (stuffed) from Chew’s 2 a Landing, New Jersey. 4 ‘ Evan Davis. taviye uly. . Collection of Marine Productions, | from Great Egg Harbour. T. Say. September. Earthy Minerals: and Zirconite, January, Table of the constituent parts of ) ‘ 1815, y S. Conrad 3 from New Jersey. Engraved Portrait of Alexander ; vine Wilson. * g T. Bishop. |. . March.. Coluber, one specimen; and Madre- f Be ters Pek a pores. , é Dr. Barnes. May. Human Feetus, with the umbilicus: E Bisa preserved inoxymuriate-mercury. ¢ Dr. Janney : Madrepore Mandrites. | J. Coates, | Jaws and Vertebra of a Shark, and specimens of Minerals. ee W. Wagner. June. Testudo Pennsylvanica. ; B. Says August. Specimens of native Gold, from’ iP dae North Carolina. : Dr. Scott Minerals, from Maryland. Dr. Troost. Mexican Cotton, as cultivated in : ae gite slag Georgia. : J. M‘Quin. September, Quartz Crystal, very. Jarge size, from . Re? Lancaster, Pennsylvania. ‘ a6 ese oat oL. I, maica. Collection of Bird’s Nests, and Eggs from Burlington, New Jersey. Zz TE Pe: Minerals from London Grove, and be Asbestus, from odes Baltimore. = John Lea, jr. Collection of Minerals, from Perki- omen, Pennsylvania. ‘ g B.. Warder. Fossil Shells, &c. from St. Mary’s oy county, Maryland. J; Gilliamna. Horns of the Cervus Virginianus, from New Jersey, and G. Ord _ Sorex Quadricaudatus, now first f~” . found to be a native. Tremolite, from London Grove. C. Richardson. — Glass model of a Mummy, found in” the Pyramids of Egypt; brought $ Dr. Troost. thence by Denon. | Horns of the Louisiana Ox, and a Sed aes _ Bird of Paradise, prepared. ee The Proboscis of the Pristis Anti- sa quorum. be ’ Collection of Fossils, from Sunbury, Pennsylvania. : Or, Sane. Collection of Insects, from China. S. Hazard. _ Specimens of Shells, and Fish. G. Ord. Vultus Atratus, (stuffed). J. Lukens. Specimen of Hyla, rae tobed > g, a new species. ‘inne Fish, three species. L. Vanuxem. Herbarium of Grasses, collected in} Grove. Collection of Seeds. L. Vanuxem. Collection of Shells. . _ | Mrs. Robbarts.. Oxocecetus Evolans, Capt. Craycroft. Collection of Shells. J. Coates. Specimens of Minerals. | _. J. R. Paxson. the neighbourhood of London bw, Jackson.. amaica Spider, and fees, oa ae Dr. Teas oon ies ‘October. November. _ December. 1816. January. February. . aes "s - ’ tne Sirs co Oy Collection of Shells, from the sy Cc. yest R. ae S. Hazard. terranean. : J. Warder. Jaws of a Whale, Horns of an Ante- lope, &c. : be Ks Collection of Shells. R. E. Griffith, jr. April. Collection of American Fresh Wa- nae ter Shells, from the Ohio. Isaac Lea. Collection of Shells, from Ireland. M. J. O’Kelly, Dublin. Collection of Shells, and Seeds from the East Indies. ‘ J. H. Dulles. Shells, three species, J. Coates. Shells, six species. J. Shinn. Minerals from Kentucky. | J. R. Paxson. Specimens of Cyprea Ocellata. J. Gilliams. Fossil Remains, from New Jersey. 5S. Wetherill. Mustela Mynx, (stuffed). R. Harlan. A large and valuable collection o objects of Natural History, form- ing part of the collection of the ‘late Dr. Barton. Fossil Remains from New Jersey. — S. Wetherill. j Living Scolopendra, (supposeda new species), India : J. H. Dulles. Various specimens of Reptiles / Tusks of Animals, &c. ¢ L. Vanuxem. Collection of Shells, and Marine 43) : Animals, from Santa Cras ¢ Miss envoy Vespertilio Vampyrus, and Scolo- : pendra Inzqualis, from the island $ Capt. Hawthorn. of Java. Joseph Watson. May. Several Animals from Jamai - served in split. ere 4 ‘ Dr. Metin. Ichthyophalmite, from Sweden Wm. Maclure. Fossil Shells fromnearthe Chesapeak. R. Randolph. Fossil Shells from Maryland. Dr. Mease. — June. Shells, three species. S. Allen. - Collection of Shells. — Miss Graham. J uly. Shells, &c. from the Pacific Ocean. Capt. Robbarts. ~ Collection 1 of Seeds: Reptiles, &c. ; Collection of Shells and Minerals. Fossil Remains, from New Jersey. _ S. Wetherill. Fossil impression of a Fern, on Shist, 4 si: from near Columbia, Penn. ‘ Dr. Griffith, Columbia, . Minerals, Seeds, and Fossils. = S. Hazard. September. Large specimen of Mica, from Siberia. Wm. Wagner. . Skin and Jaws of a Shark, &c. Capt. Craycroft. Titanium, from Sparta, New-Jersey. Wm. Maclure. October. Gorgonia, one specimen. B. Say. horned Sheep, from the Cape of November. Good Hope. Collection of Reptilia, preserved in Sis spirits. : ‘ G. W. Bartram. December. Cranium, and Horns, of the Many- R. Haines Collection of Shells. S: Hutchins. Collection of shells from Ceylon. B. Say.” Collection of Iron Ores. ‘f Dr. Waterhouse. Collection of Minerals, &c. R. Harlan. mie Reptiles, several species. A. Cuthbert, January. Hervarium of American Plants. — Whitlow. | Mollusce, two species. C. A. Le Sueur. Echinus Hexaporus. — G. Ord. Shells, five species. | R. Coates, Herbarium of American Plants, 2 vols. R. E. Griffith, jr. Balanus, very large specimen. _ J. H. Dulles. | Rock Salt. St. Domingo. W. Poultney. February, ine - M bs sean two. err w exisaiiobaen! Marine Animals, eighteen species. S, Hazard. March. Bitumen from Havanna. Dr. Mease. | > April. Minerals and Shells. L. Vanuxem. | Horn of the Antelope distal T. Nuttall. Shells, seventeen species, | Dr. Gordon. Chetodon, two species. J. Lefevre. — Minerals, kc. es isnt Isaac Lea, Madrepora Musica. J. H, Dulles. | Pie, A. Alexander. sit Marble ide . Maat me Ae Capt. Hewitt. Shells, from the East Indies, poem “Ss Burr one species. te Grinder ef an Elephant, fronas Suma- Lows: tra. West India Shells, fifty species. Capt. Craycroft: Fish, several species from the Ohio. T. Say. Foss Bese ” Tish Huntsville, ieee J. D. Clifford. June. Minerals. Isaac Lea. Minerals. J. H. Dulles. Marine Productions. Capt. Hays. , July. Fossils from the Ohio. Col. Carr. es! Madrepora Muricata. . | Capt. Moss. estudo Galatea, from the vicinit . of Philadelphiz. be : whens Marine Productions. . G. Ord. rated Bitumen, from the island oe Doitie tad, Jor 9 ‘ Joseph Watson. ; , Coal of We Pea oe, aaa nat oll Marine Plants and Shells. B. Say. Sepia, one species. ae A. Cuthbert. August. Stalactites, Mammoth Cave, sae TR Paxson. tucky. Testudo Picta. Ro tee Ie Bishop. Insects from China, anda Robe made of the skin of the Diver duck from }Capt. Robbarts. September. the N.W. Coast, &c., . Several species Reptilia. ~ ¥. Gilliams. Calcareous Breccia, Columbia, Penn. Dr. Griffith, Columbia, Squilla Empusa, from Rhode Island. C. A. Le Sueur. Caryophillea, one species. _ Jj. Robbins. Crustacea, &c. twelve species from the Gulph Stream, ‘ Capt. : ames Hamilton. ; i linerals from Elba. : . Say. Sr e . Herbarium of Plants from eet Dr. Dicken ™ the Lakes. Corriphina Hippuris (stuffed). Capt. Morse. Cancer Menas from Europe and C. | Lissa from Rhode Island. g C. A, Le Sueur. Specimen of Argonauta Argo, with its inhabitant in a fine state ef pre- + Capt. Bartling. servation. Shells, &c. | | ‘Murex Ramosa. Capt. Butler. Adipocire from New-York. Dr. Ives, New-York. Collection of Minerals. | S. Hazard. Collection of Minerals. Dr. Dickenson. souri. Suite of Rocks fustracng the stra- | tification of Mont Simplon. g Wm. Maclure. Suite of Cobalt, in different states, 2, ; from the ore to the metal. : S. Hazard. Fossils from the Alps, and Minerals. Wm. Maclure. Five vols. of Plants collected around Philadelphia. eR E. Griffith, jr. Novernber. - Collection of Minerals from the ea J. Shinn. : _ Suite of Rocks from pete all ee ee land, Pennsylvania. Large mass of Rock containing Fos- | sil Shells from near Bordeaux. ‘ Cape treet Fossils from Europe. Wm. Maclure. Prosylaria, two species, Albatros, one. R. Harlan. Paddle Fish from the Ohio. S. Hazard. - Flying Fish. : Capt. Kitts. Shells from Ireland, 100 species. M. J.O’Kelly, Dublin. Decem. Warlike implements from the Te- Cant: Peiides gee Islands. a esa : Several Species of Fish, preserved ne Ca i Se pa spirits. se sido Vivera Vivata, (stuffed). R. Haines. Stalactites, Doyles Cave, Kentucky. — Bakewell. “ LIST OF APPARATUS: PRESENTED TO | THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. . Articles presented. Donors. Sundry Chemical Apparatus. _ Dr. Parrish. - Square Microscope. is i Silver Blow Pipe. : Wm. sec Model of a Telegraph invented sf ; Capt Hewnt.: °* . Capt. Hewitt. Air Thermometer. eis Air Pump complete: Compound Microscope. o 1 Solar do, _" er Electrical Machine and Applied er hae Two Concave Mirrors. V hig: f i % isd &. ral De 7 a! gr. » iy: “9 . ae . : s #4, NTENTS ss VOLUME 1—PART IL. Orricers of the Aeademy of Natural Sciences ve the yea a 1818. : : : ns ec OR 221 Pesca of several new species “ North Ameri a n Fishes. ‘“ - By C. A. Le Sueur. ‘ i account of the Crustacea of the sain States, By Tho- mas Say (continued. ) fe, ‘ FG ; 235 Observations on two species of the genus Gracula of Batham. _ By George Ord. , a : ‘ Pade 253 * ‘Report of a committee on a new Hydrostatic. Balance, i in- vented by Isaiah Lukens, and submitted to the Academy. 260° Essay on the formation of Rocks, or an inquiry into the probable de origin of their present form and structure. _ By ‘pila Maclure. : } is - ; ‘i Le 961 « Account of two new genera, iad several new species, of Rech, hice water and land Shells. By Thomas Say. . ~ a "876. ? Essay on the for mation of Rocks, or an inquiry into the proba- — ogo tag ble origin of their present form and structure. Ag Wile cee liam. Maclure (continued,) ‘ : 285. Observations on a new genus of Fossil Shells: By | ¢. A. Le Sueur. : , ‘ . é , 3105 An account of the Gunes of the United ace. By Tho- te, mas Say (continued.) EP pte é os 313 ei Observations on the genus Glycine and some of its kindred genera, By Stephen Elliott. .° . : 320 Teapy on the formation of Rocks, or an i big wie into the dita . ble origin of their present form and structure, By Wil- © liam Maclure (concluded.) ‘ ; REY de An account of the Florida Jay of Bartram. By Gkerke Ora, 345 Description of several species of North American Amphibia, accompanied with observations. By Jacob Green. . 348 Descriptions of several new species of North American Fishes. . By C. A. Le Sueur (cominued.) . .« « «+. 359 ‘ ‘ # « hey CONTENTS. . Description of a Hydrostatic Balance, by which the specific gravities of minerals may be ascertained without calcula- tion. By Benjamin H. Coates,M.D. . : 368 Observations on the genus Glycine, and some of its Kitidrea genera. By Stephen Elliott (concluded) : 373 An account of the Crustacea of the United States. By Thoteas Say, (continued.) , é ° ° 374 A case of an unusual arrangement in the asachaie Chid and in the external Jugular Veins of the human subject. By . William E. Horner, M. D. ‘ ; 401 - Notes on Professor Green’s paper on the A tip hibiis published in the September number of this Journal. By Thomas Say. 405 Description of three eee of Fish. By Samuel L. Mitchill, . 1 eS ego ‘ 407 Description of several new ake cies of the ee Eeez of North America. By C. A. Le Sueur. . ‘ : 413 Description of three new genera of fluviatile fish, Pontlixis, Buk: chirus, and Exoglossum. By C. S. Rafinesque. ; 417 An account of the Crustacea of the United States. Re Tho- “mas Say (concluded.) P : 423 Observations on some of the Animals degesibil in the account of the Crustacea of the United States. By the same. 442 _ Appendix to the account of the Crustacea of the United States. eee By the same. _. 445 Description of a new genus of fredh sitet bivaly@SHells. By i the same, 459 Description of two new species of Linnean Lacerta. By Jacob . Gilliams. , 460 tes o account of Minerals at present a to exist in the vici- _nity of Philadelphia. By Isaac Lea. . p 462 * Dercriptich of three new species of the Genus Nevsa. vie m _ Thomas Say. ¢ ‘ : 482 Remarks of the Publishing Gomininer. . : aes Alphabetical Index, Zoological and: Botanical. ie 487 » Catalogue of the Library (continued.) Q. ; : 491 . of Donors to’ the Library. : oe . 497 ist of Donations to the Museum. . ‘ Stag 499 List of Donations to the Apparatus. . ; p 508 » 505 Reference to the Plates of Vol. i. a a JOURNAL Academy of Natural Sciences . oF PHILADELPHIA. MAY, 1818. OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, FOR THE YEAR 1818. President. William Maclure. Vice Presidents. Zaccheus Collins, George Ord. Corresponding Secretary, Reuben Haines. Recording Secretary. Edward Barton, M. D. Curators. Thomas Say, Charles-Alexandre Le Sueur, Isaiah Lukens, Titian Peale. Librarian. Jacob Peirce, Treasurer. Jacob Gilliams. Committee of Publication. George Ord, Thomas Say. Vol. f. 222 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES.: (May Descriptions of several New Species of North American Fishes. By C. A. Le Sueur. Read March 3, 1818. THE FIRST ORDER OF FISHES, OR CHONDROP- TERIGIOUS. Cuvier. Branchi@ fixed. second family, or the Selaciens—PLAactiostomeEs. Du- ‘Near Marblehead, in Massachusetts, the fishermen take a kind of shark which they call Nurse or Sleeper, doubtless from its inactive or sluggish habits. It is con- sidered as rare on their coast. From a skin recently pre- pared by them, I have been enabled’to make the follow- ing observations. This individual, I think, belongs to a new subgenus, allied to the genus Aiguillats (Spinax, Cuv.) which I shall call Somniosus, or the Sleepers. Like Spinax they have spiracles, no anal fins, five small branchial apertures; approximating, and near the pectorals, but they differ in having a short obtuse snout. Pectoral, yentral and dorsal fins very small; dorsals without spines, caudal as in Aiguillats. Somniosvus brevipinna. Lateral line black, undulat- ing at the head, and marked in its whole length with small transverse lines; tail wide, emarginate; the first dorsat midway between the pectoral and anal fins, the second a little further than the ventral, and both very near the tail. &Frr> a 2 ie Fee ae a et af ae =% " ? y=. : Ds, Wie a SQUALUS BREVIPINNA Ww «! » 1818.) . NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. 223 Body elongated, with a slight elevation, and narrow at the tail; spiracles distant from the eyes,and more elevated; eyes small, round, and situated laterally; the pectoral fins, which were larger than the others, except the caudal, were four inches at the base, and at most five inches in length, This individual, from the end of the snout to that of the tail, was six feet five inches long; and we may regard it as ashark with very small fins, whence its motion must be slow, and confined to the bottom, there sluggishly seeking its prey. Skin rough, beset with triangular, curved, striated and pointed asperities.. Colour of the entire body a pale lead. gray, somewhat darker on the back. SQUALUS, or Suark. Spiracles none. With anal fins. SqguaLus obscurus. Dusky Shark. Plate IX. Yail with a carina undulated above, and slightly emarginated at the base; pectora/s long, narrow, and fal. ciform; dorsa/s and anals projecting backwards in a point; second dorsal opposite to the anal, the latter bilobed, A white spot on each side of the neck. Head flat and broad; snout sharp-edged, rounded and wide at the end; eyes lateral, large, orbicular, pupil trans- verse, narrow, with a nictitant membrane originating be- low; branchial apertures five, unequal, the first very large, the last very small, and situate above the origin of the pectoral fins; nostrils oblique, and partially covered bv a short, pointed appendage on the margin, near the end of 224, NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. (May. the snout; tai/ rounded, strong, with a falciform fin, ter- minating in a distinct, triangular, lanceolate lobe; lower lobe of the fin short and rounded; ventra/s small sub- quadrangular, without posterior process; teeth triangu- lar, serrate. REFERENCE TO THE PLATE. Fig. 2. the tail viewed from above. Fig. 3. one of the lower teeth; a. the denticulations magnified. Fig. 4. one of the upper teeth. Fig. 5. an eye, with its nictitant membrane. Saguatus fttoralis. Ash-coloured Shark. Tail with an undulated carina, slightly notched at the base upwards; pectoral, ventral, dorsal and anal fins large, not prolonged backwards, the second dorsal more forward than the anal; szout acute; teeth narrow, pointed and undulated. ; Body short, thick, wider towards the abdomen; head flat, dilated between the eyes, and terminating in a point- ed snout, rounded at the end; moséril lobes very short, apertures pretty wide, and laterally placed at the extre- mity of the snout; eyes very small, orbicular, brilliant, iris silvery: these are somewhat above the sides of the snout; branchial apertures five, very large, especially the first, the last much smaller, embracing the base of the pectoral fin; dorsal sub-quadrangular; the pectorals are soft; tai/ rounded, tapering to a point, and furnished with a falciform fin, terminated by a distinct triangular lobe. The opening of the jaws resembles the letter U; teeth long, and in three or four rows, without dentelures. Colour a reddish ash gray; abdomen white. Newyork market. Length three feet. I owe the knowledge of this species to Dr. Mitchill of Newyork. Z " WHUVHS -ASAG ou). AG, et 2 fe 4 YO: 3 pe ne Re ne WUVHS - TANG — _ lay a2 pep won p ap yy ¢ 1818.) NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. 225 Squartrina. (Angels, Dumeril.) Gen. char. Spiracles. No anal fin, Mouth cloven at the end of the snout; eyes on the dorsal face, not lateral. Head round; pectorals large, inclining forward, and only separated from the neck by a chink, which contains the branchial apertures; the two dorsal behind the ventral fins, and the caudal placed equally above and below the column, Cuvier, Régne Animal. Sguatina Dumeril. Plate X, Head bordered on each side by a white membrane; abdomen, throat, pectoral and anal fins marked by large red spots; nostrils witha broad ciliated skin on each side, as in the Barbel. Body flattened, broad, and elevated towards the pec- torals; ¢az/ attenuated and sharp-edged; head wider than long, obtuse, emarginated in front between the nostrils, ‘depressed above and between the eyes; neck rather tumid and distinct; eyes small, yellowish green, pupil black, spherical, orbit elevated and furnished with blunt tuber- cles—similar ones occur above the nostrils, between the © spiracles; the cheeks are flat, farnished with small mu- cous pores, very distinct between the spiracles; nostrils on the anterior edge, above the jaws, and between the eyes, aperture vertical and covered by a broad membrane; spiracles behind the eyes, wide, transverse; jaw protract- ed, opening; ¢eeth lanceolate, rather gibbose in front; these are in six or seven distinct rows, having each five teeth; branchial openings very near each other in front oj the pectorals; tongue triangular, flat, not distinct, termi: nated by a small fleshy, rounded appendage; pectoral: 226 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. (May. subtriangular, lengthened to a point before, thick at base, flexible at their posterior margin, and distinguished from the body by a slight round notch: the outer margin has curved sharp points; abdominal fins lanceolate, straight, narrow, bordering the body, and ending in an appendage, called by Bloch hands, in the males: a notch distin- guishes the appendage from the fin. The two dorsals sub- triangular, between the ventral fins and end of the tail; eaudal elevated, notched, lobes pointed, the lower one longest. Colour of the head, back, fins and tail a bluish ash sray, with reddish tints upon the head and margin of the fins; abdomen white; but there is a remarkable reddish spot on the throat, another on the abdomen, and another behind the vent, extending to the end of the tail. The pectorals and ventrals are in like manner bordered with large and irregular bands of the same colour. My observations on this species are derived from three individuals, perfectly alike; and the drawing was made from one which Mr. Titian Peale kindly put into my hands for examination, before preparing it for the museum. Another was presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences by Mr. Lownes, a member; and the third exists in a private collection. ‘The general length is from three to four fect. This fish wholly differs from the European species, of which I made a drawing, froma fresh specimen, in 1813, at Rouen; it was also a male. I have dedicated this fine species to M. Dumeril, in testimony of my remembrance and esteem, 7 + ao wt el i818.) NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. 297 SECOND ORDER OF FISHES, STURIONIENS, OR CHONDROPTERIGIENS. With free Branchia. These have gills much cloven, an 6 ig Oi but no rays to the membrane. The second genus of this order, with free branchie*, contains but one species, the Polyodon feuill’, Squalus spathula, of Lacepéde, tom. i. p. 408. pi. xii. fig. 3. “which was from the Mississippi. An individual from ‘the river Ohio, was presented, by Mr. Hazard, to the Academy, and this, in the form of its body, fins and snout, is closely allied to the foliated Polyodon, but difiers in the total absence of teeth. A circumstance so remarkable authorizes us to consider the present in- dividual a new species, and perhaps the type of a new subgenus near Polyodon. Both species, however, so much alike in body, fins and snout, might well be .uni- ted under the name Spatularia, Schn. if we reject the teeth from those characters attached to the genus by Cuv er and Lacepéde. In other respects they resemble each other. The two then would be specifically distin- guished, one with teeth, the other without teeth. Or, should the adoption of a new genus be preferred, 1 would propose the foliowing characters. Genus PLATIROST RA, Gen. char, Jaw, tongue and throat destitute of teeth. Snout flattened, elongated and spathuliform. ins and 4ody closely resembling those of the Sturgeon, but with- out plates. The tail only is covered on each side by small bony plates, as in that genus. * Cuvier, Regne Animal. 228 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. (May. Prarirostra edentula, Snout not so long as one third of the body, dilated and rounded at the end. Body nearly round, pointed at the tail; skin rather smooth than rough, covered with small irregular osselets, which are more abundant on the head. The head and snout covered with long osseous plates, which are radiat- , ed, and interlocked at their extremities: these are in pairs, two on the head, and about six other pairs along the snout. Between the extremities are other smaller plates so as to fill the vacancy. The orbiculars are strong, forming the base of the snout, and extend to about half its length. Both its sides are occupied with small stelli- form discs, the rays of which cross each other and pre- sent the appearance of an osseous reticulation, support- ing the membranous skin of the snout. Eyes small, oblong, above the articulation of the up- per jaw; nostri/s small, double, one above the other, in front of the eyes, but a little more elevated. Jaws equal, without teeth, maxillar and intermaxillar close together, and in length equal. Inferior mandibles simple and narrow; opening of the mouth large; spiracles, as in sturgeons, behind the eyes, and in front of the arti- culation of the analogue of the preoperculum. At the - other extremity is an opercular plate, radiating backwards, and below this, the analogue of the sub-operculum and interoperculum, which articulate with each other. A large skin supports all these bones, expanding and atten- uating to a point posteriorly almost to the end of the pec- toral fin, and covering the wide branchial aperture on each side. 3 | Branchié \arge: the arcs have two rows of long rigid bristles, in close connexion, directed towards the front. 1818.) NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. 9939 These rows defend a broad membranous expansion, that accompanies the interior contour of each arc, between the bristles, the base of the membranes being furnished with small and very compact cartilaginous lamine, and behind the ares is a branchiferous membrane, to support the pectinated structure, with free extremities. The shoulder bones are covered with trifid papillee, which re- semble a small insect. _ Fins very like those of the sturgeon, rays bony, arti- culate and divided, the first usually strong, at the upper — part of the tail they are very strong. ‘The inferior rays have a long articulation. Tail \arge, notched, with pointed lobes. The lateral line commences on the head, branches to- wards the eyes, towards the sides in front of the preeoper- culum, across the neck, extends on each side of the © back, beginning to decline a little in front of the dorsal fin, and terminates at the tail. In its whole length are to be seen minute ramifications, straight and curved more or less distant from each other. : Colour. This cannot be strictly given from a dried specimen, but on a comparison with several dried sturge- ons, the present species seems to be of an olive red. Length from the end of the snout to that of the tail three feet ten inches. Snout from its extremity to the eyes twelve inches long, and three inches wide. P, 26.—D. 58.—V. 40 a 50.—A. 56.—C, 25 The above description was made from two individu- als taken in the Ohio, one in the cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences, presented by Mr. Samuel Hazard, a member, the other in Peale’s museum, bearing this in- 230 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. (May. scription: Paddle fish, caught in the-river Ohio, and pre- sented by Robert Patterson, esq. and with this article did the-museum commence in June, 1784. SECOND SERIES OF FISHES, OR OSSEOUS FISHES. Cuvier, Kegne Animal. Fifth. Order, MALACOPTERIGIENS. Azpominat. First Family, SALMONES., Second Subgenus LES EPERLANS. (Osmerus, Artedi.) These have two rows of distinct teeth on each palate, the vomer containing only afew in front. In other re- spects their form is that of the trouts; but the gill mem- branes have only eight rays. Body without ‘spots, and the ventral fins coincide with the anterior edge of the first dorsal. Caught at sea near the mouths of great rivers. Cuvier, Régne Animal. Osmerus viridescens. Mawillaries denticulated in their whole length, mandibles very wide, and doubly ca- vinated lengthwise in the middle; dorsal fin higher than wide, its origin corresponding with that of the ventrals. Head and back of a fine golden green as far as the lateral line; pectorals, abdominals and the rest of the body stiver- white. Air-bladder fusiform, swoln at the middle. Body long, subcompressed, and subtransparent; back straight, a little elevated; /ateral line faint, blending the green colour of the back with the white of the sides and 1818.) NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. 231 abdomen; /ower jaw somewhat longer than the upper, re- curved, opening, prolonged as far as the eyes; teeth strong, cylindric, long and crooked, three at the tongue very strong, one of which is at its extremity; pectorals large; anal wide in front, narrow back, slightly notched; caudal forked, with acute lobes; adipose fin a little bent, and terminating in a point; eyes large, orbicular, iris white and brown, pupil black; scales equal, rhomboidal. _ Length about ten inches. Taken with the line, from Boston to Newport. Good for food, Pay Bu SoeP 14816oDid le Ve Oe Ay don We believe this to be a new species, and have called it viridescens, from the green colour of its back. Genus COREGONUS. Ompres. 1. Coreconus /rtedi. Body subfusiform, a little elevated at the back; head small, having an osseous radiated plate, which is covered by the skin; snout pointed. | In form this species approaches the Scombres; a sec- tion of it is oval. Head small and narrow; snout short, terminated by small intermaxillaries; mazxillaries wide, sharp-edged as in the herring, edges entire; mundibles ca- rinate, producing inwardly a triangular pedunculate ex- pansion, very small conical teeth inserted in the skin of the lips, at the extremity of the jaws: these teeth were sufficiently manifest in a small individual, but not visi- ble in a larger one, a female, which came under my ob- servation. Rays in the osseous plate of the head tubular, and open at the exterior, some tending backwards, and others towards the end of the snout. A faint carinated 932 NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. (May. line divides the top of the head in the dried specimen. | Lateral line straight and near the middle; nostrils double, close to the end of the snout, and articulation of the maxillaries; scales round, approximated, easily falling off: the base of the tail is covered with them, Colour ash blue at the back, paler and silvery on the rest of the body, with yellow tints on the tail, head and dorsal; zris whitish, pupil black. B. 9.—P. 16.—D. 12.—V. 12.—A. 13.—C. § rays. Length ten to twelve inches. Very delicate food. Taken in Lake Erie, and at Lewistown, Upper Canada. Called Herring Salmon. 2. Correconus albus. Body \ess fusiform than the preceding; back elevated from the nape to the first dor- sal fin. This species differs from the preceding one in its body having more depth, its back a greater elevation, and its proportions much stronger in body, fins and scales. ‘The adipose fin, which is broad, appears to consist of delicate rays, much pressed, and in pairs. _ This species, which is white, is called at Lake Erie White fish. They are caught in June and salted. . Second Family, or that of the HERRINGS. ‘These are readily known by being destitute of an adipose fin. The upper jaw is formed like that of the Trouts, having in the middle intermaxillaries not pedi- cled, and maxillaries at the sides. ody always covered with scales. All possess a natatory bladder, and for the most part numerous cece, Some ascend the rivers. Cuvier, Régne Animal. | i818] NEW SPECIES OF FISHES, 233 “THE HERRINGS. Crvrea. L. ‘The Herrings have the maxillars bowed in front, longitudinally divisible into several parts. ‘The opening. of the mouth moderate, not wholly set with teeth, often indeed toothless. Dorsal fin above the ventrals. Many are taken in our seas, not easily distinguished from their resemblance in form and argentine colour. (Cuv. Régne Animal.) ~ Dr. Mitchill, in his memoir on Fishes, inserted in the — Literary and Philos. Trans. of Newyork, has introduced * ~ to us thirteen species of the family ef Clupea, among which we have not found those which have come under our observation, and of which we are about to give a con- cise description, considering them as new. ‘Two of the species are of the genus Herring of Cuvier, and the three others of the genus Megalopes (La Cep.) The first species, which I call Clupea fasciata, (Fas- ciated Herring), is known under the name of Alewife by the fishermen of Sandwich, and appears only in the spring; but about the end of August 1816, we still had a _ sight of several individuals, in length one, two, four, | eight and nine inches, all alike, except as to size. Body compressed; back straight; breast and abdomen forming a bow downwards as far as the tail; seven to eight lines of a blackish blue at the sides of the back, and a round- ed notch at the bottom of the divisions of* the tail, of which the lower lobe is longest. The entire length of the body is about six times that _ of the head, which is not quite equal to the depth of the body; snout short; jaws equal; maxillars of middling 234, NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. [May width, scarcely reaching beyond the centre of the eye, which is near the end of the snout, and round, its iris yellow and pupil black. Operculum parallelogramiform, slightly oblique, and depressed at the lower edge; dorsa as high as the width of its base; fectorals acute, rather long; ventrals somewhat behind the front of the dorsal, which is large and truncated; anal long, subequal; date. rat line scarcely visible; co/eur blue on the back, lighter at the sides, and of a silver white under the abdomen, breast and tail; yellow tints are reflected from the scales upon the opercula, base of the tail and fins. The blue lines are deeper towards the back than the abdomen, where they disappear, These are salted as well as the other species, and like them are taken with the seine. B. 7.—D. 18.—P. 16.—V. 9.—A.18.—C, 225 rays. 2. Crurea elongata. Body lengthened, fusiform, compressed; szout long, lower jaw longest; two scaly ap- pendages on each side of the base of the caudal fin, which is small and forked. Its body, from the end of the snout to that of the tail, is five times longer than the head, by one in depth from the base of the dorsal; dack slightly arcuated; taz/ narrow; abdomen carinated, the spines of which are hardly percep-. tible: those between the ventral and anal fins are more manifest, and are in number from fourteen to fifteen; opening of the mouth pretty large, maxillars narrow, €x- tending somewhat beyond the centre of the eye, which is round, having a nictitant membrane, like the other species; teeth in the jaw, palate and tongue; dorsal fin less im height than length, sub-quadrangular; pectorals short, roun- ¥818.] NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. 235 ded at the extremity; aval subequal, narrow, somewhat elongated; Jateral line obsolete; back and head of a deep blue, with yellowish tints; sides and abdomen of pale blue; pectoral, ventral, anal and caudal fins slightly blended with a reddish green; opercula varied with yellow, red and violet; iris reddish, pupil black. Scales of a middle size, readily falling off. | B. 7.—D. 19.—P.18.—V. 9.—A. 18.—C., 225 rays. We observed this in October, 1816, on the coast of Marblehead and Sandy Bay, under the name of English Herring, which the fishermen have given to it, doubtless from a resemblance it bears to the Pilchard, from which it differs in having a straight dorsal fin, without emargina- tion, as in the Pilchard. ‘Taken with the seine, and cured for home consumption. — (To be continued) D> ee An Account of the Crustacea of the United States. By Thomas Say. Read November 11, 1817. (Continued. ) {Since these papers were read to the Academy, we have found, in the southern states, several interesting and apparently new crustaceous animals, descriptions of some of which will now be added, and those of the remaining ones will form a supplementary addition to this essay; this notice is only given to account for the anachronisms that may appear. ] Genus PENAEUS. Three: anterior pairs of feet didactyle, the anterior pair shortest; interior antenne inserted above the line of the exterior ones, which have a large scale attached to the peduncle; faz/ with the middle process elongate-triangu- lar, broader at base, 236 CRUSTACEA OF THESUITEND STATES. [May. SPECIES. : | 1. P. fluviatilis. Rostrum serrated above with about nine teeth, beneath with about two; tai/ and terminal joints of the abdomen carinated; tac! with middle nen canaliculate above. Astacus fluviatilis Americanus. Seba, tom. in. tab. 17. fig. 2. Inhabits North America. ftostrum as long as the scales of the antenne, grooved each side, armed above with from seven to nine teeth, of which the posterior one is distant from the others, and two, three, rarely four teeth beneath, which, when but two, are distant and placed nearer the tip; a short spine at the base of each interior antennz, terminating an oblique short cari- na, which is margined above by a groove that is bifurca- ted before its posterior termination, with: an acute, short spine in the angle; an abbreviated longitudinal line and groove, sometimes obsolete, originates behind the exterior antennze, forming with the preceding groove the letter N; eyes large; exterior antenne double the length of the body, scales longer than the second joint of the interior antenne, with a deeply impressed submarginal line; a@é- domen with the fourth and fifth segments carinated; sixth segment with the carina more elevated, mucronate behind, a lateral line of longitudinal abbreviated lines on the fifth and sixth segments; ¢ai/ with the middle process deeply canaliculate and mucronate; feet with the first and second joints of the anterior pair, and second joint of the second pair armed with a spine beneath; fingers with short fasci- cles of spines. Length about eight inches. Rarely brought to the Philadelphia market. Seba’s figure is without doubt intended for this species, though 1818.] CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 9237 all the feet are represented as didactyle; this, however, was, it would appear, an error in the drawing. The name of fluviatilis, applied by this author to our Penzus, is certainly not so appropriate as many others which might be substituted, more especially as it is net an inhabitant of fresh waters, as its name seems to indi- cate, but is always found in salt or brackish water. Never- theless, as the name has been given, it would be presump- | tion of the most reprehensible kind in me to reject it, par- ticularly as the species is actually found within the mouths of rivers, probably as high up as the salt water extends. The sexes are distinguishable from each other by the absence or presence of a connecting membrane to the an- terior pair of natatory feet; the membrane is formed by the dilatation and junction of the inner appendages of these parts. oe They appear in great numbers in the estuaries of the southern states and Florida early in the spring, when they are caught, to supply the markets, by means of a cast net; the fisherman ascertains their presence in the water at night, by the lines of light which are formed by their darting amongst the phosphorescent mollusce, when a splashing of the water, or the advance of a boat, alarms them. ‘When recent, the colour is usually whitish, tinged with reddish, and each side, particularly of the abdomi- nal segments, with very pale greenish yellow, and sprink- led in every part, except the eyes, tips of the caudal la- mellz, pectus and venter, with small} radiate, reddish- brown spots; eyes greenish, with dark moyeable pupil; caudal lamellz tipped with verdigrise green, cilia red; antennz reddish, the dorsal carina of the fourth, fifth and Vol. I. R 238 CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. [ Map. sixth abdominal segments, and the rostrum, are brown above. - Genus CALLIANASSA, Four anterior feet didactyle; anterzor pair largest, very unequal; second pair much smaller; third pair submono-« dactyle; fourth and fifth pairs spurious, obsoletely didac- tyle; antenna inserted in nearly the same horizontal line, i7- termediate ones with double seta and elongated peduncle of which the terminal joint is much longest, exterior ones without lamelle; exterior caudal lamella simple. C. * major. Thorax one fourth the length of the body, somewhat membranous, with an oval coriaceous plate above, which before forms a rostrum of a very small pro- jecting acute angle; eyes very small, placed on the upper side of their peduncles, which are cylindrical, approxi- mate at base, incumbent on and as long as the first very short joint of the interior antennz, obtuse, and originat- ing under the anterior margin of the thoracic plate; ex- terior antenne longer than the thorax, two terminal joints of the peduncle equal, sete more than thrice the length of the peduncle; izteriores more than twice the length of the others, more robust, deeply ciliated beneath; eacterna/ pedipalpi with the second joint much largest, compressed, oval, third joint not so large as the fourth, which is semi- eval, terminal joint or nail closing on the edge of the preceding joint; feet, with the exception of the two last ones, compressed; anterior larger foot placed indifferently on the right or left, and is the only part that is of a com- pact crustaceous consistence, third joint sublinear, gra- mulated, compressed within, convex on the exterior side, ¢ | >a Cae 1818.) ‘CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 939 raised into an angle on the middle of the lower edge and incurved at base; carpus trilateral, eranulated, not con- cave, at base beneath projected into a prominent angle or hook, which on the hind edge is furnished with a few short stout hairs, superior edge simply emarginate near the base; hand very much elongated, sublinear, compres. sed, glabrous, two-jointed, first joint a little contracted towards the base, not broader than half the length of the carpus, second jot equai in breadth to, and, excepting the fingers, two thirds the length of the preceding joint; Jingers more than half as long as the preceding joint, with fasciculated hairs, thumb rectilinear at base, decurved at tip and armed with a strong, truncated tooth behind the middle, finger unarmed, incurved; second pair of feet with the third joint obtriangular, equal at tip to-the base of the fourth, which, with the thumb and finger, is tri- angular, terminal joints deeply ciliated; third pair with the penultimate joint transverse, attached to the preced- ing one by the middle of the base, deeply ciliated and terminated at the superior tip by a very small joint, which is rounded at base and acute at tip; fourth and fifth pairs somewhat cylindrical, terminal joints comose, thumb and projecting angle or finger concealed by the hair; abdomen of six segments, two anterior ones membranaceous, the first narrowed to the base, supported on each side, and at the tip beneath, by a semicrustaceous rib, with a linear appendage at each of the kind angles beneath, the second segment supported on each side by a vitreous scale, and at base beneath by an angular semicrustaceous rib, with linear appendices as in the preceding segment; third, fourth and fifth segments: semicrustaceous, octangular, subequal; sixth segment subquadrate, narrowed behind x 240 CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. May. and contracted each side in the middle; natatory appen- dices attached to the third, fourth and fifth segments, composed each of a semilunate plate, with an incuryed fin attached to the anterior lateral base, which when at rest is placed on the anterior face of the plate, and the plate when at rest is incumbent forwards; taz/ rounded at tip, contracted towards the base, and about two thirds the length of the preceding segment; lateral lamelle simple, longer than the tail, inner one linear, comose, exterior one dilated, triangular, ciliated at tip. Inhabits the coasts of the southern states and of East Florida. Cabinet of the Academy. Length of the specimen four and a half inches. The exuviz of this singular animal, particularly of the large anterior foot, occurs very frequently on the sea beach of the southern states early in the spring. It is rarely seen, owing to its recluse mode of life. We found this specimen by digging in the sand of the bay shore of the river St. John in East Florida, about eighteen inches below the surface, near low-water mark; it had formed a tubular domicil, which penetrated the sand in a perpendicular direction to a considerable depth, the sides were of a more compact consistence than the surrounding sand, projecting above the surface about half an inch or more, resembling a small chimney, and rather suddenly contracted at top into a small orifice. The deserted tubes of the Callianassa are in many places very numerous, particularly where the sand is indurated by iron into the incipient state of sand-stone; they are al- . ways filled up, but may readily be distinguished by the ? 1818.) CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 24} indurated parieties and summit often projecting a little above the general surface. . A curious parasite abounds on the body of this spe- cies, perfectly distinct from the genus Ione of Mr, Latre- ille; adescription of it will be given in its proper order. Genus GEBIA, External caudal lamelle simple; tail quadrate; anten- n@ placed on the same horizontal line, in¢erior ones short, with two sete and elongated peduncles, of which thie third joint is much longest, exterior ones destitute of the accessory lamina at base; feet ten, two anterior ones mo- nodactyle with a projecting angle for a finger. | SPECIES. G. * affinis. Thoraz glabrous, transversely grooved in the middle by an arcuated line, behind which, on each side, is a minute spine, anterior part of the thorax cover- ed with numerous fascicles of short, rigid hairs, arising from short tubercles, or impressed interrupted lines some- what arranged in longitudinal rows, broad before and di- vided into a short canaliculated rostrum, anda prominent tooth each side, whichis rather shorter, and separated from it by a groove, which is longer than that of the rostrum, and like it glabrous, rostrum and teeth hairy to their tips, the latter with a short spine beneath; eyes smaller than their peduncles, which are hairy above, concealed; ante- rior feet largest, ciliated with long hair beneath (except- ing the carpus) on the inner edge; second joint with a spine beneath, third joint with four or five beneath and one above near the tip; carpus subtriangular, with three very small ones above, five or six at tip larger, and the $42 CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. [May. largest acute one at the inferior inner tip, an impressed ‘longitudinal line on the outer side; Aand not broader than. the carpus, linear, nearly equal to the third joint, with three elevated ciliated lines above, two impressed ciliated ones on the outer side, beneath with long hair, and a groove, which isa little cblique, and marks the origin of the short angle or finger at tip, a short spine above at base, finger as long as the carpus, with three or four lines of rigid hairs, grooved on the outer side and glabrous within; second pair of feet ciliated with long hair be- neath, third joint with a prominent acute spine at base beneath, and another somewhat dilated and compressed at tip above, nail deeply ciliated above; third pair hairy on the terminal joints, third joint about three-spined be- neath and alittle hairy; fourth and fifth pairs hairy on the terminal joints, nails very small and concealed by the co- mose termination of the feet, those of the former closing on the tip of the preceding joint, those of the latter upon a pro-. * jecting angle of the preceding joint; abdomen glabrous, segments each with a lateral, longitudinal, impressed, sub- marginal line, the first, second, sixth and fifth subequal, the latter shorter, third and fourth equal shortest; natatory feet composed of a suborbicular peduncle, supporting two deeply ciliated lamelle, of which the outer one is more than as long again as: the inner one, suboval, at- tenuated at base and acute at tip, inner one oval, nar- rowed at base; caudal lamelle short, ciliated at tip, del- toid, subequal, the inner one smaller, truncate at tip, a longitudinal elevated line in the middle, and a costal outer margin which is slightly angulated near the base, outer ‘ ae somewhat rounded at tip’and at the inner angle, two 1818.} CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 243 raised lines near the middle, which are recurved at tip, and an outer costal margin; ¢aé/ subquadrate, with an im. pressed longitudinal line, entire at tip, Inhabits Georgia. Cabinet of the Academy. Length two inches and a quarter. Found on an oyster bed near the edge of the water at low tide, and appears to be rare. Its analogue of Great Britain, upon which this genus was founded by Dr. Leach, discovered by Mr. Montague, and by him described in the Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, is also very rare, and inhabits the subterraneous passages of the Solens or Razor shells; our species is very similar to that, but differs from it more especially in having the extremity of the tail entire. * Genus ALPHEUS of Fabricius. \ eet, two anterior pairs didactyle; carpus of the se- cond pair divided into several joints. SPECIES. | 1, A. * heterochelis. Hands of the anterior feet very unequal, larger one deformed and having a very small transverse carpus; rostrum simple, spiniform, acute. Inhabits coasts of the southern states. Cabinet of the oreiens: and Museum of South Ca- rolina, Thorax glabrous, unarmed; rostrum carinate in the middle and terminating in an acute point which nearly at- tains the tip of the first jomt of the inner peduncle; co- vering of the eyes convex, prominent, rounded at. tip; superior antenne, a small scale terminating in an acute 244. CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. [ May. _ spine and placed at the outer base of the peduncle; pedi- palpi deeply ciliated, attaining the tip of the peduncles of the antenne, first joint bicanaliculate beneath, third joint spinose beneath, spine movable, tip acute, a little hairy; inferior antenne nearly as long as the body; ante- rior feet, hands very unequal, the larger one appearing deformed, nearly as large as the thorax, compressed, ex- cluding the fingers, semioval, abruptly constricted near the fingers on each edge; fingers very robust, thumb cul- trate, near the base, within a prominent lobe, or tooth, which is received into a corresponding fossula of the base of the finger, surface a little hairy, hairs assembled at tip into a double row, finger concave within for the reception of the thumb, obliquely emarginate above on the inner edge near the tip, and extending into an angle near the ~ middle of the inner edge; carpus minute, transverse, ¢a- rinated, shorter than the thumb; second pair of feet small- est, but not shorter than the hind ones; three posterior pairs, penultimate joint armed beneath with moveable spines and a few hairs, nails horny, glabrous, acutes taz/ at tip rounded, narrower than at base, deeply ciliated, above behind the middle four, small, conic, moveable spines, placed in cavities; eacternal lateral lamella bipar- ted, two small spines at the outer tip of the first segment, and two larger at the tip of the peduncle, tips deeply ci- liated; colour, when recent, green, sprinkled with nume- rous, small, brownish spots, a large dark green spot at tip of the caudal lamellz; hand beneath white, fingers tipped with white. | Length nearly one inch and a half. The larger hand Of this animal attracts attention by its unusual size and deformed appearance; the individual 1818.) CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 945 of the museum of South Carolina was found by Mr. L’Hermenier on the coast of that state. The specimen in the collection of the Academy we found on the coast of Amelia Island, Florida, concealed under a considera- ble mass of Ascidia; when placed in: water, the thicker filament of the superior antennz was supported in an erect posture, vibratory, and appeared deeply. ciliated near the tip. | I have placed this in the genus Alpheus of Fabricius and Latreille, as the characters will not agree with those ascribed to that genus by Dr. Leach, such as “ exterior caudal lamella simple; third segment of the abdomen gibbous above,” &c. the antennz also are relatively situate as in Astacus, and the scale at the base of the outer antenna is not proportionably larger than in that genus. 2.A.* minus. Handsof the anterior feet very unequal, larger one inflated, oblong-oval, equal; carpus very small; rostrum spiniform, and a lateral spine before the eye. Inhabits coasts of the southern states; and of East Florida. Cabinet of the Academy. Thorax glabrous, rostrum and convex lid of the eye forming three subequal spines before, of which the ros- trum is somewhat longer and more acute, the lateral spines conic-acute; exterior antenne shorter than the body, scales at base acute, spiniform; /arger hand oblong-oval, not compressed, colour white, tip red, banded near the base of the fingers with white in the female, and white tipped with green in the male, nails short; external pedi- palpi obtuse at tip and crowned with spines. 246 CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. [May. Length, male four fifths of an inch, female one inch. Tt is very possible that this may be the young of the preceding, notwithstanding its diverse characters, but we are at present disposed to consider it as distinct. The above description is drawn from seven specimens of dif- ferent ages, all agreeing perfectly in these traits. They occurred in recent Spongia, &c. cast ashore by the waves. Genus CRANGON. Anterior feet largest, monodactyle, and furnished with a spurious finger; second and third pairs very slen- der, simple; fourth and fifth more robust; entenne in- serted in nearly the same horizontal line, exterior ones with a large scale at base, interior ones of two setz; ea- terior caudal lamella simple. SPECIES. C. * septemspinosus. Rostrum not so long as the eyes, with a spine behind it on the thorax, and another on each side; anterior feet armed with a spine on the third joint beneath, , Inhabits bay shores and inlets of the sea. Common, Thorax seven-spined, one of which is placed on the back before the middle, a lateral one on each side in a line with the dorsal one, another at the external canthus of the eye, and a more prominent one at the anterior an- gles, situated adjoining a shorter one with which the ba- sal joint of the scale of the exterior antennz is armed; two impressed lines arising, one from an oblique fissure in the superior margin of the orbit of the eye, and the other at a fissure in the external canthus, are confluent + 1818.) CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 947 above the lateral thoracic spine, and disappear behind the middle of the thorax on each side, a third line originates — from the fissure in the external canthus, passes beneath the lateral spine and forms, with the two preceding lines, the letter N; rostrum shorter than the eyes, obtuse, margin elevated; eyes little prominent; first joint of the peduncle of the interior anteunz, concave above for the repose of the eyes, furnished on the external side with a submucro- nate small scale, resembling an elongated continuation of the inferior margin of the orbit of the eye, and armed be- neath with an obtuse spine which is visible on dissettion; exterior ante nn as long as the body, annulate with black- ish-brown, scales nearly as long as the interior antenne; spine of the anterior feet situate near the middle of the third joint beneath; finger spiniform, prominent, inflected; middle process of the tail simple, conic; colour, when re- cent, pale cinereous, with very numerous, irregular, stel- late, blackish-brown spots. Length of the body, from the tip of the rostrum to that of the tail, one inch and two fifths nearly. An active little animal; when at rest at the bottom of the water it is not readily discoverable, owing to its being somewhat translucent.and ofa pale colour. ‘This species, and those of the genus Palemon, &c. are indiscriminately called Shrimps in this country. There is no doubt but our Crangon septemspinosus strongly resembles the C. vulgaris of Europe, which is the true shrimp; I have, in fact, considered it heretofore as the same, but it appears to differ in the number of spines.—It is found as far south as East Florida. | 248 CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. [May. ~ Genus PALZEMON. Exterior antenne inserted below the line of the inte- rior ones, and furnished with a large scale at base; inte- rior antenne with three sete; exterior ‘amelle of the tail undivided; ultimate joint of the external palpi shorter than the preceding; four anterior feet didactyle, first pair smaller. SPECIES. 1. P. * vulgaris. Rostrum acute, with eight or nine teeth above, and three or four beneath; fingers of the lar- ger pair of feet shorter than the palm of the hand. Inhabits bays and estuaries. Very common. Rostrum as long as the scales of the antennez, ciliated between the teeth; thorax armed with two spines on each side, which are equal, and placed one at the base of the interior antennz, and the other at the base of the exterior _ ones; an impressed line passes between these spines, and terminates about the middle of the side, an obsolete, ob- lique, abbreviated one originates at the superior margin of the orbit of the eve; peduncle of the scale armed with a spine at the exterior tip; first joint of the peduncle of the interior antennz concave above, and furnished with a spine near the external base, and another near the exter- nal tip; carpus of the first pair of feet rather longer than the preceding joint, armed with a spine on the inner tip, hand elongate. oval, unarmed, about one half as long as the carpus, fingers equal; carpus of the second pair, near- ly equal to the preceding joint, unarmed, shorter than the palm of the hand, hand elongated, fingers uncinate at tip, shorter than the hand, linear, equal, with two or three small, obtuse teeth at the base, middle process of the ap- 1818.] CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES: 949 _ pendages of the tail, with two moveable, prostrate, conic spines placed each side in cavities; tip truncated and fur- nished with four moveable spines, of which the interior ones are much more elongated, and separated by an im- moveable shorter one in the middle; interior antenne about half as long as the exterior ones, the short seta ciliate with long, parallel, equidistant hairs; colour whit- ish, almost pellucid, with a few dark points, eyes dark, peduncles spotted with yellow. Length from the end of the rostrum to the tip of the tail, one inch and two fifths. This species is one of those which pass under the name of Shrimp, but they all differ specifically, as this does generically, from the true shrimp of Europe. ' It is congeneric with the European Prawn, and in point of form resembles it much, but that arrives to the length of five inches. Found as far south as East Florida. 2. P. * tenuicornis. Rostrum with about eleven or twelve teeth above, and six or seven beneath; fingers of the larger feet rather longer than the palm of the hand. Inhabits the Banks of Newfoundland. Rostrum as long as the plates of the antennz, densely ciliated between the teeth; spines of the thorax, and of the peduncles of the antennz, placed as in the preceding spe- cies; carpus of the first pair of feet unarmed, and hardly - longer than. the hand, fingers linear, a little reflected, as long as the palm; carpus of the second pair as long or rather longer than the palm of the hand, fingers a little longer than the palm and reflected; antennz very slender, white, interior ones more than two thirds of the length of the exterior ones, i i ck da ¢ yy ; 250 CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. {May. Length one inch and one fifth. Considerably resembles the preceding, but differs from it in the number of teeth in the rostrum, in the more attenuated antenne, and greater length of the inner ones; the wrists, hands and fingers also are proportionally dif- ferent, the fingers are a little curved upwards, but in the preceding they are in a right line with the hand. Descri- bed from a specimen in my cabinet; and another in the collection of the Academy, presented by captain Hamil- ton. OrpEeEr STOMAPODA. JZatr. Hlead distinct from the thorax, and divided into two parts, of which the anterior one supports the antennz and the eyes; eyes pedunculated; branchia abdominal, placed behind each pair of natatory feet. Genus SQUILL A. Thorax exhibiting several joints; interior antenne with three, articulated sete; exterior antenne simple, furnished with a scale; abdomen six-jointed; taz/ flabelli- form. . SPECIES. S. * Empusa. .Abdomen with eight, four last joints of the thorax with four, raised longitudinal lines; four last joints of the thorax not bifid over the coxz of the feet; large plate of the thorax angulated over the coxe of the arms. Inhabits the coast of Rhodeisland. Cabinet of the Academy. Thoracic plate with an obvious lateral angle before the rounded termination; second segment. shortest, two- *% ~- a ae ee ey: figs * * 1818.) CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. 95} spined on each side at the edge, of which one is placed above the other; third and fourth segments entire over the insertion of the coxz of the feet, mucronate; fifth segment somewhat rounded over the insertion of the posterior feet, — where it is partially concealed by a small squamiform — appendage, which is attached by a suture to the first joint of the abdomen; thumb armed on the inside with five, long, permanent spines, and terminated in a similar, but more elongated one, all received at tip in corresponding cavities of the anterior edge of the hand; and elongated, thickened, pectinated on the anterior outer edge, parallel with the recipient cavities, three moveable spines near the base, inflected, so as to meet the terminal spines of the thumb; third or principal joint, unarmed; carinated line behind the anus very short. Length of the female four and a half inches, male two and three quarter inches. 7 This fine species was found by Mr. Le Sueur on the coast of Rhodeisland, and was presented by him to the Academy. The very striking resemblance which it bears to the S. mantzs has hitherto caused it to be confounded by naturalists with that species. But.an attentive examination of its characters, and a comparison of them with those of the species just mentioned, will convince us that it is per- fectly distinct. [I will, in this place, briefly mention two or three differences, which of themselves are sufficient to justify a separation of the American species. ‘The large plate of the thorax, in the foreign specimen of 5. mantis under examination, is perfectly simple over the coxe of the large feet or arms, whereas in our species, that part is extended into an angle; the next segment js, it is true, two-spined on each side in the European animal, but a) eh ee & : 252 CRUSTACEA OF THE UNITED STATES. [May. those spines are placed horizontally, and not, as in our species, vertically, with respect to each other; the two. foliowing segments, also, are deeply emarginate over the imsertion of the feet, but, in the species here described, they are simply mucronate in that part, the anterior lobe, which would form the notch, being wanting. ; The specific name is taken from Empusa in Ento- mology, a genus of insects, which was separated by Mr. ‘Iliger, from the Linnzan genus mantis, to which it has as much affinity, as the Squille here compared have for each other. The S. empusa inhabits the coast as far south as _ |» East Florida, it varies a little in colour. I here add a ig bal oy . . 2, ’ . _ description of the colours, &c. of arecent male specimen; feet white, anterior ones, second and third basal joints tinged with rosaceous and edged with yellow at their tips; interior anteng@, peduncles blackish, joints yellow at base, seta white annulate with black; exterior ones, peduncles dusky, seta white, scale yellow or greenish on the terminal half, and indistinctly spotted with minute brownish-black spots; segments of the body margined behind with darker _ green and edged with yellow; taz/ tinged with rosaceous, and varied with blackish and yellowish; /ame/le, inner ones black, paler at base, outer ones, first joint black, base and spines white, second joint yellow, inner margin black; peduncle of the lamella elongated, terminating in two white spines, of which the inner one is rather longer than the inner lamella, slightly toothed on the middle of its length, from whence a double groove proceeds to the tip, a spine over the insertion of the first joint of the ex- ternal lamella which has also a spine under the insertion of the accessary plate; eyes cylindric, rounded at tips, Eg | ‘Be ¥ ” w i818.) GENUS GRACULA. : 253 emerald-green, b brilliant, placed obliquely on their pedun- cles,” The male may be readily distinguished from the other sex, by its smaller size, and by the presence of a small fistulous body, attached near the base of each of the hind feet, beneath. — (To be continued.) EB + Gees Observations on two species of the genus GRACULA of Latham. By rae Ord, Read May 19, 18 oe Those. Grakles, Renbninated by riginenclators Quis. cala, and Barita, having been confounded, I shall at- tempt, by fresh descriptions, and a brief history of them, ~ _to place them in a point of view which shall prevent une. ra : certainty in future. ae on Tn ee GRACULA quiscdala. Linn. GEL. i, f. 397—7.—Purpile Grakle, Latu. Gen. Syn. i, ft. 462-——6,— Monedula purpurea, the purple Jackdaw, CaTEs- By’s Car. vol. i, f.12, 7. 12.—Purpfile Jackdaw of the sea coast, Bartram, travels, fi. 290.—Jackdaw, Arct. Zool. i; ft. 308.—153. —Sturnus barita, Daupin, Traite’ d’ Ornithologie, tome ii, fr. 320. Black, with reflections of pansy-purple on the head and neck; interscapular region rich lustrous steel-blue; tail rounded; the roof of the upper mandible furnished with a slight osseous carina; /ength sixteen and a half, breadth twenty-two and a half inches. Sill-from the angle of the mouth an inch and three quarters in length, ‘black, as are also the /egs, feet and claws; the upper mandible projects considerably over Vol. I. S Ae ia ale el ; F TAS LOS Se ota 254 " GENUS GRACUEA. EO is the under; rides pale straw colour; tongue cartilaginous and bifid; tail of a deep black colour, slightly glossed with green, composed of twelve feathers, and measures from its insertion eight inches in length; rump, thighs and vent plain black; shoudders of wings with,a steel-blue gloss; back, lower parts, and lesser-coverts with a green- ish gloss. | ; : Female. Length twelve and a half, breadth seventeen and a half, inches; b7// to angle of mouth an inch and a half long;, head and neck above umber-brown; back, wings | and. tail liver-brown; breast and lower parts pale yellow- ish brown, darkest on the breast; flanks pale umber; in some specimens the abdomen was of a dirty wood-brown; back, seapulars, and lesser wing-coverts with faint green- ish reflections; over the eyes a yellowish streak; the other parts as in the male. In one specimen the iris was brown, hk, Sdn outer edge pale yellow. The upper tertials, in poih - Sexes, when closely examined, are found to have a waved appearance. * a _ .GRACULA barita, ed SS) Lany. Gnen. i, p. $96—4.—Boat-tailed Grakle, Laru. Ger.’ re Byni, i,t. 460—5.—Prnn. Arct. Zool. i, f. 309—154.—-Sturnus quis- 'cala, Daupin, tome ii, ft. 316.—Gracula purpurea, the lesser Pur- ak Jackdaw, or Crow Blackbird, BartTRAM, fi. 291 —~Gracula guis- me Witson’s American Ornithology, vol. ii, f. 44, fl. 2), Ji g. 4 * ok et, Black, with resplendent reflections; the roof of the upper mandible furnished with a large osseous carina, two eighths of ‘an inch long;. tail cuneiform; length thir- 1818.) GENUS GRACULA. | 955 teen inches and three. i ale breadth seyenteen and three quarters. Bill from the angle of the mouth an inch and a half long, black, as are the Jegs, feet and elaws; the upper mandible projects over the under; irides pale straw co- lour; tongue cartilaginous and jagged; head and neck, in some specimens, of a lustrous steel-blue and golden- green, in,others of a glossy auricula-purple, mixed with pansy-purple, and tinged with copper colour; interscapular region, in some, of a golden-green and steel-blue, in others of an auricula-purple and golden-green; rump rich coppery, mixed with auricula-purple; /ower parts auri- cula-purple and copper; scapulars, lesser wing-coverts, and coverts of secondaries and tertials of vivid colours, ,. — in which the auricula-purple predominates; secondaries we and ¢ertials, in some, with purple reflections on their exterior webs, in others glossed with steel-blue; tail com- — . posed of twelve feathers, their outer webs glossed with steel-blue and auricula-purple, five inches and a half in length, concave when folded, when the bird is on wing greatly boat-shaped. The colours of this species are sO various, in different individuals, that no single de-. scription can indicate the whole of them. Female. Length eleven inches and a quarter; head as and neck with reflections of steel-blue and green, but not so vivid as in the male; whole plumage of a bistre-brown, the upper parts with slight reflections of green and auri- cula-purple, the reflections of the wing-coverts more vivid; inner webs of the tail feathers blackish brown; tail, when the bird is flying, but slightly concave; the other parts as in the male. ) 256 GENUS GRACULA. aaa, OBSERVATIONS. The Purple Jackdaw or Grakle inhabits the Cais nas, Georgia and Florida, where it is known by the name of Jackdaw. My friend, Mr. William Bartram, informed me that it sometimes visits Newjersey. If it inhabits this state it must be rare, for although I have explored the coast of Newjersey many times, yet I have never had the good fortune to find it there. Georgia and,East Flo- rida appear to be the favourite places of residence of this species. It associates in common with the Boat-tail; and is very numerous among the sea-islands, and the adja- cent marshes of the continent, where it may be observed feeding, at low water, on the oyster-beds, and sand-flats. It has a general resemblance to the Barita, but it is much larger, and its tail is but slightly concave when expand- ed. In its voice it also differs, its chuck being shriller, and it utters other notes not unlike the sound produced by a watchman’s rattle. These birds construct their nests, in company, on bushes and reeds, in the vicinity of ponds and marshes. Their eggs I have not seen. It is singular that no good specimen of this species should have been examined by the naturalists of Europe; and, in consequence of its history being but imperfectly understood, it is constantly confounded with the Barita. Latham says that it is eleven inches and three quarters long, and he makes the length of the Barita to be nearly thirteen inches. These admeasurements were evidently — made from one species, the last mentioned. Daudin re- presents -the Barita, meaning the Quiscala, as thirteen inches in length. The Quiscala of this author is the true Barita: he makes its length to be eleven inches. I have 1818.] GENUS GRACULA. O57 little doubt that the Mexican Crow of Latham, Brisson’s — Grande Pie du Mexique, i is this species. The first specimens which we examined of the Jack- daw were procured at Ossabaw island, on the 22d Janu- ary. At this period we saw but.a few males, scattered over the cotton plantations. We afterwards found them more numerous as we advanced to the south. Near the entrance of the river St. Juan, in East Florida, in the early part of February, the males were common, but we saw no females. In a few days, however, small groups of the latter appeared, associating by themselves, on the bor- ders of fresh water ponds. From these circumstances it is probable the species is partially migratory, and that the . . females which we saw had lately arrived. ‘Their gentle. ness, indeed, seemed to favour the supposition, as they suffered one to approach within a few feet of them with- out betraying alarm.’ It is a well-ascertained fact that the — males of almost all our migratory land birds precede the females. This is manifestly the case with the Sylvie and Muscicape. About the middle of March both sexes of the Jackdaw were associated in flocks. = It may excite surprise that the acute author of the — American Ornithology should have mistaken the Gra- kle figured and described in his third volume as the Quis- cala. But our surprise will abate on referring to the works of the naturalists of Europe, who had noticed both species, all of whom represented the Quiscala as common in Pennsylvania. If Wilson had ever examin- | ed a specimen of the Jackdaw, he would have perceiv-_ ed at once his mistake. When he printed the catalogue of Land Birds, appended to the sixth volume of his Or- nithology, he indicated the Boat-tail as a species to be 9258 ULNUS URALULA, iJune, _ described and figured in a future volume; but afterward he adopted the opinion, arising solely from the vague de- scriptions of naturalists, that the Quiscala and Barita constituted but one species. It seems necessary to note an error in Wilson’s de- scription: he represents the tail of his species as rounded, whereas } it, is cuneiform, as is evident from his excellent figure. This conformation of tail affords a good speci- fic character, on a comparative examination of the two species in question. The Boat-tailed Grakie, called by the inhabitants of the middle states Crow Blackbird, makes its appearance in Pennsylvania in March, It is of essential service to farmers in ridding their fields of the multitudes of larve of insects which the vernal season brings forth. Besides its attachment to insects and worms, it is fond of maize or Indian corn, which it plucks up as soon as the blade appears at the surface of the earth. In autumn the Gra- kles assemble in large flocks, sometimes associated with the Red-winged Starlings, Oriolus pheniceus, Linn. and attack the maize while in its milky state, occasioning _ great damage to the farmers, some of whom, in the state of Delaware, where these birds assemble in immense mul- titudes, lose the half of their crops by their depredations. To tell onc, groaning under such a calamity, that these "species are beneficial to agriculture in general, would af- ford him but little consolation; and yet, without the ser- vices of these birds, it is a question whether Indian corn would repay cultivation or not. After the maize is gath- ered the Grakles move off to the Carolinas, Georgia and. Florida, where they winter.» i fay > 4 ne Boat- tail commonly builds its nest in an n apple. — ~1818.] GENUS GRACUL \. a orchard; sometimes ona pine tree, if situated near cultiva- | ted places. It lays five eggs, which are hatched the lat- _ ter part of April. Four or five pairs of this species con- structed their nests, the present season, in a pine tree at Bartram’s botanic garden, on the Schuylkill, occasioning no small uneasiness to the venerable botanist, who appre- hended the expulsion of those residents which annually breed in his garden; it being the practice of the Crow Blackbirds to destroy the eggs and young of those small birds which dwell in their vicinity. The Grakles in their turn. suffer from the depredations of the Com- mon Crow and Hawks; and to guard against their attacks is one reason why they choose to build near farm houses. Along the coast they resort to a singular mode of protec- tion. The Fish Hawk,* Falco piscator, Briss. F. Caroli- nensis, Gmel. builds a nest composed of a mass of sticks, sometimes upwards of three feet high; in the inter- stices of these sticks the Grakles construct their nests; and I have, seen as. many as five attached to one of the Fish Hawk. The whole ‘thus established appear 'to dwell in amity; each watches over the property of the other; and from a coalition of interests and strength they find secu-_ _ rity. It is a highly interesting spectacle to behold the generous Fish Hawk, surrounded by his chattering re- tainers, all of whom appear to testily by their actions . their gratitide for his protection. What species Linnzus described from when he made ' * Wilson, afier Latham and some others, considered the American Fish Hawk or Osprey, as the Falco haliaetos, or Bald Buz zatd. Mensieur Vieillot was of a different opinion when he published an account of itin his Hist. Wat, des Oiseaux de Vamerique septentrionale; but subsequently, in the Mouveau dic- tionnaire @Histeire Naturelle, he coincides with the belief that they are the same. I shalitake another opportunity to prove them specifically distinct, 260 NEW HYDROSTATIC BALANCE. Gone, out his characters of the Barita 1 am at a loss to. conjec- ~ ture,. for it should seem not to have been the Boat-tail; his words are: subgrisea, humeris ceruleis, remigibus extus viridibus. Syst. Nat. Gmel. sg re Report of a Complies én a New Hyprosraric Ba- LANCE, invented by Isaiah Lukens, and submitted tc to the Academy. Read May 26th, 1818. The undersigned committee beg leave to report, that the instrument invented by Mr. Lukens, and referred to them by the Academy, consists of a very sensible steelyard or Roman balance, so arranged as to be particularly adapt- ed to the finding of specific gravities. The arms of the ba- _Jance are‘sa constructed, in the first instance, as to be in exact equipoise, when unloaded. The object [C] of which thé specific gravity is to be ascertained is suspended to the ' shorter arm, by any of the usual methods; and its relative weights j in air and in water are indicated by the numbers on thegraduated arm [A] at which the moveable weight or pea[ Dis suspended, when the beam is brought into a ho- rizontal position. It is evident that the absolute weight of | the pea is arbitrary, and it is one of the advantages of the instrument that the pea may be altered to suit the weight : of the object under trial; even a stone of a pagar “ae might be employed, and would always be at hand. When great accuracy is desired, a second pea is em- ployed, which must be either one tenth, or one hundredth part the weight of the first. The larger pea will then m-_ ‘dicate the units of weight, and the smaller the tenths or hundredths, The same object might also be obtained by suspending ft the pea to the middle of'a Vernier- mae: es ae | e ’ | ; % A Hl | ‘a * y ws + —— "%,. . » | es A ) ‘ ’ — 210 soo 2 ret é | ar a - a | | *» F “ ce : | tates | — = : . we 4 7 es Mo ee | he : ~ » . . : “ . % . ‘8 : | 3 5 Se J : | 4 7 % ? * : 43 _ " : i ; ; RT ky ( "7 ; “- 3 i ’ — ~ + if 5 1818.) ‘oN THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. © 96} The instrument, and. its necessary appendages, are ar- ranged in a small box, so as to be very convenient, ape very portable. | site. Your committee after a due consideration, and an ac- tual trial of this apparatus, are of opinion, that, for facility and rapidity of operation, it has the advantage over every other that has hitherto been proposed for the same pur- pose; and they therefore cheerfully Recommend: it to the _attention of the Academy. They propose that it should be named Zcktlg s Hee . drostatic Balance. .- , . All which is respectfully ghbivaitted: ' William Maelure, ¢ p : Be M. _ Patterson, Essay on the Formation oF Rocks, or an Inquiry into the probable Origin of their present Form and Struc- ture. ‘By Wi wham Maclure. - Sreet Our knowledge ofthe actual and present state of the substances which constitute our globe, is unfortunately confined to a small portion of the surface; from which it . would appear, that we are still very deficient even as to those facts which are within the reach of our observation — and experience, and which may perhaps be necessary to the forming of any rational conjecture. concerning the for- mation or former state of those substances which. cover © the external surface of the globe. — Concerning the nature and properties of the great mass which constitutes the, interior am the earth, we are Fe Wik St 262. + #ONTHE FORMATION OF ROCKS. (June, entirely ignorant; few of our mines penetrate deeper than one fifty thousandth part of the earth’s diameter under _ the surface, and none of them go beyond one twenty-five thousandth part of that diameter: it would appear, there- fore, that any mere supposition concerning the actual and present state, or the nature of those substances which _ form the interior of the earth, is unsupported as yet by any reasonable analogy; ; and that all conjectures concerning former changes, partial or total, in the nature and struc- ture of those substances, are removed still farther from any thing analogous in our present state of knowledge. The earth being flattened at the poles, does not ne- cessarily imply its former fluidity; we may be permitted to doubt the analogy between our’ experiments on bodies moving in our atmosphere, and the earth’s motion in space: our total ignorance of the nature of the fluid which occupies what is usually called space, tends to render the analogy inconclusive. | May not the mode of casting, patent shot be eriaider- ed as an experiment on the form which liquid bodies would take by a rotatory motion? A drop of melted lead let fall from the height of two hun@red feetis completely globular, and not flattened at the poles; the lead might be thrown with force from: the top of the tower, which would imitate the centrifugal force, as gravitation does _ the centripetal force, and make the 5 sie same more analogous. The supposition ,that the earth was in a fluid state when it took its present form, leads to the supposition that it was always so; and that fluidity was the original state of the earth, kept so by all the general laws and or- der of nature, all of which general order and laws of na- an ee & ue a i 4. LOLO.y ' ver heads 2 re kak md de tes ALE aR, BVO ture’must bia totally changed Before the earth would take a solid form. On the supposition that the earth, previous to its fluid state, had existed always in a solid state, and that sone creation or accident produced thé fire or water necessa- ry to its liquefaction, we have in that case first to suppose, that the order and nature of the general laws which had kept it always in a solid state, were totally changed, to produce a fluid state; and that another change in the ge- neral laws which produced and kept it in a fluid state; must have taken place previous to its having become agai solid. It may be doubted, whether the eutlfOrrnity, order and regularity of the general laws of nature, which have at any time come within the liniits of our observation, can warrant a supposition, founded on such complete i in the mode of action. ; _ The neptunists admit the fluidity of the earth; and endeavour to prove that water must have been the-cause of that fluidity; though to dissolve the ereater part of the stibstances now found on the surface, or as far under it as we have yet penetrated, would require two or three thousand times more water than the solid contents of the whole globe. How nature has disposed of that immense quantity of water, now become unnecessary by the con- solidation of the globe, is but one of the many difficulties which arise out of the neptunian system. The volcanists, likewise, consider the fluidity of the globe as a necessary foundation for their system; but in- sist that fire must have been the cause of it, nor can they, in a satisfactory manner, dispose of the immense quantity of heat or caloric, become unnecessary by the consolidation of _ the globe: difficulties that must always attend suppositions 264 | ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. (June, of a total change in the general laws of nature, becduse the agents necessary to the retaining of matter in one state, must be disposed of before that matter can acquire a different form or nature.’ It is, perhaps, an historical fact, that all geologists who, have formed their systems on the examination of the northern. parts of the continent of Europe, where there are no existing volcanoes, are neptunists; and those who have examined Italy, or other volcanic countries, previous to the formation of their systems, are more or less volcanists, which tends to prove, that opinions‘are the result of our knowledge, and our knowledge the consequence of the different situations which chance or choice has thrown us into: we ought, therefore, not to be astonished, much less irritated, at the difference of opinions, but consider them as the natural effect or conse- quence of our locality er opportunities. Suppose the earth was a body of moderate size, that we could cut up and dissect as we do animals, vegeta- — bles, or other objects of natural history, it is probable that ~ the first. part which would attract our attention would bé the volcanoes, in action, with the mountains formed by the ejected matter; we should probably first examine the nature of this ejected matter, to ascertain what proportion of the surface of the globe, or ball, was covered with ‘similar matter: we should, of course, find out the extinct ~ yolcanoes, and though the fire had ceased to act, the si- milarity and relative position of the matter would induce _us to conclude that they were produced in the same man- ner, as well as the small detached remains of similar sub- stances, which we would find scattered over the whole surface. . , . oe —— a ; t ; by He i 1818.) ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 265 After sisting off all that we supposed to be formed by fire, the next active agent that would attract our at- tention would be water. The productions and changes wrought by the operation of this agent, would be ex- amined: the aggregates of rounded particles, deposition with organic matter, &c. would be considered as belong- ing to formations by water. Clearing the surface of the ball with our dissecting chisel of all that we could ascertain by analogy to belong to the formation by water, or fire, we would come to a species of matter that did not exactly resemble either of the above formations, which, on examining, we would find of various textures; and comparing it with the portions al- ready cut off, we would find part‘of this matter which had __ a distinct resemblance to that formed by fire, and part to that formed by water, but so mixed and confused to- gether as to prevent otr forming any distinct conclusions. After turning the ball two or three times, we would na- turally wish to know what constituted the interior or cen- tral part; for which purpose we would cut it in two, and. expose the interior to our examination and analysis, as we had before examined the exterior; and if we should find that the interior was fluid, and like a soft boiled ege, and only the exterior was solid, we might follow the analogy of the gga little farther, and deduce the probability, that at some former period the exterior crust had been fluid, and had since become solid, by some operation of nature | analogous to something we had ourselves observed. On the contrary, should the examination of the inte- rior of the ball, prove, that it consisted of a variety of so- lid substances, farther and farther removed from any re- semblance with those we had observed as formed on the bg . > 266 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. (June, surface by fire or water, we should probably conclude, that these agents were not necessarily instrumental in the for- mation of those substances; and that we were totally i igno- rant of the process which nature may have adopted to form those substances, and we should doubt whether those sub- stances had not always existed in that state. Thus would the investigation be left, until farther dissections, and the analyses of similar constituted balls, had thrown more light on the subject of our inquiries. In this manner the examination of the origin of the rocks that form the external crust of our globe ought, perhaps, to be conducted; beginning with those sub- stances that have been formed under the immediate evi- dence of our senses, and completely within the limits of our observation, either by water or fire, and proceeding to others having a direct resemblance, in structure, com- ponent parts, or relative situation, or united by the chain of positive analogy, to the same mode/of formation; evi- dently deriving their origin from the action of the same agents of water or fire, until we come to the last crust, beyond which we cannot penetrate; then we must drop the thread of positive analogy, and not being able to make a cut to the centre of the globe, be content with proba- ‘ ‘ble conjecture. wa At this point, where positive analogy finishes, and probable conjecture begins, will be the natural liné which the -_ will divide therrocks into two classes; the first class will contain all those whose origin, either by fire or water, has taken place under the evidence of our actual observation, or those that can be traced by positive analogy to the same origin. The second class comprising all those rocks which have no positive analogy with either, yet contain- il rt . , isis.) ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS., 967 ing some parts which have a distant relation to both the modes of formation. As nature does not advance. by large leaps, but by small and regular steps, leaving no marks in the chain of gradation on which we can place the limits of our artifi- cial division, the line of demarkation between the first and second classes will be doubtful; and the rocks ap- proximating on both sides, will not be well determined. The line also must change with the progress of our know- ledge and discoveries, and rocks placed in the second class now, because we have not found analogous rocks in the first class, may change their place by new disco- veries, and pass from the second to the first class, or~ from. what may be called the unknown into the known, whenever future experience and observation have thrown light on their origin. There is no question here concerning the relative pe- riod in which the different formations by water or fire have originated. This is dificult to ascertain; and from. the numberless derangements in the original order, liable to many exceptions, nor is the necessity of it evident in the inquiry concerning the origin. Nothing within our observation proves the priority of one mode of formation over the other, nor militates against the probability of one formation often alternating with another, and it is more than probable that the reason we have so few instances of such an alternation on record is because there is so small a proportion of the crust of our globe accurately exa- mined. In attempting to separate the rocks, whose origin © comes within the sphere of our positive knowledge, or positive analogy, from those whose faint and distant re- * 968 +» ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. “Gane, semblance leaves the nature of their origin to conjecture, fam convinced, that neither my experience, knowledge, nor industry, are adequate to the task of comparing their és various differences and resemblances, so as to'form an adequate conclusion; but the faults and imperfections in the execution will not, perhaps, injure the propriety of the arrangement or method; for it has always appeared to me necessary to fix some boundary between the know- ledge of facts which must increase with our experience, and the field of conjecture which may, perhaps, on the _ Contrary, diminish as our positive knowledge augments. It is probable that nature has many more ways of ef- ‘fecting the changes, in the form of rocks, than we are acquainted with; and that she employs many agents, the nature and properties of which we are as yet totally ig- norant of; nor is it improbable that she may form the same -rock by two or more different agents. When we pretend to limit the operations of nature, to suit our contracted ideas, we most probably do her injustice. To proceed from the known, which we see daily forming, towards the unknown, through a chain of reasoning strictly analo- gous, is perhaps all that our present knowledge will per- mit us to do. ; It is not intended to give a description of all the par- ~ ficular rocks that may constitute a formation, or be sub- ordinate to it, many of them, such as the Topaz-rock, (which has only as yet been found in a bed, in clay slate, forty or fifty feet broad, and from two hundred to three hundred feet long) would tend to confuse: a general de- scription of the formation, ver a few isidepgied io a is all that I shall attempt. 1318.) | ONTHE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 269 * SYNOPSIS OF THE ORIGIN OF ROCKS. As we do not comprehend either the creation, or anni- hilation, of matter, by the origin of rocks we mean the last change which produced their present form, and the agents that nature employed. to give ‘them that form, or effectuate that change. | ae First Crass. Of Neptunian origin, - : First Order. Formed by nature under our obsetva- ‘tion, visible, and resting on the evidence of our senses: Sand beds, Brown Coal, Gravel beds, Bog Iron ore, Sea-Salt, Calcareous Tuffa, Sandstone, Calcareous depositions, . Puddingstone;, Silex from Hot-springs, &c; ' Second Order, resembling, in structure, position, of - component parts, the first order, the evidence of theit _ origin resting on direct and positive analogy: Coal, — Graywacké & Graywacke slate, Gypsum, . Transition Sandstone, Chalk, . Transition Limestone, — Compact Limestone, Transition Gypsum, Sandstone, Transition Clay Slate, Puddingstone, _ Anthracite, | Rock-Salt, * Siliceous Shist, Old Red Sandstone, Seconp Crass. Volcanic origin. First Order. Thrown out of active volcanoes, ane resting on the evidence of our senses: Vou, I. T 270 . ONTHE FORMATION OF ROCKS. (June, * ’ Compact Lava, . Mud Lava, Porous -Lava, _ Obsidian or Volcanic Glass, - Porphyritic Lava, Pumice Sione, Scoria, Cinders, &c. Second Order. Resembling the first order in struc- ture, position, and component parts, having the remains _ of craters, with currents of lava diverging from them: though the fire, which may have formed them, is now extinct; the evidence of their origin resting on direct es positive analogy: Basalt, Pearlstone, Trap formation, called by Porphyry attending the Werner the newest Fleets Trap as above, Trap formation, Clinkstone ditto, &c. Pitchstone,, eee Third Order. Where the rocks resemble the second in texture and component parts, but where all the craters, . cinders, scoriz, and most of the porous rocks, have been washed away, leaving only the solid parts, such as Basalt, | Pitchstone, Trap, called by WW ecnce the Porphyry, i newest Fleets Trap forma- Clinkstone, &c. tion, ! These rocks resemble the volcanic in relative posi- tion, covering indifferently all the other classes of rocks, and in detached pieces, without any extensive continuity or stratification, but divided by vertical fissures, the proof _ of their origin resting on a more distant analogy than or- der second. 1818,] ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 97} Turrp Cxass. The origin doubtful, resembling a little the second order of the first and second classes, but the analogy neither direct nor positive, amounting only to _ probable conjecture. * ® ' First Order. Such rocks as probable conjecture Ww ould incline to place in the Neptaen Gee Gneiss _ Clay Slate, : - Mica Slate, Primitive Limestone. Second Order. Such rocks as probable conjecture would incline to place in the volcanic origin: Hornblende, Sienite, Porphyry, Granite. Greenstone, | The origin of rocks may first be divided into the known and the unknown. The two first classes contain the known, and the third class the unknown. Farther ob- servations may change their situation, and place a rock, which is now in the unknown class, in the known class, by which means the unknown class will diminish as our positive knowledge increases, and in proportion as the known class augments. The first class, ot those rocks whose origin comes within the limits of our positive knowledge, or can be traced by positive analogy, divides itself into the Neptu- nian and Volcanic, according as water or fire were in- strumental in their formations. First Order. The Neptunian or aqueous formation, S40 - . ON THE: FORMATION OF ROCKS. (June; 1. Sand beds, consisting of small particles of rocks round- ed by friction or attrition. | 2. Gravel beds, consisting of large: particles of rocks, » rounded by friction or attrition. 3. Clay beds, sediments by water, including Marle, and all sediments in impalpable powder. A. Sea-Salt, with all its attendants of Argile, Gypsum, 5. Sandstone, particles of sand rounded by friction, and cemented by calcareous or other infiltration into a hard adhesive rock. 6. Puddingstone, particles of gravel rounded by attrition, and cemented by the infiltrations of siliceous, calca- reous, ferruginous, and other aqueous depositions, &e. a | 7. Braunkohle Turf, or other bituminous or vegetable substances included in the beds of the above alluvial rocks. 8. Bog Iron Ore, Pyrites, &c. included in the abor ve al- luvial. 9. Calcareous Tuffa, a coarse-grained deposition from & chemical dissolution in warm springs, &c. &c. from a rapid and sudden precipitation. 10. Celcareous deposition, called Travertina at Rome, from a slower precipitation, by evaporation of water, per- mitting it to take a compact and solid form. - 11. Si/ea from siliceous precipitations: slowly as in pe- trified wood and other organic matter, which are solid and compact, or suddenly as from the hot springs of Iceland, where it is cellular and rather coarse-grained. The above-mentioned rocks are stratified horizontally, following the inequality of the surface on which they rest; ee bas 17 i + i818.) ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. O73 + they are found either on or near the sur Kine of the earth, and their origin is within the limit of our observation: as nature may be ‘said to carry on her manufactory, subject to the daily inspection of our senses. They have been call- ed alluvial rocks, by some 5 erie eee “Second Order of Neptunian rocks. 12. Coal formation, including the attendant strata of Pud- dingstone, Sandstone, Slaty Clay, Bituminous and Alluminous Strata, &c. with vegetables, and other impressions of organic matter. = 13. Gypsum, coarse grained, composed of shells, and. other organic matter, with all its attendant strata of indurated Marle, Sandstone, cellular, and other depo- sitions of silex, &c. &c. 14, Limestone, coarse grained, composed of shells. and other organic matter, with all its attendant strata of indurated marl, sandstone, cellular and other deposi- tions of silex, &c. 15. Chalk, including all the attendant substances, as sili- ceous depositions of flints in strata and nodules, py- rites, &c. with shells and other organic matter disse- minated, &c. 16. Compact Limestone, including every species of hee rizontally stratified limestone, with the remains of organic matter, as shells, &c. &c. disseminated. 17. Sandstone, including all horizontally stratified sand- stone, having organic matter, or alternating with strata including organic matter. 18. Puddingstone, including every species of rock formed of rolled masses horizontally stratified, having organic matter, or alternating with rocks including organic matter. ‘274 +. ON THE*FORMATION OF ROCKS. (June; 19. Rock- Sait, including all the attcndans of Clay-beds, Gypsum, Sandstone, &c. 20. Gypsum, horizontally stratified, including Clay, Sul- phur, Crystals of Quartz or Aragonites, &c. &c. in which no remains of organic matter may yet have been found. 21. Sandstone, with an ochry, ferrogingua. cement, called by Werner, Rothe tode Liegend, with all its accom- panying stratifications of limestone, thin strata of Coal, Gypsum, &c. &c. having organic matter disseminat-_ ed, though-rare. The above rocks are gefierally stratified horizontally, or following the dip or inclination of those on which they rest, but lying deep under the surface, and their period of formation, prior to the date of our observations, prevents their mode of aggregation from coming within the obser- _ vation of our senses; and must depend on rational or posi- tive analogy. | 22. Graywacke, rolled masses of rocks cemented by a clay slate, more or less apparent, or by a slaty fibrous cement, having some resemblance toa Chlorite Slate: the last mentioned generally found near the primitive. 23. Graywacke Slate, small rounded particles of rocks, enveloped in a slaty base, accompanied and alternat- ing with Calcareous Shist, &c. &c. 24. Sandstone of transition, fine grained, having general- ly a siliceous cement: in the fresh fracture, resembling quartz, but in a state of decomposition the granular. texture appears. 25, Limestone of transition, generally a senal crystalline grain, with small veins and seams of calcspar, hay- y818.) | ON THE FORMATIONOF ROCKS. = 975 _ ing small platedof clay slate often disseminated, &c. &e. | | 26. Gypsum of transition, having a small granular’ crys- tallization, accompanied with small plates of slate or Shit. si : 2¥. Micaceous Slate of transition, alternating with small grained crystalline limestone: the strata consisting of a species of talcy or mica slate, anda variety of shis- toze, intermediate rocks, as on the Ardennes, and the Appenines, including roofing slate, and its attendants. 28. Anthracite including the attendant strata of clay slate, allum slate, black chalk, &c. &c. 3 29. Siliceous shist, as Kiezel-sheiffer, Jasper, and other siliceous stratifications. : The above rocks are generally stratified, dipping or inclining from, the horizon, at an angle of from 30 ‘to 50 degrees, and in some cases even more; most of them, ex- _ cept perhaps the last, (No. 29,) have been found to con- tain the remains of organic matter, though in small quan- tities; and are a little further removed from the ist order, though still united by the chain of probable analogy to the same formation. No. 29 approaches nearer the en stones and Porphyries, where the ta cl is not so con. clusive. Greenstone, including greenstone porphyries, and the hard, compact rocks on the borders of the 2d class. Porphyries, crystals of quartz, feldspar, &c. in compact, and often small crystalline bases; found near to the limits of the Ist and 2d class, and partaking of wie properties of both. As the above rocks approach those of the 2d bine _ they gradually remove from any positive analogy to the : pee” ‘ eer i O76 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. (June, Neptunian of the Ist class. They contain no remains of organic matter, nor many particles of rocks rounded by _ attrition; nor do they resemble any of the precipitations or depositions contained in the first order of the Neptu- nian rocks. ‘They are allied to the Neptunian divisicn, _. by their stratification and relative position; ‘touching and perhaps alternating, with some rocks of the 2d order of the Neptunian division; in structure and external appear- - ance, they resemble many of the members of the volca- nic family, and approach in many of their properties to that species or formation of Rocks, called by Werner, the Trap or Basalt formation, (newest fletz trap forma- tion). ‘The few remarks we have to make on this order, _ ‘may therefore come most properly after we have éxamin- ed all the rocks united either to the Neptunian or volca- nic origin, by positive or rational analogy. This will clear the field; and bring those of doubtful and conjectu- ral origin, into a smaller compass, where their resem- -blance or difference can be better examined; and the re. - sult of the comparison may throw light on the 3d class of Rocks, where positive or rational analogy is deficient, (To be continued.) » —— + Ge ecount of two new genera, and several new species, of Jresh water and land shells. By Thomas Say. Read May 25, 1818. Genus *POLYGYRA. Shell discoidal, more or less carinated on the upper edge of the whorls, umbilicated; aperture longer than broad; lips thickened, toothed, or folded and continued, | 1818.) _ GENUS POLYGYRA. O77 folds concave eect pillar lip raised above the prece- ding whorl, and concave beneath. | Animal granulated; _tentacula four; e yes at tip of the. superior tentacula and retractile; operculum none. de SPECIES. 1. P. *auriculata. Shell beneath convex; whorls five, a little rounded, crossed by numerous raised, equidistant lines forming grooves between them; spire very little raised; /ateral line (extending from the outer whorl to the apex) not convex, but somewhat concave; mouth very unequal; ifs prominent above, adpressed to the prece- ding whorl beneath; pillar hp suddenly reflected, and pressed into the mouth at an acute angle, beneath very acutely concave; outer ip a little more prominent in the _ middle, and within the edge protruded into the mouth; throat extremely narrow; suture near the mouth sudden- ly reflected from the preceding whorl, and carinate; um- bilicus dilated, very small within, and exhibiting a groove - on the outer whorl. | Breadth of the female nearly half an inch, of the male about three-tenths. © Inhabits Florida. Cabinet of the Academy. This curious species we found near St. Augustine, East Florida, in a moist situation. ‘They were observed in considerable numbers; the colour is reddish brown, indistinctly banded with whitish lines, sometimes with darker ones, mouth white. 2. P. *avara. Shell covered with numerous short, robust hairs; spire convex; whorls four, regularly round~ ed, with hardly elevated lines forming grooves, which 278 GENUS POLYGYRA. (June, are much more conspicuous near the mouth; mouth sub- reniform, two projecting, obtuse teeth on the outer lip within, separated by adeep sinus; outer lip elevated, equal, describing two-thirds of a circle; pillar lip elevated, broadly but not profoundly emarginate, concave beneath, and connected by the inner side to an elongated lamelli- form tooth, which is placed obliquely on the penulti- mate whorl, near the middle of the mouth; /ps almost equally prominent, continued; umbilicus moderate, not exhibiting the volutions, no nErOONe, on the ultimate whorl within it. Breadth one fourth of an inch. ~ Inhabits Florida. Cabinet of the Academy. | Animal longer than the breadth of the shell, acute behind, above granulated and blackish, beneath, and each side, white. This we found in the orange groves of Mr. Fatio fon the river St. John, East Florida; it is usually covered with a black, earthy coat, which is probably collected — and detained by the hairs. When unincumbered with this vesture, the shell is of a horn colour. It is by no means so common as the preceding species. 3. P. *septemvolva. Shell much depressed, discoi- dal; spire not prominent; whor/s seven, perfectly lateral, compressed, depressed, and marked with conspicuous lines and grooves above, a projecting carina on the up- per edge of the body whorl, beneath which the lines and erooves are obsolete; aperture subreniform, not contract- ed; lips equal, elevated, outer one reflected, regularly rounded so as to describe two-thirds of a circle, pellar lip projecting inwards, into an angle or tooth, which is con- 1818.) GENUS POLYGYRA. _ | 279 © cave beneath; beneath, the four exterior volutions equally prominent, transverse diameters equal to those of the up- per surface; umbilicus central, moderate, attenuated to the apex so as to exhibit the remaining volutions. Breadth, ‘Female two-fifths, _ Male three-tenths of an inch. inhabits Georgia and East Florida. Cabinet of the Academy. 3 A very common shell in many parts of Georgia, par- ticularly the sea-islands, also in East Florida. We found them numerous under the ruins of old Fort Picolata on . the St. John’s river, and on the Oystershell Hammocks, near the sea, and in other situations, under decaying Pal- metto logs, roots, &c. These shells would have been referred by Linné to the genus Helix, but as that genus has been limited by Mr. Lamarck, and others, to those shells 6f which the apertures are broader than long, I cannot, with propriety, im the present state of conchology, consider them as of | that genus. Neither can I refer them to either of the ge- nera which have been separated from Helix by Messrs. Lamarck, Montfort, &c. by the characters which those naturalists have given of their genera. They differ from others in having the pillar lip elevated considerably above the surface of the penultimate ‘whorl, so as to be equally prominent with the outer lip, with which it forms an un- interrupted continuation, and by the concavities beneath the lips, formed by the protrusion of a portion of the shell into the aperture. In this last character it approaches the ge- nus Caprinus of Mr. Montfort, but differs in being um- hilicated. 280 GENUS PLANORBIS. | (June, Genus PLANORBIS. : Shell discoidal; spire depressed, or concave; aper- ture oblique, rounded, broader than long, visible from above, and emarginated by the convexity of the penulti- mate whorl; Zips not reflected; whorls lateral. - ANIMAL aquatic, with two filiform tentacula, hav- ing the eyes placed at the inner base; operculum none. | SPECIES. P. *glabratus. Shell sinistral; whorls about five, gla- brous or obsoletely rugose, polished, destitute of any "appearance of carina; spire perfectly regular, a little con- cave; umbilicus large, regularly and deeply concave, ex- hibiting all the volutions to the summit; aperture de- clining, remarkably oblique with respect to the transverse diameter. | bia Breadth nearly nine-tenths of an inch. Inhabits South Carolina. Cabinet of the Academy. Presented to the Academy by Mr. L’Hermenier of Charleston, an intelligent and zealous naturalist; he as- sured me that this species inhabits near Charleston. It somewhat resembles large specimens of the P. érivolvis of the American edition of Nicholson’s Encyc. but differs in the total absence of carina, and in having a more smooth and poiished surface, as well as a declining and more oblique aperture, and a more profound and much more regularly concave umbilicus. Genus SUCCINEA. Shell oval; aperture oval, much dilated, longer than broad, entire; outer lip not reflected; columella almost concave, edge acute; umbilicus none. ~-1818.J GENUS SUCCINEA. s-, -— 981, ANIMAL terrestrial, larger than its shell; zentacula four, inferior pair smaller; eyes placed at the tip of the superior tentacula; opercudum none. SPECIES. S. *campestris. Shell oval, very fragile; whorls three,, not remarkably oblique, pale yellowish, with opaque _ white, and vitreous lines, irregularly alternating. Length not quite three-fifths—breadth seven-twen- tieths, of an inch. | This shell is extremely common in many parts of the Southern states; it abounds in the sea-islands of Geor- gia, in the law marshy grounds behind the sand-hills of _the coast, where they are destroyed in great numbers by the annual conflagration of the old grass; on Amelia Isl- and, East Florida, I found them in plenty on the highest sandy'ground of the island. On Cumberland Island, in Mr. James Shaw’s garden, I obtained several specimens from the leaves of radishes. | The resemblance between this species and the ovalis is very great; it differs, however, in being less.elongated, and of a more robust form; the revolution of the spire is much less oblique, the shell itself is thicker and less fragile. , Animal whitish; eyes, inferior tentacula, and a line passing from the eyes, disappearing under the shell, black; a gamboge coloured vitta is visible through that part of the shell which is opposed to the mouth. Genus POLYPHEMUS. (Acaruina. Lamarck.) Shell oblong; aperture much longer than broad, per- pendicular and parallel tothe column; /ip not reflected; 2 282 GENUS POLYPHEMUS. = (June; columella gradually incurved nets the tip; ¢ip trun- cated. — P. glans.—This shell furnished De Montfort with the type of his genus Polyphemus; he refers to Bru- guiere as the first describer of it under the name of Buli- mus glans in the Encycl. Method. The animal has not been described, but we are informed that it lives in the immense marshes formed by the overflow of the great ri- vers that water the vast country of Louisiana. In the sea-islands of Georgia we found them numerous in the marshy districts immediately behind the sand-hills of the coast; in Florida in similar situations, and also on the Oystershell Hammocks, and generally in such situations as are tenanted by Succinea campestris. The colour of the shell on the spire is chesnut-brown, which gradually and very perceptibly becomes paler to the aperture, aper- ture occupying about half the length of the shell. On elevated situations they were small, almost transpa- rent, and of a fragile consistence. It is only in Jow, marshy situations, that they attain their greatest size. Length two inches and two-fifths—breadth one inch nearly. Animal elongated, as long again as the shell, granu- lated; tentacu/a four, superior ones oculiferous, abruptly deflected at tip, beyond the eyes; inferior ones much shorter, and abruptly deflected at tip; ips, beneath the tentacula, elongated, palpiform, almost as long as the su- perior tentacula, retractile, generally more or less recurv- ed, compressed, attenuated, and acute at tip, and form- ing a considerable interval between their pgominent bases. When the animal is in motion, the elongated lips are used as tentacula to feel the way. | isi.) -.-~—-s GENUS. OLYGYRa. : 283 Genus *OLYGYRA. Shell rounded; aperture longer than broad, semior- bicular, emarginated by the projection of the penultimate whorl; external lip reflected; pillar ip with obsolete cal- careous deposit; umbilicus none; columella slightly an- guiated at base. | | Animal terrestrial, operculated; tentacula two, filiform; eyes prominent, placed at the external base of the tenta- cula; rostrum bilabiated at tip, shorter than the tentacu- la; foot simple. SPECIES. , @ . O. *orbiculata. Shell subglobular; spire not promi- nent, but more than convex; /ateral line somewhat con- vex; whorls five, obsoletely striated across, regularly rounded, colour pale, greenish, yellowish, or slightly tinted with reddish, particularly on the body, and mar- gined above by an obsolete white line, on the middle of the body a white vitta revolves, sometimes obscure or wanting; aperture acute. above, regularly rounded at the base, and extending from the centre of revolution’ or base of the column to an equidistance between the’ base and the apex of the spire; base of the columella slightly projecting into an obtuse si exterior lip whitish, re- flected. Length one-fifth of an inch. Inhabits East Florida. Cabinet of the Academy. Animal pale; rostrum and tentacula blackish, the lat- ter with a white line; eyes very black, elevated in form ofa short tubercle; length about equai to the breadth of ry te, 284 GENUS OLYGYRA. — (Sune, the shell; foot not broader than the body; tai/ rounded, or somewhat acute; operculum simple, not spiral, yellow. _ish brown, minutely granulated: This species we found in great numbers on what are called Oystershell Hammocks,* near the mouth of the river St. John, East Florida, in company with Polygyra septemvolva. When in motion, the tentacula are elevated -and depressed alternately, as if feeling the way. This shell is certainly a Linnean Helix, -but accord ing to the improvements which have been made in Con. _ chology, since the time of the Swedish naturalist, by Mr. Lamarck, and other systematists, it is at once excluded from that genus and its congeners, by having but two tentacula, and by. its operculated aperture; with the ge- nus Cyclostoma, as it now stands, our shell has more af- finity than it has to any other, but a very distinct generic character is observable in the aperture, which is not orbi« cular as in Cyclostoma, but is almost semi-orbicular, © ereater in length than in breadth, and the lips widely dis- united. In addition to the characters usually given of the animal of Cyclostoma, Mr. Cuvier remarks that the tentacula are terminated by obtuse tubercles; no such ap- pendages are annexed to the corresponding members-of this animal. Upon these considerations I have thought proper to construct the present genus. : ” * These are elevated knolls of oyster shells mixed with earth, which rise by an abrupt acclivity on all sides, from the salt marshes in that country, to the eleyation of fifteen or twenty feet; they exhibit to the eye the appearance of old oyster beds, (Oyster Rocks) which, owing to their compactness, have resisted the action of the waters for centuries, while the more yielding earth around them has been washed away to its present level, by imperceptible de- grees. $818.) ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS, = n8 Essay on the Formation oF Rocks, or an Inquiry inte theprobable Origin of their present Form and Strue- ture. By William Maclure, Continued, Nature composes, forms, or aggregates those rocks ei. ther by mechanical deposition, as in sand, gravel,orclay, Nos. 4, 2 & 33 by precipitation from a chemical solution, _ as in Nos. 9, 10 & 14; or by a mixture of both modes of ageregation, as in Nos. 4, 5, 6,7, and8, These aggre- gations of sandstone, puddingstone &c, are more or less hard and adhesive, according to the nature of the pre- cipitate which unites them; and nearly resemble the ag- gregates in the 2d order: but the depositions of impal- pable powder, such as Clays &c, generally remain ina, soft state, having less resemblance to the slaty and ar- gillaceous rocks of the other orders of Neptunian origin. The calcareous precipitations are not generally so hard and adhesive as those of the second order, though they have much the same texture and external appearances but the siliceous precipitations in petrified wood, and other forms, are equally hard and compact, having a di- rect analogy with the siliceous pocks of the second or- der; they are likewise the only species of rocks, positive- ly known to be of Neptunian origin, which resemble a little in texture, hardness and external appearance, ma~ ny of those of volcanic origin. i Rocks of the following description, may be consider- ed of Neptunian origin by positive and rational analo- By, Viz. Those containing shelis and other animals, known only to exist in water, or the remains of other organic matter, destructible by fire. Aggregates of sand or gravel, rounded by attrition, Vol. ¥. U b6 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS,” (July; resembling those formed every day by the action of the Sea, rivers and lakes. Substances, whose structure and component parts are similar to those formed by the depositions of lakes, springs &c. which are evident to our senses — daily observations. Substances, alternating and intimately mixed with’ all, or any, of the above description, provided, nothing similar has yet been found in those, which are of un- doubted voleanic origin. FIRST CLASS. ORDER Ii. Of the Neptunian origin. 42. Coal formation. The series of aggregates which constitute this formation, are evidently of aque- bus origin: the Puddingstone and Sandstone, are com- posed of particles rounded by attrition; and as well as the Slaty Clay, Bituminous Slate &c. contain the im- pressions of vegetable and other organic matter, which are, as well as the coal itself, destructible by fire, ren- dering the analogy conclusive. They are generally found in hollows or low situa- tions, when compared with the surrounding strata, which may be called basins or depots, and may be divided into three different basins or depots, accord- ing to the different nature of the rocks, which form the basins or foundation on which the formation lies. The first is the deposit in calcareous basins, or re- posing on the foot of the compact calcareous mountains; such as the coals at New-Castle and Whitehaven, in 4818. ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS- - 999 the counties of Yorkshire, Lancashire, Cheshire, and in fact, the greatest part of the coals wrought in Eng- land, with the exception of some fields in Wales, which are in primitive basins; the coals in Poland, ou the foot of the compact limestone of the Carpathian mountains, through Silesia, and following the calcare- ous chain through Germany to the Hartz; the coals at Aix la Chapelle and Liege; and perhaps all the coals in Flanders, may be found to repose in calcareous ba- sins, or to crop out at the foot of calcareous hills. The immense beds of coal lying upon secondary limestone west of the Alleghany mountains in North America, are likewise of this description. ‘This is, perhaps, the ‘most extensive and regular of the coal formations ; the beds are generally of a moderate thickness, or from one to six feet; of great extent; a great number lying one under the other, even to 20 or 30 beds; and alter- nating principally with slaty clay and sandstone, with little or no Puddingstone. 'The argillaceous [ronstone so frequently wrought as an iron ore in England, is found in beds of clay in this formation. The second repository or deposit, is found in the ‘hollows or valleys in the primitive formation, such as the coals near Nantz, onthe Allier, St. Etienne, and Rive du Guir, in France; Richmond, in the United States of America, &c. &e. These deposits are gene- rally less extensive than the first; they are in clusters or heaps of 40 or 50 feet thick, without any regularity in the stratification ; often after working a 40 or 50 feet bed, it runs out to a thread in 50 or 100 yards, and re- commences in another place. They alternate with, and are covered by, a great proportion of Puddingstone, and, 988 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS: {July Saiidstone, and a much less proportion of slaty clays and argil; than the first kind of deposits. | The third kind of repositories or deposits, aie not so regular as thé other two, and more difficult to de- fine. They are getierally found at the foot of those raiiges of mountains, where the old red sandstone takes the placé of the compact limestone, on the flank of the primitive; such as the coals on the south side of the niduntains in Bohemia—along the chain of the Vosges aaparts of those found in the south ue France—and in Scotland: The stratification of this deposit of coal, is neither éxtensive nor regular. It is often interrupted and bro- ken; having frequently basalt in its neighbourhood, or the trap formation, which in some places covers it. It is also covered by; and alternates with, a greater pro- portion of saridstone; and there are comparatively, per- haps, fewer vegetable impressions, or the remains of or- zanic matter, in the accompanying stratification. From all this it may reasonably be concluded, that At the time these coal formations took place, the sur- _ face of the earth was partly covered by primitive, part- ly by transition, and partly by secondary rocks, as we find it at present. 48, Gypsum. This formation stems to par- take of Neptunian origin, by its including the remains of organic matter; alternating with aggregates of rocks: vonhded by attrition, containing shells; and being found &éherally in a more crystalline form than the other rocks of this — owing 9 pai to its great oyey.. es 1813.) ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. “989 and is not found in mountainous countrics. Such is the gypsum round Paris, at Luneburgh, and in Hol- stein. Perhaps some of the extensive formations of. zypsum in Spain, and that in the vicinity of Jena, in Saxony, may belong to this formation. The remains of animals have, I believe, only been found, as yet, in the extensive gypsum quarries in the vicinity of Paris; in almost any other situation, except the vicinity of a large town, it is probable that the few specimens containing such organic matter might have | remained unnoticed for ages; which shows how defi- cient we are in the necessary knowledge of the actual state of the substances within the reach of our cbserva- tion ; and how few are the positive facts on which the narrow foundation of our general and sweeping sys- tems of the earth’s formation must rest. 44. Coarse-grained Shell Limestone, consist: ing of the remains of organic matter, which are now only found to exist in water, sufficiently proves its Neptunian origin, as well as that of all iis accompanying strata; the silex found alternating or touching this formation; has often the impressions of or- ganic matter, and has always the structure of the sili- ceous precipitates found in the first order of the Nep- tunian rocks. 7 This formation generally occupies the lower levels: it is seldom found in mountainous countries ; it. covers immediately both primitive and other more recent for- mations; itis found both in extensive and partial beds 5 and varies only in the nature of the shells it contains ; the rock itself being much the same, either a coarse 290 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. * | ftaly aggregate of sand and calcareous matter, resembling the calcareous tuffa of the first order of Neptunian rocks, or a kind of indurated marle, not much different in some places from chalk. 45. Chalk formation is analogous in structure and component parts to the disposition and precipita- tions of Nos. 3 and 9 of the first order of Neptunian rocks ; it contains calcareous and siliceous petrifactions of organic matter, with pyrites, as in Nos. 8 and 441,se that it unites most of the different modes of precipita- tion, and deposition, we have observed to be followed by nature in the formation of rocks of the first order; except the aggregates of particles rounded by attri- tion. Its situation is generally in flat or level countries, seldom or never found in mountainous, occupies in ge- neral extensive fields, as from the east part of Cham- paigne in France, to near Bath in England; and from Flanders to the vicinity of Orleans; with some inter- ruptions common to most formations. It is seldom or never found alternating with compact limestone, or ~vith coal, or sea salts. Iron seems as yet the only 4netal it contains, and it is seldom or never found al- ternating with any kind of shist, or having any dis- tinct or uniform stratification. 46. Compact Limestone resembles in structure and component parts No. 10 of the first order: it con- tains shells and organic remains of animals found at pre- — sent to exist only in water, and of course it is by direet analogy of Neptunian origin. 1818} ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS.’ 294 'This is one of the most powerful and extensive for- mations we know. The history of it alone would re- quire a volume. It is found either in detached secon- dary hills or ranges, (as the ridges that cross Eng- land through Derbyshire) or lying on the flank of primitive or transition mountains, as the immense cur- tain which skirts the north and west side of the Car- pathian, Bohemian, Tyrolean, and Alpine mountains, from the Black Sea to the borders of the Mediterrane- an; and the powerful and extensive beds which line the basin of the Mississippi on the west side of the Al- leghany mountains in North America. Where the stratum is very thick, the rock is solid and compact, containing little or no shelis or other or- ganic matter; but when the shells abound, the stratum is thinner, and the beds of shells, with some mixture of argillaceous deposits, are found in greatest quantities between the strata. ‘These are often broken and irre- gular, from the great number of excavations and: ca- verns they contain, through which run subterraneous rivers, washing away the limestone, and daMangING the originally horizontal strata. There are great varieties in the colour ; the fr schini is sometimes earthy, but more frequently smooth, and cohchoidal. It appears to be mixed with a greater quantity of depositions of impalpable argil or silex, than the limestone with small grains of the transition formation, which appears to be a purer crystalline precipitate, and not so generally mixed with other earths, not chemically dissolved. The silex contained in this formation, is found gene- nerally near the tops of the mountains in the upper 992 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS, fiuly, strata, either in detached rounded masses, or in thin strata, and follows the colour of the limestone. When red, the silex is also red,as on Monte Baldy; where the limestone is blue, the silex is generally of a dark black- ish colour, it is mixed and rather of a lighter co. jour when the limestone approaches to white. 17. Sandstone in beds, independent of other for- mations, contams often the impressions of shells. The calcareous matter of the shell is generally washed away, and perhaps helps to form the cement. Being an aggve- gate of particles of rocks rounded by attrition, it must be considered as of Neptunian origin, though in some istances the sand may be heaped together by the wind as well as by the water. This formationis not very extensive, covering the foot of the compact calcareous hills, or partially accompa- nying vales or lower situations; it often hardens by ex- posure to the air, and remains divided inte high and massive pillars, as on the south side of the mountains in Bohemia near Abernach; or in long dikes, as what is called the Devil’s dike, at the foot of the Hartzs it constitutes considerable ridges in the basin of the Mis- sissippi: and in lower situations, where it covers the lime- stone, it is impregnated with from 40 io 20 per cent. of native nitre, and large masses of pure nitre have been found included in the sandstone in the state ef Ken- tucky, North America, 7 18. Puddingstone formed of pebbles rounded by attrition, and meluding (though not frequently) the remains of organic matter, must be considered of Nep- 1818.} ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 293 tunian origin. It is found aggregated at the foot of moun- tains, and occupying vallies, both in the mountains and level countries. It likewise constitutes ranges of mountains of considerable height and extent, as from the lake of Wallastein to near Berne in Switzerland, which includes the Rigaberg, a mountain of nearly 4000 feet above the level of the sea. Montserrat, in Spain, is part of a broken mountainous formation of puddingstone, nearly 30 leagues in extent. In these puddingstones have been found rounded masses of puddingstone of a prior formation ; and in those rounded masses, pebbles of puddingstone of a still more ancient date, 19. Rock-Salt resembling that we find formed by evaporation on the surface of the earth, and at the bottom of lakes and ponds, alternates with clay sand- stone and gypsum. ‘This compells us to include it in — the rocks of Neptunian origin, though the nature of the substance itself does not exclusively prove such an origin. | li is found in irregular masses, and disseminated in argil and sandstone, on the edge of the secondary rocks at Cracow, and along the foot of the Carpathian mountains in Poland ; likewise at Hal and Saltzburgh at the foot of the Tyrolian mountains. At Cordona in Spain, and many other places, it is included in the red sandstone formation. The principal depots of salt in England, are ona line running nearly south from Northwich to Droit- wich, parallel to, and not far distant from, the transi- fion rocks in Wales. Vol. I. x D4 _ ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. Tuly, 20. Gypsum resembling in structure and com- ponent parts the gypsum of the alluvial, alternating with clay, and other rocks of the Neptunian forma- tion, in which the remains of organic matter have been found, must be considered as proof of its Neptunian origin. | : This gypsum is generally found in the vicinity of mountains, as round the foot of the Hartz, and con- tains sulphur. It is also found near to Cracow in Po- land, in Murcia, Granada, and at Conila, in Spain, It has quartz and arragonite crystals imbedded in it in the provinces of Arragon and Valencia, in Spain, in which kingdom this formation is extensive, but much broken and confused, having its stratification irregular and deranged, so as to be difficult to ascertain the re- lative situation. Itis probable that the gypsum. near Cognac in France, and that near Chalons on the Saone, are likewise of the same formation. 21. Sandstone with an iron ochrey cement. This resembles the other sandstone formation, being com- posed of particles of rocks rounded by attrition; in some places forming puddingstone, the sandstone sery- ing as the cement. It includes and alternates with clay in a soft state, and with gypsum. The remains of organic matter, though rare, have been found in it, - which renders the analogy conclusive, of its being of — Neptunian origin. : This, like all the other sandstone formation, is lia- ble to be washed away when exposed to the weather, and is then found in broken and detached pieces, when not protected by some more solid covering. ‘These de- *» 1218.1 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 295° tached fragments require some observation, to unite and reduce to one general formation ; with this necessary attention, it will be found to be rather an extensive for. mation, as it is in North America, covering tndiscrim- inately different kinds of the primitive, from Connecti- cut River to the Rappahanock, nearly 150 leagues. On both sides of the Vosges to beyond 'Treves, it gen- erally reposes on the porphyry, covering the porphyry of the chain of mountains in the black-forest opposite the chain of the Vosges, and equally covering the por- phyry on the south side of Tyrol, from the valley of Falsa, to near Bergamo, and perhaps farther, as the same porphyry lies upon the gneiss on Lago Majore, though there the sandstone is wanting, perhaps from being washed away. | As this formation has been taken for the graywacke, and graywacke shist, by some mineralogists, it may not be useless to give here a description of the points in which they resemble, and the properties wherein they differ, according as I have observed them. These two formations resemble each other in being united by a cement consisting mostly of argil, and tak- ing the appearance of clay slate, when the cement a- bounds either in the sand stone or puddings. This sandstone likewise, as in the graywacke shist, takes a shistoze appearance, with particles of clay slate, when the cement predominates; and in situation, it is immedi- ately following the primitive, like the graywacke shist and other transition rocks. ‘ The two formations differ in colour; the red sand- stone cement containing a considerable quantity of the: red oxide of iron; in hardness, the red sandstone being 296 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. [duly vouch sofier and less adhesive. The red sandstone has no veins of calespar crossing the stratification, whereas the graywacke shist is generally full of little veins or threads of calespar, crossing the strata in all directions, and alternates with beds of compact, small-grained - limestone, full of the same veins of calcspar; the red sandstone has no such limestone; but a thin stra- tum of a kind of argillaceous limestone or indurated marle, occasionally divides the strata of sandstone; the sraywacke shist runs into, and alternates with, clay slate, and roofing slate, and goes by a gradual transi- tion into the primitive siate and hornblende rocks, but the red sandstone has no clay or roofing slate in or near it, and generally lies upon the primitive, without any gradation of transition; it is seldom or never found near tue graywacke, nor often on the same side of the range of mountains, though when there is no graywacke, or other transition rocks, it occupies their place, and covers immediately the primitive. The gypsum found in the red sandstone is im thin strata, alternating with much clay in a soft state; the swalun of gypsum in the transition is powerful and extensive, With the little argil it contains generally in ihe form of a shist or slate. The above remarks may perhaps be applicable to what is called in France the Gres de Howillier, a sand- © sione of the coal formation, which in Flanders, and o- ther coal countries, has some “appearance of gray- wacke shist, aud las been taken for such by many min-’ eralogisis.. "This Gres de Houiilier is generally com- posed of sand, with small plates of mica, of a shistoze stractire, but is much softer, and in general the ce- ment not so shistoze, nor does it alternate with any of (5 - 4818.] ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 297 the rocks generally found accompanying the gray- wacke shist; and though it is like the red sandstone, and has some resemblance to the formation of gray- wacke shist, yet the difference both in structure and position must perhaps exclude it from those forma- tions. Transition Neptunian Rocks. Tue character which distinguishes this from the secondary, may perhaps be the nature and arrange- ment of the cements; in the aggregates of the seconda- ry this cement is produced by infiltration; the round- ed particles generally touch each other, but in the transition, the particles when small, appear to have been swimming or floating in the cement, which seems to have prevented them from touching, and usually. forms a more homogeneous mass. When the parti- ticles are large, gravitation may have overcome the resistence of the cement, and they touch; but even then the cement occupies more of the space, than in he puddings of the secondary. | The stratification of the transition rocks, seems to constitute another dividing characteristick, being ge-— nerally at a dip from the horizon, and seldom or ever found horizontal ; but the limits near the dividing line will, perhaps, for a long time remain doubtful. The clay found in the sandstone of the secondary is generally in a soft state, earthy in its fracture, and has little or no resemblance to the slate, and other ar- gillaceous rocks, mixed and alternating with the tran- sition aggregates. 9908: | ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. [July, | The word transition may not be so appropriate as intermediate ; though in many situations the passage from these rocks to what are called primitive, is so gradual, as to render it difficult to draw the line of se- paration. : The application of the term transition was made by those who first introduced the division, and described the rocks included in it; whereas “ intermediate” has been adopted without any regular classification of the rocks meant to be included under the denomination ; from which it is probable, that in the present state of our knowledge, transition being better defined, will be better understood, which constitutes the principal utility of all names, whether of rocks or other substan- ces. 22. Graywacke, an aggregate of small fragments or. particles of rocks, most frequently rounded by friction or attrition; and though not generally containing the remains of organic matter itself, yet, as it alternates with other rocks in which organic matter has been found, it must be ranked by analogy as of Neptunian origin. ai pen ‘There are, perhaps, three species of rocks included in the above ; which though united in the same kind of formation, by containing particles of rocks rounded | by attrition, yet differ in the nature and relative quan-— tity of the cement which unites them, as well as in their relative situation. ‘The first, and perhaps the most common, is an ag- zregate of different species of rounded rocks, where the cement bears a small proportion to the quantity of par- 4g18.)® ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 209 ticles aggregated; of this kind is the graywacke of the Hartz in Saxony, and generally that species of gray- ‘wacke which alternates with graywacke shist. The second is an aggregate with a small-grained, rather crystalline, cement of a greenish colour, resem- bling a little some kinds of chlorite, which cement forms a great proportion of the rock, as in the range north of Vigo, and Bleyburg in Tyrol. ‘The other is an aggregate of rounded quartz, seldom exceeding the size of a walnut, in a shistoze cement, inclining to be fibrous, the cement forming the princi- pal mass of the rock; as the rock generally found on the borders of the primitive, the first aggregate in the transition formation on the west side of the primitive ridge in North America, in which the quartz is gene- rally of a light blue colour. I found in the valley of Durasa, south of Mount Rose, a rock of the same na- © ture. 23. Graywacke shist, an aggregate of small par- ticles of rocks rounded by attrition, united by a ce- ment more or less shistoze, having remains of organic matter, (though rarely) found in it; and being conse- quently of Neptunian origin. This formation, though often accompanying the gray- wacke, yet is much more general and extensive ; it co- vers the north side of the Carpathian and Bohemian chain of mountains, as well as the Tyrolean and Switz Alps; increasing in force as it proceeds south along the mountains in Dauphiny; it probably covers the whole chain after you pass Mount Cenis, and consti- 300 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. * (July, tutes the greatest proportion of the i a ap from Genoa to beyond Naples. Tn North America it forms the passage between the primitive and secondary, along the whole chain of mountains from north-east to south-west, on the west side of the Alleghany ; and as it were lines or sheaths the primitive along the edges of the great basin of the Mississippi, and supports the great seconda- ry calcareous formation, which fills or occupies that basin. It constitutes part of the mountains of the Crimea; surrounds the primitive mountains of the Hartz; is found in Wales, and Cumberland, in England; and it. is probable that there are few primitive mountains in Europe, between the latitudes of 50 and 60 degrees, which are not covered on one side or the other by this formation. | ‘The above general observations on the locality, in- cludes the rocks which accompany and alternate with the graywacke shist, such as the clay slate of transi- tion, the various stratification of limestone, sometimes inGimately mixed in thin strata, from half an inch to two inches in thickness, and at other places alternat- ing in powerful beds, forming almost entire mountains. Considering the graywacke shist as the most general, and best characterized, of all the members of the tran- sition family, to avoid repetition, it were perhaps as weil te place the general observations under that head. ‘The chain of the Ardennes is almost entirely com- posed of this formation, which, on the Rhine, and einer places, furnishes considerable quarries of roof- og slaie. | 4318.] ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS, AG 24. Sandstone of transition, an aggregate of sma}l particles rounded by attrition, united generally by a siliceous cement, alternating with clay-slate and gray- wacke shist. "his rock has been found. to contain the remains of organic maticr, and must therefore be consi-— dered of Neptunian origin. This is rather a partial formation, found generally in thin strata, alternating with the transition shist, though it forms in some places west of the Alleghany mountains, in North America, considerable ranges of small hills, and constitutes a great proportion of the rolled pebbles found in riyers which ran oyer the tran: sition formation, 25. Limestone of transition, resembling a little the limestone by precipitation of the first order, though not so similar as that of the secondary; and containing, though in small quantities, shells and the remains of other organic matter, which shew it tobe of Neptunian origin. | Le hes - ‘This limestone is mixed with the gvaywacke, and . clay slates, in almost every proportion, from the thin- nest shistoze stratification, to the most powerful and so- lid beds; forming immense blocks free from cracks or fissures; and it is probable, that the small grained stat- uary marble both of Etaly and Greece, belongs to this formation. When this formation touches the compact secondary limestone, without any intervention of gray- wacke shist or slaty rocks, the passage is gradual and — almost imperceptible, leaving much doubt and difficul- ty about the place where the line of separation ought to be drawn. It is of all the members of the transition Vol. L. yo 302 GN THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. fJuly, formation, the one which most resembles in structure those of the secondary. : 26. Gypsum of transition, resembling in compo- nent parts, though differing a little in structure from, the gypsum of alluvial and secondary : as it alternates and is mixed with clay slate, in which the remains of organic matter has been found, this connects it with the rocks of Neptunian origin. This is a considerable formation, generally found in mountainous countries; and from the facility with which itis dissolved by water, is in a broken and con- fused state, often out ofits origina] place, which is perhaps the reason it has been so often supposed to be inclosed in primitive rocks, which the result of all my observations incline me to doubt. It is probable that all the gypsum in Tuscany be- longs to this formation; the powerful bed on the top of mount Cenis, f should think also of the same spe- cies. This gypsum having on each side a blue lime- stone, with dark coloured shist alternating with calc- spar, it seems to be connected with the transition rocks, as well as the many powerful beds which are found in the valley of Lanz, from Lanz le Bourg to Argue- beile. ‘The gypsum found in the valley between St. Mar- tins and Sion, in the Switz Alps, is surrounded by what I consider transition rocks; and that perhaps in the valley of Chamouny, and in the pass between Air- oloand Desentis, from the nature of surrounding rocks , must be classed in the gypsum of transition. As these three last mentioned localities are in a line, running nearly with the stratification of the chain of mountains, 1818.} ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 308 it is probable that they are only the remains of an im- mense bed of gypsum, which might at one time have occupied some part of the space where those passes and valleys are formed. This gypsum has a small crystalline grain, with lit- ile or none of the fibrous or lamellar crystallized gyp- sum so common in the formations of the secondary class, | 27. Clay slate of transition. This shistoze forma- tion, ccentaining and alternating with strata which con- tain impressions of vegetables, and, in some places, of animals, must be considered as ef Neptunian origin. A great variety of rocks, principally of a shistoze structure, are included in this formation. They alter- nate with shistoze limestone of transition, having small veins of calespar crossing the strata, the shist often composed of small detached plates of mica, or what has lately been called talc, and in some places small veins of quartz intersecting the strata. It has the ex- terior form of gneiss, when the thin strata of blue cal- careous shist, and plates of calcspar, in segments of un- equal thickness, alternate with each other in the direc- tion of the stratification. Roofing slate generally alternates with this forina- tion; and from its being best known, has contributed, in a great measure, to include the ethers in the transi- tion class. Being a necessary article for the covering of houses, it has occasioned considerable quarries and ex- cavations to be made in almost every country. In the course of working and splitting the slate, impressions of vegetables, fish, &c. &c. were found, which probably \ Bod ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. [Jul¥s would not have been discovered had the roofing slate, like the other shist, been unfit for the covering of hou: SES; as the mode of decomposition on the surface would havé déstroyéd those impressions, they might have re- mained for cériturits before we could have. observed them; and all this shist formation would have been then considered as belonging {o the primitive; and as _ briginating before the existence of any organic matier. May not Out wants, compelling us to quarry other Fecks, joined ts a much more accurate mode of exam- ination, discover the remains of organic matter in rocks until now considered primitive; which might entirely change all the present theories of the formation of the earth, and prove how dependent those conjectural the- oriés aré on tlie smallest discovery that might be made by the attention and observation of a stone-mason? I found the roofing slate near St: Maria, not far from the gypsuiny between Airolo and. Diseniis, to be a black carbonated transition slate; on the passage of the Fourche ; roofing slate containing pyritous impressions of fish, at Blattenburg; half a league from Matt, in the Canton of Glariss roofing slate, containing shells, near Meyrengen in the Canton of Berne; roofing slate at An- eis; the Ardennes; in Wales, in England; in various parts of the transition in the United States of America, &c. and most probably to be found in some part of eve- ty considerable formation of transition; though the knowledge and industry. of the inhabitants, may not have yet applied the slate to any useful purpose, and of course it lies concealed in the mass of other rocks, till now considered of no use, unwrought and un- knowns 1318:] ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 303 23. Anthracite being a combustible, and found al- ternating with shist, having vegetable impressions, ihough rare, must be considered of Neptunian origin. Two kinds of anthracite have been found within the United States of America; one rather granular, of a grayish colour, and slight metallic appearance, contain- ing smal] veins of quartz; the other blacker and more shining, resembling more the common coal in appear- ance. , This formation inthe United States of America, has been generally attended with a satiny transition slate, bearing imvressions of vegetables, a rather hard spe- cies of allum slate, and. strata of black chalk, as in Spain, which is included likewise in transition slate formation ; it has been said to exist in the primitive in some parts of Europe, but in no place where I have had occasion to examine the situation of the anthracite have I found primitive rocks covermg or overlaying this formation § though in some places they might serve as the foundation te it. 1 have likewise near Edinburgh, in Hungary, and in France near Tulle, examined the common bituminous coal formation, which was said to alternate, and to be covered, with primitive rocks; but found it only in appearance, from the derangement of the original situation of the strata in both places: agreeably to my cbservation they were the remains of a coal formation in a primitive valley, which had un- dergone considerable revolutions, so as to leave only a few dislocated fragments of the fermer stratifica- i ei ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. daly, 29. Siliceous shist, (Keiselshieffer) and jasper, are placed here from their resemblance to the siliceous precipitations of the secondary class of Neptunian rocks, © and alternating with some of the rocks of the transition The leading features of the foregoing formations are, a very great extension both in length and breadth, in proportion to their depth and thickness, dividing in- to horizental strata, or at a small inclination, seldom divided by vertical fissures, and continuing through the whole sirata without any great change in the structure or exterzal appearance of the substances. This forma- tion may he found to occupy generally between the 20th. and 55th. degrees of latitude, whilst the primitive may be found to predominate towards the Poles. * May the proper proportion of heat and moisture, ne- cessary to the production of organic matter, inthe mid- dle and southern latitudes, be one reason why we find there the formations which contain, and are partly com- posed of, such matter in great abundance ? or the ab- sence of heat towards the Poles, be one of the causes why these formations are not found therein the same proportion, but consist principally of the primitive? While little or none of Asia, Afiica, and perhaps not one third of Kurope, and still less of America, have been examined by mineralogists having a knowledge * Should frture experience and observation demonstrate that Nature has accumulated the greatest proportion of the secondary formation in the middle and tropical latitudes, and for the same reason continues to heap upon the sur- face in these Ietitudes the matter consolidated by the action of animal and vegetable life; would this not tend to augment the diameter of the globe at those places, and of course give the appearance of flatness to the poles? cy 1318.] ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. So7 ef rocks, one runs the risk of generalizing too much in the present state of our knowledge, and of finding the greater part of future discoverics, contradicting our principles of generalization. The metallic repositories contained in the recks of Neptunian origin, have a great resemblance, both m sub- stance and situation, to those feund in the primitive class; it is perhaps one of the strongest features of cen- nection which approximates those two classes, and will be considered along with the rocks of the primi- five class. ‘The volcanic rocks are rather more embarrassing, not from the nature of the rocks themselves, which in situ- ation are consistent and uniform, and in texture, and ex- ternal characters, better marked, united by stronger fea- tures of family connection, than the Neptunian recks— but from the complicated state of the nomenclature, ar- ising out of the dispute about their origin. The gen- eric name Lava, simplifies the nomenclature adopted by the Volcanists, while the Neptunians admitting ef few lavas, except those ejected from volcanoes at pre- sent in action, have been forced to give other names to the great variety of rocks produced by volcanoes now extinct, or united by strong analogy to the'same prigin. | 308 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. [uty, GLASS HE. Order I. Rocks of Volcanic origin. Thrown out of active volcanoes, the origin of whose. formation rests on the evidence of our senses, There are two modes of examining rocks; one, the investigation of their external appearance, and internal structure, which can be accomplished with hand spe- cimens in a cabinet, and belongs properly to mineralo- sy; the other is the tracing, upon an extensive scale, the relative position of their beds, whether stratified or divided by vertical fissures; if stratified, whether hori- zontal or at a dip from the horizou, whether the strati- fication is regular, occupying large fields of extensive countries, or consisting of detached insulated masses, with vertical fissures, partially scattered on the sur- face of all the other formations, &c. : this perhaps be- longs to geclogy, and cannot be studied in the cabinet, but requires much practice in. the mountains, hammer in hand. Lavas thrown out. from recent volcanoes are va- rious in their fractures; they contain a number of insulated crystals; and are composed of a variety of different substances; but have one general distinguish- ing mark, which runs through the whole, and sepa- rates then: from rocks of Neptunian origin: this mark 4818,] ON PHE FORMATION OF ROCKS, gta is a roughness and asperity im the structure, owing to their half vitrification, and numberless small pores which they contain ; this asperity is softened down by age, Old lavas by infiltration, and absorption of water, with the different substances that accompany it, put on a milder and more unctuous structure, and approach nearer the structure of Neptunian rocks, Currents of laya flowing from the crater as a centre, towards the circumference, are irregular and abrupt in their relative position with surrounding formations 5 they have no marks of stratification; when divided it is always by vertical fissures ; they are found in detach- ed masses er long ridges, of a considerable thickness in proportion to their width; occupying the inequalites _ of the surface of all Soinnatieah whereon they lie, and with which they seem to have nothing in common. Mineralogists have divided the lavas into different species, according to the different substances which compose the mass of the rock ; others have classed them according to the different crystals they contain; but these Mdhndlbeid in no wise affect their origin, and are foreign to the present subject. The total absence of metallic veins in lavas, forms a mark of distinction between the two origins. Some tron has been found disseminated in the cavities, in the form of specular iron ore, which is evidently formed by evaporation, but in small quantities scattered through the porous lavas, 3 | Submarine eruptions are common, as is proved by the number of islands thrown up under the evidence , of our senses; and the still greater number of islands that appar enthy, and by direct analogy, have been pro- Vol. I. yi) 310 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS, (July, duced by submarine eruptions, though the periods of their formation were long before the date of our records. It is under such circumstances that the alternation of the Neptunian and Volcanic formations most frequent- ly takes place, as in the islands of Dominiqua, St. Christepher, and St. Kustatia, in the West Indies; the fis and shells found in the lava in the Vincentin, &c. so that the finding of a bed of shell limestone between two currents of lava, would be agreeable to the laws of nature, and no deviation from the common order of things. {To be continued.) Observations on a new Genus. of Fossil Shells, By C. A. Le Sueur. Read June 30, 1818. Tux secondary blue limestone of which the great basin is compesed, which extends from the Alleghany Mountains to Lake Superior, and from Saratoga to the Mississippi, includes numerous fossil shells, which, in some ef tie strata, are almost exclusively of a single species of 'Terebratula; other species of this genus, eyvally numerous in individuals, form other strata, mixed with Encrinites, Alcyonites, Caryophil- lites, Favosites, Gyrogonites, &c. In another stratum is found the Alcyenite, Trilobite, a Terebratula with flat valves, a Favosite, &c.; and a large discoi- dal shell, which more particularly forms the sub- ject of this paper, and which at first sight resembles é 1828.] GENUS MACLURITE. at an Ammonite, or Nautilus; and was noticed as such by Mr. Maclure in his geological observations, page 27. We first observed an impression of it in the com- pact limestone which forms a portion of the bank of ake Krie, near Kighteenmile creek, mixed with Ca- ryophillea, and subsequently at Basin Harbour, on Lake Champlain, where several more perfect indivi- duals occurred 3 several good specimens were lately sent by a gentleman of Kentucky, to the Philoso- phical Society, one of them, an impression, £0 or 12 inches in diameter, and another exhibiting a perfect vertical section. Mr. Samuel Hazard, a member of the Academy, presented to our cabinet a collection of fossils collect- ed by himself, in Kentucky, amongst which were some specimens of this shell. Sometime afierwards Mr. Clifford, of Kentucky, presented me with fine specimens which he brought from Tennessee river. A careful examination of all these individuals, in their several states of preservation, presented to me the common characters of a discoidal form, flat spire, very large umbilicus, and entire cavity; the last ‘trait distinguishes them from Nautilus. The genera to which it makes the nearest approach are Solarium and Delphinus of Lamarck, but it is separable from them by the characters by which I indicate this new genus. siz “ iat GENUS MACLURITE- Suly; Genus domontmieyi-. : Generic Character. | Brett dideieial: much depressed, vili@edars spire ot elevated, flat; umbilicus very large, with a groove formed by the projection. of the oF a di mor hot “i crenulated. Species. bis pe riots = ies it. Smaenat Shell abtasely carinated on thé éxterior upper dees whorls rapidly increasing im _ bize 3 Cy couae ne left, itregularly oval, horizon- sedabove 5 lips not reflected. My Cal net,..Cabinet of the Academy; and of the Philosophical Society: Plate 13; fig. 4. Upper surface of the M. magna exhibiting-a, the: remains of the shell, b, the cast, c, thickness of the shell. Vig. 2s. | A veptinnl ete outer lip, b, umbili- ER alde « Cae He wet F 2. M. bicitrinns Whore achtalye Eaginated on - the middle above, and ‘obsoletely carinated beneath ; aperture on the right. Cabinet of the Academy. Parkinson’s Organic ge) vol. 3, page 76, pl: 6, fig. 4 and 3. ¢ 4 * * Peas, see, ‘pe sh * ‘a re) > ¥ ty a ee. » % } é ‘ f ¥ ae hi Beh "Es : CA. J. Jian © aca bo one sisi : GENUS DIASTYLIS. Oe a’ An excellent specimen of this shell occurs in the £ collection of the Academy presented by Mr. O'Kelly, of Dublin, Treland. one a é wilh ‘ ‘ 0%) . An Account of the Crustacea of the United States Witt e Thomas Say. Read June 40, 1818. care (Continued) “ - Genus *DIASTYLIS + Essential Character. | j | . : J Feet bifid; antennw. destitute of accessory scales; a ae _. tail with asingle bifid style on each side ofthe first = 89 segment, second segment terminated by a simple one. a Natural Character, r Thorax'six-jointed, anterior one much larger than the : others conjuctly, laterally deflected, compressed, embra- : cing the sides, and rostrated; rostrum permanent,concave beneath, concealing the base of the intermediate anten- nes antenne four, placed on nearly the same horizontal line, inner ones four-jointed, three basal joints robust, first and second subequal, very short, concealed by the rostrum, third joint articulated, as long, as the two pre- ceding ones conjunctly, bifid, inferior division much shoyter, exterior antenne simple, longer than the inter- i In allusion to the caudal appendices: \ Se GENUS DIASTYLIs.. July, mediate ones, basal joint robust, without a scale, ter- minal joint articulated; external pedipalpi very large, pediform, nearly attaining the front, first joint very much elongated, cempressed, remaining joints very small, cylindrical, subequai; feet five pairs, bifid, an- terior pair trancate at tip, shorter than the external pe- dipalpi, second pair acuminate, third, fourth, and fifth pairs reflected, acuminate, destitute of nails, armed to- wards the tip with robust hairs; abdomen five-jointed, cylindric, much narrower than the. thorax, four ante- rior joints subequal, fifth rather longer, first and second segments furnished beneath with natatory feet ; tad bi- articulate, first joint with a lateral style, composed of a eylindrical peduncle and bid, short seta, second joint suaziler than the preceding, terminated by a simple cy- Mndrical style. Species. D. *arenarius. Thorax above x litile undulated, - glabrous, as long as the abdomen and tail conjunctly, edge each side before minutely crenate; rostrum short, aituse, triangular; intermediate antenne two thirds the length ef the first joint of the thorax, inferior seta less than half as long as the superior one, exterior antenna — onger than the first joint of the thorax, basal joint at- taining the tip ef the third joint of the inner antenne ; fateral caudal styles divaricated, longer than the tail, peduncles somewhat dilated at tip, sete half as long as the peduncle, and appearing articulated, terminal style less than half the length of the lateral ones. Length one fifth of an inch. ; 1318.) GENUS DIASTYLIS- 313 Inhabits Coast of Georgia and Florida. Cabinet of the Academy. I think there is little doubt of this animal being con- generic with Cancer scorpioides, described by Monta- gu in the seventh volume of the Trans. Lin. Soc. of Loud., and indistinctly represented on plate sixth of that instructive work, The general appearance, par- ticularly of the posterior part of the body in that figure, its curve, the caudal appendices &c., is very similar to that of the species upon Which I have constructed this genus. The authorin describing it observes, that it was a mutilated specimen, but the only one he had seen; ‘the head or fore part was wanting, consequently no eyes nor antennz could be observed; but the rudiment of arms on the fore part of the body” &c. Notwith.- standing these remarks of that intelligent observer, ¥ am led to believe, by comparing his figure and de- scription with this animal, and judging from the ana- Jogy between them, that it was nearly complete, want- ing only the intermediate antenne. But it is neces- sary to remark, that in our animal there is no distinct bead, unless that part of the body can be considered as such, which I have called the first segment of the tho- rax ; this is the more probable since neither of the five pairs of feet which 1 have enumerated, are distinctly perceived to arise from that part. It is true, that those members which Mr. Montagu has called “ rudi- ments of arms,” most obviously have their origin there; yet these, although much larger than either of the feet, and equidistant from the two anterior pairs, I have sup- posed, from their form and apparent position, to be ne co gto im ome anata s16 GENUS DIASTYLIB. Luly, other than palpi, and have described them as such, Immediately under these external pedipalps is a much smaller distinct and. filiform pair. The exterior an- tenn are concealed each side beneath the deflected margins of the thorax. ‘The eyes are probably very retractile, and placed below the antenne: I did not discover them, I found but a single individual ina handful of sand taken from one of these pools which are frequented by Lepidactalis, * Cancer esca, Gmel., an inhabitant of the Nor- way sea,-said to be the chief food of the Herring, will, judging from the description, form a third species of this genus. Mr, Montagu considered it similar to C. scorpioides, By the bifid feet Diastylis claims kindred to the Zee -nera Mysis and Nebalia; and when placed immediate: ly in succession. to the latter, will contribute another link, by which the Macroure, through the medium of the Schizopode, are cenneted to the Monoculii by Cyclops, the most proximate of the genera of se QV: der, Onver III, - Head distinct from the thorax, and simple; eyes im- moveable, fixed in the shell; mandibles palpigerous, _ three pairs of maxille, exterior ones resembling a lip 5818) | @ENUS LANCEOLA, aur with two palpi or two small feet united at the base ; branchiz vesicular, and situate at the inner base of the feet, with the exception of the anterior pair, Genus *LANCEOLA.+ Essential Character. Antenne four, terminal joints not articulated 3 an, ‘fenneeform processes above the mouth; caudal styles, three pairs, peduncle depressed linear, supporting tw lanceolate lamelle. Natural Character. Body soft, external covering membranaceous 3 head: -very short, transverse ; eyes longitudinal, placed oppo- site the base of the superior antenne ; clypeus project- ing into an acute angle; front concave ; antenne four, unequal, inferiores longest, four jointed, compressed, basal joints very short, third and fourth longer, equal, the latter entire, superiores abbreviated, compressed, triarticulate, basal joints short, rebust, concealed by the clypeus, terminal joint net articulated, linear, compressed, obtuse ; mouth protuherant ; labrum emar- ginate, supporting two filiform, triarticulate processes, of which the first joint is very short, second linear, third shorter, subulate ; labium (pedipalpi) bifid, cles- ing the mouth, lacinix linear, inner edges hirsute, tips j In allusion to the form ef the terminal divisions of the caudal appendices, Vol. FE. Aa % ? ss ; - x ; ee r¢ oy ES a ee ee ere eS” 5. - ee ane ae ee ee Pt ie | Poe ai a 318 . -. GENUS LANCEOLA. ‘[August; rounded; thorax oval, convex above and beneath, seven jointed, sutures imbricate; feet fourteen, sim- ple, two anterior pairs compressed, terminal joints conic ‘compressed, remaining pairs somewhat cylindric, armed with a minute, subterminal nail, sixth pair much the longest ; vesicular branchie oblong, distinct, placed at’ the inner base of the feet, excepting the first and seventh pairs; abdomen abruptly much narrow- er than the thorax, of three subcylindrical segments, each, furnished with natatory feet ; tail depressed, three jointed, joints furnished each with a lateral style, which _consists of a foliaceous linear peduncle, supporting two acute lanceolate, subequal lamelle, two anterior styles equal, posterior pair rather shorter, terminal segment attenuated between the posterior styles, ran SPECIES. L. *pelagica. Antenne, inferiores more than half as long as the thorax, superiores attaining the middle of the third joint of the inferiores ; antenneform pro- cesses surpassing the second joint of the inferior an- tenne ; thoraa, first segment shortest, acutely angled a: hefore near the clypeus, second and third segments ~ longest, equal ; feet, anterior pair’ shortest, third, fourth, and seventh equal fifth onsets sixth longer than the thorax. Length one inch and one fourth saan Inhabits—Gulf-stream. Cabinet of the Academy. -'Two specimens of this animal were found by Capt, Hamilton, in the Gulf-stream, and from them, although be > 4813.J GENUS LANCEOLA. | 319 both females, the above descriptions are taken; the inale not having yet come under examination. Tam sensible that it is not perfectly consistent with a due degree of caution, to construct a genus for the female of an animal, when, as in this case, the male may pre- pa sent diverse characters, or such as are much more pro- fe minent and accessible, although this has been often pe done. ‘But in the present instance we have an animal to give an account of, whose generic traits widely dif- fer from these of any other as laid down by naturalists, 2 | so that in order to be introduced into this paper at all, it /. J is believed that the formation of a distinct genus is un- avoidable ; this is therefore offered provisionally, to be altered, rejected, or retained, as the nce when disco- ) vered, may justify. | Its generic affinities are seth difficult to determine. , It is allied to Amphipoda by the vesicular branchiz, and by the caudal appendices to the genus Phronima, more than to any other of this order; in the external appearance of the mouth there is a great similarity to the Linnean Oniscii, the labium being nearly the same in form. In general form it somewhat resembles Onis. __ = cus ceruleatus of Montagu, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ~ vol. xi, from which I suppose Doct. Leach has formed his genus Praniza, which, although but slightly charac- Me terized by Mr. Latreille, in Ze Regne Animal, tom. 3, A p-. 54, and without any reference to books or specimens, is evidently very distinct. | i, i speciing. 24 sei GENUS GLYCINE, (August; Observations on the genus GLYCINE, and some of tts kindred genera. By Stephen Elliott, of Charles- ton, S.C. Read June 23, 1818: ta endéayouring to Dia and reform, the charac ters of plants, an inhabitant of this country feels sen-- sibly the disadvantages under which he labours. "There are here no Botanic Gardens, where living - plants, collected from different countries and climates, may be collated and compared ; no large herbariums, where even specimens may be examined; and no large libraries, devoted to natural history, where figures, might sometimes serve to explain and illustrate an ob- secure or doubtful plant. I shall not, therefore, at- tempt to arrange all the species which have hitherto been thrown together in the genus Glycine, but shall confine myself, in this paper, to those native plants of North America whi ch [have had an opportunity of in- ‘fe The genus Glycine appears to have served for some. time, in the class: Diadelphia, the same purposes hich the genus Sophera answered in the class Decan- dria; to have been an ill defined genus, where every ‘plant, (some scarcely kindred species) which did not, by marked characters, belong to other known ge- ae fould a resting place. In this manner the spe- es have incréased from two. to forty-four, and now Kees an assemblage oi Pil associated plants. Many late writers have noticed some of the anomalies of this genus, but ne ene, I believe, has yet attempted aradi- 1818.3 GENUS GLYCINE, 4 wi cal reform. This, therefore, as far as the North Ame- vican species are concerned, | mean now to propose. The Glycine apios is acknowledged to be the species from which this genus was originally formed; the name is even derived from thé sweetness of its leaves -and roots. Correctness, therefore, requires that this species shall still be considered as the type of the ge- ‘nus, and that those species only shall be permitied te zemain which agree with it in habit and essential cha- racter. ) @ An original error crept into the description of this genus, by Linnzus, which has led to maffy subse- quent mistakes ; perhaps not knowing the character which most strongly separated it from Phaseolus, he was fearful of confounding those two genera, if he as- cribed to Glycine a spiral carina; he therefore describ- ed it as deflecting the vexillum with the point of tne carina. Now the Glycine apios has really a spiral style and carina, and this character having been giy- en exclusively to Phaseolus, some of our species of Glycine have been inaccurately transferred to that ge- nus. The real difference between Phaseolus and Giy- , cine, is discoverable in the fruit, the Phaseolus having © a flat, falcate legumen, and flat reniform seeds; and the Glycine a cylindrical legumen, with seeds cylindri- cal, and truncate at each end. The Glycine thus un- derstood, unites a number of plants very naturally al- lied, and which exhibit no other differences than those ihat are strictly specific.* : * Still it may be remarked that the G. apios, with pinnate leaves, flow- 6gs im a thyrsiform panicle, ‘and a stem climbing to a considerable height ; and » : ee. ad £ +s ee. # PY a ie) Aes ae ty ¥ 4 ‘i a eo ease = | G22" Fae aly GENUS GL YCINE. TAtigust \ Th » Glycine tomentosa, its supposed Vavibieu!s and some | indred species, form a tribe of plants very dis- tinct from Gi ycine ; they haye, i in fact, no character in common with that genus, except the one arising from their class sand were placed by Walter perhaps quite as correctly in the genus Trifolium, as they were by - Linneus in their present station. These plants form a very natural family, and are distinguished by small petals, almost. straight, and exhibiting but a trace of the papilionaceous structure; legumen scarcely longer than the corolla, compressed, slightly falcate, and in every species, with which I am acquainted, disper- mous; seed flat, reniform. or this genus we have se- veral very distinct species. There are still some plants connected with this broup, Which create some embarrassment. If on the one hand it is burdensome, and in many respects dis- advantageous, to create a multitude of genera, on the other hand we obsiruct and retard the progress of bo- - Aany itself by uniting in one genus plants of discor- _ dant habits, and of varied structure. It is only by in- ¥ Pas caticttine and noting the prominent and peculiar cha- racters of plants, that we can hope ultimately to form natural genera; and it is only from natural genera that natural orders can ever be correctly established. The Glycine frutescens is one of the two species originally given te the Glycine by Linnzus, yet it agrees in scarcely any circumstance but habit with the G. apios. Its style and carina are simply falcate ; 3 its thie CG. angulosa, &c. with stems trailing or feebly climbing, ternate leaves, and fowérs in small clusters, seins id capitult, form sections, which may mark Agere genera. a 1818.] "GENUS GLYCINE, pT A ell vexillum deflected apparently without the influence of the carina; and its legume, which Linneus did not note, nearly cylindrical, and coriaceous. Its legume, however, forms its most important point of resem- blance. , ‘The Glycine monoica ee another anomalous. ‘spe- cies ; in habit distinct, in the structure of the corolla resembling some species of Vicia, and in its legumes | varying from the Glycine. Walter, whose accuracy of » observation merits more praise than it has yet receiv- ed, while he was misled by the spiral carina, to place two species of real Glycine with the Phaseolus, yet perceived the discrepance between these two plants, i and the G. apios, and has oo, them out as distinct genera. A third plant, hitherto I believe undescribed, which grows along the southern coast of Carcelina and Georgia, is connected with this group; but as I wish to-compare further, if possible, its affinities with some foreign genera, I shall, for the present, postpone its consideration. , I can readily perceive, that the arrangement I have | proposed, will require the removal of many of the ex- tr isting species of Phaseolus and Glycine, yet the result. a I hope, will be, that those which remain in each ge- _ nus, will be plants which nature, and not man, has chosen to associate. So many corrections and modi- fications of the genera established by Linneus, have been made as the knowledge of plants has become more extensive, that all appear to require frequent re- vision ; and it may become necessary, in the class we are now examining, to consider the spiral style and + 534 ‘GENUS GLYCINE: f August; se SE » carina as as marking a group of genera, rather than as — the exclusive character of a single genus. Ze The following arrangement, therefore, is submitted ‘ to the consideration of Botanists. 2 oe * PHASEOLUS, A _ Char. Ess. Carina cum siaminibus styloque spt: raliter iortis. Legumen compressum, falcatum, Ses ‘mina compressa, reniformia, 4. Perennis, Walt. | P. caule velubili; racemis geminatis, paniculatis, folio longioribus ; pedunculis pennies bracteis obso letis; leguminibus pendulis, Willd. sp. pl. 3, p,. 1031, Walt. p. 182. Pursh. 2, p. 469, P. paniculatus, Mich. 2, p. 60. Hab. in solis fertilibus. Car. Georg. 2. Macrostachyus. fT P, caule yolubili; racemis simplicibus longissimis ; " pedunculis sub fasciculatis ; foliis subtus villosis. ei 5 This plant, for specimens of which I am indebted to the friendship of Mr. John Torrey, of New York, appears to differ materially from our southern species. It is every way more robust, the racemes 42 to 15 inch- es long, with several flowers from each bud. Leaves thick, (which in the P. perennis are membranaceous}- and yery villous on the under surface. The legumes. J have not seen, 1918.) GENUS GLYCENE, 825 - GLYCINE. Char. Ess. Carina cum staminibus styloque Spt raliter tortis. Legumen teres, subbiloculare. Semi na cylindrico reniformia. *SCANDENTES, _Apios. @ 6: foliis impari pinnatis, septenatis, ovato lanceolas | tis; racemis folio brevioribus; caule volubili. Will. Sp, Pl. 3, p. 1067. Walt. p. 186. Mich. 2, p. 63. Apios tuberosa, Pursh 2, p. 473. | Hab. in humidis. - *kpROSTRATE interdum volubiles. 2. Angulosa. G. foliis ternatis, foliolis lateralibus bilobis, Lagat, nali parabolico ; pedunculo foliis longiore ; floribus ca- pitatis. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3, p. 1056. Muhl. Cat. p. 470. Hab. in collibus arenosis ad littora maris. In this plant, as it grows on the sea coast of Caro- lina, the leaflets are generally angled or obscurely lobed; but I possess specimens, collected on the south- ern islands of Georgia, and in Florida, by Dr. Bald. win, in which all the leaflets are distinctly three lobed. Vol. &. Bh Se Phaseolus. trilobus, Mich. 2, p. 60. -Pursh 2, p, Fe Fe, . " - : rs ‘GENUS GLYCINE... - [Auguste 3. Umbellata. Muhl. (3. foliis ternatis, ovatis, glabris ; pedunculis umbel- latis, petiolo longioribus, leguminibus linearibus. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3, p. 1058. Muhl. Cat. P- 64. . Hab. mn Pennsylvania. 2, %9 4. Helvola. G. foliis ternatis, delioidibus, oblongis; floribus capi- tatis ; vexillis brevibus; alis expansis, maximis. Phaseolus helvolus, Wiild. Sp. Pl. 3, p. #032. fi2b. ™ Ca ae Lin: planta adhuc obscura. 5. Peducioudispth. Muhl. Cat. p. 64. G. foliis ternatis, oblongo ovatis, deltoidibusque ; ; floribus capitatis; vexillo this emarginato, alis parvulis ; seminibus lanosis. Phaseolus helvolus; Mich. 2, p. 60. Walt. p. 182. P. vexillatus, Pursh 2, p. 470. Pov exillato affinis, at ale. nec, difformes. Hab. in pascuis et umby osis sub aridis. bi The last, four. species, to which, ell, may be ee aaded some others, taken from the genus Phaseolus, _. ferm a group’ closely allied, perfectly natural, and if surely very distinct from the P. vulgaris, multiflorus, and perennis 3 ‘but, as before remarked, it may not be improper to separate this section from,the G.apios, and form of it a distinct genus. . ; 6 To, be. continued. ) 1818.]. ON THE FORMATION GF ROCKS. _ 87 Essay 0 on the Wonuation oF Rocxs, or an Inquiry into the probable Origin of their present Form and Structure. By William Machure. y (Cc oncluded.) —Scoria is a kind of vitreous scum that floats on the surface of ail lavas, and is often ejected, before an e- ruption, by the elastic fluids, and falls and mixes with | the cinders. The presence of Scoria in extinct volcan- oes is admitted by most Neptunians as a proof oi the action of fire, but its presence is, from the nature of the substance, not of long duration; the rain- water car- ries it off, and scatters it over the lower places and val- lies, where the operation of time wediicdat to. an excel- lent rich soil, when it of course loses all marks of vol- canic origin. | Time, with tne assistance of heat and moisture, de- composes and changes all the distinguishing marks of rocks of Volcanic origin, and recomposes them into the form and structure of rocks of Neptanian origin; but the more frequently rocks of Neptunian origin are decompo- « sed and recomposed, the stronger are the characters of iheir origin, so that we cannot be deceived by the pre- sent appearance of Neptunian rocks, when tracing them up to their original form; but we are liable to mistake rocks that were originaily ef Voicanic origin before their decomposition, for rocks of the Neptuuian, after the change which time and the elements have made in them. [It is easy to conceive a large fieid of Volcanic rocxs totally reduced to Neptunian by the = 9 He” ‘- 328 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. { August, daily operation of the elements; but a field of Neptuni- an rocks cannot be changed into Volcanic but by fire. The productions by fire are partial, violent, and at first strongly marked, but liable to lose their characters by’ the daily and aay operations of the elements. ‘Mud Lava may perhaps be considered. as the last efforts of an expiring volcano, when the -combustible is nearly burned out, and the immense caverns, whence were ejected the great currents of Lava, come to be filled with water, which gradually decomposing the bottoms and sides turns them into clay and mud. ‘The application of a sufficient quantity of heat to the water in these caverns, so as to turn it into steam or elastic vapour, may perhaps be the most reasonable “manner of accounting for these eruptions, which have from time to time overran whole countries ; but the evi- cence of their origin must rest either on tradition, or the evidence of our genses ; for when once the circum- stance of their being ejected from the bowels of the mouniain is fergotten, there is no mark on the mud it- _ self io distinguish it fréix mud deposited by a rivers , the sea, er any other aqueous agent. Cinders ays a volcanic preduction that are ejected ‘ , X e in ali stages of the eruption, like showers, and fall on the earth in strata of diferent colours, iailating the. siwatification of Neptunian rocks, as at Orlot, in Spain; but whea thrown out in mass, and like a current, they sencrally indicate that the volcano is about.to finish ; and that the combustible patter j is nearly exhausted: oe 1818.} ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS: 828 as at St. Vincent, and the other small volcanic islands of the West Indies. These Cinder eruptions throw cut large quantities of rocks half roasted, that have ali the appearance of primitive rocks ; some like granites, others like gneiss, and some hornblend and feld- spar rocks, neatly crystallized and brilliant, having all the feldspar halfvitreous. There isa great similarity, both in structure and appearance, in the roasted rocks, thrown out with the Cinders, m the environs of Rome, and those thrown by different eruptions in the West Endies. When such beds of Cinders have lain long exposed to the weather, the greatest part wash away; and the remainder become earthy and lose most of the characters of volcanic productions. Pumicestone is of volcanic origin, produced by the interference of a medium that is a good conductor of heat, such as water; it is generally found on islands; and attends most submarine eruptions. Most of the Pumice of commerce comes from the islands of Lipari; itis likewise abundant in the West India islands; and generally near the sea. The rapid cooling of the melted glass, before the elastic fluids are disengaged, seems to be necessary to the formation of Pumice- stone. In an extensive field of volcanic productions at the Cape du Gat, in Spain, the Pumice joins to the Pearlstone and Obsidian, and appears to be the outs side, while the Pearlstone and Obsidian occupy the in- terior, and have heen subject to a more gradual cool- ing. At the Cape du Gat, vast excavations were made by the Romans, in search of gold, according to the opi- ey & B30 ON THE PORMATION OF ROCKS. [August nion of the inhabitants, but really for the alum rock, similar to the alum rock of 'Tolfa, at Sulfaterra, near Naples, and in all the volcanic islands of the West Indies, formed by the lava, bleached by the sulphuric acid. The seat of Volcanic fire is not known; how deep it may originate below the primitive is exceedingly un- certain, or whether its beginning, and progress, is li- mited to the primitive rocks, and those above them. Experience teaches us that velcanoes are often in the primitive, or at no great distance from it; and that the greatest part of the substances ejected in a roasted state, and without marks of fusion, are similar to pri- mitive rocks. It is not probable that any new substan- ces have been ejected by volcanoes which were not previously found in some of the other classes-of rocks, particularly in the primitive. - Sulphur is the combus- tible substance generally found in and near volcanoes. ft is probable that neither sulphur, nor any other com- bustible substance, has been yet found in the lowest granite ; from which it would-appear, that the fire of Volcanoes commences either above or below the mass ‘ef granite. | : ft is probable that two thirds of the volcanoes that *weknow ofare upon islands, many of which have been thrown up from the bettem of the ocean, and consist entirely of volcanic rocks: from which it is probable, that the vicinity of the sea is favourable to the com- menceinent of yoicanic combustion. ” 3818.3. ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. a8 _ ORDER Il. Where thé fire has not existed within the reach of history, but where the nature and component parts, the relative situation, &e. is little different from the active volcanoes, having the remains of craters, cements, scoria, &c. &c. placed in the same relative situation ; the currents of Lava. radiating from the crater, and covering all the classes of rocks, and filling up all the inequalities the currents meet with. Between this ar- rangement, and that of an active volcano, there is a direct and periect analogy. In comparing old Lavas with those that have. re: cently been. thrown. out oi a crater, considerable al- lowance ought to be made for the great change that has taken place in the former by the action of air and water, and the substances that accompany them. .'The constant filtering of the water, through all the pores of . the Laya, takes olf its asperity and roughness, while the pores themselves are, filled by. depositions ef the various substances held in solution by the water; at the. same time the water oxides the iron in, the Laaya, and changes it inte a dull earthy fracture; all which, changes’ disguise and mask the true character of the, rock, and are liable to deceive. obsery vation, if tt is partial and li- rited to a smail extent of country, . It is the nature of volcanic rocks to be in. detiiched, pieces, and particularly after time and decomposition, have worn away ail the scoria, cinders, porous La-, vas, &c. when the most solid part of a current of La~ va becomes instlaied at a considerable distance from & 332 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. - — {August, the other detached masses of rocks of a similar origin. Great care ought to be taken to fill up the chasm that time has made in the continuity of the rocks, before we can decide with propriety. The fields of extinct volcanoes, that I have had an opportunity of examining, were as similar as possible in their component parts, and relative position: an extensive field round Orlot—near Humila, and at the- Cape du Gat in Spain—round Rome—between Rome and Florence, and in the Vincintin, in Italy—in Au- vergne, in Frauce—round Andernack on the Rhine— at Cassel in Germany—all of which leaye no doubt in my mind of their volcanic origin. In all of them I found abundance of basalt; in some of them the great- est part of the solid Lavas were ia form of basalt. The Austrian police prevented me twice from examining Hungary, but I have seen repeated colJections of the rocks of that country, and could scarce distinguish them from those collected from around Naples. How ‘the origin of basalt could be doubtful with the Werne- vians, can only be accounted for, by Werner having at first put the detached masses of basalt, found in Saxo- ny, into the Neptunian origin, and that kis disciples have since persevered in the arrangement. | Yn geological descriptions, it is probable that much confusion has arisen from mistaking veins for beds, A bed is a stratum ina stratified rock ; but recks that are not stratified cannot be said to contain beds: they may have some of their vertical fissures filled with dif, ferent substances, or a crack or split in the rock filled ep by infiltration, but that I should suppose woyld he, 1818.1 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 333 properly speaking, a véin. Basalt is not stratified, nor is the greatest part of what the Wernerians call the newest fletz trap stratified ; therefore these rocks cannot be said to contain beds, but only fissures, or splits and cracks, filled up with different substances. which can have no elation with the origin the rock itself. The velcanic islands of the West Indies, such as Grenada, St. Vincent, St. Lucia, Martiniqua, Do- miniqua, Guadaloupe, Montserrat, Nevis, St. Chris- topher, St. Eustacia, and Saba, have but little basalt exposed to view: and in that resemble active volca- noes, where the cinders, scoria, and® other porous rocks, have not had time to wear away, or the rivers to cut canals through their currents of Lava, so as to expose the solid interior Lava to our examination. | In ancient, as in the recent Lava, there is no appear- ance of metallic veins, or othet metalliferous substan- ces; and it indiscriminately covers every class of ‘rocks, not unfrequently even vegetable mould, filling up all the inequalities of the surface over which it runs. This is a strong mark of difference between the Volcanic aud Neptunian origin ; for the Neptuni- an being a deposition from water, by the ferce of gra- vitation, would form a bed of the same thickness upon the whole surface, and leave the inequalities of _ sur face the same.as before the a | a x ORDER Ml. Where the rocks resemble niuch volcanic rocks, but are deficient in their relative situations, having no re- Vol. Ff. ce bs ang ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. [Ad gust mains of scoria, craters, cinders, &c. &c. but are in scattered and detached masses: Here the analogy is not sc direct as in the second order, though nearer it than any of the Neptunian origin. The greatest part of this order is basalt, in detached masses, or long ridges ; occupying in general the tops of small hills, having no resemblance or relation to the surreunding strata; and covering indiscriminately all the classes of rocks as well as every species of alluvial; in some places it has even overlaid vegetable mould: in all which characters it agrees with the rocks of recent vol- canoes. In its component parts, and imbedded crys- tals, it is equally resembling, having crystals of pe- ridot; and pyroxine, disseminated in it, like the recent Lavas of Mount Vesuvius. As in the Lavas of recent Volcanoes, so in this order, there arc no metallic veins or deposits found; which seems to be a characteristic difference drawn between the two origins, that cannot be mistake, and perhaps would form a line of separa- tion sufficiently strong of itself without the aid of any other difference: | Pitchstone, gteenstone, pearistone, porphyry, elinkstone, &c. &c. are names given to the different kinds of rocks found in what Werner calls his newest fletz trap class: they indifferently cover all other ‘classes of rocks and alluvial, and as they are general- ly found in the vicinity of basalt, they must be consi- dered of the same origin. This kind of porphyry has a, petrosiliceous base, with crystals of feldspar, not the dull fractured porphyry, with crystals of quartz and féldspar, which generally covers the primitive, though it. 1818. } ON THE PORMATION OF ROCKS. 833 seldom alternates with it. In this way confusion of names takes place. AN eptunian geologist travels over a country, where the recks of the newest flocwtz trap occur: he finds trap, greenstone, and greenstone traps, porphyries, clinkstone, basalt, &o. &e. A Vol- eanist travels over the same ground, ‘and he descriheg it as consisting of different species of Lava. Werner being the first that made any classification ef rocks, his disciples of course were the first’ whe made any geological observations ; and as they seemed all much interested in putting this class of rocks inte the Neptunian origin, they passed slightly over them, : and described them by Neptunian names. This may perhaps be one reason why they are not so generaily known as other rocks, and why they are to be found in greater abundance on the surface of the earth than was generally supposed. When. positive and liberal examination takes the place of that party and systeme atic spirit, which seems to have no other object in view” than the support of a theory purely conjectural, de- pending on the fancy of the author, and changed and overturned by every new inventor of systems, it is then that the science of geology will make rapid pro- gress, and be ranked according to its real utility. ) This class of rocks is scatiered oyer the surface of the globe. I found them in the Crimea; along the south side of the Bohemian mountains ; wa both sides of the Saxon mountains, but mere common on the south side; near the Rhine at Hohenweiler and Old Brisack ; scattered over the country of Thuringia and Hessecastle ; occupying the tops of the hills through 836 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. August, the greater part of the Viv arais; at Montpellier and Agde in France ; at Carthagena in Spain ; in patches along the foot of the. south side of the Alps, from the valley of Falsa to Lago Majore, &c. &c... On the continent of America, north of the Gulf of Mexico, and east of the Mississippi, none of this formation has yet been found ; the nearest to it is the trap, which co- vers the oldest red sandstone, but it has no. basaltic - columns, nor does it contain any peridot or pyroxines and in. other respects. does not much resemble this class of rocks: though this trap approaches nearer to it, than any other yet found. Neither have any ac- tive or extinct volcances been found in that country, which is a species of proof in favour of common ori- gin ; for if the first and second orders of this class had been found in the United States, and none of the third order, it might have given reason to doubt of their origin ;.or if the third order had been found, and the first and second orders of this class were wanting, it would have been equally the cause of doubts ; but absence of all the three orders, implies the absence of fire, ihe origin of the three orders. CLASS Ii,. Containing recks that have some distant resem- blance both to the rocks originating im waier, and in fire, but no distinct analogy to either: whose origin must remain in doubt, depending en simple cenjec- ture. | 4818.} ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. : 337. vr ORDER I. Those rocks which conjecture might be disposed to place in the rocks of the Neptunian origin, Geiss by ‘its extensive and regular stratification agrees with the relative situation of all Neptunian rocks, but it differs widely in the arrangement and na- ture of its component parts from any rocks known by actual observation to be of Neptunian origin: it equal- ly differs from those rocks placed by direct analogy in the Neptunian class, though it agrees with the Neptunian in having many and rich metallic veins in- tersecting it. "This perhaps is one of the most promi- nent marks of distinction between the two origins of fire, and water. » Mica Slate being a spevies of gneiss, where the layers of feldspar or quartz are so small as not to be distinguished by the eye, must of course follow the origin of the gneiss, as it frequently runs by im- perceptible gradations into gneiss, and gneiss into mica slate, making it difficult to decide where the one begins, or the other ends.’ 3 Primitive Limestone frequently alternates with gneiss, and resembles the Neptunian origin in its re- gular and extensive stratification. It does not differ much in its structure from other limestone formed by water, such ag the stalactites in caves, It therefore “338 ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. [August is nearer the rocks of undisputed Neptunian ori- gin than the gneiss; and perhaps only differs in the total absence of the remains of organic matter, with which the limestones of Neptunian origin are: filled. : Clay Slate, is a reck which corresponds with the rocks of Neptunian origin, in its mode and regularity of stratification: it dees not differ very much in its s‘ructure and external appearance from the Clay Slate of transition, It having no remains of organic mat- ter in it, while the slates of undisputed Neptunian ori- gin contain both vegetable and animal remains, pre- vents the analogy irom being direct, and leaves it im doubt. 7 . Serpentine has a regular, and rather extensive stra- tification, similar to the rocks of Neptunian origin ; but in its structure or external appearance, it does not agree with any. It is likewise without the remains of any organic matter, which prevents it being classed by direct analogy with the Neptunian; and leaves it in doubt. It would appear that Serpentine is more liable than any other rock, to change its form and external cha- racter, by the agency of the common elements of rain, &c. &c. and in many jnstances the ehanges are visi- ble, where it appears to be sheltered from the weather, as its mutation into every species of asbestus, amian- thus, and all the variety of fibrous rocks of the mag- —-gesian class. At a place calied Bauldissero, at the: #818.) ON THE FORMATION OF ROUKS: 339 foot of the Alps, about twelve or fifteen leagues from Turin, a dark coloured Serpentine is gradually chang- - ing into a carbonate of magnesia; which may be traced through its progress at every step, from the beginning to the end of the process; and there is no visibie agent, as great partof the rock is evidently below the influence of the weather. Perhaps some new light might be thrown upon some of nature’s agents by a close €xami- nation of such changes. When geological researches are partial, and confin- ed to a small portion of the surface, it is probable that sufficient allowance is not always made for that slow and imperceptible change, which takes place in the structure and external appearance of the rocks, with- out the.aid of any of the known agents, but by a pro- cess as yet unknown; hot having come within the sphere of our observations Wwe are ignorant of the mode which nature takes te produce such changes. ORDER Ii. Containing those rocks which analogy might be dis- posed to place in the Volcanic origin: Hornblend rocks, both greenstones and sienites, as well as the unmixed Hornblends, resemble some spe- cies of lava, nearer than they resemble any rock of undisputed Neptunian origin ; but in their relative po-. sitions, and regularity of extensive stratification, they are similar to those of the Neptunian origin, as well as in having pyrites, and other metallic substances, disse- 340 | ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. [August minated : for this reason the analogy i is wads direct, and the origin must remain doubtful. Porphyry, sa its tea, and external appearance, resembles much some lavas, more particularly those of the eldest kind, where the asperity has been worn off, and softened by time: but in its mode of stratifica- tion and relative situation, it is similar to the Neptu- nian origin, therefore the analogy is not dizect and the’ origin must remain donbtful: Granite. There ave two species of Granite ; the one in large grains, which occasionally alternates. with ' gneiss, and contaitis niany of the valuable. specimens, of minerals, Such as the emerald, tymophane, tour- maline, &c. &c.; andthe other, a middling grained Gra- nile, often with much quartz in it, occurring under all other rocks, ia large fields, without,any, well. defined . stratification, but divided often by vertical fissures. This last is the Granite of which we are speaking ; it has more resemblance to'some of the feldspatic lavas, than it has to any rock known to be of fReptunian ori- cin’ “Et Trkewise approaches the’ Yoleanic; 3 in relative situation, without any regular , Stratification. Yet the resemblance does not appear “sufficiently strong. to amount to direct analogy, and we must therefore re- min in doubt as to the’ natare of its origin. This Gra- nite is the lowest rock in the arrangement of the globe; threegh Which we have never penetrated; and beyond witich een nothing. Is it thenucleus of the earth, frome Whichs and én which, ou changes and formations ai. 4818.) ‘ON THE FORMATION OF ROCKS. 34t emanate ‘and rest, as an eternal foundation? or is it only a link of those changes, the circle and recurrence’ of whose action is lost in the immensity of time? We know nothing; we may form theories and systems without end, and perhaps one system is as good as ane- ther; but still we must recur to the humiliating truth, we know nothing. Between the rocks of the third class, called primi- tive, and the .rocks:ef the first class of pesitive Neptu- nian origin, the great line of distinction is the abun- ‘dance of remains of animals and vegetailes in the first ‘class, and the total absence of them in the third class= this third class is similar to the second class er volca- — nic origin, in being without any remains of organic matter. | The first and third classes differ from the second class or volcanic, by being intersected by metallic veins, and repositories of metallic substances ; where- as the-second class has no metallic veins, or amy me- tallic deposits in it. The lowest granite approaches to the volcanic in being without metallic veins, or me- iallic deposits. The result of this investigation would appear to be, that all the rocks called alluvial, secondary, and tran- sition, are of Neptunian origin; either by the evidence of our senses, or by a strict and direct analogy with those formed daily under eur eyes. That another spe- ies of rocks which cover and overlay the former, whose origin is either strikingly evident to our senses ‘by the eruptions of active volcanoes, or by a strict and. direct analogy, are evidently of volcanic origin, though Vol. L. pd of) eS” i . oe “bw tire FORMATION OF RCCKS. [Angas | the fire which was the agent or note changes may have been long extinct. Having thus narroived the vround, we come to the third class or primitive rocks ‘concerning Whese origin neither the evidence of our ) ‘senses, Hor direct. Rnalogy, Will aid our researches 3 and We ve Ieft to the wide field of imagination, “where any individual has a. right te exercise his talent ‘s in Torming theories, ‘or in vthér words. in “making ‘suppositions, Tlie field of fancy is un- doubtedly very extensi¥e, where it is not limited by Some reference to facts on Which theories may be founded; wé acdor dingly find great variety ih the me- thods different authors have taken to form the earth. At present, the dispute secms to rest between two an- w Xa agonists, the disciples of water, and those of fire; called Neptanians, and Plitonists or Volcanists. They both found their theories upon the same general supposition ; that is, thatthe earth pt the time they begin their forma- tion was it, a finid state + but they differ in the agent that nature may have employed ‘to produce that state of fluidity. © The Neptinians assert that the whole earth was dissolved in water, and the Voleanists that ‘li Was melted inte tie fluid ‘state by fite. These two tucorics, as objects of discussion te exercise the ta- dents and imaginations of the literary world, would be ‘anocent and harmless.) But‘when we consider that wine teiths of geological observations have been col- ected With'a view to supportvorie or other of the theo- ies, and of course vary more or less from the trae state fa which nature placed the substances examined, “Gud this for the purpose of proving the truth of ‘ono ’ _ 888.) QN THR FORMATION OF ROCKS. © aa theory, and showing the fallacy of the other—the ins jury done to science, and the obstructions thrown in the way of its progress are incalculable : for besides the disadvantage of haying nothing to’ work upon but facts, distorted by the jaundiced eye of SyS- tem, the science itse}! suffers discredit in the opinic of those whe haye no practical knowledge of, its uti- lity. While. treatises on geology consisied of shaotion of. the formation of the earth, the public had q right io consider geology as a speculation, whese utility, if any, was distant and uncey.ain 5 by whigh means the science of all others the mest copabla of. useful and practical application tg most of the ppexatigns of com mon life, was devoted tg theoretical djsquisitions on the origin and formation of the earth; the utility whereof is very probiematical, eyen admitting the pag. sibility of arriving at any satisfactory result, From all I have seen, or heard, the primitive is thé prevailing rock towards the poles; that is, the primi- tive in the vicinity of the polar regions, is not covered by either alluvial, secondary or transition; and that there is in these regions a scarcity, if, not a total absence, of all the classes of rocks, which contain the remaips of vegetable or animal productions ; the deficiency of heat may be the cause of this scarcity of anual and vegetable matter. | Should the above observations be confirms At by futur experience, it will become probable that ihe earth’s di ameter af the poles, has been diminishing, aud will iinue 19 diminish. by the graduak wearing away. of the ‘ age Bri + a Om ee OF ROCKS: [Augusiy solid: recks, pdanlaatly nctdtieltijon by the elements: while the earth’s diameter at the equator, will be con- -stantly increasing, by the addition of the produce of the consolidating labours of the madrepores, corals, { shells, and fish, &c. in the sea; joined to the produc- ton of animal and vegetable matter on shore. Should this be the case, which at present appears probable, it might account for the earth being flattened at the poles, without the treuble of dissolving it. in water, or melt- ing it by fire. ‘Tt may be ‘that a great many of the circles of ac- ition on which the phenomena of nature depend, have not completed their revolutions, ix the comparatively short space of time wherein exact science has vegulated and directed accurate observation; we of course re- main ignorant of the laws that governed nature, as well “as of the agenisemploy ed by her, in accomplishing her designs, But we have a right to conjecture, from all we know of the order and undeviating regularity of her iaws, that those we do not know, will be equally certain, and wnerring, in their operations, “by slow and gradual means to effect her purpose ; nor indeed have we any right to suppose an or- der of things totally subversive of all the laws of nature, with which our experience has — us ac- ee Im accounting for the phenomena of nature, we ought, perhaps, to limit ourselves to the operation of such laws as experience has made us acquainted with; » and when these are insufficient, we might suppose that there are some modes of operating, seme. agents that dy ae a 1918.5 THB FLORIDA gan As teh nature employs, with ‘the qualities of which we: are still unacquainted ; and so go to work to examine ac- curately nature’s works, as the only certain mode of becoming acquainted with her laws: :—this method would, at least, save much precious time both to’ wri- ters and readers. An Account of the Frortwwa J AY, of Bartram. By George Ord. Read May a In William Bartram’s travels a Jay is mentioned as _ inhabiting Kast Florida; but this notice is unaccompa-_ nied with a particolar description. Hence succeeding naturalists were in doubt whether to regard it as a new species or not. In Latham’s second supplement, page 4141, it is referred to the Corvus Stelleri, but this is represented as crested, and the former is not. Recents ly Monsieur Vieillot, in the Mouveau Dictionnaire D’ _ Histoire Naturelle, tome XU, recorded Bartram’s Jay ander the name of Le Geaj azurin, and described ano- ther which he himself discgvered in Kentucky. Per- haps, says this author, itis the young, or the female, of the Geai azurin, which is also found in the same country. We take this mode of informing the ingeni- ous French naturalist, whose labours have contributed so much to the enlargement of our knowledge of Amer- ican Ornithology, that these birds are one and the same species. During the manths of February and March mg’, 5 ae a BAe. | ‘rH FLORIDA JAY. Tauguat, = last, we had an opportunity of examining several spe- __gimens, which we procured in the vicinity of St. Aus gustine, and near the mouth of the river St. Juan, iq Fast Florida, from the most perfect of which the avons ‘ing description was taken. Genus GARRULUS, sriss. Bill of a middling size, furnished at the base with se- taceous feathers directed forward, thick, stout, bent, evltrate; upper mandible with an obsolete notch fo- wards the end, and deflected suddenly at the tip; nos. trils almost oval, open, or covered by the feathers of the gapistrum; tongue cartilaginous, flattish, bifid at the tips wings of a middling size, spuricus wing short, vyounded at its extremity ; toes four, three forward, one backward, the exteriors united at their base *. Viedll. e's GARRULUS cerulescens. Corvus Floridanus, pica glandaria minor, the Little Jay of Florida, Ban. nan’s travels, p. 290. Le Geai azurin, Garrulus cyaneus, VIEILL. Nou. Dicy Bw ii list. ‘Nat. tom. xii, p.476. Le Geai gris-bleu, G. cerulescens, i id. p. 480.. Head, neck, wings, and tail bright azure; bacle hroccili-browp, inclining to hair-browns lower parts dark yellowish gray ; tail subcuneiform. tlh legs, and claws, black 3 irides hazel- brow n; # Vicillot adds to his ch aracters the following: “The three first remiges @c oe, the fourth and fifth the longest. * Inthe specimen described above, T @becrved thatthe third and fourth reniges were the a of course ti¢ Bigiacicrs are not constant. ‘ ~ 4818.) : THE FLORIDA JAY. | B47 front, and line over the eyes, pale azure; lores, cheeks, and crown with some black intermixed; throat palety. 9 han the abdomen, and faintly streaked with ash; the a blue from the cheeks passes down along the breast, forming an obscure crescent ; inner webs of the remi- ges dusky ; the tail is nearly six inches long, compos- ed of twelve feathers, the upper feather darkest, part of the inner vanes ‘of the under feathers dusky 5 length eleven inches and three quarters, breadth four- teen inches and a half. Male and female much alike. — ~ When we first entered East Florida, which was in the beginning of February, we saw, none of these. birds; and the first that we noticed were in the vici- nity of St. Augustine, on the thirt eenth of the above- mentioned month. We’ afterwards’ observed them daily, in the thickets, near the mouth of the St. Juan. Hence we conjectuted that the species ‘is. partiaily mi- gratory. ‘Their voice is not:so agreeable as is that of the G. cristatus or Crested Hine, Jay of the Uniied States; they are quarrelsome, active, and noisy ; and construct their nests in thickets. "Their eggs I have not seen. The Blue Jay, w hich is so conspicuous an ornament to the grov es and forests’ of the United States, is also common in Florida. This beautiful and sprightly bird we observed daily, in company with the Mocking: bird, and the Cardinal Grosbeak, around the rude ha- bitations of the disheartened inhabitants, as if willing to console them amid those privations which’ the fre- quent Indian wars, and the various revolutions, which ‘their Province has’ experienced, have compelled them ito bear. ; 8 AMPHIBTAS “TAugust, Deseriptions of several species of North American _ Ampursta, accompanied with observations. By Jacob Green, MD. of Princeton, V. J. ° Read May 12, 1848. orvER If. SAURIAN REPTILES. Genus LACERTA. Note. Daudin has subdivided this genus Into se- yen sections but as I think this mode leads to uncer+ tainty in arranging the animals, I have not adopted it. Lacerra quinguelineata, var. Cauda longiuscula, gquamis oviformibus, corpore lineis quingue ceruleia, Striped L. Whole length between five and six in- ches; iail longer than the body, tapering, cylindrical, slender, and peinted ; ear hole oval; scales above and beneath oval; back dark chesnut-brown, marked with five longitudinal light blue lines, the central one com- “mences atthe snout, whichis pointed, divides between. the eyes, unites again over the throat, and continues te the end of the tail; bexeath whitish, and streaked ; feet five-toed, clawed. , Note. The above very much resembles the £. quin- guelineata of Carolina, mentioned in the beoks, dif- ~ ’ : ts AMPHIBbA. B49 fering in litile else than the colour of the stripes, which — in the Carolina species are yellow. L. hyacinthina. Cauda longiuscula, squamis abdomi- nis ovatis, ceteris acutis, corpore latertbus ewruicis seu hyacinthinis. ; Indigo L. Length about six inches ; tail rather lon- ger than the body, tapering, and rounded; back light azure, bordered with dirty brown; sides of a bright in- digo—this colour is in the form of a stripe, which be-. gins under the angles of the mouth, and extends to the posterior legs; beneath whitish; scales on the back ac- uminate, the others oval; sxeut obtuse. Note. The blue stripe on the sides of this lizard ap- | pears dark brown or chesnut by candle-light. L. fasciata. Cauda longiuscula, squamis abdoo minis ovatis, cwvieris acutis, fasciis transversis nigris vt albis. Banded L. Length five inches ; fail rather longer than the bedy, tapering, cylindrical, and terminating in a blunt point; the back and tail brownish, marked with transverse, waving bands, of black and white; beneath dirty white; scales of the back acuminate, the rest oval: these scales are in rows, forming iongi- - tudinal streaks 5 snout obtuse ; chin a little pouched. Vol. ¥. “Be by 4 | | odiarniimta.. a ie (Septemiah orpir Tl BATRACIAN REPTILES. Second Family. TAtcep BATRACIANS. | Genus SALAMANDRA. Wp niea coin: npiibglate Cauda mediocri, corpore supra albido, ocellis. subrotundis Pergacineis subtus i | “albido. wa Brown-spotted Salamander. Length oe or five in- ches; tail about as lotig as the body, tapering, slightly compressed, and pointéd; snout rounded; back whitish, ‘sprinkled with irregular, reddish-brown spots; beneath _ whites anterior fect four-toed, posterior feet five-toed. _ Note. Individuals of this species vary much in size, ‘and in the number of spots. I have one about three in- ches long, with the tail more nie eee and obtuse, - than the above. 8: ifuaelis Caida mediocri, conpére supra ferru; winco, fasciis transversis subcerulcis, subtus cinereo. ' Banded S. Length between four and five inches; Yail about as long as the body, oval, tapering, and pointed; snout rounded; back brown, marked with transverse, irregular blue bands; upper part of the tail brown, marked with light yellow spots; beneath ask Yolpury anterior feet four-toed, posterior five-toed. te a ciSidbiliaiia | ¥s i Note. ‘When young, the under part of the body ‘a of q a dark brown hne, at, leant shies ina case mm my Pm eimens. cnitini MAM oat: 2 S. subfusca. Cauda bri Mil ngs sutfaaeo nig maculato, aubtus titeoto. © : Olive-brown 'S. “Leng oth. six inches ; taih nernes shorter than thé bedy, fapering, ‘slightly compressed, and pointed; snout rather oval; back ofan oliye-browa hue, marked. with dark spots: ’ beneath yellowish, ane | Spoiled; anterior feet four-toed, posterior five-toed. ~~ == Note, “Lhe colour ofthe above yery much resembles e: that. of the common | W ater: Newt of England. I have two varieties of the above; the spots on the hack of ons are more distinctly marked than op the other, and if ‘wants the, spots beneath his difference i is, 1 think, owing to age. In the otver, which i is evidently, an ag ged # | animal, ,. the distinguishing 1 marks pretty nearly agred With the first, but. the waole j is of a darker bug, oat el 4 habits shallow. waters, | bi 7: pABLi ea SiM } 4 . 2 ae bet id £ Viregidgnann® Cauda tlie conpore supra igs | saul subjus albido. , | * Long-tailed s. Leng il between five and six inches tail almost twice as Tong, as the body, tapering, comps, ressed, and pointed; upper side of the Limbs, tail, and, ‘pack, spotted; beneath witttish; anterior feet four-toed, “posterior five-iced; snout rounded; eyes pratuherantg Wiicle animal slender. , ‘ Note. Taker ia marily pleegts | in the etate of | Ney; 4 ersey, Pa ary: 4 * " ~ > ‘ . \ ay a ie se x S. nigrt. Cauda mediecri, corpore supra nigri-« cante, subtus abiido, lateribus albido punctatis. Black §. Length about four inches; tail of the length of the body, tapering, oval, and pointed; snout oval; eyes black, prominent, and approximate ; back blackish ; 13 sides sprinkled with small white spots ; be- neath vhitish 5 anterior feet. four-toed, posterior feet five- toed. Note. Tnhabits shallow waters. This differs from Daudin’s 3 La a. notre, that being uniformly black. -$, bislineata: Cauda longiuscula, corpore supra cineveo Lineis variorum colorum distinctis, subtus al- bido son luteolo. 4 'Two- iined S. Length about ifikios inches ; : tail lon. ger than the body, tapering, compressed, and pointed snout oval; buck cinereous, with two, and. sometimes three, dark lines, if three, the middle one broadesi hear the head, aud about the length of the body, the dateral ones extending from behind the eyes to the & ee nd of the tail; sides cinereous 5 beneath whitish or yellowish 3 ; anterior feet four- toed, posterior fiy e- toed. | | | * Note. - "Inhiabits s fate list is found i in num- bers early i in the spring, and is very. active, &. sinciput- abide Cauda brev, conpore, Supra, | Ferrigineo, subfus hiteolo 9 White-nosed 8, Length about three inches; toil shorter* than tite “body; thick, tapering, and - pointed ; gn xt oval, while aboves eyesprotuberant; bach dirty e * 3B) AMPHIBEA. , B53 ferruginous ; beneath yellowish ; anterior feet four. toed, posterior five-toed, . Note. Found in Newjersey, it said to inhabit shallow waters. ie vabnwnies, Cauda brevi, corpore supra fus- co nigroque variato, subius rubro seu aureo. Red S. Length between six and seven inches ; : tail shorter than the body, slightly tapering, compress- ed, and pointed; skin slimy; back blackish, with brown spots; sides red; beneath red ; eyes protube- rant ; snout rounded 5 anterior feet four-toed, pie ci five-toed. Note.. This I think is only a variety of La S. entre orangé of Daudin, a description and figure of Ww which he has given in his vol. 8, p. 239, i 98, lig. 4. _ Inhabits shallow waters, Observations. Little is known peupPatinig 8 the hy- bernation of Salamanders. On the approach of win- ter they seck some retreat, which protects them alike from their enemies, and from the sudden changes of the weather ; ‘here they remain till the spring retirns j and even after they have left their winter residence, a moderate degree of cold produces imactivity, lisiiess- ness and lethargy. “At such seasons i have searched for them m vain in piaces where but a few days be: fore they were to be found in numbers. About they begianing of March, if the season is favourable, the Salamaniva rubriventris, var. makes its appearance in the neigubourhood of Princeton, in shallow sire aMg, Where it Lies concealed hepeath stunes,. aud under 7 Ade Si ae - 4 354 ascribed : na old logs, which have fallen in the wer If they are found in marshy places, upon removing ‘the stone, of | fog, which conceals them, they show buat little inclina~ tion to stir, and seem as if just aroused from sleep $ but fs shallow water they are more active on being disco- vered. [confined a number of these in a box, prepar- ed for the purpose, wherein was a shallow vessel of water, surrounded with earth, forming a little sfand- ing peol; and in this sitnation Tt observed them atten: tively for some weeks. 1 have no doubt they are nocturnal animals, leaving their retreats in search of . food during the night. . This scems the most appro- + priate time for the purpose, for then their food, which is principally small Werms, is most easily obtained. Besides, they ‘are the prey of the emall American Bit- _ ten, and if they wandered about: during daylight they would be almost exterminated™by their voracious foe, who -¢vém when in» their retreats devours many, and xiutilaies great nembers of them. «At all events, ., those I th 4 confined rarely left the water during the gayti ime, and were generally out-of: it. during, the night. The eyes of shost of the Genus Salamandra . are very prominent, so as to enable them io discover chje cis In every y direction around tems but as,a promi; Rent eye would be very liable to injury, when under “stones, and other places of refuge, the animals have )>ythe power of withdrawing it ent > J observed in those confined, that when under ‘the Wa- ively into the head. ter the eye ren: ained imbedded in the socket, but as sion, _as the hea ud was elevated above the surface i “Wag. prayed: WwW netizex by this motion of the eye a ae Baa i wart. was 356 the animal alters thé form of the crystalline lens, so as to discern objects under the water, as well as in the air, I am not able to state; but I have little doubt that such is the fact, The pupil of the eye of this animal, as well as in all the other water Salamanders which Z haye examined, is horizontal, as in the horse; and I think it has not the power of dilation, or expansion, this faculty being compensated by the power of with- drawing the eye as before mentioned. "This parucus Jar shape of the pupil is beautifully adapted to an in-™ habitant of shallow water, enabling it to take an ex- tensive view from side to side; there being little occa- sion to took upwards. T have reason to believe that’ the larve or young of these animals appear very soon after the animals themselves leave their brumai re- treats, for what I conceive to be the young, with gills,» ¥ have observed sticking to stones in the water; and i have caught them an inch long, the gills having dis- appeared. It is a well known fact that torpidity, in- stead of exhausting the energies of nature, increases , ‘its vigour. The colour of these animals varies consi- derably by yeason of age : in those about three inches Jong, the red predominates, so as to make them ap-. ‘pear almost another species—in those about four inch. es long the blackish spots are larger, and more nume+ vous—and in the full-grown animal the calour appears ‘as described in the specific characier,. ete ¢* 858 - AMPIIBTA.® [September # LAND SALAMANDERS, oF S. erythronota. Cauda brevi, corpore supra fusce tubrogue variate, subtus cinereo., | Red-backed S. Length between three and four i in~ ches; tail rather shorter than the body, tapering, cy- lindrical, and pointed; snout obtuse ; eyes prominent and black; back red, mixed with brown, the colours form a stripe from the snout to the end of the tail ; be- neath cinereous 3 throat whitish, with a few dots of crimson near the neck 3 anterior feet four-toed, poste- rior five-toed. : Note. The young of this species haye no brown mixed with the red on the back. Ihave given Mr. Rafinesque’s name of a species found in rocky situa- ticns in Newyork to this, believing them to be only varieties. ‘This animal is not very rare in Newjersey. it is found under stones, in high places. S. cinerea. Cauda longiuscula, corpore supra fus- ec, albo maculato, subtus nigro albo distincto. Dapple S. Length about four inches; tail longer than the body, tapering, cylindrical, and pointed 5 head large; upper parts bluish; snout obtuse} back dark brown, sprinkled with small white dots; be- neath black and white mixed; throat whitish ; eyes Jarge and ptominent, pupil round and black, itis yel- lowish brown; anterior feet three-toed, with a small thumb, postarior four-toed, with a small thumb. ae ar ee eee nel We oe e187 — ae 85y. Note. This is quite common in Newjersey ; it is found under stones, in rocky situations, from one te four inches long. A milky fluid issues from the pores of the body, when the animal i is plunged | in spirits. S. glutinosa. Cauda longa, compore supra MIS TOs albo maculato, subtus mgro. Glutinous S, Length six inches; tail nearly twice as long as the body, tapering and pointed, near the end slightly compressed ; snout obtuse; eyes prominent and dark brown; baci blackish, marked with white spots, composed of small dots; deneati: black ; anterior ahiee: four-toed, posterior five-ioed, - Note. Found under siones, in elevated situations, A giutinous iluid exudes from the pores of the skins this fact is only uncommon as to the quantity. S. fusca. Cauda mediocri, corpore supra fusco, sustus alo, lineis duabus punctis, nigris intere spersis. Brown S. Length about three inches ; tai/ length ef the body, tapering and slightly compressed ; snout obtuse; eyes not remarkably prominent ; back uniforms ly of a yellowish brown colour 3 beneath white, with line, on each side, of black spots ; throat spotted wit black ; anterior fect four-toed, posterior five-toed. Note. I know noi whetier this is a land or wateg - animal; it was found under arail ina moist place, some distance from a stream. The tail, whicli was accidentally separated fr om the body, preserved a vi- bratery motion for some time, Pais muavn of the Vol. £. Ff . : © -~ fail, when ampulated, is I beliey e common toall Sa- ‘Jamanders, and indeed to mest reptiles a of Genus PROTEUS. Prorevs Veo Cewesariensis. ‘Cauda mediocri et compressa forma piniue, corpore albido. Newjersey Proicus. Length between four and five inches 3 fei as long as the bedy, tapering and forming i fin 3 snout obtuse; tongue short, round, adhering to the lewer jaw, and having a cartilaginous edge 3 bran- | chie persistent; eyes very small; nestrils invisible ; back dirty while, with small dots, margined with a narrow red line, commencing at the fore shoulder, and terminating at the posterior legs; bereath whitish; pos: ‘terior fect five-tced, anterior four-toed. > ; 21° . ax . Observations. "his is the only species known in America. ‘There are but three yet described in the books, the P. anguinus, P. Mewicanus, and P. tetra- dacttylus. » Thave another animal which rédenibiée the Proteus, " imasmuch: as it is furnished with a fin tail, and gills, But T will not be positive that it is a new species. if it is only the larva of a species of Salamander, it must belong to a much larger species of that genus than I - have yet scen in this neighbourhood ; the following is a description ef it; Length about three inches ; tail as’ long as the body, tapering, and in the form of a fins snout ovals eves very small; nostrils invisible; neck. NG A ¥ 3 NEW sehdies OF ‘FIStEs pnts with gills: 3 back black md Ww hite, confusedly hae ; beneath whitish; anterior Jeet ‘four-toed, posterior fives tacit, toes cIey en to the base. Descriptions of several New species of North Ameri~ . -can Fishes. By C..4. Le Sueur. Read March 3, ~~ 4818. , ‘af (Continued from page 235.) Genus MEGALOPS. La Cipide. Fishes of this genus are Herrings, properly so call-" ed, in which the last ray of the dorsal-fin is prolongat-' ed into a filament. Seme have their snout projecting: beyond the jaws; but the form of the latter distinguish» mal, 4. Mecators oglina. Dorsal-fin as high as long, at its base, its last ray prolongated as far as the tail ;. back with three longitudinal black bands on each side;, eyes situate midway hetween the end of the snout, and the posterior part of the opereula, which is narrow, perpendicular, and slightly rounded; pectorals very small; anal-fin long, very narrow, almost concealed . by the scales which cover its base. This species, which one might confound with the Clupea thrissa of. Bloch, pl. 404, differs in its epercula, which are siraiglit,’ narrow, and slightly rounded behind; and es them always from Anchovies. Quvier, Régne Ani) * ae “33 BS NEW SPECIES OF FisHEs,. (Septembeys Viove all. by its anal -fin,. Witch, is hardly Mish ‘whereas i in Bloch’s thrissa this last j is very large. “The Tength Of its body is six times that of its hong its Wepth ‘about 2 head and a half; back almost straights throat and abdomen describing an inverted arch as far ‘as the tail, and armed with from thirty-two to thir iy-three serratures, ‘of which fourteeh cr fifteen are placed between the yentrals and anal-fin; head smalk, nairow } ; eyes’ round, irides blackish ‘ed es yellow and silvery below 3 ; maxilaries not passing be- yond the foré part of the eyes; tecth none; dorsal-fin ‘elevated before, very low behind, not emarginated, but almost straight 3 pectorals: not projecting beyond the base of the dorsal-fn ; ventrals small, triangular, sia taate almost beneath the middle of the dorsal-fin, and midway between the pectorals and anal-fin; caudal-fin greatly forked, lobes nurow, pomted, black at their ‘extreinities ; back “of a blue colour, with blackish lons gitadinal binds ; ‘sides paler; abdomen, throat, pecto- ral, ventral, and anal fins white 3 opercula, head, dore sal-jin, tail, and caudal-jin tinted with yellow ; oper ‘cula ornamented with rosaceous tints ; scales large, rea, gular, narrow over the whole body, aud at the base of the rays of the caudal-fin; lateral-tine hardly visible length of ‘specifen described, eight inches. To this species is given, as well as to several other Yishes, the name of Alewife. 7k at Newport, ‘Rhode-islaad. | B. 9—D. 18.-—P. 19-¥, at ent 20. to 22 Oy. 4B ora Lys: € \ — ABB NEW SPECIES OF VIsHzs. : 364, “ °2. M. xotata. This species, witch I Shbdivel at Guadaloupe, has some resemblance to the preceding in its narrow opercula, but it is principally distinguish- ed by the following characters : Its dorsal-fin is longer than high, and. terminated by a.shorter posterior ray than in the foregoing, which ray does not pass beyond -the centre of the interval ‘comprehended between this fin and the base of the caudal-fin ; sides not striped ; opercula oblique. Back almost straight; thoraw and abdomen arcuated, ‘cavinated; body six times thelength of the head, in depth about a head and a half; mawillaries prolongated un- der the eyes; anal-fin narrow, equal throughout, more apparent than in the preceding, but much less so than in the C. thrissa of Blech ; ventrals small, truncated 3° scales large; back blue, without blackish bands, but -ornaniented with fine blue spots; sides of a pale blue colour; abdomen and head white; total length 7 in- dividual from six to eight incires. ‘The individual above described was taken in a seine, with several other species of different genera, at a village named Pigeon, situate on the seaside, in the island of Guadaloupe. I was only allowed a few moments to sketch and examine it, as [ was at the point of departure for Basseterre. I cannet find if described in any author to which I have access. B.9.—D. 18.—P. —V.—A. —C. rays. 3. M. ‘Cepediana. Body subelliptical; tail nars ‘¢ow; snout short, rounded, semigelatineus; dorsal-jin ~ wa NEAT spoT oF Piss. ah taal pointed, in some lunated, in othes slightly rounded, higher than long at its base; anal-fin long, its: aiterie part largests” Pier cula large, rounded, — a — depreeston on their posterior part. ) The body of this species differs from the selene tn its form: if is short and deep, its length being more- than five times that of the head, and its'depth about a head and three quariers; the back is greatly’ slovsaed almost sharp, having a line, unfurnished with scales, which extends from the nape as far as the base of the — dersal-iins abdomen hanging very low, or very much arcuated, carinated, and: armed) with twenty-nine» apines ; head shart; mouth very small; intermaxiliaries larees maxillaries. very narrow, not passing beyond: the eyes; wandibies large, forming an angle within the- wouth; teeth nouc; the extremily of the peetavals pass tag beyond the anterior part of the baso af the ventrals, Which are situaie somewhat Before the dorsal-finy? gadal-fin of considerable extent, but net so-forked as’ iy. the foregoing species s length of spéchnens examin- edfrom.eisht totwelve inches; colour of the back a eyaxish blue, pale silver on the sides, head of a burnt terra de sienna, mixed with golden; throat and abdo- - men while; extremity of the ventrals black, the re-° mainder of the fins tinted with eray-blue, yellow and} green, blackish at their extremities 3 eyes small, irides. Srownish yellew, pupil black; seales very narrow, and crowded. | BRB. 2D. 15-+P., 18... 8. A. 93.018 BAYS. WIE} NEW SPECIES OF FISHES. O88 « This species comes occasionally to the markets of Baliimore and Philadelphia. [ Among. those abdominal fishes which ene meets with in North America, there are several known under the popular name of Herring, which inhabit the river Ohio and Lake Erie. They. have, in effect, much rée semblance to C} lupez, in their colour, their large eyes, their large scales, and the compressed form of -theit body; and with which gemus they may be confounded en a superficial view; but if is easy to distinguish them by the absence of the carinated abdomen; by theit extremely short intermaxillaries and maxillaties, which are articulated together; and by every part of ihe mouth being strongly toothed, as in the Salmon family of Cuvier. ‘They have, in. a great measure, the habitudes of these last, as like them they appe: » to prey on living animals, particularly insects, which they take on the surface of the water. "The stomachs of. several of these fishes, which L. examined, in thé month of May, 1816, were filled with Scarabei, and the larve of Hphkemera, the periect insects of the iat- ter, at that periud, beiag observed, in immense multi- tudes, swarming over ihe surface of the Ohio. "Fhe want of an adipese fin in our fishes, excludes them from ihe genus Salmo. By their teeth iney seein te approximate to tie genera Chirocentrus, and. Erutirvinus, of Cuvier anc Gronuvius, and the ava ef ia Cepide; but tuey diifer irom the drst by the ry S64 YEW SPECIES OF PISHES. | [September vomer furnished with teeth, from the second also by _ the teeth, and from the third by the peciorals, the dor- sal, the teeth, the gill-covers, &c. The characters o: the ebove named genera not conforming to those of our species, I have thought myself under the necessity oi erecting a new genus, which L respectfully submit, un- der the name of Hropon, which may be placed among ihe foregoing, or hetween the genera Salmo and Clu- pea. Of this new genus: I have observed two spe: eles. Genus HIODON, Characters. Boty as in the genus Clupea, but without carinated aby domen. Tongue supplied by the os hyoides, which is furnish ed with strong teeth, Borsal-fin one, Eyes very large. _ Body compressed;.as in the Hervings, but without ab: dominal serratures.. fiead narrow; snout very short, obtuse, without scales; nape covered on each side with large triangular scales 3 posterior suborbits covering the cheeks, anierior ones concealing the maxillaries; przo- per culum large, triangular, curving under the ihroat, its posterior angle reunded, coyering al+ . Frost. ithe whole of the sabop erculuin3 the interys. — ¥ « Be yee tgt®t NEW SPECIES OF Fist=s. ‘perculum very small, squamiform, operculum large, rounded, having a notch on its upper: part. Eyes very lar ge, situated near the end of the snout, and nearly occupying the space between the summit of the head, and the angle of the mouth: they are furnished with a gelatinous nictitating membrane, which spends on a part of the oper- culum. -Vostrils double, placed at the end of the snout, above and near the antimaxillaries. Mouth of a middling size, jaws subequal ; intermaxil- laries short, ‘articulated with the ~~ both very narrow. Teeth conic, equal, close-set, in a single row on the maxillaries, and intermaxillaries, stronger, and in several rows, on the lower jaw, very fine on the palate, the vomer equally furnished with se- yeral ranges of yery strong ones, en its whele length. Tongue supplied by the os hyoides, which is armed with twe principal rows of very streng, bent, conic teeth, between which there are several rows ef very small teeth. | Branchiostegous rays short, superior ones enlarged at their. extremities, of the number of 8 or 95 branchial arch furnished on each side, anteriorly, with denticulations, which interlock one with the other. | hir-bladder long, compressed; one observes two other Yoh. & es Nl " SER fe their base 3 anal-jin long, Ww me NEW SPECiES OF FISHES: e onl, “ha small subglobular air vessels, sail each in a | cavity, under, and on each side of, ae cavity of. “" the cranium. * ms a RR Fins: a single dorsal » placed opposite to the commence- nent of the anal; ; pectorals placed low, near the | ‘opercula, vesilbate midway between the breeran % . and anal. ‘Seales large, pellucia at the edges, easily deciduous. SPECIES. Ah. Bronon tong gisuse Anal-fin large, and rounded c its anterler pari, very narrow on its decrees: part, ‘notched i in the middle. Bolly lehethevied, elevated, back ‘Rlinodt straight, ‘And parallel with ‘the abdomen’; tail narrow; dor- ‘gail jin ‘subjtadrangular, elevated on its anterior part, Bie three first rays simple, the last double, the inierfnédiate hes divided 3 pectorals falciform, ‘poy ca, ‘placed horizohially in a longitudinal de- pressions wentrals large, somewhat routided at their ‘peints, and furnished with a squamiform appendix at with pretty strong divided vays, the last dowble, the three first simple; caudal- \ jn’ forked, Tobes - ‘pointed, equal ; lateral-line slightly arched tows its the back. : 'This species T’observed ‘in Lake Erie, at Buffalo; . nd fie. 'Y’. Gay examined an individual ef the same on ‘the O1 Hy, ¢ at Pittsburg. The colour of its gill-covers is ae * "These tw smail air vessels appear to enable the fish to rise with facility us fs :ce 6f the water, to take its prey. Time did not: permit. me to ob- I there is a com:unieation between them and the air-bladder. _ *o the Vik f at bs a iy suet] xew species oF mIOHRY @ - golden, its eyes are brown iid idan: : its back i is bluish ; and its sides silvery 5 ; its jins tinted with yel- dow, with metallic reflections en the rays. The ‘len sth of the individnal described was thi teewsinches: » T This species. is accounted pretty good. food ; but I do not know whether iti is the object of a por ticular fisher y oe not. > ve a ( e P. 48.—D. 15.—A. 82. V7.6. 183 faye 2) Hi. Btoddliee Anal fin straight, taierior pa large and pointed, without a notch. | ‘The body, as in the preceding, much compr essed, the back a little more eleyated towards the dor sal-fitt ; the snout is likewise rounded, but shorter than i in the foregoing ; 5 fins much as in ‘the preceding, with the exception of the anal, which forms ihe distinction, noted in the specific character $ bateral-line rather straighter ; rays of both species with brilliant metallic reflections, as in Herrings ; colour of both the sane, The specimen described was taken at Pittsburg ; it ywes eleven inches ong. It appears in abundance i i ‘the month of Mays its flesh is good. ~ Pi48—D.15.—A. 30.—V. 7.—C. 20 rays It will be perceived that the above fishes resemble each other, the principal t difference lying in the anal- fin. It may be .that they form. but. one species, and. : that the individuals described were of different sexes. This point I had not au opportunity of settling by an examination of the sexual organs, as my stay at the laces where they are found was very shori, and 5 was iy i La y F nie > te oS i ‘go eee ee ee ay * 1 5 , a ‘ eh * ‘368 HY DROSTATIC BabaR in {Septemines, ¥ i, enabled ee propiirth but two solitary "Paividtting This notice is given with the view of inciting | the attention of those naturalists who may have better opportunities : of examination than, i had. re FS 4 2g abt oe * - pares xiv ts ae ‘i rs oe Tig. 1, H. clodalue, ‘hee Section a the bod ent roy Bg % ection of ae of its natural size: @ 5 y ‘gt ‘ aa : Ehret * _ | Description of a Hyprosratic Barance, by whic& the specific gravities of minerals may be ascertaincé withext calculation. By Benj. H. Coates, BM. DB, Read June 16, 4818. Plate XV. . The anes instrament. has arisen from one lately presented to the Academy, i in which the compion steel- yard is employed for this purpose. The object of the alteration is} without rendering the instrument more complicated, or more troublesome: ~ jn its application, to saye the labour and inconveni- ence of calculation. By means of it the specific gra- vity of a mineral may be ascertained in a few mo- tents, and without pen and ink, or any other assist. ance than a cup of water. With the aid of the neat- ness and convenience of the instrument on which it is grafied, it is hoped to be a practical saving of time. and labout to the mineralogist. x The lever resembles that of a common steelyard, i qed is contrived te balance exacily, by making the PTR yy Np : 4 OU ty : at 48 BNET Soe Ste MY DRIER, i ‘ AS. : ie eee ‘ x fe “a > 4 rat * ee AR x«<* ) osTatig BALANee. ar “< vider, and r ith an enlargeniéat at thie: oe. deaiity. The upper | e J ae dge of each limb, i$ rectilinear, and free from notches, for ee sake e of accuracy in ad=+ (ae justing the weights, ~ a The shorter end is undivided; but on the longer ty | * inscribed a scale, of which every division, reckoning ; ‘ee from the extremity of the lever, is marked with a age’ i ¥ number, which is the quotient of the length of the : whole scale, divided by the ‘distanc ‘eof the ‘ions Ae ga from the end. "Fhus at half the leagth is marked thy 4 number 2, at one-third, 3, at one- fourth, 4, &c. st | a; at two-thirds the length i is marked 0 » and a half, at tyes ; two-fifths, twe and a half, &e. An so of all the ye fractions, suitici ionily minutely. These numbers, ex- ik ae tend as high as the speciiic ates of ine ey | te Se pivot of the instrament. represents unity, aad a natch oo is made at the farther end, ; ne Cee : : _ » Te using this instrument, any convenient weabae is A ‘ | suspended by a hock from,the foich at the end of the — 2 scala. ‘The body, under examination is io be suspend- if \, m ed io theether end hy a horse-hair, and slid’ Gongs i ae iba um ig PLP we is then, W. ihga Ass ae 3 wee ‘ second. tne ‘iy aliding ih weig eg "The hieok of the Jatt iter then marks ai specific gi caer: on the scale. Fe The dnuiadsicalion of this.ig very simple. “' strument bei ng supposed in equilibrium, and B D (see ge figure) and the weight of the conntdipoise being cou-: @iant, the weight of the body vanise asthe disiance Gf. _ thie, counlerp. ‘ise froza 3, by. ihe ‘Common t paaciale Gs & By . 9 * z - ‘ ¥ ‘i ‘ 4 7 ; 4 > * % * oe ine + * +4 Fe .% te t; : ¢ ¥ : ‘ ng eT ty - % «* 3 ae ake : } ’ : * z ( 3 . . ’ - 2 7 z . i : pie % re. - * , : oa 3 i es 378 wrnROsTA te BALANCE. | [Septenibey, [9 Wa bs the lever. Hence, if CG be the place of the weight at «=the conclusion of the operation, Weight. in water : weight in air :: B C:B + | ‘And, by subtraction, the loss of eich in water : 1 sweight in aix:.; AC: A B; and hence , wi.. in air AB | , ~ equal equal the spec. gray.; which is : ‘loss a: Sa a : | _ the rule, rae ee Q. E. D. ig. > Substances lighter than water may. have, if neces- | gary, their specific gravity ascertained by the usu- ) ata al method; a scale of equal parts being cut on the De emmindiiianinda gt. opposite side of the beam, and the article to be weigh ite ed placed in a notch for the pur pose. For mineralogy, { ie however, this will seldom be necessary. ‘The bottom by of the notch A (at the smaller end) should be in a line - ce with the edge of the ycale, its sides being a little raised. ‘The top of the shorter end. should be rather the thick- : est part of it, to allow the horse-hair, by which the mi- if ta neral i is suspended, to sw ing clear. This mode will ’ _ be found very delicate and accurate, and a hook must ‘notbe used, asit cannot be balanced. | icy ee The instrument, in this form, is Bscoaaiaely. com ve k tie and mnay be reduced to a siniple rod.” ae” ‘The principle is capable of being applied (as i id “an instrament I have made) to an arc of a circle, with arod peserbling } in its application a common bent le. ver. ee : oe ¥ ait | * 3 és * a is g/t hls 7818.) ith » GENUS GLYCINE. 371 a ? ae. i , ‘ ria et 3 { * } Risgee ae ea Pa ie ¢$ 4 ‘ i‘ : " ‘Observations on the genus GLYCINE, and some of ite kindred genera. By Stephen Klliott, of Charles- ‘ton, S.C. Head June 23, 1818. v | vi “(Concluded.) ‘THYRSANTHUS. Char. Ess. Vexillum basi callosum, appendiz 3 te- | ‘bulus ex centro disci denticulatus, vaginans basin. stipitis ovarit. Legumen coriaceum subteres, bils- culare ? 4. Frutescens. ee Ae _ Glycine fruteecens. . Willd. Sp. Pl. 3,:p. 4067. ‘Mich. 2, p. 63.—Persoon, Syn. Pl. 8, p. 304. 2 “Anon. frutescene, Walt. p. 186. Apios frutescens, Pursh 2, p. 474 | ... Hab. in humidis. ee ‘Fs " ARCYPHYLLUM. SS - . Char. Ess. Coralla petalis via calyce bongioribus. eS _ Kilamentum solitarium juxta basin geniculatum. ‘ Legumen compresaum falceatum, dispermum. — ’ 4. Simplicifolium. | m A. caule humili, erecto; foliis simplicibus, rotunda- iis, rugosis ; floribus fasciculatis. Gilyetne tomentosa, var. g. monophylla, Mich. 2, p. 63. * ‘. Se ; ap 4 rN Fb | le or ‘ \ me | GENUS GLYCINE. [September . we ENDSISeY . | G. reniformis. Putsh 2, p. 498. 2 Prifolium simplicifolium. Walt. p. 184. Hab. in avidis et cultis. 2, Difforme. ‘“ caule velubili, foliis subrlombeis, rugosis, infer foribus simplicibus, superioribus ternatis, racemis axillaribus summitate confertifloris. Gilycine tomentosa, var. b. volubilig, Mich. 2, p. 63. fiab. in aridis et cultis. 8. Erectum. A. Caule erecto, folits ternatis, ovalibwis, subacutis, yeticulato venosis, racemis erectis axillaribus. | Glycine tomentosa, var. a. erecta, Mich. 2, p. 63. Fursh 2, p. 488. } } Trifolium erectum. Walt. p. 184. var. a, foliis- distincte reticulatis. b. foliis velutinis, racemis longioribus. Hab. a, in avidissimis. frequens. b. Abbeville Ce; S&S Car. a,.D. Gourdine communicate. To this genus belong an undeseribed species dis- covered by Dr. William Baldwin in the vicinity of Bt. Mary’s, Georgia, and the Glycine reticulata, Caribiea, _vhembifolia, and perhaps many other species now ats “Yached to the genus Glycine. AMPHICARPA., 1818) | cng hve : ae guminibus compressis falcatis ; radicales apetali, fere tiles, lecuminibus ovatis, terulosis, monos prea: 2 2 * 3 . Monoica. | - ycine monoice. Willd. Sp. Pl. 3, p 1055.-—— Mich. 2, p. 64.—Pursh, 2, p. 485. Anon. Caroliniens ? Walt. p. 188, To this genus the Glycine subferranea, surmentosa, and comosa; probably belongs but as L am unae- ‘quainted with these plants, I have omitted their gpe- cific characters, In ascribing to the cauline flowers ef this genus a compressed falcate legume, I have relied on the ge- neral a¢curacy of Walter. I have never been able to discover one fertile. If this should be an error, while it would render the name I have given to this genus Jess appropriate, it would show more strongly the necessity of removing it from its present station. In truth I know no principles of. classification by which the G. monoica, tomentosa, angulosa, frutescens, and ‘@pios, can contipue members of one common, family. VoL uh PFE TASS Mo 8h SS . 94 : crvstacrd . (September vin account of the Crustacea of the United States. By ; hee pay. Read July 7, 1818. fContinued. y Gen are GAMMARU 8. Bolly thihson uiitea exclusive of the head, and in ‘thuding the three-joinied tail; antenne with the last joint composed of numerous minute ones, superiores as fong or longer than the inferiores, four-jointed, penul- timate joint witha seta at the apex, inferiores five-joint:. vd; feet fourteen, the two anterior pairs monodactyla, ‘subequal, hatids oval, third and fourth pairs smallest; ¥ail with small fasciculate spines above and bifid ones ‘al up SPECIES: “he G. *fusciatus., Body whitish, translucent, with dcia ete greenish bands; eyes reniform, situated ab, the outer base of the antennw, terminal joint of the superior antenna with about thirty articulations. Jinhabits the larger streams of fresh water. Cabinet of the Academy. Body punctured, fasciate with faint green, which ‘afier death becomes of a rufous colour; superior an- ‘tenn, second joint annulate with ferruginous, seia “attaining the tip of the fifth articulation of thé terminal qjoint, terminal hu icy from twenty-five to thirty ars ‘Neulations 3 inferior antenne hairy, second and hit 188} = oF THE GNITED STATE® 7 87 joint each with a ferraginous spot above, first joint of each pair, with a green spot on the inner side 5, fee hairy, faintly spotted with green, fifth and sixth pairs venerally reflected above the back, seventh pair re- ifecied when swimming; three last seentents of the bedy composing the tail, each with three fascicles of short spines above 5 “eyes amarginal, smailer above ‘ hands oval, palm unarmed. tec) aed Length not quite halfai’iich.. fey 7 Goes This species is a common inhabitant of eur rivers, and is frequently introduced into Philadelphia, in the Schuylkill water; an individeal placed im a glass of p water, swam nimbly aboat sometimes upon his back, a the superior anienne being projected for wards, and the inferior pair decurved p-iwlien: at rest it was placed, an its side, with the body inenrved 3 it was not: very particular in the choice of food, it tore oat of the shel) - and eagerly devoured, a young Eymneea catascopium and also eat some vegetable food. The antepne ase sists these animals ver y much in oblaining the minute particles of food, which abound ip the winter W hem, au object of a proper size comes within a moderate distance of his mouth, one of them strikes it with ¢ greay, exterity into the grasp of the four anterior feet, the first pair of which appears to be most employ ed. i differs from the G. pulew of Europe, more especi: ally nm having reniform eyes. “An extraordinary resem blance provails, between this species aud an inhabits tant of the salt’ w ater, the only difference appears tos he in the somewhat lavger size of" the ls ‘ter, but ‘nob having suepeeded in diseevering a specifie differences ee we CRUSTACEA : ; [September Fconsider'them ‘a4 the same; in colour vi may dif. fer Raita - U 2. G. minus. Eyes reniform 3 superior antennae longer than the inferior ones, terminal joint with about ‘welve articulations. | Inkabits vivulets and small fresh water streams.._, ‘Cabinet of the Academy. , Body whitiah, with a few very pale faluous lateral spoiss eyes veniform, blackish, placed at the exterior. base of the superior anienne; superior antenne obvis eusly longer than ihe inferior ones, seta short, attain« ing the lip of the second articulation of the terminal joint, terminal joint with about twelve articulations. Length three-twentieths of an inch. . Found in brooks under. stenes, and may be readily _ discoyerediby taking a stone out of the water, and in- specting its inferior surface. x 3. G. mucronatus. yes irregularly reniform, hlackish 3 antennae subequal ; eighth, ninih, and tenth seginents of the body mucr onate above. : Fnhabits the coast of the United States, ' Cabinet of the Academy. | Intennee subequal, superior ones with about twea- ty articulations i in the terminal joint, seta attaining the tip of the fourth articulation ; eyes somewhat reniform, truncate above, and forming an angle towards the up; per base_ of the antenne 3 ; eighth, ninth, and tenth, joints of the body, terminating above in a strong cet oo My +, wig OF THE UNITED STATES. STF acute, somewhat hackdad spine ; 3. rather smaller than G: fasciatus: . ; This species, which is an inhabitant of the salt wa» ter, EF caught in the bay of Egg-harbour, and near the meuth of St. John’s river, Florida; it is remarkable for the dorsal, immovable spines, by which it is very réadily distinguished from others, but it is necessary « to observe that in the male these dorsal spines are of- ten less distinct than in the female, sometimes indeed, in this sex they are entirely wanting on the eighth and tenth seginents, and that ef the ninth is very small. wr G, *apnendiculatue., Caudal segmenis, and thes terminal segments of the bedy, dentated on their posterior edges ; feet in one sex, second pair didac:’ tyic. inhabits iatuade .. Cabinet,of the Academy, | Cigpeus not.extended beyond the frontal curve$ eycs moderate, oval, hardly extending above the infe~ rior base of the superior antenne ; feet, anterlor pair filiform, hand somewhat dilated, ail placed on the middie of the tip, short, curved, acute, second pair of feet in one sex with one of the hands very large, di-- dactyle; nearly equal to one haifof the bédy, sub-: obovate, inferior edge rounded, superior one rectilinear, terminating atthe base of the thumb in an obtuse an- gle, tip or palm of the hand tridentate, lower tooth. very small,, fing gers deflected nearly right aagulariy,. thumb grooved, greoye forming an emargina at the ater tip for the rece piion of the tip of the Snger ; : (ip x, i & _ ae SRUSTACBA, | Peprenby, “the, othex sex the second»pair of feet are monodaciyley longer than the first, with the lamellary appendice of the inner base much elongaicd, compressed, attenuat* ed, pediform, twe-thirds the length of the foot) body, eighth, ninth, and tenth segments dentate at their pos. terior tips abeve, with seven sirong, prominent teethy _ef which the dorsal one.is shortest; tail, two first seg. ments armed at lip above with two prominent acui¢ ‘teeth. . ) on Length nee tieaiie of an inch. This animal corresponds with the generic characierg in having the accessory seta to the antennew, and the moveable spines on the tail, though it. is” observable that these spines are few in number'and not fasciculat- ed. But in the form of the four anterior feet it differs’ very much from the other individuals of this genus, and makes a near approach to Orchestia, from which it is distinguishedby the length of the superior antenme, of which the characters agvee with those of Gammarus. The remarkable elongation of the inner lamella of the second pair of feet in one sex is a very striking pecu- Harity of this species, more especially observable as the. fet theurselves are concéaled when al rest, and that so effect ually , that alhouch confident of their existence itt was not without considerable difficulty that I brought them te view. Tn consequenee of this relative posi- tion of the second pair of feet and their appendices, the latter would be mistaken for the feet, by any one whe was nob ‘attentive to the general organization of these “ports. Tt is probable that this animal will form a new m” E ¥ 18i8G OE THE UNITED STATES. | a ho ? aed Wr sub-genus, w biel would “ee property arrange. one ; der Gammarus. | Ge nus *LEPID ACTYLIS, | | Essential Cha pactey cMivteionse four jointed, Gamistiva beneath with pie snose cilie, intermediate ones with an accessory seta. plaeed at tip of the third joint. Clypeus produced be. tween the bases of the intermediate antenne and a~_— cute, Feet, two anterior pairs simple, equal, third and fourth subequal, didactyle, fingers lamelliform; ge- maining feet spinous W ithout nails. | uv atural Characte?: Body compressed-oval. Head distinct,. subquadrate, extended into a short: i: ‘cute rostrum between the intermediate antenne ; an- Yenne subequal, four-jointed, inferiores rather lon- ger, incurved, second and third joints dilated be- neath, compressed, and ciliated beneath with plamose,. elongated hairs, these two joints when at rest form a. continued oval, the former is dolabriform, terminal se- ta eight-jointed, verticillate, superiores porrected, ba- sal joint dilated, depressed, second one much smaller, - placed on the inner tip of the preceding, and with that joint furnished with plumose ciliz beneath, third joint: “nuch smaller than the second, and furnished at the — tip with a triarticulate aceéssory seta, parallel with: @ 382 orusTadea a | TSeptembad, act the terminal joint, terminal joint of about eight beg ments, and not longer than the preceding joints con- junctly ; eyes convex, touching the anterior edge of the head ; thoras, with seven segments, and lateral geales ; feet fourteen, two anterior pairs in each sex simple, filiform, equal, third and fourth pairs equal, di- _ dactyle, hands compressed, not dilated, finger rounded, _ thumb oval, lanmlliferm, remaining feet gradually - Jarger, compressed, armed with short spines, and des- titute of a nail; hind pair largest, antipenultimate joint lengthened above, and nearly attaining the tip of the following joint which is crenate and spinous on the edge, terminal joint compressed, serrated, and gpinous on the edges, and truncate at tip; anterior pairs of feet furnished at their inner bases with ob- long oval moveable lamelle elbdomen of three segments, abruptly narrower than the thorax, each furnished beneath with natatory feet, sconsisting of short, rounded peduncles, supporting ‘double setzx, of which the outer ones are longest, third » segment abruptly inflected af tip; tail inflected, armed with bifid styles. SPECIES. gt) ME. sane Eyes orbicular; body. when recent W's white, with an abbreviated internal ferruginous yitta, including the alimentary canal; accessory seta of the "intermediate antenne, attaining the tip of the fourth bi ‘segment of the iceman joint; anterior pairs of feel ” Shairy. ¥ 1818. OF THE UNITED STATES. 381 - Length, male one quarter, female three twenticths af an inch. ee Inhabits coast of Georgia. Cabinet of the Academy. This active little animal is one of the many mic tants of small pools of water left by the recess of the tide on the coast of Georgia and Florida, and it is probable, considering the vast range of animals on this eastern par of North America, that it occurs:much farther north, + es- pecially as it is found in considerable numbers in the lo- calities I have assigned, to it. In those shallow pools its presence may be ascertained by the numerous and irre-. gular tunnels which it forms in the sand, like miniature representations of those of the mole, only less rectilinear. These little tubular edifices are formed by the animal when in pursuit of a recluse. prey, and are occasionally interrupted by his ascent towards the surface of the wa- ter. In these excursions his motion is extremely rapid, and appearing but for a moment, he is readily mistaken for a Dytiscus or Hydrophilus, which have a similar habit of occasionally visiting the surface of the water; but for the purpose of respiration. I was at first deceived by this similarity of movement, until by more attentive observa- tion, induced by the rapidity with which it penetrated the compact sand and by its not remaining at the surface of the water a sufficient time to inhale a supply of air, or to. collect a globule of it for gradual consumption, it was — evident that it was an animal of perfectly distinct habits and organization from those of simple stigmata. i When placed in a vessel of water, it was observable that the oval appendices attached near the inner base of the anterior pairs of feet, assist in the process of respiratign Vou. I. Ti 382 me CRUSTACEA» [October by propelling the water to the natatory feet, by which it was again propelled backwards; this constant stream car- ries with it the more minute animals usually abundant in sea water, which in passing are arrested by the plumose antenne by the palpi and anterior feet, and are conveyed to the mouth for food. Lepidactylis i is related to the Gantiaet by the acces- sory seta of the intermediate antenne, but is generically _ distinct by the form of the four anterior pairs of feet, and that of the antennz, which combined have furnished the essential characters for this genus. Genus AMPITHOE. Leach. - Body of thirteen segments; antenne superiores as long or longer than the inferiores, four-jointed, seta of the pe- nultimate joint obsolete, infcriores five-jointed; feet four- teen, the two anterior pairs monodactyle, subequal; ands equal, oval; third and fourth pairs smallest; zai/ destitute of fasciculated spines, armed with bifid styles at tip. side vi | > SPECIES... 1. A. serrata®. Antenne equal, short, stout; eyes large, approximated, suibovals eighth, ninth, anid tenth segments i body serrated. | i ») Inhabits Egg- hacboies - Cabinet of the Academy. | | Clypeus acute; antenna nearly odilish short, stout, at- taining the base of the sixth segment of the body; eyes large, black, oval, placed at the outer base of the superior antenne, and approximated above; /ands with about three equidistant, promiment, spinose teeth on the inferior 1818.) OF THE UNITED STATES. 9683 edge « or palm, the nail or,thumb curved, acute, and at- taining the third tooth; eighth, ninth and tenth segments of the body serrated, the last more conspicuously so, Length two fifths of an inch. i Remarkable by its large eyes, short, stout antenne, and serrated appearance of the hind part of the back, oc- casioned by the elevation of the tip of each of those s Seg. ments above the base of the succeeding one. 2. A. dentata*. Posterior edge of the dilated thighs strongly serrated; eyes distant above; clypeus obtuse. Inhabits South Carolina. Cabinet of the Academy. Antenne moderate, not remarkably robust; clypeus not projecting beyond the frontal curve; eyes small, sub- triangular, distant above; Aand truncate at tip, destitute of prominent teeth, but furnished with a few rigid hairs, nail closing on the tip and not on the inferior edge; Jeet, posterior edge of the dilated thighs conspicuously serrat- ed with from eight to twelve teeth; terminal segments of the body not remarkably serrated. Length nearly three tenths of an inch, A very common inhabitant of the fresh water marshes of South Carolina. — 3. A. punctata*. Antenne elongated, inferiores long- er; Aands oval, not dentated; bot y with numerous black ~ points. ; i , Inhabits Great Ege-harbour. Sh ghia ihe Cabinet of the Academy. id Eyes ovate, acute and distant above; c/ypeus not pro- jecting into an angle; antenn@ elongated, superiores two thirds as long as the inferiores, inferiores nearly equal to 384, - “CRUSTACEA # [ October. the body, attenuated; ands not dentated, equal, oval, not larger than the carpus; body and antenne above, sprinkled with numerous black points, fasciated on the abdominal segments; feet, posterior pair not’ serrated on the hind edge of the diiated. oli but armed with three or wea short spines. Length rather more than three tenths of an inch. | Perfectly distinct from the preceding species by the more elongated and less robust antenna. I obtained it several years ago at Great Egg-harbour, where it is not uncommon. | Genus TALITRUS. Laer. Body composed of thirteen segments exclusive of the head; antennz superiores shorter than the peduncle of the inferiores; feet fourteen; tail armed with several bifid spines at tip. SPECIES. I, T. longicornis*. Inferior antenne with about thirty articulations in the terminal joint; hand oval, palm sinuated. _Inhabits the seabeach of New-Jersey. Cabinet of the Academy. Eyes oval;} superior antenne not extending beyond the second joint of the peduncle of the inferior ones; infe- rior antenne as long as the body, with the third joint of the peduncle rugose above and beneath, terminal. joint composed of about thirty articulations; first pair of feet * Unless we carefully examine the eyes we are apt to be deceived as to their form, being sometimes but partially coloured in the dried specimen. 1818.) OF THE UNITED STATES. 385 filiform, inner tip if the antipenultimate joint dilated into a compressed, accessory tubercle at the inner tip, penul- timate joint dilated and rounded at the inner tip for the ~ reception of the nail; Aands of the second pair of feet dilated, oval, pa/m elevated in the middle into a large rounded tooth, which touches the middle of the thumb when at rest, leaving an interval on each side, an elevated ebtuse angle at the tip of the palm, on the inner side of which the thumb rests when closed, lower ome of the hand rather longer than the palm.» 3 Female with the second pair of feet simple, coimpres- sed, destitute of hair or short bristles, and unarmed with a nail, terminal joint of the antennz twenty-eight to thir- ty articulate. Length seven tenths, breadth one fifths of an inch. The manners and habits of the animals of this genus are similar; they do not inhabit the waters, but are found in considerable numbers upon sandy beaches of the sea, and are well known to every observer by the name of sand fleas they leap about with great agility, feed upon — and conceal themselves under the rejectamenta of the sea, and for repose and security dig a hole in the sand, to- which they skip at the approach of danger; they furnish — an excellent food for the shore birds, which may. be seen constantly running about in pursuit of them. The young males of this species have the antenne not longer than the females, but the number of articulations is not dimi- nished. Colour in the dried specimen brownish. The longicornis differs in some of its characters from the ge- nus Zahtrus as defined by Dr. Leach, particularly in the form of the two anterior 7 of feet, which approximate it to Orchestia. > ne wk Re 386 4° CRUST ACEA a [October, ai T. grillus.. Ricthtinn antenne with about twenty- five articulations in the terminal joint; hand oval, palm parallel with the thumb. he iii Talitrus grillus. Pedibus decem; anticis apice incras- satis, chelatis. Latr. Hist. Nat. Crust. et Ins. trom Hose. | Inhabits rae Snes Cabinet of the Academy. Eyes suborbicular or a little angulated; superior an- tenne hardly exceeding the second peduncular joint of the inferior ones; inferior antenne much shorter than the bo- dy, a little hairy but not rugose upon the third peduncu- lar joint, terminal joint composed of about twenty-five articulations; anterior pair of feet with a prominent ob- tuse. tubercle! on the antipenultimate joint, penultimate joint dilated into an obtuse tubercle at the inner tip to receive the thumb; and of the second pair of feet oval, dilated, palm oblique, unarmed, convex so as to receive the thumb without an terval, as long as the lower edge of the hand. _ Female, articulations in the terminal joint of the anten- nz the same as inthe male, the second pair of feet are like those of the female of the preceding species. Length rather more than half an inch. Found in great abundance on the sandy beaches; when alarmed will sieze a portion of its food and skip with it towards its hole in the sand; it will not voluntarily ven- ture into the water. I have considered this as the 7° grillus of Bosc, notwithstanding the characters which he refers to that species, “‘ dix pattes, le deux premier ter- minées par une main oval a crochet simple.” I do not know of: any animal that will correspond with these 1818.] OF THE UNITED STATES, 387 characters, the present one certainly does not; but as’ he further observes that, “cette espéce se ‘trouve en grande quantité sur les cétes de l’ Amérique septen- trionale,” and that the posterior antenne are half as long as the body, I conclude that he has certainly been mistaken in the number of the feet of his specimen, and has considered the anterior pair as palpi when describing this animal. It is smaller and more slender than the pre- ceding, and becomes red when dried. ‘This species has the same relation to the genus alitrus as defined by Dr. Leach, that the preceding one has. Genus PODOCERUS. Leach. Antenne pediform, inferiors longer, stouter, and with the terminal joint inarticulate or very obscurely articula- ted; two anterior pairs of feet monodactyle, hands dilated, that of the second pair of feet larger, pa/m unarmed with teeth. | SPECIES. P. cylindricus*. Hands of the second pair somewhat cylindrical; eyes small, not prominent. Inhabits Egg-harbour. Cabinet of the Academy. Liyes small; front acute; superior antenne attaining the tip of the third joint of the inferiores, inferior antenne much thickened, hairy, the terminal joint shorter than the preceding one; hand of the second pair, not larger than the carpus, palm longitudinal, rectilinear, thumb much shorter than the hand; third, fourth, and fifth pairs of feet short, much compressed, nail as long as the preceding $88 CRUSTACEA [ October, joint, which is suboval and narrower than the one before it; sixth and seventh pairs reflected, and of the usual cy- lindrical, elongated form... __ aay _ Length less than three twentieths ofaninch. This is one of the many species of this class of ani- mals which may be found inhabiting marine plants, Fu- cus, &c.,. and also Zoophytes, devouring the fabricators of the latter and seeking a fugitive prey amongst the leaves and branches of the former. Gents UNCIOLA*. Essential Character. Antenne subpediform, superiores with an articulated seta at the base of the fourth joint; anterior feet mono- dactyle; second pair with adactyle compressed hands; core not dilated. Natural Character. Heap deeply emarginate beneath the eyes to receive a segment of the base of the lower antennz (ear?), and projecting into an ucute angle between the bases of the upper antenne; eyes hardly prominent, placed on a some-— what advanced portion of the head, between the bases of the upper and lower antennz; antenne robust, terminal joint of the superiores rather longer than the preceding one, furnished at base with an articulated seta, inferiores rather shorter, thicker, terminal joint shorter than the preceding one; THORAX composed of seven segments each furnished with feet, of which the first pair are lar- est, hand dilated, monodactyle, second pair with a di- lated, compressed, subequal carpus and hand, the latter 4818.3 OF THE UNITED STATES. 889 ‘simple, with two minute hooks at tip, posterior pair longest; coxe¢ simple or not remarkably dilated; aBpo-— MEN of three segments; natatory feet with the filaments subequal; tail of three segments, the first and second bearing each a pair of bifid styles, terminal one suborbi- eular, with a pair of simple, depressed styles, conlecaleg by the others, | * SPECIES. M. irrorata*. Eyes hemispherical; hands of the an- terior feet with a longitudinal palm, and prominent tooth, those of the second pair compressed, ciliated. Inhabits Eggharbour. Cabinet of the Academy. Accessory seta of the superior antennse attaining the fifth articulation of the terminal joint; eyes conspicuous, rounded; palm of the anterior feet a little convex in the middle, a large obtuse tooth at base; nail attaining the carpus, which terminates so as to appear like a second tooth of the hand; second pair of feet ciliated, with a subtriangular hand, segments of the abdomen mucronate each side behind; colour when recent, pale with very nu- merous red points. Length three tenths of an a Not being able to refer this animal to any existing genus, I was induced to frame the present genus for its reception. It approaches Gammarus by having the ac- cessory seta to the superior antenna, but is excluded from that genus, and its congeneers, such as Talitrus, Dexamine, Leucothée, &c., by the absence of the enlar- ged lamellated coxz, which are so conspicuous in those genera. To the genus Pherusa it seems to approach by Vou. 1. Kk 390 CRUSTACEA > [ October: the form of the second pair of feet,*but Dr. Leach ob- _ serves that there is no seta to the antenne of that genus. By the characters drawn from the simple coxe, the thick, stout antennz, emarginate lateral angles of the head, po- sition of the eyes, and in fact from the general habit of the body, it seems to arrange naturally with Podocerus, Jassa, Cerapus, Atylus, &c.; from all of which it is suffi- | ciently distinguished by the form of the four anterior feet. It is not uncommon on the branches of Fucus, Sertularia, &c, in the estuaries of Newjersey. — Orper IV. LEMODIPODA. Latr. Head united to the first segment of the thorax; eyes two; stemmata two; maxille four, placed in a transverse line, labiform; branehia vesicular, at the base of the feet, _ subcaudal none. Genus CAPRELLA. Zam. Body linear. Antenne four, the upper ones with the last seement as long as the three others and articulated, lower ones shorter; anterior pair of feet appearing to arise from the head; dbranchia globular or oval, substitu- ted for the third and fourth pairs of feet; anus with two little appendices, SPECIES. 1. C. geometrica*. Body above glabrous; head with a short acute spine before; Aand of the second pair of feet with one acute and one very obtuse tooth. Inhabits salt-water bays; common. Cabinet of the Academy. — #318.) OF THE UNITED STATES. Head obtuse before, beneath gibbous, anterior seg- ments of the body gibbous beneath, subcylindrical, three last segments shorter, convex above, terminal one small- est, and truncate at tip; second pair of feet with dilated, oval, compressed hands, armed with teeth, one of which is near the base, linear. and almost parallel with the palm, the other large, obtuse, little elevated, placed near the base of the claw; thumd curved, suddenly attenuated within at tip, where it closes on the posterior tooth; dranchia short, oval; three posterior pairs of feet armed with curved, acute claws, nearly as long as the re joint; termi- nal pair longest. Length three tenths of an inch. Found on Fuci, &c.; motion moderate, walks like the larvee of the Geometrica, and, like many of them, attaches itself when at rest in an oblique position by means of the three posterior pairs. of feet. When recent the eyes are red; antenne and feet annulate with reddish-brown, these: annuli resemble spots of short opposite lines. Body with a few scattering reddish-brown spots. 2. equilibra*. Body, first and second segments equal to one half of the whole length; feet, second pair placed in the middle of the body. Inhabits South Carolina. Cabinet of the Academy. Head rather small; clypeus rectangular, not snadedts ing into an acute spine; antenne, superiores attaining the tip of the third thoracic segment, inferiores not attaining the tip of the second joint of the superiores, and ciliate beneath; body, first and second segments, subequal, cy» lindric, the latter rather longer, and one spined before the. ‘392 . Qe eeRUSTAORA IE (October. insertion of the feet, and a little dilated at base, each more than thrice the length of the head, and togeiher forming a moiety of the total length, third, fourth and fifth segments equal, each about half as long’as the pre- ceding one, sixth and seventh segments much smaller, subequal; feet, anteriores small, hand toothless, triangu- lar-ovate, and with the carpus forming an oval mass, nail closing’ without interval, second pair very large, conspi- cuous, placed near the middle of the body, hand oblong- oval, palm rectilinear, bidentate, teeth nearly perpendicu- lar, placed one before the middle of the palm, the other nearer the base, a third smaller tooth sometimes inter- venes, thumb much curved, closing witha wide interval, the tip attaining the tip of the posterior tooth, and. con- cealing with its base the anterior one. scapihy about one inch. | | » A large species, remarkable for the size of the aceiinl pair of feet and their being placed nearly equidistant from the extremities of the body; I found them common im the bay of Charleston, particularly at Sullivan’s. island, on the two species of Gorgonia so common in ‘me salt water creeks wih our angers coast. b , i pe : \ Genus CYAMUS. Latr. Body suboval, segments transverse, anterior one con- foundéd with. the head, feet ten, robust, armed with a strong nail, third and fourth pairs spurious; antenn@ four, superiores longer, of four articulations, of which the last is heen; eyes "s stemniaia two. ) 1818.) OF THE UNITED STATES. 393 SPECIES. C. abbreviatus*.. Hands of the second pair with the palm two toothed; branchia oblong oval. Inhabits on the Balzna Cabinet of the Academy. Body ovate, narrowed towards each end, anterior feet attenuated towards the base, hand smallest, second pair of feet with the hand much dilated, larger than the othe ers, palm armed with two large, obtuse, nearly equal teeth, one placed near the base and the other near the tip, thumb as long as the palm; branchia oblong oval, rather more than half as long as the feet, placed upon the breast; anus simple. Length less than one tenth of an inch. This description is taken from several specimens, which were presented to the Academy by Mr. Reuben Haines, and which were sige by him from the Ba- lena It AMes: to differ ei the C. Ceti more especially in being much’ smaller and having the branchia much shorter and more dilated. ‘Doctor Leach has substituted for the name of this genus, that of Larunda, in conse- quence of the term Cyamus having been applied by Mr. Salisbury to a genus of plants. Orver V. ISOPODA. Zagtr. “. Head distinct from the thorax, simple; eyes sessile, granular; mandibles destitute of palpi; maaille three pairs, exterior ones labiform, with two 0 palpi united at base: branchie subcaudal. 394 CRUSTACEA “ (October; Genus CYMOTHOA. Fabr. Abdomen and tail composed of six segments, narrower than the trunk, the ultimate one larger, and furnished on ‘each side with two compressed, pedunculated seales; feet similar, with very robust, entire nails, coxe large and conspicuous, resembling an accessory lateral articulation -of the thoracic segments. SPECIES. | 1. c. ovalis*. Body oval, eyes concealed, head atten- uated and rounded before; tazl terminal segment as long as the five preceding ones conjunctly, rounded at tip. Inhabits the mouths of Perce, &c. Cabinet of the Academy. Body glabrous, nearly oval; first ee longest, fourth and fifth broadest, these of the abdomen and two first of the tail nearly equal, gradually narrower and round- ed with the curve of the body, ultimate segment of the tail rather narrower than the preceding one and as long as the ~ four preceding ones corijunctly, rounded. at tip and en- tire; styles not surpassing the line ofthe tip, equal, hardly longer than the peduncle, the infer one oval; feet, fourth, ‘Afth, and sixth pairs largest, then the seventh, the ante- ricr ones gradually smaller to the first pair, which’ are smallest. Length one inch, breadth rather more than half an inch. This species is often found attached within the pane of salt water fish in our markets, more particu- larly, I believe, in those of the Perch (Perca America- nat, Bloch) ; and Black-fish (Labrus Americanust, Bloch), t Described s iianaineatly es Dr. Mitchill under the name of Bodianuo rufus. + Described subsequently by Dr. Mitchill under the name of Z. tautoga. F OE eee 1818.) OF THE UNITED STATES. 395 and rarely in that of the Rock (Perca Seacatilist, Bloch). I have not access to any descriptions of C.. Gaudeloupen- sis and Americana that can be considered as specific, so that it is possible I have here named them erroneously. if this should prove to be the case, I will gladly embrace the first opportunity to reject the false name and restore the true one, that first given. Nicholson in his Essai sur )’Hist. Nat. de St. Do- mingo, p. 343, pl. 7, fig. 2, gives an account and figures of a species of Cymothoa much resembling this, under the name of Pou de Sarde, Pediculus marmus. He found it in the branchia of a “ Sarde.” 2. C. pregustator.. Body elongated; eyes conspicu- ous;. head not attenuated, much longer than broad; aif, _ terminal segment as long as the seven Pang ones conjunctly. Inhabits mouth of Clupea Tyrannust of Mr. Latrobe, Oniscus pregustator.. Mr. B. H. Latrobe, Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc. vol. v. p. 77, plate 1. Cabinet of the Academy. | Body elongated, gradually attenuated before, from the . ‘sixth segment; ead narrower than the first segment, — elongated, transversely impressed near the tip, tip not narrowed; eyes conspicuous, oval, composed of punc- tures instead of granules; antenne subequal, hardly at- taining the middle of the eyes; first, second, third, and fourth segments nearly equal in length, the first rather longer, fifth, siath and seventh shorter, the latter very much lunated to receive the abdomen; abdomen and taii t Described subsequently by Dr. Mitchill under the name of P. Mitchill. 4 Described subsequently by Dr. Mitchill under the name of C. menhaden ‘Tern -~ 396 CRUSTACEA ce (October, attenuated towards the base, terminal segment of the latter large, membranaceous, nearly as long as the seven preceding ones conjunctly, diiated at the base and grae dually attenuated towards a point at tip, with a perceptie ble longitudinal line on the middle; dateral styles mem branaceous, almost filiform, longer than the peduncles and much shorter than the terminal segment of the tail; Jeet gradually longer to the seventh ii which are much longer than the others. | . Length nearly two inches. Belongs to the genus ga of Dr. ieksh. It seems probable that this species resembles. the Gaudeloupensis, but is larger; it is very commonly found in the mouths of the mossbankers, (C. tyrannus) as above mentioned; the body is generally more or less contorted, in compliance with the form of the part of the mouth to which it was attached. An interesting account of this species is given by Mr. Latrobe under the name which I have, of course, adopted; the lateral lamellz of the tail, which he supposed’ to be single, are in reality bifid as in the other species of this genus. I had an opportunity to examine a number of these fish, and of them, many ~ were infested with this animal, but by no means every one, as has been supposed. The fishermen say the Fish- Jause is necessary to the life of the fish, and as a proof of: it, they observe that if the louse be taken from him the fish will die, although thrown into the water; but it is probable that the death of the fish is not owing to the re+ moval of the parasite, but its to being withheld too long from the water, as it is well known that this fish lives but a very short time when taken from the water. 1818.) *. OF THE UNITED STATES. 397 3. C. impressa*. Body oblong; head attenuated, ter- minating acutely between the bases of the antenne: tail with the terminal segment widely emarginate at tip and as long as the five preceding segments sao cast Inhabits Cabinet of. the Ah anaesie: Body oblong; first, second, third and fourth segments contracting by desiccation, their posterior margins re- maining elevated and glabrous in consequence of the more crustaceous consistence of those parts; seventh seg- ment short, very much lunated to receive the abdominal segments, which with the two first ‘of the tail are so ap- proximated, as to appear on each side like lines; termi- nal segment shorter, and more depressed in the middle so as to appear almost bilobated, tip widely emarginated, not longer than the five preceding segments conjunctly; __ head attenuated to the tip, which is acute between the — bases of the superior antenne, which are very robust and nearly attain the anterior segment of the body; eyes. conspicuous, granulated, marginal, oval; feet gradually - longer to the fifth pair, which are longest, sixth ane Se- venth pairs equal to the fourth. Length one inch. This specimen was presence to me by Mr. Titian . Peale, who remarks that it was taken at Cape-may, New- jersey. Can this be synonymous with C. ichtyola of Mr. Latreille? : 4. C. lanceolata*. Body oblong-oval; head broader than long; tail dilated-lanceolate, carinate, equal to the six preceding segments conjunctly. Inhabits ——. Vou. I. lL} Bee ‘ a CRUSTA( 2 L a 4s, 2 {O ctober, Cabinet of the Roadeiiy, Body, the transverse less than half of the las eitedink diameter; segments natrower before and rounded, acute behind; edge not thickened; antenné not robust; abdo- men, segments suddenly narrower than the thoracic seg- ments, subequal, the posterior ones gradually narrower, - terminal segment dilated, lanceolate, a transverse impres- sed line at base, longitudinally carinated, carina obsolete towards the base, inner terminal joint of the lateral ap- pendices triangular, outer one linear somewhat obliquely truncated at. tip. | by _ Length three fourths of an inch. | Found cast on the beach of Cumberland Islandy Georgia. 5. C. oculata*. Body clongate-oval; head trilobate behind, middle lobe smallest; abdomen, segments not. shorter than the terminal thoracic ones; tail, terminal seg~ ment shorter than the four preceding as. eau cons: junctly. x wien - Dhabite the Sictanttondh , aie ee #Cabinet of the Academy. ; Body, transverse less than one third of the lonigisbdi: _ sal diameter, lateral line forming a perfectly regular un- interrupted curve, segments gradually narrower to the base of the terminal segment, those of the abdomen and tail not shorter than the terminal thoracic ones; colour: whitish with very numerous brown points; head broader than long, fegularly rounded before, edge not thickened beneath, trilobate behind, middle lobe rather ‘smallest; 5 eyes large, conspicuous, fascetts regularly hexagonal; tail, terminal segment hardly broader than the preceding, ; as ss “rable interval between the tip and the anterior angle of. 1818.] depressed, rounded at tip, not carinated, edge ciliate, | nearly equal to the length of the four preceding joints conjunctly, inner lamella of the latteral appendices trian- gular, hind edge but little oblique, ciliated, and mucro- nate at the outer tip, outer lamella oblong-oval, ciliated on the inner edge and two-spined at tip. Length half an inch. oi Taken in St. John’s river, Florida, on the Sheeps- head ( Sciena ovicephalus, Bloch.)+ Belongs to the genus ‘ga of Dr. Leach. 6. C. immersa*. Head subquadrate; thorax, first segment profoundly emarginate for the reception of the head. Ihhabits - “is Museum of South Carolina, and Richmond museum. | Head transversely subquadrate, somewhat narrowed to the tip, which is truncated; body, anterior segment very large, profoundly emarginate for the insertion of the head, the lateral processes rounded at tip and nearly at- taining the transverse line of the elypeus, with a conside-: the head; third and fourth segments longer behind, above; fifth segment widest; feet, large joint of the fourth pair extended behind into a spine, that of the three pos- terior pairs obtusely produced behind, nails rather small; abdomen abruptly much narrower than the thorax; fai/, terminal segment large, membranaceeus towards the tip, lateral appendices very short. . » Length nearly one inch and three fourths. 4 This well known species has recently been described by Dr.S. i Mitch-) _ il under the name of S. oxis. JNITED STATES. 399. 400 CRUSTACEA, &e. , © [Gctober, The. specimens above referred to are the only ones which have occurred, that of the museum of South Caro- lina was found by Mr, L’Hermenier at Gaudeloupe, that of the Richmond museum, I was informed, was taken .on the coast of the United States. Genus SPHASROMA.. Larr. Body contractile into a sphere; tail entire; daterai styles foliaceous, bifld, lacinze equal; head extended be- hind, on each side, into oculiferous lobes; nai/s bifid. SPECIES. S. quadridentata*, Body oval; tail, terminal segment semioval, equal, external lateral lamella four-toothed. _Anhabits coast of Georgia and of East Florida. Cabinet of the Academy. Body oval, punctured; tai/, terminal joint equal te. the five. preceding segments conjunctly, semioval, trun- cate at base and rounded at tip, surface equal, punc- tured, convex at base and concave before the tip, lateral _ lamelle, interior one oblong-oval, acute, entire, carinate at base over the insertion of the exterior one, exterior lamella serrate on the outer edge with about four teeth, of which the anterior one is placed rather before the mid- dle, “smallest, minute, obsolete or wanting, inner edge rectilinear, ciliated; colour brownish or horn colour, when recent, usually varied with large whitish or rosaceous spots and with numerous minute brown points; incisures usually pale yellow; eyes and nails black; exterior lateral lamella immaculate. is18.] ~- ” UNUSUAL ARRANGEMENT, &e. AOL, Length of the female nine twentieths of an inch, male — -snuch smaller. Varies very much in its colours, is of a plain brown- ish horn colour, rarely ferruginous, very often marked with two large patches of whitish or rosaceous, one of which is placed on the anterior disk and the other on the base of the tail, connected by a whitish dorsal line; some- times we have a dorsal line only, extending from the head to the tail. 1 found these animals very numerous en the beach of Si. Catherine’s island, Georgia, conceal- ing themselves under the raised bark, and in the deserted holes of the Teredo, &c., of such dead trees as are peri- odically immersed. They always swim on their backs. {To be continued.) A case of unusual arrangement in the ascending Cava and in the external Jugular Veins of the Human Sub. ject. By William E. Horner, M. D, Read August 18, 1818. “ While prosecuting a course of dissections in the year 4813, the subject of the present paper accidentally fell in- to my hands. After injecting its blood vessels with the view of making a dried preparation, I was much surprized to find, in the course of the dissection, that an important part of its vascular system deviated in a very singular man- ner from what is commonly observed. Having submitted the preparation to the examination of Dr. Wistar, late pro- fessor of anatomy, the interest he took in it induced me to present it to him, and it is now an article in the Anatom- ya) An ve > +e. ¥ 402 VNUSH aS ARRANGEMENT bia ical Museum, lately given ‘4 his widow to the university of Pennsylvania. The peculiarities of the preparation are the following: The ascending vena cava, instead of receiving the hepa- tic veins and afterwards entering into the inferior part of the right auricle of the heart, takes its course on the right side of the spine, mounts up high into the thorax, forms an arch over the root of the right lung, and joins the trunk formed by the right and left Subclavian and jugular veins. The trunk formed by these several unions, then enters the right auricle of the heart at the usual place of the de- scending cava. See Fig. 1, Nos. 3, 4, 5, 6. This arrangement gives the preparation a very curi- ous appearance when viewed anteriorly, see Fig. 2, Nos. 3, 4; for instead of the single arch formed by the aorta as usual, we find a double arch; one, the trunk of the arterial system and carrying the blood from the heart, the other the common trunk of the venous system and bringing the blood to the heart. There is no yena azygos for receiving all the inter- costal veins of the right side and a part of those of the left, the office of this vein being supplied by the ascend- ing cava, as seen in Fig. 1, No. 11. ‘The hepatic veins empty into the inferior part of the right auricle, at the usual place of the ascending vena cava. The right he- patie vein passes in singly, the middle and left form a trunk. See Fig. 1, No. 8, and Fig. 2. No. 11. The internal jugular veins have the usual course, the external deviate very much from it. The latter unite about the superior part of the sternum, making a fork, and into the middle of the fork passes the inferior thyroid yein, see Fig. 2, Nos. 8,9. A common trunk is then’ * i8i8.} IN THE CAVA AND JUGULAR VEINS, 403. sent off to the right, which empties into the internal joquigh vein just behind the clavicle. This trunk is concealed in the drawings by the clavicle. A vein of considerable size, marked 10, passes off from each side of the fork, and runs parallel with the clavicle to the inferior parts of the neck and to the shoulder, ; In both drawings a dilatation of the abdominal ve- na cava and of the emulgent veins is very perceptible. This, I presume, arose from disease, as those parts were not subjected to greater violence in the injecting Br others. : This subject was about seven years old at the time of ' death. He died of a dysentery; the veins of the mesens tery were unusually distended with blood. Anomalous distributions of the. smaller arteries.and veins frequently occur, particularly those of the upper extremity; but this case is an exceedingly rare one, as regards the course of the ascending cava. It commonly happens when any of the great vascular trunks are mis- placed, that the unfortunate subject of it dies in a very | short time after birth, or else lingers out a miserable ex- istence for a few years to fall at last a victim. In this instance we have cause to admire an arrangement which, though unusual, was nevertheless perfectly adapted to the operations of life, and to the vicarious discharge of the functions of the vena azygos. } EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Fig. 1. Side view, A. Arm and scapula. RB. B. Ribs. ie’ ical enti tes Ea aia me, a ee ” : &. " 404, UNUSUAL ARRANGEMENT _[Ottobef. ca C. Clavicles. ‘1. Right auricle. 2. Right ventricle. 3. Descending cava. 4, Common trunk of left subolavian and jugulars. 5. Right internal jugular vein. 6, 6. Ascending vena cava, which is ieee, te make an arch over the pulmenty vessels and to join the descending cava. i 7. The erhulgent vein very much enlarged, a tlie vena cava just above it, in the same situation. 8. The hepatic veins es into the lower part of the right auricle. 9. Aorta. : 10., Pulmonary artery and veins. 11. Intercostal veins. Fig. 2.. Front view, showing the same as the preceding besides the veins of the throat. A, A. Clavicles. B, B.. Ribs. 1, Right auricle. 2. Right ventricle. _ 8. Aorta, ; AS ‘Descending cava. ite S$. Ascending cava. 6. Trunk formed by the pice and subclavian veins of each side. 7. Internal jugulars. 8. External jugulars. tae 9. Thyroid vein. 4 ve ‘ ‘ ed * . ‘ : a : ’ 7 on —. y ; y | 18183 IN THE CAVA AND JUGULAR VEINS. et Ve “10, 10. Small veins running along the’ clavicles, 11. Hepatic veins.) 12. Ascending cava, the number is on its anharges ment. | ib i ) 13. Emulgent vette 14. Pulmonary artery and veins. 15. Abdominal aorta... eh > QR Notes on Professor Green’s paper on the Amphibia; pub. “ lished in the September number of this Journal. By _— Say. Read October 6, 1818. The following remarks occurred to me, in conse: quence of being induced to refer to authors, to verify my opinion respecting the modern genera of some of the spe- cies described in this paper. Lacerta 5-lineata of Prof. Green is not the L. 5-line- ata of Daudin. [t belongs to the genus Scincus, and cor- responds with the description of S. 5-lineata. It may be useful to observe, that when the tail of this species has- ™ been broken off and reproduced, the recent portion isof a fine blue colour, verging on ultramarine. This alteration ° in the colour of the tail, which I have traced through its different states of regeneration, gives to the animal a dif- ferent aspect, which has in fact deceived many as to. its identity. Daudin mentions a variety with a blue tail, which is doubtless the same. The blue tail of Catesby, Daubenton, Lacepede, &c. which is the Lacerta nutes of Lin., is most probably also synonymous. Lacerta hyacinthina, ibid, is now arranged under the 406 NOTES ON. ~~ [Oetober, genus Aguma. It has been distinctly described under the specific name undulata by Bosc, Daudin, &c. and is now the Agama undulata of authors. . Lacerta fasciata, ibid. This. animal I have always been accustomed to consider either as the female of the preceding, or as that animal in a state of vernantia, or of old age. But within a few days having had an opportunity to observe several living individuals of the undulata in - the vicinity of this city, I was confirmed in the opinion that the /asciata is no other than the female of that spe- cies. ‘That those in which the blueish colour is wanting are not males in a state of desquamation was evident, as one of the individuals alluded to was about casting his skin, and the blueish colour of the sides was still visible though obsolete. ‘This opinion is corroborated by the observations of Mr. ‘Titian Peale, who informs me that he has dissected numbers of these animals, and that those which were destitute of the blueish colour and of the whitish cruciate mark beneath, proved to be females. Salamandra rubriventris, var. ibid., appears to me to be the S. rubra of Daud., notwithstanding the ventrat colour and semipalmated feet attributed to this last. The rubra is sprinkled with rounded, blackish points, more »numerous above, about the size of pins’ heads according to Daudin, and the tail is acutely carinated as in our spe- cimens. The spots of the former are represented as be- ing on a greenish brown ground, large, irregular and. late- ral; in these and other respects manifestly distinct. Proteus Neo-Cesariensis, ibid. J udging from the de- scription, this is the same Species as Siren operculata of Mr. Beauvois. It is described and figured 1 in the Trans. Ree: Philos. Soc. vol. iv. Shaw supposes it a variety of a fee we -_ = @ ig q aes 1818.) © PROF.GREEN’S PAPER. § 407 his Siren Pisciformis—Axolote mexicaine. Cuvier? The animal said by Mr. Schneider (Hist. Amph.) to have been caught in Lake Champlain is probably the young of Salamandra alleganiensis, Latr. May not the supposed species described by Professor Green be the young of Salamandra subviolacea of Barton? The above remarks would have been communicated to the author, had they been. made previous to the publi- cation of his essay; and we shall not attempt to conceal our approbation of his zeal in endeavouring to illustrate this much neglected and confused department of Ame- rican Zoology. ee ee Description of three species of Fish. By Sined Be Mitchill, M. D. of Newyork. APODAL. ANGUILLA ocEANica. The SEA-EEL. The discriminating specific character seems to consist in the equal length of the upper and lower jaws; a tail considerably acuminated; a dark blueish border to the _ united dorsal, caudal and anal fins; and j jaws armed with close-set sharp. teeth. _ The individual now before me, was taken in tha At- which, as the fishermen say, never visits the bays and ri- vers. They s salt his flesh, like that of cod and haddock, and bring i it pickled to maphet The price is the sixteenth of a \ aed the pound. - lantic ocean, near Block island. He is one of a species = ¥ 408 ey oC h rue "a (Octobey, The length of my specimen is fifty inches; the depth almost five; and the girth something short of twelve. After having been gutted and freed from offal, he weigh- ed nine pounds; and frequently is several pounds heavier. The lips are remarkably thick and fleshy. “Nostrils tubue lar. Eyes covered with the common skin. Branchial rays nine. The tongue smooth; fleshy at the sides and tip; and furnished with a distinct freenum. ‘The teeth separate and acute: in the upper jaw, a sin- gle serrated row, which enlarges to a toothed patch reaching back along the palate, more than half an inch. In the lower jaw, traces of two rows of short and small teeth within the outer serrated row. iM In the throat, two roundish patches of short file-hke teeth above; and an oblong one on each posterior bran- chial arch below. The jaws are even, there being neither the projection of the upper as in the conger, nor of the lower as in the common eel. The anal, caudal and dorsal fins are continuous. Com- mencing immediately behind the’ vent, the anal proceeds backwards until it unites with the caudal, and the caudal is continued forward until it joins the dorsal, and this lat: “ter runs along until it reaches a point on the back about three inches in arrears of the origin of the pectoral fins. They are tipped all around with a margin or border of a dark or somewhat blueish colour. The vent is nearer the head; the distance from that orifice to the extremity of the lower jaw being only twen- ty inches and a half. ca The tail is not so round as in the common eel; or in other words it is more taper and elongated. 1318.) * OF THREE SPECIES OF FISH. 409 The lateral line very plain; beginning upward and forward of the pectoral fin, and proceeding straight to- ward the tail; but it disappears just before it arrives there. It is elevated enough to be traced distinctly by the finger. The pectoral fins are small, rounded, and tipped with blueish white or pale blue. Rib spaces very evident. Colour on the back, brown; on the sides, pale; on the belly, smutty white, not very unlike the brown variety of fhe cod-fish.. JUGULAR. Gapus atgripus. NEWYORK WHITING. The specific differences’ appear to be, a wide mouth — furnished with numerous sharp teeth; a lower jaw rather projecting beyond the upper; a beardless chin; a white and silvery complexion, especially about the sides ‘and belly; and loosely-adhering scales over the whole skin. The individual from which I make the present de- scription, was taken in the Atlantic ocean, a few leagues from Sandy Hook, on what are called the Sea-bass banks. Is a handsome and well-shaped fish; and although he makes good food, is‘so little prized at market, that the fishermen generally throw him away. Is commonly, and indeed frequently, catched by the hook, among the Sea-_ bass (perca varia). | / The specimen is nineteen inches long; three deep; | and eight and a half girth. Grows large enough to weigh three pounds, Belongs to the section of Gadus, which has three dorsal fins, and a chin destitute of cirrhi; and con- sequently is nearly allied m ichthyological character to ss 410 DESCRIPTION =——— (October; the pollock of this market, or the G. purpureus of my memoir on the fishes of Newyork. The jaws. and palate are armed with numerous and © acute teeth. The tongue itself is smooth, but its root is toothed. Eyes very large, with a yellow iris and black pupil: Tongue, palate and throat, of.a smoky or sooty co- lour. Nostrils double, and the opening near the eye, larger. Lateral line begins at the back of the neck, above the gill-opening, and travels in nearly a direct course, with a furrowed or channelled depression, unto the middle of the tail. | Vent nearer the head. Tail about even. Gill-cover smooth and extending far back. A deficiency of teeth in the front of the upper jaws and.a corresponding abundance of them in the front of the lower jaw to fill up the gap, when the ores is closed. Colour of the back dusky or “eae ouith a hh ase hue, which is most conspicuous about the gill-cover and thorax. Rays, Br. 8; Dor. 11—18—20; Cand. 34; An. 21— ‘wan Vent. 7,Pect.25; ABDOMINAL. SALMO AMETHYSTUS. GREAT TROUT of the Lakes. | " The specific character may be derived from the teeth, _ which resemble orysteis of amethystine quartz; and are - _ continued in a row, along the upper jaw, on the outside 318.) OF THREE SPECIES OF FISH. ALL of the mouth to its angle, or point of connection with the lower jaw. * We | The specimen now on the table was a native of Lake Huron, and brought in fine preservation from Michilli- ymackinac. Notwithstanding the removal of the intestines, » he weighed thirty-two pounds and ten ounces. Is report- ed to grow as heavy as one hundred and twenty pounds. Is remarkably fat, rich and savoury. 3 His length is fifty-four inches; depth almost nine; and girth nearly twenty-four. | . Figure very robust and stout. Head large. Back broad. Tail thick. Indeed, the form of the body is mas- sy and solid, Skin of the head smooth and scaléless: of the Body, govered with small and moderately adhering scales. Jaws very strong. Mouth ample and capacious. The gape slanting downwards; yet giving the lower jaw the — appearance of being larger and stouter than the upper. Teeth in the lower jaw, about sixteen on each side, situated in a single row. Teeth of the upper jaw in two rows, of which the outer row is more numerous than in’ the lower jaw, and the teeth somewhat smaller. These are continued externally, or on the outside of the mouth, quite to angle of the jaws. ‘Teeth of the inner rows stand in formidable array. | | All the teeth are distinct, and somewhat curved, or hooked, to hold firmly any thing that gets into the mouth. They are remarkable for having a reddish or pur- plish tinge, in their internal parts, resembling crystals of amethystine or rosy quartz; while their outsides and tips are colourless or hyaline. In some of them, the red or purple is faint. 432 ‘DESCRIPTION ~ — {October, . The palate and lower part of the mouth, armed with sharp stiff teeth. at beset with teeth; but of a small- er size. Point of the upper jaw more blunt, than that of the lower: the former situated to receive the apex of the latter. lris yellow. Nostrils double. Lateral line begins near the upper part of the gill-opening, and proceeds in near- ly a straight course to the middle of the tail. At its origin it is less distinct than it becomes in it progress. Tail concave, almost to a fork; and the distance across from its upper to its lower extremity, eight inches. Pectoral fins situated remarkably low on the thorax. _ @p the upper side of each abdominal. fin, there is a horizontal strip, flap or appendage, acuminated back- wards. | | Colour brown on the back; and speckled with brown and dirty white down the sides; until the white, which in some places borders on cream-colour, succeeds to the brown, and overspreads the chia, throat and belly: In short, the complexion very nearly resembles. that of the common salmon, or S. salar. Rays, Br. 13; Dor. 18—0;. Cand. 19, entire, propped at the outer or marginal base by five or six short and slanting rays above and as many below; An. 13; Vent. 9; Pest..25. ». | 1818.) . NEW SPECIES, &c. 413 Description of several New Species of the Genus E:sox, of North America. By C. A. Le Sueur. Read March 3, 1818. | sf vane Genus ESOX. Lin. Cuv. Met? SPECIES. 1. E. estor. Back deep greenish brown, paler each side with rounded and oblong pale yellowish spots; abdo- men white, distinguished from the colour of the side by an irregularly undulated line; dorsal fin larger than the anal fin; scales often emarginate, with a white line in the form of the letter V. | ‘ My collection. | Body a little less than four times as long as the head, and in depth one half as long as the head, subcylindric, depth at the posterior fins equal to that at the anterior ones, back rectilinear and parallel to the abdomen; infe- rior jaw reflected, longer than the superior one; mouth large, angle continued under the anterior canthus of the eyes, inferior lateral teeth pointed and compressed; scales entire or emarginate, emargina either obsolete, linear and profound, or obtuse, emarginated scales scattered, more approximated and larger near the abdomen, each with a transverse white, angulated, transverse line, which reflects brilliant tints of blue, green and yellow; lateral line obso- lete; fins reddish yellow, marbled with blackish and deep green; dorsal and anal fir rounded; caudal fin large, lu- nated, with equal and rounded lobes. B. 15, P. 18, D. 22, V. 11, A. 20, C. 202. The largest specimen I have seen was three rage Vou, I, Mm - dy Al4. NEW SPECIES OF _ [ November, long, it was taken by the seine at Buffalo on Lake Erie. The vulgar names Pike, Pickrel and Maskaliongé are given to it indiscriminately. In the language of the Wy- andott Indians the general appellation to fish of this ‘ge- ‘nus, is Thue, ha, re, sah, an. 2. E. reticulatus. Body with blackish lines, forming an irregular reticulation of more or less oblong spaces, above deep green, sides golden, belly white, immaculate, scales margmed with black. 7 My collection. . Form and napeatisns of the body as in the preceding Species; fins greenish, immaculate, dorsal and anal fins unequal, the former larger, caudal fin furcate with obtuse, subequal, lobes; scales margined with blackish, emargi- na ore profound than in the preceding species;. ¢nferior fateral teeth compressed, acutely edged and pointed; lower jaw longer, slightly recurved; mouth large, angle continued under the anterior canthus of the eye; eyes subovate, iris brown and. yellow, pupil black; colour golden-yellow on the. sides, passing to deep green, or blackish, on the back and head, with reflexions of slate grey more or less deep along the base of the back, rose, violet and green are, generally mixed with the golden tint reflected by the scales. os aa deky ks We Gee Length variable, from one to two feet; at Adams, on Connecticut river, where this species was observed, I was informed that specimens occurred which weighed seven pounds each. AiR names the same as the- preceding; 3 . Those which are brought to the Philadelphia market i818] © . THE GENUS ESOX. 4 ALS in the months of March and October, vary a little from individuals which I observed in the Connecticut river, by having the reticulated spaces smaller, more oblique, irregular in many specimens, and the fins are generally more reddish than green, which is probably owing to the influx of blood into their vessels after death, a circum- stance common to many kinds of fish. An individual seventeen inches long, had a Rock fish (Perca Saxatilis) in his stomach eight inches long. Dr. Mitchill has noticed a species of Esox (Trans. Philos. of Newyork) which he believes to be the same as ‘he E.lucius of Lin.; but as I have not seen any which could be referred to that species, | must consider this which I have described as a new one, _ 3. E. niger. Body each site golden yellow, with nu- merous black bands interrupted into about three parts, more distinct towards the head and more confused be- hind; de//y white, immaculate; back and head deép black, immaculate; pectoral and anal fins orange- yellow; dorsal and caudal fins blueish, the latter slightly emarginate, lobes acute; dorsal and anal fins opposite, subequal, rounded. My collection. Form of the body as in the Sie species; the bands are confluent on the back and divided into about three oblique segments each side, more distinct and acute near the abdomen; mouth large, inferior jaw rectilinear, slightly longer than the superior one, ¢ee¢h as in the pre- ceding species; scales profoundly emarginate, somewhat — bilobated; head, inferior gaw and snout without scales;. ' 7 Al6 _ NEW SPECIES, &c. { November, opercula, preopercula and pubopennige, scaly, as in the preceding species. [ B. 17, P. 15, V. 9. D. 14, A. 14, C..1922, This small individual was eight or ten inches long, and was found in Saratoga Lake. The fishermen assured me that it grew no larger; if this information is correct, it is a distinct species; but it may possibiy prove to be the young of reticulatus. Further observation, however, is necessary to ascertain this point satisfactorily; mean time I think it proper to apply te it the above specific desig- nation, drawn from its vulgar name Black pike. A specimen of equal size with the above was brought — from East Florida by Messrs. Maclure, Ord, Say, and Peale, which exhibited no sensible difference. Mr. Say communicated to me the following notice of a species which inhabits East Florida, and which it will be proper to insert here, with the ehamacters which he has given to it. 4. Ei. phaleratus (Say). Body dusky, with a verte- bral fulvous vitta, and three or four fulvous fascia. Inhabits East Florida. This elegant species we discovered during a pedes- trian excursion from Picolata to St. Augustine. The country at that time was partially inundated, and this spe- ‘¢imen occurred in the foot way. But having been un- successful in our attempts to catch it, and not having no- ted the circumstance at the time, the above description is ‘Made entirely from memory, and therefore cannot be re- lied upon as exact with respect to the ground colour, or to the number of bands; there may possibly be also a lateral vitta beside the dorsal one, These bands and lines 1818. DESCRIPTION, &c. A17 are of a bright colour, so as to contrast strongly with that of the general surface, giving to the body a very striking- ‘ly harnessed appearance. It resembles E. lucius in the form of the head. ~ eS ee M we Description of three new genera of fluviatile Fish, Po- Moxis, Sarcuirus and Exociossum. By C, S. Rufinesque. Read December lst and 8th. , Genus POMOXIS. Tuoracrc. Natural Family of Sparrpes, Body elliptic, compressed, scaly, vent nearer to the head than to the tail. Head scaleless, jaws plaited, ex- tensible, roughened by very minute teeth. Gill cover smooth, inerme, unserrate, nearly double, impressed by an angular and transversal depression, membranaceous and acute posteriorly. Thoracic fins with one spiny ray and no appendage. One dorsal fin opposed to the anal fin, both with many spiny rays. Pomoxis Annularis. Annular Pomoxis. Pl. 17, fig. 1. Silvery, back olivaceous, with some geminate brown transversal lines; a golden ring at the base of the tail; - lateral line straight; dorsal and anal fins with six spiny rays shorter than the others, a blackish spot behind both fins; tail forked, blackish at the end; lower jaw longer. The vulgar names of this fish are S:ver-perch and — Gold-ring. I found it in the riyer Ohio atthe falls, in 3 418 | DESCRIPTION OF [November, August, where it appears to be permanent. Its length is from three to six inches. It is good to eat. The eyes are black, the iris silvery; the upper and back part of the head is gilt; the scales are deciduous. T he fins are oliva- ceous, the pectoral fins have fifteen soft rays, the thoracic fin one spiny and five soft rays, the dorsal ‘six spiny and fourteen soft rays, the anal six spiny and sixteen softrays, the caudal fin twenty-eight soft rays. This new genus is remar xable by the situation of the vent, and of the dorsal fin, its similarity w ith, the anal fin, &c., which, characters are almost peculiar to itself in the extensive family to which it belongs. Genus SARCHIRUS. Axspominat. Natural family of Esoxi1DEs.. Body scaleless, slender, elongated, nearly cylindrical, slichtly compressed; vent nearer to the tail. Head nearly square, jaws elongated, flat, with four rows cf small un- equal teeth, the lower jaw shorter and movable, the up- per one immobil, with an obtuse knob at the end. Pec- toral fins round, without rays; but with a thin circular membrane surrounding an adipose base. Abdominal fins with six rays. Dorsal fin nearer to the tail than the anal fin. Caudal fin lanceolated, and decurrent underneath. Obs. This genus differs from Esox and Lepisosteus by the singular structure of the pectoral fins, from the last besides by having no scales, and from Esox by the shape of the tail. Its appearance is otherwise similar. The generic name means fleshy arms, the pectoral fins of the fishes being compared to the arms of other animals. I have only detected one species belonging thereto. } sak | » en 1818.) © THREE NEW GENERA OF FISHES. ‘AlQ Sarchirus Vittatus. Pi. 17. fig. 2. Back olivaceous brown, and with three longitudinal furrows, a black lateral band from the mouth to the end of the tail, belly white, with a lateral row of black dots on each side: jaws obtuse, longer than the head: anal and dorsal fins ovate acute with two transy erse black bands; tail acuminate. Obs. ‘This singular fish inhabits the lower parts of the . river Ohio, where I saw it in June; its vulgar names are Gar-fish and Ribbon-fish, the former of which is common to all the species of the genus Lepisosteus. Its length varies from six to twelve inches. It is not used as food, probably through the same prejudice that militates against Gar-fish. The abdominal fins are narrow, almost linear, acute, and with two transverse black bands, they are si- tuated half way between the pectoral and anal fins: this last has ten rays, and the dorsal fin only nine. All the — rays of the fins are soft. No appearance of a lateral line. Genus EXOGLOSSUM. Aspominat. Natural Family of Cyprinipes. Body elongated, slightly compressed, covered with small scales, vent nearer to the tail. Head scaleless, flat- tened above, mouth terminal, toothless, lower jaw shorter, with three or five lobes, the middle one larger, simulating a tongue, lips very small, Abdominal fins with nine rays, dorsal fin opposed to them. Obs. Mr. Lesueur has described, in the Journal of this Academy, a new fish under the name of Cyprinus mazillingua, which he considered as an anomalous spe- — G ~ * Sigs Py meer BAY cs 420 DESCRIPTION OF [ November cies, and he hinted that it might at some future period become the type of a new genus. This proper suggestion is now proved to be correct, by the discovery which I have made of three other species having the same singu- . lar character in the lower lip. I have therefore thought — needful to establish such a new genus, which shall at ~ present consist of four species; but I am certain that it contains many more, which may gradually be detected, when our rivers shall be more fully explored. I would have called it Maxillingua, if generic names of many com- pound Latin words were not to be avoided, according to the correct Linnean principles. Glossognathus having the same meaning in Greek, appears to me rather harsh, and for the sake of euphony I have preferred Exoglossum, — which means outside tongue, and applies quite as well to the whole genus, wherein the middle lobe of the lower jaw assumes the appearance of a tongue jutting out of the mouth. This genus may be distinguished at first sight, by this striking genes from any other of the same a. ENUMERATION OF THE SPECIES. 1. Exxoglossum Lesurianum. Cyprinus mazillin- gua, Lesueur. S-e his description, page 85, of this Journal. The specific name of maxillingua cannot be 2 retained, because it applies to all the species of the genus: it may rather be employed as a designation for the section n of the genus furnished with a trilobated lower jew. 2. Exoglossum macropterum. Pl. 17, fig. 3. Head nearly square, forehead deo, tuberculated, Te i Sael gete Zz sf a. — att yy SSS3 Pe ONG : RAR a en ee i = —_ a8 itl Se NAM —~ aed aoe SS ee ens a Saw ————— ee — = 1818.] © THREE NEW GENERA OF FISHES. AQ mouth projected, lower dp five- iobell cramidals silver-_ ed, variegated and reticulated with ‘blackish, lateral line Straight but faint. All the lower fins elongated, the pec- toral reaching the abdominal, the anal reaching the tail, dorsal fin with twelve rays, tail forked. called Stone-toter, in reference to the hard tubercles of its head. It is quite a small fish, from two to three inches long. It is used for bait. The mouth projects-in a short and obtuse snout: the iris is large, and gilt. Pectoral fins, lanceolate acute, as long-as the head and with twelve rays; abdominal fins lanceolate acute, situated is nearly half way between the head and the vent, but not reaching it. Dorsal fin nearer to the head than to the tail, anal fin with ten rays; caudal fin with twenty. All the rays are soft of course, as in the whole family. Scales very minute. This species, distingnished by so many secondary characters, may be the type of a subgenus, which may be called Hypentelium, in reference to the five lobes of the lower jaw. The species with a three- Obs. I found it inthe Ohio, at the falls, where itis | | lobed jaw may form then another section under the former name of Mazxillingua. 3. Exoglossum annulatum. Pl. 17, fig. 4. Head narrow, forehead smooth and convex, lower lip trilobated, body oblong olivaceous, back blackish, a black ring at the base of the tail; lateral line curved downwards at the base. Fins olivaceous, pectoral fins elliptic.obtuse, not reaching the abdominal: dorsal fins in the middle of the back with nine rays; caudal fin forked. Obs. I detected this species in June 1817, in the Fish- _ kil, which falls into the Hudson river above the Highlands: Ys - * - 422 j DESCRIPTION, &e. [ November, it is very common there, and called Black-chub, a name often given to many species in the United States, Length from three to sixinches. Itisusedas food. The upper part of the head is black, the cheeks and gill covers are _ olivaceous, the iris is large and grey. ‘The tinge in the body is rather variable, the back being either blackish or brownish, and commonly with an olivaceous shade, the sides are olivaceous or nearly brownish, the belly is ofa pale olivaceous or nearly whitish; but the black ring of the tail is constant. The scales are much larger than in the foregoing species. . The dorsal and anal fins have nine rays, this last does not reach the tail. -Pectoral fins with fifteen rays; abdominal fins lanceolate acute, rather far apart, and much nearer to the vent than to the head. Caudal fin with twenty-four rays. A. Exoglossom Migrescens. Head short, forehead smooth and convex, lower lip trilobated; body oblong blackish, lateral line nearly straight; pectorol fins short, oboval; dorsal fin in the mid- dle of the back, tail slightly forked. | Obs. Inoticed this fish in 1806, in Lake Champlain; but mistook it then for a variety of the Cyprinus melan- otus of the river Hudson, and I have to regret that I did not take an exact drawing of it. But it is however suflici- ently distinguished from the L. annulatum, by the want of ~ caudal ring, and its deeper black tinge, which extends to the fins: I did not notice the number of their rays. Its _Tength varies from two to eight inches. It is used as food, and called by the vulgar name ot Black Chub, like the foregoing. Ea \ ee . 1818.) © | ee | A428 An account b of ues ICrdétdeea of the United ‘Seates: By - Thomas Say. Read September 22, 1818. if: (Concluded-) . Genus STENOSOMA. Leach. Body sublinear; tail two or three jointed, ultimate joint destitute of lateral appendices, furnished beneath with two parallel laminz, attached by their external mar- | gins and opening like valves; antenna, exteriores elonga- ted, interiores very short. SPECIES 1. S. irrorata*. Body oblong, third segment broadest, attenuated to the tip of the tail, which is three toothed, 4 middle tooth longest. Inhabits Egg-harbour; common. - Cabinet of the Academy. 3 | Body oblong, attenuated before and behind from the third segment, second, third and fourth segments longest, nearly equal; taz/ with the first and second segments equal, short, third equal on each side to the preceding, but ob- solete above, terminal segment as long as the six preced- ing ones conjunctly, longitudinally somewhat elevated on the disk, tip with two crenz forming obtuse lateral teeth and a more prominent middle one; antenne half as long — as the body, interior ones very short, attaining the tip of. | the third joint of the exteriores; eyes somewhat hemis- pherical, placed on the middle of the lateral margin. Length, female rather more than one half of an inch. Very common in ‘ays and inlets of the coast on -_“ &e. 424 CRUSTACEA | [November, 2. S. filiformis*. Body very much elongated, linear; segments distant emarginate each side; antenne, exteri- ores subclavate; tai/ cuneiform at tip. Inhabits Egg-harbour. Cabinet of the Academy. Body appearing of only seven segments exclusive of the ultimate one, of equal breadth throughout, sometimes covered with very short filaments; segments emarginate, each side, and separated by wide insisures; ultimate seg- ment nearly as long as the four preceding ones, contrac- ted in the middle of the margin, and suddenly attenuated near the tip into an obtusely cuneiform termination; head elevated on the disk into a tubercle which is sometimes double; eyes hemispherical, very prominent; antenne ro- bust, intermediate ones very short, exterior ones more than half as long as the body, terminal joint perceptibly somewhat thicker than the preceding. Length two fifths of an inch. Found in company with the preceding species, and may be readily known by its linear form. Genus IDOTEA. Leach. ’ Body oval, caudal segments two or three, ultimate one largest, destitute of lateral appendices, furnished beneath with two lamine, which are elongated, parallel, attach- ed by their external margins and 5 soa like valves; antenneé subequal, short. SPECIES. 1. I. ceeca*. Body ovate, attenuated behind to an acute point; antenne equal, approximated at base, without = _ ~ -1818,j OF THE UNITED STATES. 425 interval; three anterior pairs of feet monodactyle; eyes inconspicuous. — Inhabits coast of the United States. Cabinet of the Academy. Body broadest at the third segment; three abdominal segments narrowest; head quadrate, immersed, depres- sed, a profound fissure on the lateral edge; antenna as long as the head, equal; tail, first segment shori, second some- _ what trilobated, middle lobe interrupting the preceding segment above, ultimate segment half as long as the bo- dy, attenuated to an acute point, convex and subcarinate, : above, margin near the tip suddenly depressed; feet gra- dually longer to the posterior ones which are longest; three anterior pairs robust, monodactyle, remaining ones — simple, unarmed, furnished with rigid hair or sete; nailg ef the hind pairs rectilinear, tipped with sete. Length nearly three tenths of an inch; one specimen was upwards of two fifths. Found in the small pools of sea-water, left by the re- fluent tide. Colour when recent, whitish, varied with brown dots, which are’sometimes nearly united into bands; eyes milk-white; head with a transverse black band, which is angulated behind, a large milk white spot on the back anda smaller triangular one before the tail, both some- times obsolete; swims on its back, and conceals itself in the sand; found as far south as Florida. 2. I. triloba*. Body oval, somewhat oblong; seg= ments with the lateral processes convex; intermediate an+ tenne short; feet armed with strong curved nails. Inhahits Egg-harbour. A26 "CRUSTACEA ~. - FNovember, Cabinet of the Academy. Body composed of seven segments, tail of two; seg- ments of the body with the lateral processes, very con- vex, lobated, first segment shortest; head transverse, oval, unequal on the disk, an impressed transverse line behind, sinuate anterior edge, and impressed with a longitudinal abreviated line; antenne filiform, rather distant, interme- diate ones short, exteriores with the terminal joint rather more than half as long as the preceding one; eyes very prominent, hemispherical, placed in the middle of the lateral margin; ¢ai/ narrower than the body, first. segment trilobated, middle lobe much the largest, convex, ultimate segment rather longer than the three preceding ones con- junctly, subtriangular, very convex on the disk, margin near the base depressed and channelled, tip depressed, acute; feet rather long, armed with curved, acute nails. ~ Length one fourth of an inch. Found with the preceding species, is reitarkable by the lobate appearance of the lateral processes. Of the I. triloba a new genus might be formed with the greatest propriety, as the description will evince. © Genus ASELLUS.. Geoff. “Tail: one e large segmeiut: caudal appendices exerted, bifid, inserted near the middle of the hind margin; ex- terior branchial valves rounded, attached by the base; éarsit simple; eyes minute; antennae four, setaceous, the last i ii is many -jointed, 1818.) | OF THE UNITED STATES. 427 x 3 SPECIES. 1. A. communis*. Body oblong oval, furnished with short rigid hairs; interior antenne equal to the peduncle of the exterior ones; caudul appendices, peduncle de- pressed. oa | : Inhabits small streams of fresh water, under stones. — Cabinet of the Academy. © ; Body oblong-oval, a little. narrowed before, segments transverse, subequal, indistinctly emarginate on the edges each side, hairy; hairs very short on the disk, longer on the edges and feet; third and fourth segments linear, the anterior ones a little curved forwards and the posterior ones backwards; Aead narrower than the first segment, -and not longer; superior antenne extending to the base of the tail; inferior antenne equai to the peduncle of the su- perior ones; eyes obovate, oblique, prominent, black; tail as broad as the segments of the body, transyerse-subor- bicular, equal to the two last segments conjunctly, depres- sed, and a little prominent between the appendices; ap- pendices as long as the tail, laciniz subequal, peduncle ee dilated; anterior feet hardly longer, monodactyle, unarm- _ ed; thumé as long as the hand; hand oval; carpus triangu- lar; remaining feet gradually longer to the hind pair, which is longest, first and second joints suboval, gibbous above,» _ third joint triangular, extended over the base of the suc- ~ ceeding one and tipped with ong hairs, fourth and fifth linear; tarsi -half as long as the preceding joint, simple, acute. | Length one fourth of an inch, breadth less bai one tenth. A very common species in our fresh waters, particular- 428 CRUSTACEA [ November; ly inrivulets under stones. It is frequently introduced with the Schuylkill water into Philadelphia. The female may be distinguished from the male by a valvular pectoral fol- licle in which the young are protected., Inone of these I counted twenty-eight young ones. 2. A. lineatus*. Body oblong; interior antenne much shorter than the peduncle of the exteriores; caudal appen- dices, peduncle cylindrical. Inhabits South Carolina. Cabinet of the Academy. ? Body oblong, not distinctly attenuated before; ‘seg ments subequal, entire; head at base equal to the prece- ding segment, a sinus each side in the middle; eyes pro- minent, black; antenna, exteriores as long as the body in one sex, in the other longer, interiores nearly attaining ‘the tip of the second joint; Aands with a prominent angle on the middle of the inferior edge, thumb. closing on and surpassing the angle, shorter than the hand; nai/s some- what bifid at tip; terminal caudal segment longitudinally subovate, styles elongated cylindrical, equal to the termi- nal segment of the body, laciniz very unequal, inner one nearly thrice the length of the outer one, truncate at tip; _ eolour pale brown with a double dorsal brown line, united “at the tip of the tail, a brown line or two each side of the tail. | Length nearly one fourth of an inch. ‘This animal is not an uncommon inhabitant of the swamps in the forests of South Carolina. It might be re- ferred to the genus Janira of Dr, Leach. is18.] OF THE UNITED STATES. 429° Genus PHILOSCIA., JZatr. : Caudal styles four, simple, saliant, lateral ones biar- ticulate; antennae, exteriores eight-jointed, interiores ob- solete; tgif abruptly narrower than the body. SPECIES, 1. P. vittata*. Fuscous, glabrous, margin and two broad vitte cinereous. Inhabits the United States, common. Cabinet of the Academy. Head above transversely oval; eyes longitudinally . oval, granulate; antenne with minute distant hairs, ulti- mate jomt tipped with a seta; body, first segment rather jJonger than the others, which are nearly equal; taz/, seg- ments subequal, terminal one rounded at tip, not longer than the preceding one, and attaining the tip of the first joint of the external styles, intermediate styles setaceous at tip, rather shorter than the external ones; head, body, and tail with the margin and two broad vittz cinereous. Length one-fifth of an inch. 3 Very common under stones, wots &e. in moist si- tuations. — ee 2. P. spinosa*. Brown, oblong-oval, with numerous © spines above; feet armed with short sete beneath. Inhabits Georgia. Cabinet of the Academy. Body brown, elongate-oval, armed with numerous spine-like tubercles; sixth and seventh segments produ. - ced .on each side behind, acute; the latter attaining base of the fifth succeeding joint; abdominal and caudal Vou. I. Nn $e! 430 CRUSTACEA a i [ November, segments § somewhat glabrous, terminal segment surpass- ing the first joint of the lateral styles; antenne rough and subspinose before, terminal joint glabrous, pale; feet be- neath armed with short distant setz. Length nearly one-fifth of aa inch. Under stones, old wood, &c. in moist situations neat’ Savannah, eoge. : Genus ONISCUS. Caudal styles four, lateral ones biarticulate, interme- diate ones concealed by the terminal segment of the tail; antenné, exteriores eight-jointed, interiores obsolete; tail not abruptly narrower than the body. SPECIES. O. affinis*. Head and anterior segments of the body scabrous; ¢ai/ glabrous, terminal segment attenuated, at- taining the tip of the inferior styles, and the middle of the last joint of the exterior ones. Inhabits North America; common, Cabinet of the Academy. Body dilated, oval, somewhat depressed, led a little rounded, not rectilinear; head and anterior segments of the body scabrous, posterior segments gradually less so; ~ tail glabrous; terminal segment, almost subulate, attain- ing the middle of the last joint of the exterior styles, and exactly equal to the interior ones; co/our fuscous with a cinereous edge and submarginal line, which are united on the tail into a broad margin, disk with a few cinereous spots. : Length half an inch, breadth three tenths of an inch. Inhabits damp places, under stones, decaying wood, 1818.] OF THE UNITED STATES. 431 &c.; when thrown on ‘its back, turns with difficulty; ex- ceedingly like the O. asellus, which was some years since in great repute in some parts of Europe for its supposed virtues in the cure of pulmonary and other diseases, but which is rejected as worthless by the present pharma- logy; I consider ours as‘distinct on the authority of Mr. Latreille’s description of the European species; he ob- serves that “les appendices inferieures et intermédiaires de la queue dépassent la piéce supérieure et terminale du corps.”’ | Genus PORCELLIO. Laer. Caudal styles four, lateral ones biarticulate, interme- ‘diate ones concealed by the terminal segment of the tail; antenna, exterlores seven-jointed, interiores obsolete; tazl not abruptly narrower than the body. _ SPECIES. 1. P. spinicornis®. Body scabrous; antenng, third joint with a mucronate carina above. Inhabits North America, common, Cabinet of the Academy. Body scabrous with granules, black-brown, margin and submarginal lines cinereous, three dorsal lines ot al- ternate yellowish subquadrate spots, of which the inter- mediate ones are smallest; Head, antennae, and disk of the tail, blackish, the latter with two or three.small yellowish spots each side at base; antenne with the third joint ele- vated above, and armed with an acute spine; terminag joint of the tail canaliculate, hardly surpassing the first joint of the exterior styles, ° - Length two-fifths of an inch. 432 : CRUSTACEA { November, A very common inmate of our houses, crawling up the walls in damp cellars, &c. It seems probable that it resembles the P. scaber of Europe, of which however we have no good description by which to judge. 2. P. _nigra®*. Black, scabrous, immaculate; antentiz with the spine of the third joint hardly prominent. Inhabits Pennsylvania. . Cabinet of the Academy. | Body black, immaculate, beneath whitish, granule ‘numerous, elevated, very rough, segments of the tail margined behind with abbreviated, elevated lines, termi- nal segment acute, attaining the tip of the intermediate styles and the middle of the last joint of the others. Length three-tenths of an inch. _ This species differs from the preceding, by being uni- coloured, smaller and much more rough. | Genus ARMADILLO. Lazer. Caudal styles four, lateral ones biarticulate, connivent with, and not longer than the terminal segment of the tail, ~ second joint triangular; antenne, exteriorés seven -jointed, interiores obsolete; ini capable of fiir rolled into a pert: SPE CIES. Jine cinereous, itined yellowish lines vol spots on the disk: » . Inhabits North America. — . Cabinet of the Academy. Body with very minute punctures, lateral margin, and submarginal line of spots, cinereous, three’ lines of large 1818.) OF THE UNITED STATES. 7 433 yellowish opposite spots on the disk segments with the : hind edges whitish. Length half an inch. This species comes so near to the description of .4, maculatus that I should have considered it the same, had it not been remarked that the maculatus is twice the size of the vulgaris, the former must therefore be much larger than our species, which is about equal in size to the latter, as figured by Remer. It is very common in moist places, under stones, in decaying wood, &c. Orper V. BRANCHIOPODA. Lazr. Secrion [. P/ECILOPA. Latr. Genus LIMULUS. Fa6r. Head confounded with the thorax; antenne none; mouth inferior, simple and central, surrounded by the feet; mandibles and feet didactyle; coxe ene the pt of maxillz; ¢ai/ elongated, attenuated. SPECIES. L. Polyphemus.. Thorax seven-spined above; abdomen above three-spined; tail about twenty-five-spined above; feet, second joint of the four anterior auc with about five moveable spines. Moneculus Polyphemus of Linne. Limulus cyclops. Fabr. Syst. Limulus. polyphemus. Lam. Polyphemus occidentalis. Latr. Limulus. Sowerbii. Leach. Zool. Miscel, vol. pl. 84. Young. 434 - CRUSTACEA [ November, Inhabits northern, coast of the United States, very common. Cabinet of the Academy, Peale’s Museum. | Thorax sublunate, truncate at its junction with the abdomen, convex, margined onjits outer and anterior edge, acute and elongated at the hind angles, seven sub- equal reflected spines on the disk, of which’ six are placed on two parailel, transverse lines, and transversely equidistant, posterior line on the edge of the truncature, lateral anterior ones bearing the eyes on. their exterior side, seventh spine anterior and distant from the other, supporting two stemmata; eyes longitudinally oval; feet, second joint of the four anterior pairs, armed beneath with four or six moveable spines, of which two or three — are approximated at tip, and two or three distant and placed longitudinally, second joint of the hind pair, with about two moveable spines and a much larger one at the inferior tip of the fourth joint; abdomen depressed, a lon« gitudinal line of three, elevated, somewhat reflected spines, smaller than those of the thorax, anterior one placed at — the base, intermediate one behind the middle, posterior one at tip over the insertion of the tail, lateral angles of the base elevated into a dilated, compressed, oblique spine, lateral edge with twelve alternately permanent and moveable spines, of which the latter are longer, hind an- gles elongated each side of the origin of the tail and: acute; ¢ai/ serrate above with from twenty to thirty spine- like teeth, which are unequal, inequidistant and shorter than one-fourth of the transverse diameter of the tail. Length to the end of the tail, female nearly two feet, male about twenty inches. ‘The male differs from the female in being. smaller, i818.] OF THE UNITED STATES. A335. and in having the hand of the anterior pair of feet, di- lated, spherical, monodactyle, the thumb inflected at base, so as to form a right angle with the hand, com- pressed and obtuse at tip. In the immature state, the spines of the disk of the thorax and abdomen are very acute and prominent, but become more obtuse as the animal advances in-age, so that in the full grown subject they are obsolete, often noted only by a hardly elevated tubercle browner than the shell. They are found in vast numbers in Delaware bay, in the bays of the Newjer- sey coast, and probably much further north. They never . attempt to swim, but always crawl slowly on the bottom, the feet always concealed beneath the shell. When cast » ashore by the waves, if they fall on the back, they cannot recover their proper position. Many people feed their hogs upon them, and it is said that some hogs that roam, at large in the districts where they abound, become ac- quainted with the fact of their inability to turn themselves when placed on the back, and when there happens to be a scarcity, with a provident sagacity, they turn as many as they can eat, or as are within their view, before they proceed to satisfy their hunger. ‘This fact with respect to one hog, was related to me on good authority. , When irritated they elevate the tail, which is acute at tip, but perfectly harmless. ‘The boatmen make use of the thorax for baling’ their boats. For the reception of her eggs, the female digs a hole- in the sand with her feet, of considerable width, and but — little depth, usually between high and low water marks. During this season, and for a considerable time previous to the oviposit, she is accompanied by a male, who at- 436 CRUSTACEA | [November, taches himself by means of his — hands, to the posterior processes. of her abdomen. The connection endures so long, that the tergum of the female at the two posterior spines, is very much worn, by friction with the anterior part of the thorax of the male, and the posterior processes are often almost worn Seong by the -bucaiaia of his thumbs. The L. Sowerbii figured by Dr. Leach, seems to be the young of this species, as the description and igure agrees perfectly with it. Var. 6. Abdomen five-spined on the disk, of which three are in a longitudinal line as in the species, and a smaller one on each side in a transverse line with the an- terior spine and nearer to the elevated lateral angles. This animal, which I have for the present considered as a va- riety only, is an inhabitant of the southern states and Flo- rida, where they abound in considerable numbers; how far they may be found to the north I know not, or whe- ther they inhabit the same districts with the species, but I have not observed them on this side of the Chesapeake bay. Although in general appearance it is perfectly si- milar to L. Polyphemus, yet in consideration of the cha- racter here noted, I propose that it be separated as a dis- tinct species under the name of australis. Genus PANDARUS. Leach. Abdomen at base covered by imbricate scales. . SPECIES. P. sinuatus*. Body dilated, thorax pa be- fore, abdomen sinuate behind, (1818). OF THE UNITED STATES. 433 Inhabits dog fish, (Squalus Canis? Mitchill.) Cabinet of the Academy, Length one fifth of an inch. . Body \ongitudinally oblong-quadrate; Reece trans« verse-quadrate,somewhat narrowed before, emarginate be- tween the antennz, middle of the base rectilinear and fus- cous, angles projected backward and rounded at tips; an- tenné very short; anterior feet formed for suction, at tip oval or subreniform, and placed obliquely; scales, four sub- equal ones in a transverse line at the base of the abdomen, each transverse and rounded at tip, and two larger ones | originating beneath the preceding, slightly dentate at tip and not concealing one half of the abdomen; abdomen quadrate, as wide as the thorax but rather longer, posterior edge with a central sinus and lateral one each side, poste- rior angles acute; oviducts filiform. - 7 Very commonly occur in considerable numbers on this species of Squalus, attaching themselves more par- . ticularly about the bases of the fins. They are by no means so active as the Caligus piscinus,which also occurs in plenty on the Cod-%sh of our coast. : Genus BINOCULUS. Geoff: Body suboval; thorax large; eyes two; abdomen of three, or four transverse segments; ¢a7/ setaceous at tip. SPECIES. B. caudatus*. Body subovate; thorax semioval or pa- rabolic, posterior edge retuse for the reception of the ab- domen, no dorsal, or transverse anterior line; antenne ex- teriores laterally and horizontally extended, more than half -A88 _ *. €RUSTACEA fNovemiber, as long as the body, with short rigid hairs, interiores con- cealed; feet concealed, anterior pair near the base of the thorax and dilated at tip, posterior pair at the origin of the tail, extended obliquely, prominent, dilated, bisetous at tip; abdomen, basal segments very short, transverse, each side reflected, curvilinearly narrowed without interval, termi- nal segment longer, semiorbicular, narrower than the pre- ceding ones and concealing the first caudal segment; éail half as'long as the body, abruptly narrower than the pre- ceding segment, segments three, basal one longitudinally quadrate, largest, second one transversely quadrate, nar- «ower than the first in the female, elongated and attenuated in the male, third segment bifid and bisetous at the tip. . Length one fortieth of an inch, male smaller. Cabinet of the Academy. | I have placed this parasite in Geoffroy’s genus Bino- culus, not in consequence of the particular definition of that genus, but frem a general resemblance in the outline, and similarity in the number and proportion of the seg- ments of the body, which it unquestionably bears, to the singular animal dicovered by that author, now the type of the genus. | In these two animals there are however striking dis- similarities, which it is unnecessary here to particularize, as those who are conversant with the generic. characters as laid down by Mr. Latreille, will immediately perceive them by the above description. This parasite was found in considerable numbers, on various parts of the body of the specimen of Calhanassa, described on page 238 of this Journal. ‘The two sexes of nine tenths of the specimens were in coitu, the male adhering to the tail of the opposite sex, so as to conceal 18182] OF THE UNITED STATES. 489 by his body the two terminal:segments. This adherence was so pertinacious, as to be permanently maintained _ after submersion in spirits of. wine; a circumstance, which combined with the appearance of the living animals, was well calculated to deceive the ordinary observer into a belief of the unity of the two sexes so connected. Thus the thorax of the male appearing to the-eye connected — to the thorax of the female by a pedicel, would. seem, unless minutely examined, to be no other than the abdo- minal portion of the same individual; nor would an ordi- nary magnifier exhibit the. truth. Sscrron UI, LOPHYROPA. Lar’. Genus CYTHERE. Shell. bivalve, concealing the head; eyes confluent; antennz two, ciliated; feet eight. | SPECIES. ce | C. bifasciata*. Valves ovate, viewed above and be- neath, lateral view suboval, convex above, somewhat rec- tilinear beneath; a dorsal indentation behind the» most elevated part; clothed with. minute dense hairs; colour greenish-testaceous, tipped with black, the posterior spot emarginate above when the valves are closed, two black bands, the posterior one a little undulated and connected with the anterior one by a dilated, dorsal line, which terminates a little before the anterior band; antenna as long as the valves, ciliz obsolete; feet white. Length one fortieth of an inch. Var. a. Valves dusky green, banded and gan with darker green, nearly as in the species. say ' ‘ a ys AAO CRUSTACEA [ November, In considerable numbers, in small shallow pools of fresh water. The specimens here described were found in Georgia and Kast Florida. Genus DAPHNIA. Shell bivalve; head distinct; antenne generally four; - ramose; feet eight or twelve; eye one. SPECIES. 1. D. angulata*. Body viewed laterally suboval, con- tracted before, gibbous above near the posterior edge, beneath ventricose in the middle; back subovate, acute behind and contracted before; sides striate with numerous, minute, parallel, oblique lines; Aid edge of the body with a prominent angie in the middle, which is obtuse at tip, above the angle it is ciliated; antennae, four filaments on the superior branch, and five on the inferior branch; colour white or red. | Length one tenth of an stich Cabinet of the Academy. Very common in the stagnant marsh water of the forests in the southern states. . ~s D. rotundata*. Body viewed laterally ovate, nar- rowed. before, rounded behind, and destitute of any prominent angle, and of gibbosity above; lateral oblique _ lines obsolete; venter deeply ciliated; antenne, superiores three-branched, a smal] spine above at the insisures of the joints, inferiores five-branched; co/our white. Less than half as large as the preceding. Cabinet of the Academy. i818.) «OF THE UNITED STATES. Add Found in the stagnant marsh water of the forests, in the southern states. Genus CYCLOPS. Body elongated and attenuated behind; thorax abbre- viated; eye one; antenne two to four, simple; feet six to — ten, hairy; fail long, bifid. SPECIES. _ C. noviculus*. Body oval, attenuated behind; thorax semioval, glabrous, rounded before, truncate behind, san- guineous, hind angles acute; fail and fect white, the former as long as the thorax, attenuated, terminal joint bifid, seta four as long as the tail, the outer ones shorter, two small equal spines at the base of each pair, and one subequal one on the exterior side of the bifid part of the tail, a little before the base’ of the seta; anterior antenne two thirds the length of the body, spinose, white, extend- ed each side horizontally, recurved, and more robust near the base, and attenuated to the tip. Found in considerable numbers in stagnant fresh wa- ter of the southern states. Swim by jerks, being alter- nately at rest and in motion, the female carries her eggs in two follicles, which are attached one on each side, near the base of the tail, of the same colour as the thorax, and vast- ly large in proportion with it, being nearly two thirds the size. Eggs spherical, from twenty-five to thirty or more in each follicle, consisting each of a dark nucleus and paler border. . * ae a e ey ge bd J fe i Sm 442 OBSERVATIONS. { November, Observations on some of the Animals described in the Account of the Crustacea of the United States. By Thomas Say. Ocyrop: (Sesarma) reticulatus. It would’be more _ gorrectto refer'this species to the genus Grapsus by its eral characters, than by its habit to Ocypode. | Grapsus cinereus. Since publishing the description of a species which I referred to this name, p. 99, I have found a distinct species, which from its locality I judge to be the true cinereus of Bosc and Lat. It is very numerous, inhabiting the bay of Charleston, the southern coast gen- erally, and East Florida as high as fifty or sixty miles up the river St. John. I have not ‘met with it so far north as the coast of Newjersey. It is widely distinct from the species before mentioned, although the brief description which‘has been given of it by authors, will apply equally well to both. Mr. Latreille interrogatively refers to Sloane’s Cancellus marinus minimus quadratus as synony- mus with cinereus; but as that species, from the lateral thoracic curvature, general form of the body, and mode of life, is without a doubt intended for the species described page 99, under which I have quoted it, we must suppose that it-is an anonymous species, and not the cinereus, nor yet the minutus, to which it next approaches. I there- _ fore appropriate to it the Lame of pelagicus, significant of its mode of life. The cinereus differs from the pela- gicus in many striking characters, m having the thorax quadrate, the lateral edge not being arquated, nor hav- ing a sinus near the anterior angles, and the three ter- minal joints of the feet are not ciliate with hair on the an- IRIB.J. @BSERVATIONS. 3% terior edge as in pelugicus, and the carpus is destitute of - a spine. It is further distinct from the latter, and approx- imated to reticulatus above mentioned, by the granulated cheeks and sides of the body, and the abruptly smaller, orbicular, terminal joint of the abdomen in the female, © inserted into a profound sinus of the penultimate joint. These and other traits contribute to refer it to my indi-. cated genus Sesarma. It is probable, this genus will com. prehend the land species, of the present genus Grapsus. Ocyrope pugillator. Although this species approach- es nearest to the genus Uca of Dr. Leach, yet it is at the same time widely distinct from.it. In a work now publishing, the Nouv. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. Mr. Latreille has revived a genus, which Buffon called GzLasimus, _ , to include this species, and its two kindred ones, Astacus afinis and Bartoni vary somewhat in their armature, but the form of the rostrum in each species continues constant.. The latter species has the hands differently proportioned, with respect to the thumb, and more or less muricated. ‘They are extremely common in the pine-barren marshes of the southern states, and particularly in those of Georgia and Florida. Lupa hastata. Ihave often had an opportunity of observing the feet of this species regenerating; one of the joints, I think the third, appeared first, the remainder of the foot was as it were doubled, and was gradually elon- gated until the tip of the foot was disengaged. - We found the Aastata in the river St. John, Florida, ae as far as Fort Picolata, one hundred miles from the sea, where the water is potable. Dr. Leach informs us, that the fishermen of England believe that the Portunus depurator insinuates its flat- 444 OBSERVATIONS. { November, tened hind foot into, and destroys the oyster; the same strange story is related of L. hastata. This story may have arisen from the accidental insertion of the foot into the oyster, for in this case the oyster would close his shell and detain the foot, and perish in this position. This supposition was suggested to me by seeing an Ardea herodias flying with a pendant leg, to the toe of which a Venus mercenaria was attached. Yn the description of the parasitic worm, p. 67, the words ‘“ body silvery above and spotted with red,” should be struck out, and substituted by eyes two, black, oblong. Tt stands thus in the MSS. and how the error has occur- _ red I know not. It is most probably a Faseiola. Lupa pelagica is not uncommon on the reeay gu coast. | Hippa talpoida. If Fabricius gave a false character to the 7. emeritus, as Mr. Latreille supposes, in attribut- ing to the terminal joint an ovate form, it is very pos-— _ sible that there is but one species of the genus. _ Srenosoma irrorata. The female is blackish, some- times immaculate, usually margined with whitish, some- times with large, white, marginal spots. The male is pale immaculate. | Length, male nine-tenths, female nearly seven-tenths of an inch. * The tail of Jdotea chelipes, Latria is described as tri- dentate, but the character ‘‘ pedibus subchelatis,” whence its name, is so remarkable, as to forbid the nk: goancge of its being the same as this. — 1818. APPENDIX, &e.. 445 Appendix to the Account of the Crustacea-of the United States. By Thomas Say. Read December 1. - The following species were discovered since the pub- lication of their respective genera, in the. preceding ae of this work. Genus"LUPA: For generic characters SEE p. 65. L. smears, Clypeus four-toothed; thorax reticula- ted, covered with minute granules; anterior feet three- spined on the third joint before; carpus two-spined; ab- domen, second segment mucronate each side. a Inhabits coast of Georgia and Florida. - Cabinet of the Academy. Thorax crowded with minute granules," distributed - equally, and with the anterior and posterior feet above, chocolate brown with: crowded, suborbicular, unequal, eo e- ¥ white spots, giving to the whole surface a reticulated ap= pearance, lateral teeth ciliated; e/ypeus with four small — teeth, of which the intermediate ones are rather larger and more distant, septum of the intermediate antennz prominent, dentiform; anterior canthus of the eye ob- tusely dentiform above, and more prominently so beneath; anterior feet, third joint three-spined before, spines un- equal, anterior ones largest, an obtuse spine or angle se- parated from the hind tip by an impressed line, which curves above to the middle of the tip, and thence towards the anterior edge; carpus with three elevated, or equal lines, of which two are abbreviated and the outer one terminated in a spine, inner edge with a spine, and two” Vor. If, Oo AAG, APPEN DIX TO CRUSTACEA { December, pintlins ones on the outer tip; hands with a sel spine at*base and five elevated, granulated lines, one of which terminates in a short spine at the base of the thumb; fingers with impressed lines and incurved at tip; pectus white; cheeks pubescent; abdomen, second segment mu- cronate each side, third, fourth, fifth and sixth segments in the female, reddish yellow at base. Be. Length two and a half, breadth four inches, nearly, veslusiiie of the. elongated spines. - Resembles °F ‘hastata, but is at once distinguished "from it by colour, by having four small teeth to the cly- peus, a spine each side of the second abdominal segment, ~armed. carpus and many - other differences; from LL. pela- gica, to which it also approaches, it differs in colour, in having only three spines on the third joint and the ante- rior feet, &c. But it seems to be more closely allied to _ L- reticulatus, it however differs much from the figure given of that species, The above description was taken from the dead sub- ject. Dhave not seen a living specimen, Genus CAN CER. For generic characters see p. 57. SPECIES. L C. dimosa.* Thorax equal, convex, with about three serrate teeth each side; elypens with a fissure; fin- “il? whites . Cabinet of the Academy. Inhabits shores of the northern states. Thorax transversely somewhat semicylindrical, gra- nulated each side, three lateral serrate teeth granulated 1818.} OF THE UNITED STATES. ~4Al on their edges, and an anterior one hardly distinct from the posterior elevated supereanthus of the eye, superior eye lid with two obsolete fissures, anterior supercanthus destitute of a prominent angle; e/ypeus divided in the middle by a fissure, lateral segments regularly and: bo- tusely arcuated at the edge; /abrum prominent, undu- lated; cheeks and-sides of the thorax densely granulated, a conic tooth beneath the anterior tooth of the edge of the thorax; anterior feet equal, olivaceous-green, imma- ‘culate, beneath fulvous or yellowish; carpus with a pro- minent obtuse spine within, beneath which there is no angle; hands rounded above and beneath, fingers deflect-. ed, white or yellowish, obtusely and somewhat regularly dentated within, thumb often purplish above at base; ab- domen, second segment of the male abruptly much nar- rower than the first and third, third much wider than the _ fourth, penultimate one with equal transverse diameters and not wider at tip than the terminal segment, which is widest near the middle in consequence of bang? much arcuated at base. Length about one inch ond one fifth, Deland one inch and a third. Not. uncommon in muddy iauees of our southern coast. It resembles C. Panope, but is sufficiently dis- tinct by the more convex thorax, colour of the fingers, and form of the segments of the clypeus, which in Panope are slightly undulated; in Panope also the carpus has a projecting angle beneath the spine, which is wanting in this species; a striking difference is observable in the se- cond abdominal segment, which is deeply emarginate at the posterior angles, and not narrower at base than the first segment. 443 _ APPENDIX TO.CRUSTACEA _ [December, - 2. C. mercenaria®. Thorax subequal, about four ta- teral very obtuse teeth;. e/ypeus with a fissure, lateral seg. ments three-lobed; fingers black at ~~ ae Inhabits the ‘southern states. i tat. Cabinet of the Academy. — Body maculated when recent; thorax each side di- vided by four sinusses into four very obtuse teeth; which ‘are rectilinear at tip and hardly prominent beyond the thoracic. curve, cheeks and sides not distinctly granulat- ed, and destitute of the conic tooth beneath the anterior thoracic one; orbits suborbicular, no distinct sinus atthe posterior canthus, inferior lid entire and simply: concave in the middle of the edge, a profound fissure in the ante- rior canthus; clypeus ‘unequal, an indented fissure ‘in ‘the middle, the lateral segments somewhat three-lobed, :an- terior one most prominent; /abrum not prominent in-the middle; pectus of the male with«a /hispid fascicle on the second and third segments each side; carpus’ within dilated into a very obtuse, obliquely compressed tooth, beneath which there is no angle; hands unequal, rounded above and beneath; fingers black, at base colour of ‘the hand, teeth obtuse; tibia of the remaining feet fascicu- late above and beneath with rigid’ hairs and punctured each side; tarsi densely hirsute above and beneath, a longitudinal fascicle each side atvbase, tips'glabrous; ab- _ domen of the male, second segment hardly narrower than the preceding. third segment hardly wider than the ‘next, convex each side, lateral edge regularly rounded, penul- timate segment slightly wider at tip’ than the base of the terminal segment, ultimate insisure none enemies or but slightly curved. * : 4818.) OF THE UNITED STATES. AAG Length three inches ‘and one. ‘fourth, aoe cn ok, inches and a half. ; Esteemed as food and ee in nthe Chatleston market, tied up in small parcels of from four to eight together. It atiains to a much larger size than either of the preced- ing species, from which it may be distinguished by ‘the — form of the clypeus, lateral teeth, abdominal segments, — Re... 3. C.* eiuieain Hirsute; thorax éaats side, arms and ~ ? ‘feet above with numerous erect spines; yi emargi- nate in the middle and each side. '. spinifrons, : ecli Lat. Hist. Nat. Sonin. vol. VerPe wa Inhabits coast of the dennieen states. Cabinet of the Academy. | ody above with numerous filiform hairs; thorax va- ried with very pale ferruginous, and whitish, armed with about six blackish, acute spines each side, of which four are in a marginal series, the anterior one smallest and placed at the posterior canthus of the eye; clypeus deeply emarginate in the middle, and’ more obtusely so each side, minutely dentate, with three indented lines, and four or six-spined at tip; orbits without distinct fissure, above three-spined, beneath spinous; antenne, exteriores more than half the length of the thorax; feet with four or five small teeth above on the third joint, that of the anterior pair with two prominent acute spines at tip separated by the impressed band, second joint of the anterior feet den- tated on the anterior edge; carpus with fifteen or twenty erect, acute, blackish spines; hands large, unequal, spi- _ nous, spines erect, blackish, more obtuse. towards the & i ee Fo’ ie 450 _ APPENDIX TO CRUSTACEA [Oceunitias inferior edge; fingers striate, black, armed with obtuse teeth; tibia of all the feet spinous oo tarsi hairy be- neath. ics - Length about nine tenths, breadth one inch and one tenth. Found on the coasts of Georgia and E. Florida, and generally occurs concealed in a large species of gelati- nous aleyonium which is frequently cast up by the waves. A species of. Balanus is often attached to their thorax. This does not agree with the description of C. spinifrons as quoted in Rees’? Cyclopedia from Fabricius, but it may possibly approach in character to that of Herbst as quoted by Latreille. In order that the truth may be as- cercained I have given a detailed description of this ani- mal, that those who may have an opportunity may judge of its identity by comparison. I should have referred this species to the genus £ri- phies, Latr. but the antennz are not remarkably elon- gated, nor distant from the ocular peduncles. It cannot be referred to the genus Atelecyelus, Leach, as the hands arc not crested. Genus PINNOTHERES. For characters see p. 67. SPECIES. 1. P. maculatum*. Body with very short desiduous, dense hair; clypeus obtusely = indented above the tip. Inhabits the muricated Pinna of our coast: Cabinet of the Academy. 1818] = -: OF THE UNITED STATES. 453 Male. Body indurated, above black, beneath yellow- ish white; thorax with very short, desiduous, dense hair, a dorsal whitish vitta, which is contracted in the middle and near the base, cruciate before and abbreviated near the clypeus, a large triangular whitish spot each ‘side be- fore the middle, and an obsolete whitish abbreviated line each side behind; clypeus and anterior part of the thorax: margined with whitish; pectus-and abdomen with black insisures, the latter gradually straitened to the tip, which is rounded; feet, third and fourth pairs with the second joints of the tibia ciliated on the posterior outer submar- gin, “Female. Body somewhat indurated, obscure brown- ish, immaculate, hair shorter, more desiduous and dense than that of the male; thorax orbicular, minutely punc- tured beneath the hair, a double dorsal series of irregu- lar indentations, of which the hind ones are more con- spicuous and sometimes confluent into an arcquated line; feet, second pair ciliate on the inner part of the penulti- mate joint, third and fourth pairs not ciliated; abdomen ciliated at the edge, and obtusely carinated on the mid- dle, tip entire, very obtusely rounded. Length, male, seven twentieths of an inch; female rather more than two fifths of an inch. A common inmate of this species of Pinna. ii one shell I found the two sexes, and i in another two Par Sy but this plurality rarely occurs, 2. P. Byssomia. (Female.) Thorax somewhat trans- versely oval; clypeus hardly advanced, rounded, entire; hand not gibbous near the base of the thumb. — Inhabits the Byssomia distorta. | 452 APPENDIX TO CRUSTACEA [ December, Cabinet of the Academy. | Thorax glabrous, rounded each ca, immarginate;. eyes sanguineous; anterior feet with the hand linear, or not gibbous near the base of the thumb above, ciliated on the inferior edge, fingers two thirds the length of the hand, armed with minute teeth; thumb witha prominent, acute tooth near the base, closing between two much, shorter distant ones of the finger; carpus with an abbre- viated ciliate line within, third joint ciliate on the inner edge; second pair of feet ciliate beneath the penultimate joint; tarsi unarmed. | Length about one-fourth of an inch. I found a single female of this species in an anoma- lous Byssomia, which in a MSS. account of the shells of Worth America I have named B. distorta. It imbeds it- | self in the large Aleyonium of the southern coast, and be- tween individuals of a species of aggregating Ascidia, | It is infested by two very distinct kinds of parasites, which I regret not having had an opportunity to examine satisfactorily. One resembled /ascicola with the ocellate points of Planaria. [have named it Fascicola nigra. Body cylindrical, blackish, two ocellate spots near the anterior extremity. It was active, motion undulatory. The other was numerous, attached in two fascicles to the exterior of the thorax, and resembled a minute species of Amphitrite. 8. P. cylindricum*. Body transversely-subcylindrical;. anterior feet didactyle, equal; second and third pairs nearly equal, and with punctured tarsi; fourth pair very robust, larger and longer than the anterior ones; posterior pair very small; eyes approximated, orbits ovate grbicu- dar. | 1818.) - OF THE UNITED STATES. 453 Inhabits coast of Georgia. - Cabinet of the Academy. Body indurated; thorax punctured, above depressed, a transverse, abbreviated, indented line behind the mid- dle, and with an elevated line between the origin of the two hind feet, . from which the thorax is defracted behind, sides decurved to a rounded tip; anterior feet, third joint with a transverse, indented, obsolete line before the. tip; carpus unarmed; hand moderate, elongate quadrate, fin- gers arcuated, meeting at tip and forming a suboval in- terval, finger with a larger tooth near the tip, thumb with one behind the middle; second and third pair of feet with the penultimate joints pectinated beneath, tarsi with three pectinate lines, third joint of the latter pair. granu- — late above and beneath; fourth pair, very robust, third joint larger than the hand, with a double line of granules above, confluent near the tip, and a profound concavity behind, which is granulated on the inferior edge, second joint of the tibia with a double prominent obtusely pecti- nated line beneath; posterior feet very small, simple, hardly attaining the tip of the third joint of the preceding pair, and not equal to the distance between their bases; tarsi short, conic; abdomen of the female, suborbicular, covering the pectus, much narrowed at base, attaining the bifid tip of the pedipalpi, and with a double i impress- ed line in the middle, of the male linear, tip rounded and slightly narrower than the base. __ Length of the male, three-tenths, breadth, » thirteen twenticths; length of the female, seven-twentieths, breadth, three fourths. Found by Mr. William Maclure. « on Jeykill island, ‘ Fe F Abd, APPENDIX TO CRUSTACEA (December, Georgia, and subsequently an individual of the other sex by myself near the same place. : The pedipalpi are precisely the same as in Pinnothe- ges, but this animal seems to be estranged from the ge- nus by several minor characters, as those drawn from the robust fourth pair of feet, the indurated consistence of the body, the transverse thorax, &c. In the two latter respects somewhat resembling the following species. From its magnitude, the firmness of its integuments, and the similarity of the sexes, it seems probable that it is not parasitic, Under these considerations I considered it the type of a distinct genus, and had associated with it the following species; but I prefer in this place as them unger the ‘Benne Pinnotheres. 4. P. monodactylim*. (Male.). Thorax transverse; hands monodactyle. Inhabits the American coast. Richmond Museum. Thorax transversely subeliptical, narrowing each side *o the middle of the lateral edge, which is rounded, a tubercle each side marking the situation of the anterior Jateral angles, surface punctured; orbits suborbicular; antenne, exteriores subequal to the breadth of the cly- peus; hand oblong, somewhat quadrate; palm concave and ciliated in the middle, a spiniform angle instead of a finger, with a tooth at its base, and another at the base of the thumb larger; thumb abruptly meurved at base, rec- tilinear towards the tip, with an angle at the interior mid- dle, tip acute, attaining the tip of the spiniform angle; feet, second, fifth and third pairs subequal, the latter ra- ther larger, fourth pair larger, and with the fifth pair ~ 1818.) ° OF THE UNITED STATES. ABS with somewhat dilated. tibia; abdomen with a few larger punctures, terminal joint rounded at tip, entire, ciliated and attaining the tip of the geminate joints of the pedi- palpi. sei Length three tenths, breadth one half an inch. | This curious animal occurs in the Richmond Mu- seum. Mr. J, Warrell, the proprietor of that interesting establishment, supposes it to be American, but whe- ther from our eastern or western coast ‘he could not say. It is particularly remarkable in having monodactyle hands, a character which in a very rigid arrangement would not only separate it from the genus Pinnotheres, but also from the preceding species as a distinct genus. The ti- bia of the fourth and fifth pairs of feet are somewhat di- lated, but the corresponding tarsi are accidentally want- ing in this specimen. Genus LEPTOPODIA. Leach. ' Rostrum elongated, entire; eyes not retractile, distant; pedipalpi, second joint of the peduncle, half as long as the first; palpi hirsute, first and second joints subequal, third longest; feet, anteriores didactyle; tarsi elongated; abdomen six-jointed. _ SPECIES.” L. calcarata*. ‘Third joint of the feet three-spined at tip, the middle one large, prominent, and obtuse. Inhabits coast of South-Carolina. Cabinet of the Academy. Thorax inequal, with distant, somewhat acute tuber- cles, an indented trafisyerse line before the middle, re- om = 456 APPENDIX TO CRUSTACEA © (December, gion of the eyes equal ocular peduncles slightly project- ed before the eyes invan obtuse spine; ‘antenné shorter than the rostrum, a small spine at their exterior base;.feet, anterior pair acutely spinous above and beneath, third joints of the remaining feet three-spined at tip, of which. the superior’one is very robust, elevated, obtuse, and half as long as the first: joint of the tibia; abdomen ODEN -earinated in the malé. ~~ > ~ Length one half, breadth one fourth oi an inch. T obtained but:a singl e specimen of this remarkable. species” (a male) in the bay of Charleston on a Gorgo- nia. It is sufficiently distinguished from the other spe-. cies of the genus by the very remarkable spine at the uP of the ages sti of the feet. | Genus PORCELLANA. at, > a ’ Thorax orbiculate- subquadrate; antenne, interiores with an elongated peduncle, exteriores elongated, setace- ous; external pedipalpi with the inner first joint dilated -within; feet ten, anterior pair didactyle, dilated, fifth pair pupae tail bilamellate each side. igs SPECIES. P. soriata*. Carpus and hand tuberculate before, tu- ’ bercles very obtuse, each composed of from four to nine granules; anterior part of the thorax deeply crenate, cre- ne inflected, in the two lateral ones are placed the EYER and antenne. | Inhabits the southern coast.’ Cabinet of the Academy.” Thorag naked, edges granulated, an anterior trans- x | a 1918.) | OF THE UNITED STATES. 459 . yerse line of about four very ‘obtuse. tabiepoless: clypeus with an. impressed line, edge three-toothed, of which the anterior. one is more acute, the lateral ones forming the inner. supercanthus. of the eyes; feeé. hairy, third: joint ’ unarmed, first joint of the tibia grooved above and with the second granulated; anterior, feet, third. joint slightly granulate at tip and on the anterior edge, the anterior con- dyle rather prominent; carpus destitute of hair, nearly as» large as the hand, with numerous granular tubercles on the upper side, anterior edge with a prominent tooth sub- equal to the condyle of the preceding joint and eranulat- ed; hands hirsute on the inferior. edge, elevated into an emarginate and granulated angle above, anterior side com- pressed and with granulated tubercles, which are some- what arranged in lines longitudinally, and with the car- pus beneath convex, smooth, and. white; fingers granu- lated before, granules of ‘the thumb arranged in about three lines, teeth small, regular, resembling the granules, and like them diminishing in size to the tip. Length of the thorax one-fifth of an inch. A number of specimens occurred, cast ashore on the beach of St. Catharine’s island, Georgia, in an alcyonium. NOTES. Heratus fasciatus, Latr., is not uncommon on the coasts of Georgia and Florida. It varies considerably in the arrangement and configuration of its spots. When young it is generally more or less fasciate with reddish, but in the adult specimen, these bands are interrupted into large spots, which are each diluted on the disk, and are 458 Oe : NOTES. | a [December, somewhat symmetrically disposed, Ina specimen brought from ‘Guadeloupe by Mr. L’Hermenier, the spots are mi- nutely divided, punctiform, and equally distributed; the abbreviated granular lines so conspicuous in the young specimen, become almost. obsolete in the adult state; the © colour of the spots or bands varies from | a purplish toa deep sanguineous." | As this species agrees very iprefl with the descrip. _ tion of Cancer epheliticus of the Amenitates Academica, vol. vi, p- 414, Ihave no doubt of its being the same. The figure which Rumphius has given, tab. 8, fig. 5, and. which is referred to by the author of the above mentioned. description, bears a general resemblance. to ‘the fasciatus. Cancer floridus of Linné, said to be an inhabitant of India, but which is, described as a native of North America, in the Encyclop. Methodique, is proba- bly also the same, as the description of that. lost species agrees very, well with our specimens of Fascia ts PorceLtana. galathina. We found ‘many spéci- mens on the coast of Georgia and Florida. badosts priptege, is very common on the south- ern coasts. y ; | “4 Maya spini-cincta, Lam.,a specimen was taken in Delaware bay several years ago, and is now in Peale’s Museume, % » 1318] A NEW GENUS OF SHELLS. 459 rik of a new genus of Fresh Wester’ Bivalve | Shells. By Thomas Say. ; Genus ALASMIDONTA. Shell transverse, equivalve; inequilateral, hinge with a primary tooth in each valve; cicatrices three. Animal resembling that of Unio? SPECIES. - A. Marginata. Sheil transversely oblong-suboval, white, covered with an olive brown epidermis, obsoletely radiate with green, numerous concentric wrinkles; wmbo with about three concentric undulations; ligament slope abruptly depressed, with numerous, obtuse, oblique ruge, decussating the-concentric ones, which are obsolete in that part; within bluish-white, margin white; cavity of the - umbo, not distinctly impressed by the external undula- tions; tooth compressed, oblique, nearly parallel with the posterior slope, and terminating abruptly behind. Length, exclusive of the umbo, one inch and a quar- ter, breadth two inches and a half. _ Cabinet of the Academy. The inner margin is of a chalky whitness, in this re- spect resembling Anadonta marginata. It was eommuni- cated to me by Mr. Isaac Lea, who found it in the Scioto river. ? Unio undulata of the first and second American: edi- tions of Nicholson’s Encyclopedia, is a species of this genus, but it is very distinct from’the marginata. This genus will be properly placed between Unio and. Anodonta, and in conjunction with Digsas of Leach, ites’ con 4 in the Mocatier of its” cicatrices, but * ” i Anodonta by its primary ‘tooth ; from ec 3 _ destitute of the lamelliform teeth; and from q , « : by the last mentioned character, as well oe a sence of a Beaty ‘tooth, al ‘is wa a a4 Ouse 43 i Rag —_— "TiS hein ge genus I formerly pro rO} ae & the above ‘mentioned Unio spiel q zm | a : 3 Monodonta; but as this tt has be Taub ie: 3 of Univalves, 1 have iccatite that 3 ‘. z “3 “ «i Reais of two new Species of L . ‘ 4 Te t » By Jacob — re | . Genus SALAM MA S yierinlina. Plate 18. fi Ee slight’ violaceous tinge, | ee . are more numerous on the’ sid é, ‘ : venter and. inferior portion of ‘ ; beneath the lower maxilla; éver ed with numerous, ‘ approxit rate what prominent. Tveth minute, ne ous. Tail’ very . slightly compressed, gradually and regularly attenuated, — 3 acute. Posterior feet fivest d, the j inner toe hardly pro. pen, anterior feet four- toed, the inner one small. ’ _ rr Total length three inches and four fifths; from th a “of the head to the sole the hind feet, “one. inch and ms [i G! a ae 8 a __ 7 Trees = é. ee Eee tae TS a oy hi a | 1818.) 2 Gainean LACERTS. ms 461 four fifths; from the hind feet to the tip of the tail, two inches; from the anterior feet to the tip of the head, thir- teen twentieths of an inch; ; between the feet, one inch and three twentieths. , Inhabits the southern states, Cabinet of the Academy. This species occurs not unfrequently, in small streams of water. I have not seen it so far north as Maryland. I am indebted for these specimens to the Florida Party, Genus SCINCUS. S. erythrocephalus. Plate 18. fig. 2, Body reddish © brown tinged with cupreous, beneath whitish; head red above, whitish beneath, wider at the base than the neck, and rapidly attenuated to the nose, which is obtuse, max- lary angles prominent each side, giving to the head a triangular appearance; inferior orbits of the eyes with © from twenty-five to thirty small granuliform scales; ears large; no bands, lines, or spots. | Length from the nose to the anterior origin of the © hind feet, four inches; from the ears to the tip of the nose, one inch and one tenth. Inhabits Maryland. Cabinet of the Academy, This scink is well known to the inhabitants of the southern states, but 1s unknown as an inhabitant of Pennsylvania. It is supposed to be venomous, and many tales are told of the effects of the venom of its bite. © It is generally cee by the inappropriate name On ‘red headed scorpion.”’ | The colour of the head, its width at the junction with the neck, and the stature of the whole animal, sufi- Vor. I, Pp ; fe 462 MINERALS IN THE [December, ciently distinguish this species from all hitherto descri- bed, unless we are to suppose that the remarkabie and striking characters of the head have been overlooked, - which seems very improbable. The general proportions of the body are very similar to those of the Scincus 5-lineata, though it is proper to observe, that the tail of the~only specimen I have seen ve had been accidentally broken off within a short distance of its origin. I am indebted to Mr. James Keech of Maryland, for this specimen, | Fig. 2. a. is an enlarged view of the eye, to exhibit the granuliform scales. , An Account of the Minerals at present known to exist in the vieinity of Philadelphia. .By Isaac Lea. ~ METALS. _ Blue Carbonate of Copper. Cuivre carbonate bleu. H. This mineral occurs in minute crystals, and in very small quantities, of a beautiful dark blue colour, at the mines on Perkiomen creek, about twenty-two miles north of the city. It is found in veins, with lead and zinc, in the old red sandstone formation. ies Carbonate of Copper. Cuivre carbonate vert. H. | Malachite. W.- er Occurs both radiated and botryoidal of an emerald green colour. Locality and geognosy same as the last species.. | te: beige. eis i818.) +VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA. 463 Red Oxide of Copper. Cuivre owidule. HL Ruby Cop- meer. W Beautiful capillary crystals, translucent and of a bright red colour, have been lately discovered by Messrs. J. Lukens and B. Say, at the same place with the two former specimens. 2 Copper Pyrites. Cuivre pyriteaux. H. Yellow Cop- per. Aiken. It occurs in amorphous masses, of a brass yellow co- . lour and often externally iridescent, at Perkiomen, and on Chester creek, near a saw mill, three miles west of Ches- ter, in Delaware county. At the latter place it exists in quartz, tigers with sulphuret of molybdena. Magnetic Sulphuret of Iron. Fer sulphure Serrifere. H This mineral occurs amorphous, in the hornblende rocks near the engine at Morris hill, and in small quae tities. Magnetic Oxide of Iron. Fer oxidule. H. Magnetic Iron Ore. W. We find this on the Schuylkill in small quantities, of _ a dark iron black, and. possessing a slight metallic ap- pearance. It is strongly attracted by the magnet. A va- riety, known by the name of octaedral iron, should be -mentioned here. It is crystallized im regular octaedrons- from one sixteenth to one half of an inch in diameter. Some of these crystals divided parallel to either face, and _ transposed or partly turned round, form macles of tri- angular formed tables, with their three sides bevelled, each ies / MINERALS IN THE ee end being replaced with two faces inclined towards each other. It occurs in large quantities in the talc rocks of Chestnuthill, immediately on the Wichicon creek, east- ern side, ten miles from the city. Sulphuret of Iron. Iron Pyrites: W. Fer sulphure. In our hornblende rocks we find this mineral, gene- rally disseminated, but sometimes in the form of cubes. ‘Jt occurs also, at the mine near Chester, and at Perkiomen lead mines, crystallized in various forms, and frequently tarnished so as to present the appearance of other me- tals. : ee. Brown Oxide of Iron. Hematite. W. Fer oxidé Hematite. H. - This species of iron ore is found at Upper Dublin, about fifteen miles north of the city. It frequently occurs in geodes, the interior sides of which are perfectly black, “and of a botryoidal, mammillary or corralloidal form: sometimes the cav ity contains sand. Its construction proves it to be concretion. Some specimens have alse been found on the Schuylkill. Scaly red O-vide of Iron. Red Iron Froth. W. Fer _oligiste luisant. H. At the lead mines on the Perkiomen we find fine spe- cimens of this mineral. It occurs there in scaly particles . of a nearly cherry red colour; soft to the touch, and soils. It is taken out of the vein with the lead,. generally m- crusting some other mineral. ee oS : ass aa e “he Da 1818.] VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 Foliated Iron Ore. oa The iron ore known by this name here, frequently occurs in quartz rocks, seldom thicker than the eighth of an inch, and appears to be a black oxide of iron. It is found at Chestnuthill and on the Wichicon. Jaspery Iron Ore. It occurs massive, in considerable quantities, in the road near Springmills. Its fracture is flat conchoidal, and colour brownish. Argillaceous Iron Ore. This species occurs in large quantities near Burling- ton. Its colour is yellowish brown, and earthy, being _ entirely loose. It is valued here highly as an ore, and carried to the lower part of the state, where other ores are. plenty. Bog Iron Ore. This species of ore is found abundantly in New- jersey, where it is wrought in considerable quantities. Hydrat of Iron. Blue Iron Earth. W. Fer Phos- phate. H. This mineral occurs crystallized and massive, and in considerable quantities, near Imleytown, N.J. The. crys- tals are translucent, and have a laminated and radiated appearance. Colour, dark blue. Before the blowpipe it becomes brownish, prior to its being heated to redness, but boils up when perfectly so, the bead presenting a metallic appearance, and is slightly magnetic. With A66 MINERALS IN THE [December, borax it forms a yellowish brown glass. It is frequently attached to organic remains. ‘he massive or earthy va- riety, is said to occur in pieces of thirty pounds weight at Allentown, N. J. When first exposed to the atmosphere, it presents a white appearance, but soon changes to a fine sky blue. It is affected by the blowpipe as the crystal- lized. Professor Cooper has lately proved this to be a hydrat, and not a phosphat of iron. Its solutions in nitric acid, do not precipitate the solutions of lead. Arsenical Iron. Arsenical Pyrites. W. Marcasite. Ke | Fer arsenical. H. A piece of this mineral of nearly two pounds weight, was given me by a person on Perkiomen, who informed me it was found in the neighbourhood. Colour, yellowish white, fracture uneven. When subjected to the blowpipe, the arsenic was volatilized in a white ha tet giving out a strong alliaceous odour. Chromate of Iron. Fer chromaté. H. This combination of chromic acid with iron, is found in the tale rocks of Chestnuthill, where it is generally accompanied with small fibres of asbestus. Colour, rather- darker than steel gray. Some of the more impure vari- _eties give a singular appearance ta the rocks thére.. They present dark spots from one quarter to three or four inches, — disseminated throughout. It is also found in a very pure state in steatite rock, on Lewis’s farm, near the West- chester road, about ten miles from the city, and near the. ‘Lancaster turnpike, about the same distance. From the two last localites it is used in the arts here, + 1818,] VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 Sulphuret of Lead. Galena. Aiken. Lead Glance. Ww. Plomb sulphure. A considerable quantity of this species of lead ore has lately been taken up, by Mr. Wetherill, at the mines. on Perkiomen. It occurs generally cubic, sometimes steel grained. A few specimens were found by Messrs. _ J. Lukens and B. Say, presenting a cube with the solid. angles truncated, forming a triangular facet. It occurs here, with barytes, quartz, phosphate, carbonate.and mo-- lybdate of lead, and red iron froth. ‘This vein is in the old red sandstone formation, and direction nearly north east and south west, forming a line with the mines near Newhope, Brunswick, and Schuyler’s copper mine. | Carbonate of Lead. White Lead Ore. W. Plomb car bonate. Hi. This mimeral is frequently found crevice the. last mentioned one, at the same place, generally crystal- lized in various forms, and presenting beautiful speci- mens. It is transparent, and more resinous than quartz... A substance which I believe to be the black carbo- nate of lead is also found at this mine. Sulphate of Lead. Natural Lead Vitriol. W. Plomb sulphate. H Lately this variety of lead has been found by Mr. Lukens, at Perkiomen, but not in any considerable quan- tities, and generally connected with quartz, or some of the salts of lead, It much resembles the carbonate in — translucency, but is distinguishable by its insolapalitly in nitric acid. 468 MINERALS INTHE —° [Decembéer, Molybdate of Lead. Yellow Lead Ore. W. Plomb . Molybdate, H. This beautiful salt of lead is found, though rarely, at Perkiomen. It occurs in small yellow waxy crystals, ge- nerally in the interstices of quartz, or connected with the other lead ores. It was first discovered by Mr. Z. Collins. : Phosphate of Lead. Brown and green Lead Ore. W. | Plomb Phosphate. Hi. ty Locality same as the other salts of lead, where it oc- ~ €uts in beautiful pale green coloured crystals, and incrus- tations. | Sulphuret of Zinc. Blende. W. Zine sulphurée. Hi. This. mineral occurs in considerable quantities, at the mines on Perkiomen creek, of the yellow, brown, and black, varieties, ‘generally massive, but sometimes crys- tallized. Its fracture has a strong resinite aspect. It is associated with barytes, and the vein is nearly six inches in thickness, Sulphuret of Molybdena. Molybdena. W. Molybdena sulphure, H. On Chester creek, three miles from the town of Chester, and about seventeen south of the city, this me- tal occurs in considerable quantities, in granite. The specimens from this place, exhibit the usual characters of _molybdena, being of a light lead grey, and bright metal- lic lustre, Its structure is lamellar, and it marks, with much softness, upon paper. It is said to occur here crys- 1818.] VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA. 469 tallized, but Ihave never witnessed it. Sulphuret of iron © and phosphat of lime accompany it. s Red Oxide of Titanium. Rutile. W. Titane oxide. H. In the granular limestone of London grove, Chestex county, particularly on the property of Mr. John Jackson, this mineral occurs crystallized in prisms, geniculated, im angular and broken pieces, and rolled. Colour, generally that of blood red to brown. | Silico calcareous Oxide of Titanium. Rutilite. W. Titane siliceo calcaire. H. Mr. Vanuxem and myself, about eighteen months since, discovered this species, imbedded in the horn- blende rocks of the quarry at the end of the canal road. Some specimens are finely crystallized in very low octa- edrons, nearly an inch over, with the obtuse angles trun- cated. Colour, a dull waxy yellow. Mr. S. Conrad had some years previous, observed it in small quantities, at the falls of Schuylkill. EARTHY MINERALS, Zircon. Zirkon. W. Zircon. H. This mineral exists in several places of our neigh- bourhood. It was first discovered at the falls of the De- laware at Trenton, about twenty yards above the eastern abutment of the bridge, in gneiss, by Mr. S. Conrad. Crystals, generally small four-sided prisms, of a dark brownish red, imbedded in pale blue quartz, and green- ish feldspar. Another locality of this mineral was disco- ‘ vered by Mr. Vanuxem and myself, about two years 470 MINERALS IN THE | | December, ' since, on the Brandywine, eastern side, about two miles beyond Westchester, on the opposite side of the creek, from James Jefferis’s farm. It is there found in pieces of blue quartz in the road. Mr. Lukens has also found it lately, about fifteen miles on the York road. Within a few weeks, Mr. A. E. Jessup has found it to occur on the Schuylkill, about ten miles from the city, in a rock simi-. “Tar to that of Trenton. | Pistazite. Epidote. H. Pistazite, both massive and crystallized, wes found by Mr. Vanuxem and myself, in a large piece of quartz, - about one fourth of a mile above the upper bridge on the Schuylkill, western side, and nearly one hundred yards. from the river. It did not appear to be exactly in place, as it was found on a pile of other stones. Colour, yel- lowish olive. Form hexaedral prism with diedral sum- mits, Zoizite. LEpidote. H. Zoizite occurs in the hornblende rocks of the quar- fry, end of canal road, in acicular crystals and fasiculated, sometimes associated with zeolite, and rutilite. Colour, grayish, and has a slight pearly lustre. Melanite. Mr. C. Wister is mentioned by Cleveland as having found this mineral, imbedded in gneiss, back of Ger- mantown, six miles from the city. Form,.a double dodecaedron with trapezoidal faces. Colour, velvet black. I do not believe this to be the melanite of European mi- neralogists, but a fine specimen of the common trapezoi- 1818.] VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA. ATY dal garnet. Werner says, melanite occurs in the newest fletz trap formation. Garnet. Grenat. H. Some beautiful specimens of the variety of garnet called pyrope, occur at Mr. Wilcox’s paper mill, about. one mile from Concord, Chester county. Colour, a fine’ dark red, and when polished makes a fine stone of © luxury. Common Garnet. Very large quantities of this variety, occur in the primitive formation of our vicinity, more particularly so in the mica slate on the Schuylkill. The best specimens, of the dodecaedron with chom- boidal faces, are found on the Wichicon creek, about nine miles from the city. The prismatic garnet is also found near the same place. ‘ | The dodecaedron, truncated on all its ‘edges, occurs on the eastern side of the same creek, on the top of a hill, about half a mile above its confluence with the Schuylkill. A very fine large specimen, now in posses- sion of Mr. S. Morton, measuring about five inches in diameter, was found in digging a well at Barrenhill meeting house, twelve miles from the city. The trapezoidal garnet, with twenty-four faces, oc- curs remarkably perfect, of a very deep red colour, in the mica shist, about one and a half miles above the falls of Schuylkill, where the lock is now forming. . Some of those taken to Paris by Mr. Vanuxem, are highly prized by Haiiy, as ero illustrating the theory of decre- ments, 472 » MINERALS INTHE (December, Manganesian Garnet. Grenat. Manganesié. Brogt. This mineral has lately been discovered by Mr. Jes- sup, one fourth of a mile west of the Ridge Road, and about nine miles from the city. Colour, brownish red. It has only been discovered massive. Staurotide. Staurolith. W. Staurotide. H. On the Wichicon, about eight miles from the city, a large, steep, and uncultivated hill, formed by almost per- pendicular gneiss rocks on its, eastern side, contains a large quantity of this mineral, in single crystals of a‘dark reddish brown colour, and resinite appearance. Form a hexagonal prism, terminated by diedral summits. It is associated here with dodecaedral garnets and small quanti- ties of cyanite. It was first observed here by Mr. Godon, Beryl. Edler Bertil. W. This mineral is found on Mr. C. Peale’s farm, near Germantown. Colour, yellowish green. I have lately found some specimens of it, in a quarry of gneiss belong- ing to judge Peters, about three hundred yards above the upper bridge, on the west side of Schuylkill. Colour of one part, yellowish, of another, green, and puts on more the appearance of emerald. Tourmalin. Schirl. W.. Tourmalin. Hi. " In most of the granite and gneiss rocks of our neigh- pourhood, we find tourmalin, generally crystallized in long prisms, singly and in bunches, sometimes, but rarely, terminated with three or more faces, and always. black. More particularly we find it, at: judge Peters’ quarry, and Sheridan’s quarry, near the upper bridge, as’ 1818.) ‘VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 well as on the opposite side of the Schuylkill. “The finest specimens have been found eight miles on Westchester road. Bs ae The brown tourmalin, has been found at London grove in carbonate of lime. Quartz. Berg Kristal. W. This mineral exists in large quantities, and in differ- ent forms around us. | Amethyst quartz, of a beautiful violet blue, and gra- dation to a light blossom colour, is found occasionally in Chester and Delaware counties. Blue quartz, amorphous, is found on the Brandywine, two miles west of Westchester, and contains zircon. Smoky quartz, is found finely cry a eety on the Brandywine, in Chester county. Limpid quartz, occurs in large quantities, crystal~/ lized, generally aggregated, showing only their pyramids, at Perkiomen and Norristown. | Quartz arenaceous, we have in large quantities on the shores of our rivers, and in the sand and gravel hills west of the city. Hornstone. Hornstein. W. Quartz agathe grossier. H. This mineral occurs in the gravel hills near the Schuylkill, in small pieces and of a fine texture. On the Easton road, about ten miles and a half from the city, it” occurs in large quantities, in place, of a grayish white colour, massive and of a dull splintery fracture. On the road to Springmills, about two hundred yards beyond Barrenhill meeting house, immediately at the cross roads, is found a rock much resembling coarse hornstone. ATA MINERALS IN THE. PDecemben Where it has been exposed to the atmosphere, it sepa- rates generally into four-sided prisms, with two acute and two obtuse angles, of an inch or two in diameter and five or six long, the ends are proken at right angles with ‘the prism. Flint. Quartz agathe pyromaque. H. Luerstein. W. We find this mineral only in rolled pieces in this vi- cinity. It exists in the gravel hills near the Schuylkill, and is also found on the shores of the Delaware, of a black colour, containing the-remains’ of a small zoophyte of a globose appearance. Found near the Delaware above Bristol, Puteeaies terebratula. Chalcedony. Quartz agathe chatoyant. H. Malzeden. W. Many beautiful specimens of chalcedony, were found by Mr. Vanuxem and myself, on the Westchester read, between the sixteenth and seventeenth milestones. It is associated with quartz in decomposed serpentine. Colour, bluish milky white, covered with rich, yellow, drusy, quartz crystals. It sometimes contains arborizations, of a hair brown colour, supposed to be conferve. Mr. Con- rad has also found it between Springfield and Concord. Basanite. Lydian Stone. W. This variety of silecious slate, is found. in rolled pie- ces at the falls of the Delaware at Trenton, of a dark blu- _ish black colour. It evidently has been brought by the water, from the grawacke and transition limestone forma- tion, in the neighbourhood of Easton, about fifty miles above. . 7 igi8.} | VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA. ATS Argillite. Argile schisteuse tabulaire. H. . | Clay slate occurs on the Norristown road, about six- teen miles from the city, of a bluish gray colour. It does not appear to be sufficiently perfect there, to be made use of. Sie Zeoth. We. . Suibites H. In the hornblende quarry, at the end of the canal road, — about four miles from the city, this mineral occurs radi- ated and incrusting the rocks, of a white colour. It is also found there in crystals, though not very perfect. Jasper. Quartz Jaspe rouge. H. Jasper of various colours and fine texture, is found in angular and broken pieces, on the shores of the Delaware and Schuylkill, some of which have chalcedonic veins through them. It occurs in place of a rough yellow co- lour, about one mile on this side of Springmills, immedi- ately in the road, in considerable blocks, and contains a small portion of chalcedony and drusy quartz. Feldspar. Feldspath. H. W. _ The granite and gneiss rocks of our neighbourhood are, ina ereat measure, composed of this mineral. A few fine specimens, well crystallized, were found by Mr. Va- nuxem and myself, at judge Peters’s quarry, about one quarter of a mile above the upper bridge, in ten-sided prisms, with diedral summits, and one specimen hemi- trope. About a mile up the canal road, on the eastern side, is found a beautiful white variety, associated with _ erystallized mica and phosphate of lime. * ct, 3 w 476 MINERALS tN THE (December, ‘Yi ry ee Aiditaria’ This variety of Feldspar, occurs in the hornblende rocks, of the quarry, end of canal road. Some specimens are distinctly crystallized. _ Desintegrated Feldspar. Kaolin. Feldspar in a state of decomposition exists on the ca- nal road, and on Mill creek, near the Baltimore turnpike, and in large quantities about three miles west of Chester, near the creek. ‘a Clay. Nature has abundantly supplied us with this sub- ‘stance, so useful to the manufacturers of porcelain. ‘The numerous kilns for the burning of bricks, sufficiently point out the situation where it is most plentiful. A more pure variety of clay, is found on the Delaware below Borden- town, and thence to Newcastle. I sarge quantities are taken in waggons to Pittsburg, a distance of more than three hundred miles, used by glass blowers, for making ' pots. Variegated clay is also found near Bordentown. Mica. Gkmmer. W. -This occurs exceedingly abundant in the primitive — formation of our neighbourhood. We find it in hexae- dral prisms and tabulated, on the Schuylkill, near Ger- mantown, and on the Wilmington road near the Wood- lands, where I have found hexaedral crystals of black mica, circumscribed by those of a light brown, forming curious specimens. The largest plates I have seen, of this. vicinity, were found by Mr. Vanuxem and myself about jul a “ SY. ell mm is : ad Wee 9% oe ue * Pty ‘ 4 BIB Pua? “VICINITY OF PHIL ADELPHIA. : 477 fifty yards east of the canal road, just beyond the house of Mr.. Caspar Morris. ‘The plates are six inches ‘over; and ‘ the hexagonal form of crystallixation is beautifully illus- . trated by the. arrangement of lines, of a dark metallic co- louring matter, either iron or manganese. Green mica is found at Chesnuthill, near the Wichicon, where i it is pro- bably coloured. by. chrome; also near Chester. Mica very largely enters into the composition of our granite, guint and mica slate rocks. * Chlorite. Tale Chlorite. Hi. ‘Chlorit. Ww. “Chiotite of a dark green ‘colour, and in filic sicitlihea: is found with quartz at W illowgrove; and laminated, near the soapstone quarry on the east side of Schuylkill. wa Dr. Seybert says, near the Warwick 3 iron works in Ches- ter county, and in Montgomery county near the Schuyl- kill, but | regard the latter rather as a tale rock. Hornblende. Gemeiner Hornblend. W.. Amphibole. H. Large-masses of hornblende rock exist on the Schuy!- kill, about two hundred yards above the engine house; and about two miles again above that. It is pretty well crystallized, ina bladed and acicular form, on the canal road. Lithomarge. Steinmark.. W. Argile Lithomarge. H. Cleaveland says, that this mineral occurs in Monte gomery county, .b does not particularize the spot. i Steatite. Speckstein. W. Tale Steatite. H. Steatite is found in considerable quantities, about ten mnjles up the Schuylkill; where, with, the connection o Vor. hk Q¢ 3 a a 478 _» ) MINERALS IN THE .- [Deceniber, talc, it forms the RuApStone rock, which is much used 1 in the ouy) ae Serpertitie. Gemeiner Bar pek ti We: “Roche Serpen tineuse. H. Near Westchester this mineral occurs very bnakg dantly, and is used for common building stone. Colour, from light to dark grecn, it also occurs in Montgomery gounty. st a # . i Tale. Gemeiner Tale. W. Tale hewagonal et lami. _ naire. He : ale forms a considerable aciinn of the rocks known % by the name of soapstone, on the Schuylkill, about ten. miles. It does not occur here crystallized, but laminated and compact, ofa greenish gray colour. Some specimens from this quarry, are of arich green colour, semitranspa- rent, and generally connected with bitter spar, or the magnesian rhomboidal carbonate of lime, é Ashestus. Asbeste. Fy Asbest. WwW. Fibrous asbestus is found in the serpentine rocks about one mile north of Westchester, and in many other places in Chester and Montgomery counties. It occurs also in very delicate fibres on quartz crystallized, im, the hornblende quarry, end of canal road. et | 2 pales SS ‘Mountain Cork. Bergkork. W.- Micivs tressé. H. It occurs at London grove, on the property of John Jackson, in granular white limestone. It is white, and when. the : REKS are col erably thicker than ORS. spongy. (818 > VICINITY°OF PHILADELPHIA. - | 479” Cyanite, Kyanit. W. Disthéne. H. Sappare. Sau. This very beautiful and interesting mineral, occurs crystallized in the gneiss rocks on Springfield road, about two huadred yards from Darby bridge. Colour varies from a very light to a dark Prussian blue. It is generally darkest in a longitudinal line along the middle of the. = crystal, which is for the most part an elongated table. - At the eleventh mile stone on the Wilmington road, it is found more abundant, but less pure; crystals generally de- tached and almost black. On the road to the Lazaretto it occurs blue; also about eight miles up the Schuylkill. On the Wichicon, about four miles from its mouth, associ- ated with staurotide and garnets, in micaceous schistus; but in small quantities.. It was first observed by Mr. S,_ Elliot in this vicinity. Actynolite. Variety of Amphibole. H. . Strahistem. W. _ On the Wichicon, about ten miles from the city, op- posite a tolarge mill, halfa mile below the bridge, acty- -nolite is found in acicular crystals, of a green colour, imbedded in soapstone rock. Mr. Conrad found it in large masses at Concord, Chester county. Tremolite.. Tremolith., W. Variety of Amphibole. H. I have seén this but in one place in the neighbour- hood of this city, viz. at London grove. It here exists in considerable quantities, in the limestone quarties of Mr. John Jackson, both bladed and fibrous, of a beautiful white... In someinstances the fibres are so minute, as to render it almost compact. 480 (MINERALS IN THE > [Decewtber, Carbonate of Lime. Chaux Carbonatée. Hi. Falk. “ogtein. W. The limestone of our vicinity does not present much variety. It exists in distinet rhombic crystais at London grove, and i in White’s soaps‘one quarry with talc, afford- iny fine specimens. Granular limestone occurs in large quantities, about twelve miles on the Reading, road, beautifully white, and is much used for the embellish. ment of the buildings of the city. This variety exists also at London grove, and on the western side of Schuyl- kill about twelve miles, of a fine: black, and clouded. Compact limestone occurs in very large quantities, from a north toa south west direction, at. the distance of ten to ny, miles. Marle.. Argile calearifere. H. Mergel. W. In Newjersey we have two varieties of marl. Indurated gray marl, with small shining specks, oc- curs at Crosw ick” $, bear Bordentown, and contains or- ganic remains. Earthy marl occurs in many places, and in great quan-. tities, indifferent parts of Newjersey, more particularly a’ Woodbury and at Haddoniield, ten miles fr om the city. At Burlington; Allentown, and Emleytown, various or. ganic remains are found imbedded in it. Phosphate of Lime. Spargelstein. W.-~ Chausx phos- phate e, Hi. : ‘Phe crystallized variety of this mineral; is tigi i most or the granite rocks about us, particularly on th canal faod and near Hamiltonville. ». e183.) VICINITY OF PHILADELPHIA. — 481 ~The massive’ variety was found’ by Mr. Vanuxem- arid myself, on the Balpncke turnpike, one mile from the bridge. . Fluate of Lime: Chaux fluatée. H. Fluor Spar. WwW. Mr. Vanuxem proved a mineral to be fluate of lime, which was given him by Mr. Hagner, about two years: since, from the quarry of gneiss at the falls 6 ’ Schuylkill. halons violet blue. No determinate crystallization. sive of Barytes. Baryte. W.. Baryte sul. phatie. H. This mineral. is found in sandachaute quantities at the lead mines at Perkiomen, both compact, and crystal- lized in a crested form, of a white colour, sometimes tar- nished by iron either yellow or black, forming fine spe- cimens. It is associated with lead, quartz and iron. About three miles west of Newhope, it occurs in con- siderable quantities, Compact and crystallized, in the old red sandstone formation, with a smail quantity of copper. a COMBUSTIBLES. Aniber: Bi sth i: Amber has been found in small. quantities at Cros-. wicks creek, about one mile from Bordentown; and on ithe Delaware, at Whitehill; in both places with pyrites and carbonised. wood. Cleveland says, it also occurs near Woodbury, in large plates in a bed of marl; and at Cam. den, opposite the city, where a large peice had been found in a stratum of gravel. | pate 482 THREE NEW SPECIES © [ December, Bituminous Wood. This substance is sometimes found in the’ marl of Newjersey. Some specimens have been brought from Woodbury, black, and. of a perfeculy ligneous texture. It burns rapidly, and gives out a strong, disagreeable smell. It occurs also at Croswicks creek. | cd I beg leave to add, that théte are several minerals found lately in this vicinity, the characters of which are not sufficiently determined to. be admitted into this paper. Beiavibtion of three new Species of the Genus Nesa. By Thomas Say. { The following portion of the Account of the Crustacea of the United States, was mislaid, so that it could not appear in its proper — place; it ought to have succeeded the genus Spheeronia, in the pa- per alluded to.] Genus NJESA, Leach. Tail, ultimate segment largest, furnished on each side with a-simple, pedunculated, subrectilinear, appendice; antenné subequal, from ‘twelve totwenty-jointed, | superi- ores with an ample biarticulated peduncle, the basal joint : larger; space between the antenne obvious, but not am- ple, base not concealed by the clypeus; zaz/s bifid. - SPECIES. 1. N. caudata®, Ultimate segment of the tail, tuber- 1s18.p OF THE GENUS N&SA.! 483. culated and with a profound sinus at tip; first caudal seginent conspicuous. Ten RE Peer ae : $5! Inhabits Eggharbour. | ) Cabinet of the Academy. Se a a dd Body oblong-oval, semicylindrical, a little a atten: before, segments equal, first one longer, nearly equal to’ the head; first segment of the taz/ equal to those of the: body, with three distant tubercles above, terminal seg- ment as long as the four preceding ones conjunctly, de- pressed near the tip, and marked. by a deep sinus, within which are two or four small teeth, and above its base a - larger vertical one, base of the,segment with three dis. tant tubercles, the lateral ones double; lateral processes spiniform, a little incurved, surpassing the tip of the seg- ment; eyes longitudinally oval, convex, prominent; ante. rior feet simple, resembling the others; colour fuscous. Length rather more than one fourth of an inch. : Fouad on the sea beach, in small pools of water left by the recess of the tide. — 2. N. depressa*. Body broad, depressed, linear; first caudal segment concealed, second perennanea's anterior feet. monodactyle. Inhabits Legharbour. Cabinet of the Academy. Body broad, depressed, punctured, sides parailel; segments subequal, anterior ones rather shorter; first segment of the tail not visible, second equal, as long as the three preceding visible ones, attenvated to an obtuse point, which is carinated above and attained by the late- ral, spiniform, acute processes, beneath concave, effuse at tip, eyes apparently lunated, but really rounded, with’ > 84 THREE NEW SPECIES ee [ Decenwber, listant granules, and touching the anterior. segment of the vody; hands of the anterior feet dilated, ovate, thumb as ong as the palm, nearly attaining the carpus; tip, closin; 1 vithia a prominent, spinose tooth, on the base of the palin; sands of the second pair cylindric, incurved, with a pro- cess dentate at tip, and placed at the inner base, armed with an equal incurved thumb not closing on the hand, obtuse, and furnished with a seta at tip; remaining feet ciliated. Length half an: inch, biceadth: rather. more than one “fifth. of an inch. Found with the piecediog species, common. _ 8. N: ovalis*, Botly oval, depressed; ultimate: see’ ment of the tail obtuse, with three hardly raised very ob-- tuse lines. at base; lateral appemsiees dilated, three cay segments 3 ¢ Inhabits bays and inlets of the United States; com- mon. | : Cabinet of the Academy. Body perfectly oval, seements siheendl; fourth, fifth, and sixth largest, first segment of the tail equal to the oreceding one, simple; terminal segment triangular, ob- + tusely rounded at tip, rectilinear eachside, half as long. as the body, with three longitudinal, abbreviated, raised, vcry obiuse. lines at base, of which the. middle one is most conspicuons; lateral _ processes ‘dilated, depressed, ectilinear. within and rounded on the: external margin, so as to form with the terminal segment a perfectly ‘semi- orbicular termination of the body, W ithout interval; head somewhat unequal; eyes conspicuous, hemispherical; antenne equal; labrum triangular, advanced, very con-— 1818.) REMARKS. . 485 spicuous, terminating the head before and forming with * the base of the superior antenne behind it, a rounded » ~ termination without interval, completing the oval form of the body; fee¢ all armed with bifid nails, none of which close on the preceding joint. Length less than three twentieths of an inch. This little animal is extremely common in sea water, usually creeping on fuci and other marine plants; we found it as far south as St. John’s river in Florida. SE > Gree: REMARKS BY THE PUBLISHING COMMITTEE. In concluding the present volume, the publishing committee consider it a duty which they owe to the readers of the Journal and to themselves, to state, that — when the paper of‘Mr. Rafinesque was admitted into the preceding pages, they were not informed that a portion of it had already appeared in a contemporary journal, otherwise, agreeably to the plan upon which the work has been conducted, that paper, or at least the exception- able portion of it, would have been rejected; this proce- dure would have been indispensable for the interest of science, as one of the species described, had been previ- ously published, by Mr. Rafinesque, under a different specific name, and no direct reference is given by which its identity might be detected; it is therefore proper to state, that Exogiossum Lesurianum of this Journal is Vou. I. Rr 486 - REMARKS. [December bs = absolutely synonymous with Excoglossum vittatum of | professor Siliman’s journal. | It is necessary further to observe, that the society ex- _ plicitly disavows any responsibility for the contents of the papers which are published, such responsibility resting vrei with the authors. ALPHABETICAL INDEX, ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL. A. Actinia annulata, bicolor, crucifera, denticulosa, flava, flosculifera, granulifera, hyalina, marginata, olivacea, osculifera, rapiformis, solifera, tricolor, ultramarina, Alasmidonta marginata, Alpheus heterochelis, minus, Amphicarpa monoica, Amphithoe dentata, punctata, serrata, Ancylus rivularis, Anguilla oceanica, Arcyphyllum difforme, erectum, reniformis, 172 171 175 174 170 174 173 170 172 152 175 17] 173 171 169 459 243 245 373 383 383 382 125 407 372 372 | 372 sim plicifolium,37 1 Armadillo pilularis, A34 Asellus communis, A27 lineatus, 428 Astacus affinis, 168, 443 Bartonii, 167, 443 marinus, 165 Astrea dichotoma, ; 3980 B. Binoculus caudatus, 437 C. Callianassa major, 238 Caprella equilibra, 391 geometrica, 390 Cancer aculeatus, 449 granulatus, 61 irroratusy, 59 limosa, 446 mercenaria, 448 Panope, 58 Caryophyllia solitaria, -179 Catostemos aureolus, 95 Bostoniensis, 106 commuDis, 95 Cyprinus, oy gt Duquesnii 105 elongatus, 103 gibbosus, 92 a ee # INDEX. Catostomos Hudsonius, 107 | Daphnia rotundata, longirostrum, 102 Diastylis arenarius, macrolepidotus, 94 | Diopsis brevicornis, maculatus, 103 nigricans, 102 E. oblongus, ‘108 | Eriogonum flavum, sucetta, . 109 parviflorum, Levesyar 4 108 tomentosum, | tuberculatus, 93} Esox estor, he vittatus, 104 niger, Cecidomyia destructor, 45 phaleratus Ceraphron destructor, 47 neHiowlatan: See alae $2 Exoglosum amulatum, yon ag it Lesurianum, formosa, 19 J a oe hirticollis, 20 fe : pusilla, 21 FE Clupea elongata, 234 ‘ ; fasciata, 933 Fasciola nigra, -Collinsia verna, 190 Firola Cuviera, Coregonus albus, 232 E Gekality Artedi, 231 Frederica, Corticifera flava, 179 pibhieaa, _ glareola, 178 ateuibey Crangon septemspinosus, 246]. _.. Peronia, Crypta minima, 117 Firoloida aculeata, Cyamus abbreviatus, 393 Blainvilliana, Cyclops naviculus, 441 Desmarestia, Cyclostoma lapidaria, 13 tricarinata, 13 ae Cymothoa immersa, 399 | Gadus albidus, | impressa, 397 compressus, lanceolata, _ 897 maculosus, oculata, 39g | Gammarus appendiculatus, ovalis, 394 fasciatus, pregustator, 395 minus, ; Cyprinus maxillingua, 85 mucronatus, Cythere bifasciata, 439 | Garrulus coerulescens, — , 45 Gebia affinis, = % (oe Glycine angulosa, Daphnia angulata, 440 apios, — 440 409 377 374 376 376 346. 241 325 525 INDEX. Glycine helvola, 326 | Lupa maculata, AAS peduncularis, 326 pelagica, 97,444 -umbellata, 326 | Lymnza columnella, 14 Gracula barita, 254 quiscala, 253 M. Grapsus cinereus, 99, 442 | Maclurite bicarinata, 312 magna, 312 H. Maja spini-cincta, 458 Helix hirsuta, 17 | Mammuillifera auricula, 178 labyrinthica, 124 nymph way 178 lineata, 18 | Meandrina labyrinthica, | 180 minuta,— 123 | Megalops Cepediana, 361 perspectiva, 18 notata, 361 thyroidus, 123 oglina, 359 Hemianthus micranthemoides, Monolepis inermis, 157 | 119 spinitarsus, 158 Hepatus fasciatus, 457 | Murena argentea, 82 Hiodon clodalus, 367 | Bostoniensis, 8i tergisus, 366 macrocephala, 82 Hippa talpoida, 160, 444 rostrata, : 81 Hydrargira diaphana, 130 serpentina, 81. multifasciata, 151 nigrofasciata, 1338 N. GrnatA; 131) Neesa caudata, 482 depressa, é 483 ¥ ovalis, 484 Idotea cozca, 424) Nemognatha immaculata, 22 triloba, A425 0. x: ; Lacerta quinquelineata,348, 405 Ocypode aes gk 6% hyacinthina, 349, 405 pugiator, (1, a5 Sactad. 349, 406 reticulatus, 73, 442 Lanceola pelagica, 318 Olygyra orbiculata, ags Lepidactylis dytiscus, 380 } Oniscus affinis, 430 Leptopodia calcarata, AA’ Osmerus viridescens, 230. Leucosia punctata, 458 | Ovis montana, $ Libinia canaliculata, 77 Limosella tenuifolia, 115 P. Limulus Polyphemus, AS3 | Pandarus sinnuatus, 436 Lissa fissirostra, 79 | Pagurus longicarpus, | 163 Lupa hastata, 65, 443 pollicaris, 162 “e : ne « ke a ; ee? a : ¢ 4 ps , a 4 T a ° ian ee , vi ‘afr J ne a a > & rr ue hh gull + na, mee © eee a’? 490 Palzmon tenuicornis, 249 vulgaris, 248 _Paludina iimosa, (125 wg Penzus fluviatilis, 236 Phaseolus machrostachyus, 324 perennis, 324 Philoscia spinosa, 429 Vittata, 429 Pinnotheres Byssomie, 451 cylindricum, 452 _ depressum, 68 -maculatum, © 450 monodactylum, 454 ostreum, 67 Plagusia depressa, 100 Planorbis glabratus, 280 Platirostra edentuia, 228 Podocerus cylindricus, 387 Polygyra auriculata,. 227 | avara, 227 septemvolva, 278 Polyphemus gians, 282 Pomoxis annularis, A417 Porcellana galathina, 458 - soriata, 456 Percellio nigra, . 432 spinicornis, 431 Portunus pictus, 62 Proteus Neo: Cesariensis, 358, 4C6 Raja Maclura, 41 quadriloba, 44, Say, | 42 , Ss. Salamandra bislineata, ' 352 cinerea, 356 erythronota, 356 fasciata, 350 a 4 he (i at Salamandra fusca, - glutinosa, longicauda, maculata, nigra, rubriventris, 353, sinciput-albida, subfusea, variolata, Salmo amethystinus, Sarchirus vittatus, Scincus erythrocephalus, Somniosus brevipennis, Spheroma quadridentata, Squalus littoralis, Squatina Dumeril Squilla Empusa, Stenosoma filiformis, irrorata, Succinea campestris, ovalis, a Talitrus grillus, longicornis, Tantalus Mexicanus, Testudo geometrica, Thyrsanthus frutescens, Tillza simplex, “ Uv. Unciola irrorata, ie v Zoanthus dubia, sociata, Solandri, Zonitis bilineata, 423, 557 357 351 350 352 406 352 351 460 410 419 461 222 400 224 225 250 424 444, 281 15 386 384 53 86 371 114 389 177 176 177 22 CATALOGUE THE LIBRARY ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. Continued from part i, page 211. 151. Atsertini (J. B.) et Schweinitz (S. D.), Conspectus Fungo- rum in Lusatiz superioris agro, Niskiensi crescentium, &c. Lipsiz, 1805, 8vo. 152. Barton (Wm. P. C.) Bin nenaiiis? Flore Philadelphice. Phi- ladelphia, 1818, 2 vols. 12mo. 153, A Biographical Sketch of eres Bar- ton, kc. Philadelphia, 1816, 8vo. - 154. Bicheno (J. E.) An Inquiry into the Nature of Benevolence. London, 1817, 8vo. 155. Blainville (H. De) Prodrome d’une Hiiaeclie distribution 7% tematique du regne animal. Paris, 4to. 156. Article Concholiogie (Nouveau Diction-— aire de l’Histoire Naturelle), Paris, 8vo. 157. Article Mammiferes. Paris, Bv0. 158. Article Mammiferes. Paris, 8vo. 159. Bloch (M. E.) Systema Ichthyologiz. Berolini, 1801, 2 vols. ~ 8vo. 160, Born (J.) Testacea Musci Czsarii Vindobonensis &c. Vindo- bone. 1780, fol. 161. Brown (T.) The Elements of Conchology, or Natural His. tory of Sheiis, &c. London, 1816, 8vo. 162. Collini(M.) Journal d’ un voyage qui contient diferentes observations mineralogiques, &c. Manheim, 1776, 8vo. | 163. Commeiin (C.) Flora Malabarice Catalogus. teow Bata- yorum, 1746, folio. he 4904s CATALOGUE. / 164. Church (J.) A Cabinet of Quadrupeds. London, 4to. 165. Cooper (T.) A Discourse on the connexion between Chemis- try and Medicine, delivered in the University of Pennsylva- nia, November 1818. Philadelphia, 1818, 8vo. 166. Cuvier (G.) Legons G Anatomie comparée. Paris, 5 tomes, 1805, 8vo. 167, Essai sur rs Geographie Mineralogique des envi- rons de Paris. Paris, 1811, 4to. 168. D’Azara (F.) Essais sur l’histoire naturelle des Quadru- pedes de la prone gy du Paraguay. Paris, 2 tomes, 1801, 8yvo. 169. De Beauvois (A. M. T. J. P.) Flore d’Oware et de Benin en Afrique. Paris, 13 nos. 1805—10, folio. 170. Forster (T.) Observations on the Phenomena of Insanity. London, 1817, 8vo. ) | 171, Observations on the casual and periodical Influ- ence of particular States of the Atmosphere on the human Health and Diseases, particularly Insanity. London, 1817, 8vo. two copies. 172, Observations on the Natural History of the Swal- low Tribe. London, 1817, 8vo. six copies. 173. Observations on the Brumal Retreat of the Swal- low. London, 5th ed. 1817, 8vo. six copies. 174, Sketch of the new Anatomy and Physiology of the Brain and Nervous System of Drs. Gall and ‘Spurzheim. London, 1815, 8vo. 175. A synoptical Catalogue of British Birds, &c. | - London, 1817, 8vo. two copies. 176. Hauy (M.) Comparaison des formes cristallines de la Stron- tian carbonatée, aux celles de 1’ Arragonite. Paris, 4to. — Sur l’usage des caracteres physiques des Mine- -raux pour la distinction des Pierres precieuses, qui out eté taillies. Paris, 4to. i i78. Heritier (C. L.) Geraniologia, seu Erodie, Pelargonii Gera- nii Monsonice et Grielli historia. Paris, 1787—88, fol. 179. Holmskiold (T.) Beata ruris otia, Fungis Danicis, Folio. f 177. é CATALOGUE, _ A93 180. Hosack (David) A System of Practical Nosology, &c. New- york, 1818, 8vo. 181. and Francis (J.W.) American Medical and Philosophical Register. Newyork, 4 vols. 1814, 8vo. 182. Knorr (G. G.) Les delices des yeux, et de l’esprit, 4 la re- presentation ok aie? des Coquilles, &c. Nuremberg, 1757, 4to. 183. Lamarck (M.) Histoire naturelle des animaux sans verter- bres. Paris, 4 tomes, 1815—17, 8vo. 184, — The same. Paris, 5 tomes; 1815—18, 185, Leach (W. E.) Observations on the Genus Ocyttoe of Ra- finesque, with a Description of a new Species. London, 1817, 4to. * it 186. Leuwenhoeck (A. von) Arcana Naturg Delphis Batavorum, 187. Lightfoot J.) Flora Scotica. London, 2 vols. 1778, 8vo. 188. Lucas (J. A. Hl.) Tableau methodique des especes minerales, Paris, 2 tomes, 1806, 8vo. 189. Meade:(Wm.) A chemical Analysis of the Waters of New- lebanon, in the State of Newyork. Burlington, N. J. 1818, 8vo. . 190. Mott (V.) The Newyork Medical Magazine for January 1814. Newyork, 1814, 8vo.. 192. —— Reflections on securing in a Ligature the Arteria Innominatae Newyork, 1818, 8vo. 193, Nuttall (T.) The Genera of North American Plants, and Ca- talogue of the Species to the year 1817. Philadelphia, 1818, 2 vols. 12mo. 194, Oeder (G. C.) Icones Plantarum sive Flora Danica. Hayniz, 9 vols. 1764, 1806, folio. 195. Rafinesque (C. S.) Precis des decouvertes, Somiologiques ou Zoologiques et Botaniques, kc. Palerme, 1814, 12mo, 196, -- Florula Ludoviciana. Newyork, 1817, 12mo. | 197. Rush (B.) An Oration delivered before the American Philo- sophical Society, held in Philadelphia, February 25th, 1786, Philadelphia, 1786, 4to. Von. I. Ss & 900. 209. CATALOGUE. . Rees (A.) New Cyclopedia, from vol, xxxv to xl. Philadel- phia, 410. . Sowerby (J.) Anew Elucidation of Colours, original, pris- matic and material, showing their concordance in three pri- mitives, kc. London, 1809, 4to. Spurzheim (J. G.) Examination of the Objections made in Britain against the Doctrines of Gall and Spurzheim. Edin- burgh, 1817, 8vo. . Schaeffer (D. J.C.) Icones Insectorum Ratisboniensium, &c. Erlange, 3 vols, 1804, 4to. . Sherard (J.) Hortus Elthamensis, plantarum rariorum Lebnes: Lugdini, Batavorum, 1764, folio. . Smith (J. E.) Flora Britannica. Londini, 1800, 3 vols. 8vo. . Thunberg (C. P.) Icones Plantarum Japonicarum. Upsalia,— 1794, folio. . Tondi (M.) Tableau synoptique d’oreognosie. Paris, 1811, 8vo. . Van Rheede (H.) Hortus Indicus Malabaricus, &c. 12 vols. Amstelodami, 1678—1703, folio. . Williamos (C.) The Art of manufacturing alkaline Salts and Potashes. 12mo. . Transactions of the Physico Medical Society of Newyork. Newyork, 1817, 8vo. Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, held at Philadelphia. Vol. I. new series. Philadelphia, 1818, 4to. . Transactions of the Society for the Promotion of Useful Arts in the state of Newyork. Vol. iv: part 1. Albany, 1816, 8vo. . Journal de Physique. 17 nos. Paris, 4to. . Annajes des Mines. Tome 1. Paris, 8vo. 113. 114. . Hortus Jamaicensis. No. 14. September 1811. St. Jago de Journal des Mines. — nos. Paris, 8vo, Journal des Mines. No. 133. Paris, 8vo. “la Vega, 4to. . Result.of Astronomical Observations made in the interior parts of North America. London, i794, 4to. Histoire Naturelle eclaircie dans deux de ses parties princi- pales. La Lithologie et la Concholiogie. Paris, 1742, 4to. a ee ee a em CATALOGUE. i 495 218, Histoire naturelle eclaircie dans une de ses parties principales L’Oryctologie. Paris, 1755, 4to. 219, Descriptive Catalogue of the Apparatus and Instruments ; employed in Chemistry and Analytical Mineralogy, manu- factured and sold by “Accum and Garden. London, 1812, y 12mo. 920. Catalogue of the Medical Library belonging to the Pennsyl- vania Hospital. Philadelphia, 1806—18, 8vo. 21. Notice sur l’histoire geognostique du Cotentin. ’ ” Z , é ih. P ° Z | 8. , - ry. ee “4 e m ; wm ~ “alee er ao 4 g4 ~ ei: ~~ me a 2 ¥ % ane 2 » - woe .. + @ * x « red ~ lt ' ¥ *. ll * ™ , Boke “ar ae : . *. - * 2 on ¥ * * 7 o + or) " 7a 3 # ma jie » wil ee 2 seh ALS Be, Spe PETE ap pia es Re ' W. E. Leach, M. D. England, 185. LIST OF DONORS TO THE LIBRARY gees OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, With references to the numbers affixed in the foregoing catalogue to the books presented by them respectively. American Philosophical Society, 209. Society for the Promotion of Useful Arts in the State of Newyork, 210. Director General of the Mintet in France, 212. Conseil des Mines, France, 213. Managers City Hospital, 220. J. Sowerby, London, 199. Thomas Forster, England, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 200, J. A. H. Lucas, Paris, 188, 205. J. E. Bicheno, England, 154. M. De Blainville, Paris, 155, 156, 157, 158. Messrs. Cuvier and Brogniart, 167. | hee His excellency M. Correa de Serra, 169. ' Zaccheus Collins, 162. RY lee " Mr. Warden, Paris, 176, 177. . mig it L. Vanuxem, 168, 186. Wm. Maclure, 151, 159, 160, 163, 164, 178, 179, 182, 184, 194, 208, 202, 204, 206, 211, 217, 218. + ‘al. Mott, M. D. Newyork, 190, 192, 208, e RE. Griffith, jun. 153, 197, 270, 216, > 498 LIST OF DONORS. Wm. Meade, M. D. 189. David Hosack, M. D. Newyork, 180,181. Thomas Nuttall, 193. Edward Barton, M. D. 161, 166, 183, 187, ‘ Wm. P.-C. Barton, M. D. 152. : C.S. Rafinesque, 195, 196. Thomas Cooper, M. D. 165. H. Carey, 219. Samuel Hazard, 215. M. Brogniart, 221. ay = "4 Fa > LIST OF DONATION. TO THE MUSEUM OF., a THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. From December 1817, to December 1818. _ Articles presented. 2 Donors. When preser Specimens of Minerals. J. Lea. Febru Specimens of Minerals and Fossils, Feoin Kentucky. ‘ S. Hazard. Mai Specimens of Fossils, from ot J. D. Clifford. tucky. Specimens of Eurepean Mosses and Ries, ‘ ‘ C. A. Lesueur. Apr Human Feetus (two months) in ; spirits. : Dr. Meigs. Skins of four Ferrets, from Europe, (Viverra). Salamandra Rubra. R. Haines. J. Green, Princeton. Shells, twenty-six species, Repti- thi, bec, Capt. Warnick. — May Dr. Meigs. B. Say and J. Lukens. Avicula, one species. Phosphate and Carbonate of Lead, Perkiomen. Shells, twenty-six species, Seeds, 2 Museum of Charles’ ug! rs Minerals, &c. South Carolina. ° Minerals, two specimens. J. Lea. Ten large boxes, containing Geo- tg) ae logical specimens, from Europe, $ William Maclure. West Indies, &c. Otaria Cinerea, two specimens from New Zealand, Shells anda Tes- tudo Geometiica. J. and T. Roteh. 500 LIST OF DONATIONS. Articles presented. Donors. » When presented. Collection of Minerals, Seeds, &c. S. Hazard.” "May. Collection of Fossils, from Penn- ; iania’ : R. E. Griffith. Collection of Fossils, from near Ro- Kos’ 3 hens: f ug. Jessup. Minerals, from St. Domingo. J. D. Cox. Reptilia, Minerals, &c. S. Hazard. June. Specimens. of Pentacrinus, from a hone England. Eggs of the African Ostrich. Dr. Harlan and T. M‘Euen. Eight casts of Medals made wa | | the deposit of the calcareous wa- $ William Maclure. ters at Tivoli. Crustacea, seven species. 3 M. L’Herminier. Minerals, five specimens. Aug. Jessup. Minerals, thirty-eight specimens from Germany. ‘ W. Maclure. Seven boxes East India Insects, Crustacea, &e. : S. Longstreth. Marine animals, several species. Raser. ' Chinese Umbrella. Capt. Warnick. Sponges, Gorgonia, several ina ab Maclure, Ord, Say, and . b] ’ from Florida, South Carolina and Peal Georgia. os eu Specimen of Ruby Copper Ore, from Perkiomen. Stuffed Birds, from Cayenne, three species; a Gallipagos Tortoise $ M. L’Herminier. Snell. Psittacus, one species. Dr. Smith. J. Lukens. Gracula, one species; Sie Maclure, Ord, Say, and three species, &c. Peale. Horns of a Fawn of the Cervus Vir- ginianus. : me SPENCER, Anodonta Cataracta, J. Lukens. Skin of the Crotalus Durissus, and " - Crocodilus Lucius. ‘ R. Haines. July. Exuvia of the Coluber Constrictor. C. Cist. ‘Stuffed Birds, six species, Reptilia and Crustacea, nin€ species, rom Dr. Smith. Java. 7 LIST OF DONATIONS. 501 Articles presented. Donors... When presented. Echina, Asteriz, Crustacez, and 2 Maclure, Ord, Say, and Tul Tubularia, several species. Peale. y- Land Shells from the West Indies, and Fossils from Newjersey. ‘ Aug. Jessup. Exuvia of the Coluber Saurita. J. Lukens. Fossils, two species, Z. Collins. Spongia Agariciformis, iy Suma- Ape Si i Paradisea Apoda, and Saainanden Dr. Rakes: . Punctata. Bark of the Clove Tree, from Su- Capt. Tha iniab. matra. Two specimens of Paper made at Gilpin’s mill — yardsin }T, Gilpin. August. length. Fossils, &c. from Ohio. M. Correa de Serra. Amber, and a Fossil said to be the Nidus of an Insect, from Cape $ Dr. G. Troost. Sable, Magothy river. Collection of Shells, from Bie ML tteeminies: loupe. Nummulite. | C.A.Lesueur. September. Stuffed Quadrupeds, three species. J. Peirce. Minerals, from Kentucky. _ Dr. S. Brown. Procellaria Capensis. ; J. Clarke. Specimens of Glauberite. M. Brogniart, Paris. Horn of the Antelope Oryx. Dr. Barnes. Salamandra Punctata. Z. Collins. Several specimens of the Elater Noctilucus, in a living state. Ophiura, one species, from Scot- land. tr. Harlan. Trunk of the Musa Paradisica, met Dr. E. Barton, : specimens of the Mygale Vena- $ Dr. Betton. torla. Cluster of Cones of the Pinus Rigi- da, and Seeds of the Zizania Aquatica, in a prepared and un- prepared state, Bread made fromthe Artocarpus. C.J. Wistar... R. Haines. i 502 LIST OF DONATIONS. Articles presented. Donors. When presente Terebratula, from the Falls of the Ohio. a Septembe Minerals, from the Mississippi and Missouri. Major S. H. Long Three species of Gramine, from Carolina. Collection of Gramineous and mh Dr. Mease. peroid Plants, from Great Bri- $ Dr. E. Barton tain. Two specimens of Minerals. J. P. Wetheri... Rattle of a Crotalus, of nineteen joints. Fairchild. Octobe. Collection of American Minerals. T. M‘Euen. spacings ofa Rock (Epiatc) Om 2p. 4. Brown Malay Umbrella, Hayti Coins, &c. T. Fearis. Ardea Cerulescens. M. L’Herminier Anas Marila. J. Griffiths. Suite of Geological Specimens, from the primitive near Phila- delphia to the limestone TT Jessup. Novembe tion. Cobalt Ore, from Connecticut. Major S. H. Long. Skin of the Crotalus Durissus. J. P. Wetherill. Birds, three species. M. L’Herminier. Anas Rubidus (female). Curators. Collection of Crustacea, and seven 2 Maclure, Ord, Say, anc bottles of Reptilia. Peale. Shells, six species &e. S.Spackman. Decemb | Specimen of Fahlunite, from Fah- CA din stalien lun. . . e Minerals, from near the Lakes. Dr. Brown. Salamandra Variolata, Scincus Ery- 7 Giltnms throcephalus. ’ i, Aluminous Earth, from Georgia. Dr. Meigs Helix Citrina. , R. Coates LIST OF DONATIONS. 50° Articles presented. Donors. When presentec your specimens of Minerals. Wm. Jackson. Decembe Two hundred and thirty-nine spe-) cies of British Mosses, and one i hundred and twenty-two peice PP t. E. Barton. of British Lichens. Ze6lite, from near Baltimore. Dr. Hayden. Eight specimens of Minerals. J. Hays. Two large coloured Prints, exhi- biting the Arterial and Venous }J. Parke. System of the Human Body. DONATIONS i: TO THE APPARATUS. Articles presented. Donors. Wollaston’s Reflecting Goniometer. Dr. Troost. Inflammable Air Lamp. Wm. Maclure. Astronomical Time-Piece. J. Lukens. REFERENCE TO THE PLATES OF VOL. L Wiate Te'Rwe, 6. soe a. 9 FBS .. Page 6 TE. \Firoloiday): 2 .:. \\sheggee. ee oe 40 | III. Cecidomyia and Ceraphron, meee 64 LV. Crastaces,. °.. ite > See + es Ve 73 V. Testudo geometrica, wifalinke ini aah 86 __ VI. Crypta and Hemianthus, ....... 122 it. ACMA, svi kooks Cae 187 VIII. Zoanthus Mamillifera,&c....... 188 IX. Collinsia,..... PR i Hs se 92 wi. Squalus, .-. sient bieieiera $.95> oun loa Me... Squalus, ....... Wie A knee ip 225 XII. Hydrostatic balance,.......... 260 RAEK. SVRMGROTIUSg 5 ats are ou Bee a v8 ake 312 RIV. Hyodong ies sys ha OS ee 364 XV. Hydrostatic WAMATIES, -. s0i> Phoesi ei eas 370 . Cava and jugular veins,........ . Pomoxis, Sarchirus, kc. ....... . Salamander and Scincus, . ogi, a Wood cut of the horn of the Oris Montana, * ct ERRATA. *** * ge iii, Contents, line 7 from bottom, for in read on. 11, line 5, for It is to captain Lewis, read It is captain Lewis. 24, 18, place the semicolon after medicine. 63, 4 from the bottom, for Ceraphon read Ceraphron. 57, 10,11, for body silvery above and spotted with red, read eyes twe black, oblong = ) : 5, 5 from the bottom, for. cerataphthalma read ceratophthalma. 9, 13, for fssirostra read fssirostra. 4, 3, 4, for anal fins shorter than the dorsal, read anal fin shorter than the second dorsal fin. . 10, for Branchie read Mem. bran. 22, for amber read umber. 1S; 1, for state Connecticut, read state of Connecticut. bottom line, for ventral, read ventral fins; and for extends, read extend. 14, 16, dele the of. 5, 11, for abdominal jin, read abdominal fins. 10, 5, for manuscripts o, read manuscripts of. (1, 15, for and Limosella read and another of Limosella. 31, bottom line, for atenne.read anienne. 53, 19, for Pyruly read Pyrula. 36, 10and 14, tor dands read hands. 71, 10, for the species read this species. Chapter Vi. line 3, for miuntes read minutes; and for meetings read meeting’. 23, the plate Gring this page is plate X. 25, the plate tacing this page is plate XI. 75, 20, for assists read assist. 80, 8, for lanmlliform read lamelliform. _ + 94, first note, for Bodianuo read Bodianus. 96, 3 from the bottom, for its to read ¢o its. aa. 4 from the bottom, for Lam. read Latr. 5 from the battom, for Latr read Lam. \86, 10, for agrees read agree. 52, 20 and 21, for Faseicola read Fasciola. QH Academy of Natural Sciences at of Philadelphia Al9 Journal PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE AT eR tact ayn fe Sere nee Ae tds e ceny eS ana yy Seed eth tie ah ey FD ne ary thar TOI Ove ae chi oe ~ ne five ay WP Sees ei fois Acpegi il IF tie ae yk a Ree Ma ad PO been, a abe ore PUN eelantn eee SP mie